iso4217:EURiso4217:EURxbrli:shares724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-01-012025-12-31724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-01-012024-12-31724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-12-31724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfRemeasurementsOfDefinedBenefitPlansMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMemberifrs-full:IncreaseDecreaseDueToVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicyMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMemberifrs-full:IncreaseDecreaseDueToVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicyMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMemberifrs-full:IncreaseDecreaseDueToVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicyMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberifrs-full:IncreaseDecreaseDueToVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicyMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberifrs-full:IncreaseDecreaseDueToVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicyMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberifrs-full:IncreaseDecreaseDueToVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicyMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:IncreaseDecreaseDueToVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicyMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfRemeasurementsOfDefinedBenefitPlansMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31jdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMemberjdep:IncreaseDecreaseThroughHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMemberjdep:IncreaseDecreaseThroughHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberjdep:IncreaseDecreaseThroughHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberjdep:IncreaseDecreaseThroughHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberjdep:IncreaseDecreaseThroughHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31jdep:IncreaseDecreaseThroughHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfRemeasurementsOfDefinedBenefitPlansMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31jdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfRemeasurementsOfDefinedBenefitPlansMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfRemeasurementsOfDefinedBenefitPlansMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfRemeasurementsOfDefinedBenefitPlansMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMemberifrs-full:IncreaseDecreaseDueToVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicyMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMemberifrs-full:IncreaseDecreaseDueToVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicyMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMemberifrs-full:IncreaseDecreaseDueToVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicyMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberifrs-full:IncreaseDecreaseDueToVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicyMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberifrs-full:IncreaseDecreaseDueToVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicyMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberifrs-full:IncreaseDecreaseDueToVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicyMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:IncreaseDecreaseDueToVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicyMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfRemeasurementsOfDefinedBenefitPlansMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberjdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31jdep:RestatedAfterVoluntaryChangesInAccountingPolicy724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMemberjdep:IncreaseDecreaseThroughHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMemberjdep:IncreaseDecreaseThroughHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberjdep:IncreaseDecreaseThroughHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberjdep:IncreaseDecreaseThroughHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberjdep:IncreaseDecreaseThroughHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31jdep:IncreaseDecreaseThroughHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfRemeasurementsOfDefinedBenefitPlansMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberjdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892024-12-31jdep:RestatedAfterHyperinflationAdjustments724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfRemeasurementsOfDefinedBenefitPlansMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfRemeasurementsOfDefinedBenefitPlansMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-12-31ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfSharebasedPaymentsMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember724500EHG519SE5ZRT892023-12-31
       
cover-shape-L-left.svg
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
cover-shape-S-left.svg
JDE PEET’S N.V.
jdep-logo-flat-white.svg
       
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our strategy
Our story
Our values
Our brands
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Profit appropriation
Limited assurance-report of the Independent Auditor on the Sustainability
statement of JDE Peet’s N.V.
Disclaimer — The PDF and iXBRL viewer copy of the annual report of JDE Peet’s N.V. for the year 2025 is not in the ESEF-format as specified by the European Commission in Regulatory Technical Standard on ESEF (Regulation (EU) 2019/815). The ESEF reporting package is available at www.jdepeets.com
       
header-verloop-50.png
INTRODUCTION
Who we are
Our strategy
Our story
Our values
Our brands
Our value creation story
       
WHO WE ARE
JDE Peet’s is the world’s leading
pure-play coffee company, serving
approximately 3,900 cups of coffee
and  tea per second in more than
100 markets. Guided by our brand-led
Reignite the Amazing strategy,
launched in 2025, we are focusing on
profitable growth across three big bets:
Peet’s, L’OR, and our 10 strategically
selected local icons led by Jacobs.
In 2025, JDE Peet’s generated total
sales of EUR 9.9 billion and employed
a global workforce of more than
21,000 employees.
A COFFEE FOR EVERY CUP.
A BRAND FOR EVERY HEART.
BUSINESS
We are a global business with a supply chain reaching
image_p4.png
more than 100 markets. To truly understand the needs
of our customers and consumers, we work at regional
and local levels to surpass their evolving expectations.
Our business is organised across four commercial
segments, taking into account coffee & tea cultures
across different geographies.
OUR HISTORY
OVER 270 YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
For more than 270 years, we have been inspired by the
belief that it's amazing what can happen over a cup of
coffee. Egbert Douwes founded his first coffee outlet in
1753 in Joure, the Netherlands. Over a century later, in
1895, Johan Jacobs opened his first grocery business
in Bremen, Germany. Then in 1966, Peet's Coffee® was
founded in Berkeley, California by Alfred Peet, with rich,
complex, superior quality roasts unlike anything ever
tasted before. Today, we are the world's leading pure-
play coffee company by revenue.
historic-images_fabriek.png
historic-images_winkel.png
historic-images_brander.png
historic-images_auto.png
historic-images_advertentie.png
       
OUR STRATEGY
image_p5.jpg
Reignite the Amazing is our new brand-
paper-90%.png
led strategy designed to accelerate
jde-peet's.svg
profitable growth as one JDE Peet’s.
WE
ARE
It focuses our combined resources on
three strategic big bets: unlocking the
full potential of Peet’s in the U.S.,
building L’OR into a global megabrand,
and reigniting the growth of our Local
l'Or.png
jacobs+.png
Icons, led by Jacobs.
PeetsLogo_Black_groot.png
WE
FOCUS
To Reignite the Amazing, we’re
activating five strategic catalysts that
will power every decision we make:
Reach full potential in the U.S.
Build a global megabrand
Platform to reignite
winning culture, consumer-led brand
building, commercial excellence,
OUR
CATALYSTS
simplification & productivity and
CONSUMER-LED
BRAND BUILDING
COMMERCIAL
EXCELLENCE
SIMPLIFICATION
& PRODUCTIVITY
WINNING
CULTURE
FINANCIAL
DISCIPLINE
financial discipline.
WE
DELIVER
SUSTAINABLE VALUE CREATION FOR ALL STAKEHOLDERS
       
OUR STORY
image_p6-1.png
OUR VISION
WHOEVER YOU ARE.
WHEREVER YOU COME FROM.
HOWEVER YOU FEEL.
WE HAVE THE COFFEE YOU LOVE.
OUR BELIEF
AMAZING THINGS
HAPPEN OVER A
CUP OF COFFEE
values.png
image_p6-2.png
OUR PURPOSE
WE CHAMPION WHAT COFFEE
MAKES POSSIBLE
OUR VALUES
LIVE THE AMAZING
       
OUR VALUES GUIDE THE BEHAVIOURS OF OUR EMPLOYEES WORLDWIDE
own-it (photo).png
own-it.png
dare-to-amaze (photo).jpg
We act boldly to seize
opportunities that best serve
the company and deliver
better every day.
dare-to-amaze.png
We lead with curiosity and our
passion for coffee to compete
for every cup and delight every
consumer.
win-together (photo).jpg
win-together.png
values.png
make-it-simple (photo).jpg
We leverage our diverse
strengths, share
transparently and support
each other to win as one
JDE Peet’s.
make-it-simple.png
We remove the
unnecessary and focus
where we can have the
greatest impact.
OUR VALUES
LIVE THE AMAZING
       
OUR BRANDS
worldmap.png
OUR THREE GLOBAL POWERHOUSES
jacobs.png
Peet's.png
Whoever you are, wherever you come from,
and however you feel – we have the coffee
you love. From everyday favourites to
premium indulgences, our portfolio spans
every taste and occasion, ensuring there’s
something for everyone.
Rooted in rich heritage and local coffee cultures, our brands
do more than serve great coffee. They bring people together,
spark inspiration, and create meaningful moments of
connection – giving everyone the freedom to express
themselves and the energy to transform their day.
We follow a distinctive brand-building model that gives each
brand its own authentic voice and purpose. Our three global
powerhouses – Peet’s, L’OR, and JACOBS – operate across
multiple markets, united by one shared ambition and one
consistent global standard.
To reignite the growth of our Local Icons they are platformed
under JACOBS. We fuel growth through a repeatable model,
while each Local Icon also remains rooted in its culture and
tradition holding a special place as a beloved household
name in the communities it serves.
l'Or.png
OUR ADDITIONAL LOCAL ICONS
nine-local-icons.png
1
       
OUR VALUE CREATION STORY
our-value-creation-story-header.svg
1
A COFFEE FOR EVERY CUP. A BRAND FOR EVERY HEART
Activities
WHAT MAKES
US SPECIAL
Inputs
WHAT WE DEPEND ON
Financial and manufacturing
• EUR 24.1 billion in total assets
• EUR 301 million capex in 2025
• 39 facilities across 24 countries
• Investments in growth
Resources
• 299.81 kt of packaging material ( 42% of renewable
sources)
• 2,076,444 MWh energy use
Social and community
• > 900 direct material suppliers across 50 countries
• Coffee is grown on over 12.5 million farms in > 70
countries
• Ongoing stakeholder engagement along the value
chain
Talent
• 21,143 employees of 105 different nationalities
• 45.2% of all our employees are women
• 7 average training hours per employee
Intangibles
• Owner of the largest portfolio of coffee & tea brands
• Our R&D capabilities and intellectual property
Values
Outputs
WHAT WE DELIVER
• EUR 9.9 billion total sales
• EUR 1,295 million adjusted EBIT
• EUR 1,130 million free cash flow
• 122 billion cups of coffee
• 90 kt of waste generated
• 88.8% responsibly sourced
green coffee (in line with
HREDD)
• 100% responsibly sourced
green coffee in Europe
• 99.5% responsibly sourced tea
• 85% of our packaging
components designed to be
reusable, recyclable,
compostable
Outcomes
THE VALUE WE CREATE
Financial and manufacturing
• EUR 15.6 billion in market cap (31 Dec 2025)
• Investment-grade credit ratings
• EUR 356 million dividends
• 0.8% of waste to landfill
Resources
• 31% reduction in Scope 1 & 2 (baseline 2020)
• 10% reduction in Scope 3 (baseline 2020)
Social and community
• 211,478 beneficiaries1 at origins reached in 2025
and 1,046,975 since 2015
• 36 markets with #1 or 2 market position
Talent
• <1% adjusted pay equity-gap
• High engagement levels
• Fostering a more diverse, equitable and inclusive
organisation
Intangibles
• Providing energy and sensory experiences
• Creating moments of connection and enjoyment
JDEP_Values_Color.svg
Our strategy
Peet's.png
l'Or.png
jacobs+.png
WE
FOCUS
Reach full potential
in the U.S.
Build a global
megabrand
Platform to reignite
WINNING
CULTURE
CONSUMER-LED
BRAND
BUILDING
COMMERCIAL
EXCELLENCE
SIMPLIFICATION
& PRODUCTIVITY
FINANCIAL
DISCIPLINE
OUR
CATALYSTS
WE
DELIVER
SUSTAINABLE VALUE CREATION FOR ALL STAKEHOLDERS
1  Beneficiaries are individuals who are direct recipients of training, services, capacity building in our farmer programme, women and men, including farmers, workers, youth and children. Previously referred to as 'smallholder farmers'. Refer to Farmers' livelihood section for more information.
       
header-verloop-50.png
FINANCIAL
PERFORMANCE
       
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
2025 PERFORMANCE
Total reported sales increased by 12.3% to EUR 9,921 million. Excluding a -2.7% effect related to foreign exchange
and a -0.3% related to scope and other changes, total sales increased by 15.3% on an organic basis. Organic sales
growth reflects a price effect of 19.5% and a volume/mix effect of -4.3%. All categories contributed to the organic sales
growth with double-digit growth in Roast & Ground, Beans and Instants and mid-single-digit growth in Capsules.
Adjusted EBIT increased organically by 1.2% as disciplined pricing and productivity programmes were able to offset
nearly EUR 1.6 billion of incremental inflation in FY 25.
Profit for the period increased by 47.9%. Underlying profit - excluding all adjusting items net of tax - increased by
64.1% to EUR 1,196 million. This performance was mainly driven by a favourable non-cash, tax-exempt impact of
EUR 301 million from a fair value change in the company's equity derivatives, due to the increase in the company's
share price in 2025. Excluding this fair value change, the underlying effective tax rate would have been around 26%,
underlying profit would have been EUR 895 million, and underlying EPS would have increased by 1.7% to EUR 1.84
in FY 25.
Net debt decreased by EUR 611 million to EUR 3.7 billion at 31 December 2025. As a result, net leverage decreased
by 0.4x to 2.3x net debt to adjusted EBITDA, at 31 December 2025.
In EUR million, unless otherwise stated:
2025
2024
Sales
9,921
8,837
Organic change
15.3%
Operating profit
757
1,056
Financial income and expenses
221
(263)
Share of net profit / (loss) of associates
(2)
(3)
Income tax expense
(173)
(247)
Net income
803
543
Adjusted EBIT
1,295
1,277
Organic change
1.2%
Adjusted EBITDA
1,592
1,587
Reported earnings per share (EUR)
1.64
1.15
Underlying earnings per share (EUR)
2.46
1.50
Net debt
3,718
4,329
Free cash flow
1,130
1,044
Net leverage ratio
2.34x
2.73x
       
SEGMENT REVIEW
EUROPE
In EUR million, unless otherwise stated:
2025
2024
Change
Organic change
Sales
5,115
4,680
8.4%
8.3%
Adjusted EBIT
993
995
(4.5)%
(4.6)%
Organic sales growth of 8.3% was driven by an increase in price of 16.2% and a decrease in volume/mix of -7.9%
as performances in various European markets were impacted by retaliations during price negotiations with retailers,
particularly in the second half of the year. Strong performances were delivered in countries such as France, Poland
and the Nordics, and brands including L'OR and Jacobs. Reported sales increased by 8.4%.
Adjusted EBIT decreased organically by 4.6%, primarily driven by lower volumes following retailer retaliations.
LARMEA
In EUR million, unless otherwise stated:
2025
2024
Change
Organic change
Sales
2,638
1,537
29.9%
39.7%
Adjusted EBIT
321
223
44.3%
40.6%
Organic sales growth of 39.7% was driven by an increase of 39.8% in price and a very resilient volume/mix
performance of -0.1%. Organic sales growth was particularly supported by brands such as Pilão and Jacobs.
Reported sales increased by 29.9%, including a scope effect of -2.0% related to the divestiture of the tea business
in Turkey and a foreign exchange effect of -7.8%, driven by the Brazilian Real.
Adjusted EBIT increased organically by 40.6%, reflecting an increase in gross profit, and a decrease in SG&A due
to disciplined resource allocation that resulted in the discontinuation of the L'OR Barista machine in the U.S.
       
PEET’S
In EUR million, unless otherwise stated:
2025
2024
Change
Organic change
Sales
1,298
1,257
3.3%
6.7%
Adjusted EBIT
141
184
(23.3)%
(21.6)%
Organic sales growth of 6.7% was driven by an increase of 0.7% in volume/mix and 6.0% in price. Peet's In-Home
business continued to deliver competitive growth across its Peet's, Caribou, Stumptown, and Intelligentsia brands. In
Peet's U.S. coffee stores, same-store sales and ticket size were up, while Peet's China continued to deliver strong
double-digit organic sales growth. Reported sales increased by 3.3%, which included a positive scope effect of 1.1%
related to the consolidation of Caribou since 26 March 2025 and a foreign exchange effect of -4.5%.
Adjusted EBIT decreased organically by -21.6%, partially explained by a high base of comparison related to a one-off
EUR 16 million insurance payout benefit in 2024, and a decrease in gross profit reflecting the interplay of the phasing of
inflation and pricing.
APAC
In EUR million, unless otherwise stated:
2025
2024
Change
Organic change
Sales
834
796
4.8%
8.5%
Adjusted EBIT
137
143
(4.6)%
(1.2)%
Organic sales growth of 8.5% was driven by an increase of 9.9% in price and -1.4% in volume/mix, reflecting overall
market softness, most notably in APAC's Out-of-Home business. Sales performance was geographically mixed, with
solid performances in countries such as China and Australia, partially offset by softer performances in countries such
as Thailand and Malaysia. Reported sales increased by 4.8%.
Adjusted EBIT decreased organically by -1.2%, mainly reflecting a decrease in gross profit due to the phasing of price
implementations, partially offset by productivity programmes.
       
NON-IFRS MEASURES
These materials contain non-IFRS financial measures (Non-IFRS Measures), which are not liquidity or performance
measures under IFRS® . These Non-IFRS Measures are presented in addition to the figures that are prepared in
accordance with IFRS. JDE Peet's use of Non-IFRS Measures may vary significantly from the use of other companies
in its industry. The measures used should not be considered as an alternative to profit / (loss), revenue or any other
performance measure derived in accordance with IFRS or to net cash provided by operating activities as measure
of liquidity. More information on the Non-IFRS Measure adjusted EBIT can be found in note 2.1 of the Consolidated
Financial Statements section of this report. Further information on the definitions of these Non-IFRS Measures can be
found under the Glossary section in this report. Although the non-IFRS financial measures presented are not measures
of financial performance or liquidity under IFRS, JDE Peet's uses these measures to monitor the underlying
performance of its business and operations. These measures have not been audited or reviewed by our external
auditor. Bridges from the IFRS measures to non-IFRS measures are presented below (in EUR million, unless otherwise
stated):
Reported
sales
Adjusting
items
Adjusted
sales
FX impact
Scope &
other
Organic
sales
Sales
9,921
—
9,921
227
(13)
10,135
Operating
profit
Adjusting
items
Adjusted
EBIT
FX impact
Scope &
other
Organic
adjusted
EBIT
Operating profit to adj. EBIT
757
538
1,295
17
(4)
1,308
Operating
profit
Adjusting
items
Adjusted
EBIT
Adjusted
D&A
Adjusted
EBITDA
Operating profit to adj. EBITDA
757
538
1,295
297
1,592
UNDERLYING PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD
In EUR million, unless otherwise stated:
2025
2024
Operating profit
757
1,056
Adjusting items:
- ERP system implementation
22
16
- Transformation activities and corporate actions
223
60
- Share-based payment expense
100
17
- Mark-to-market results
(2)
(4)
- M&A Deal costs
195
132
Adjusted EBIT
1,295
1,277
Net financial income/(expenses)
221
(263)
Adjusted taxes
(313)
(295)
Adjustments for NCI shareholders
(7)
10
Underlying profit for the period
1,196
729
An overview of the adjusting items can be found in note 2.1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements section in this
report.
UNDERLYING EFFECTIVE TAX
In EUR million, unless otherwise stated:
2025
2024
Reported income tax expense
(173)
(247)
Reported effective tax rate
17.7%
31.3%
Adjustments:
Tax reserves, tax audit adjustments and reversals of previous recognised deferred tax
assets and tax rate changes
(36)
(1)
Tax effect on adjusting items
(104)
(47)
Underlying income tax expense
(313)
(295)
Underlying effective tax rate
20.6%
29.1%
       
header-verloop-50.png
GOVERNANCE
AND RISK
MANAGEMENT
Our Board of Directors
Report of the non-executive Directors
Corporate governance
Corporate governance statement
Our Coffee Enabling Leadership Team
Remuneration Report
Ethics and compliance
Responsible tax
Risk management
       
OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Our company has a one-tier board, which means
that the Board of Directors (the Board) is the
executive and supervisory body of the company.
The executive Director is responsible for the
company's day-to-day management. The non-
executive Directors supervise and advise the
executive Director and oversee the general
course of affairs, strategy, operational
performance and corporate governance of the
company and are responsible for the company's
sustainable long-term value creation. Each
Director owes a duty to the company to act in
the corporate interest of the company and its
affiliated enterprise, taking into account the
impact the actions of the company and its
affiliated enterprise have on people and the
environment and, to that end, weighing the
interest of all its stakeholders. More information
about the responsibilities and functioning of the
Board can be found in the Board Rules.
More detailed biographies of our Board of Directors
can be found on JDE Peet’s website.
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
  RAFAEL (RAFA) OLIVEIRA
Brazilian, British (1974), man
Executive Director and CEO
Principal position: CEO JDE Peet’s N.V.
First appointed in 2024 (as CEO) and in 2025 (as
executive Director)
Previous positions: Various executive roles, including
executive vice president and president of International
Markets, including EMEA, APAC, and LATAM, at Kraft
Heinz Company; several senior leadership roles at
Goldman Sachs Group, including executive director in
the Securities division in the United Kingdom and in the
Emerging Markets division in Hong Kong. Mr. Oliveira
began his career in Brazil, working in the Equity
Research divisions at Banco Icatu and Banco BBA-
Creditanstalt.
CHAIR OF THE BOARD
portret-aileen-richards.png
portret-peter-harf.png
  PETER HARF
German (1946), man
Non-executive Director and member of the
Remuneration, Selection and Appointment
Committee
Non-independent
First appointed in 2020, end of current term AGM 2026
Principal position: Chairman of the Board and Managing
Director of Alfred Landecker Foundation.
Other positions: Founder of Delete Blood Cancer
DKMS.
Previous positions include: Chair and Managing Partner
at JAB, Chair of Anheuser-Busch InBev SA/NV; member
of the Boards of Directors of Burger King, Keurig Dr
Pepper and Rainbow UK Bidco Limited; Deputy Chair of
Reckitt Benckiser and Chair of the board of directors
and CEO of Coty.
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
  AILEEN RICHARDS
British (1959), woman
Non-executive Director, Lead Independent Director
and chair of the Remuneration, Selection and
Appointment Committee and member of the Audit
Committee
Independent
Second term, end of current term AGM 2028
Principal position: Non-executive director and member
of the Remuneration Committee of Pret A Manger,
non-executive director and Chair of the Remuneration
Committee and the Audit Committee of Samworth
Brothers (Holdings) Limited.
Previous positions: chair of the board at Welsh Fire
(the Hundred Ltd), non-executive director of the Welsh
National Opera Ltd, senior executive and executive vice
president at Mars, Incorporated, responsible for the
human resources strategy, led Mars Global Services
(Mars IT, Mars Financial Services and Mars Associate
Services), various senior international roles in
procurement and manufacturing at Mars, Incorporated.
Independent non-executive director of Mars Nederland
B.V.
       
portret-joachim-creus.png
portret-stuart-mcfarlaine.png
  JOACHIM CREUS
Belgian (1976), man
Non-executive Director
Non-independent
First appointment 2020, end of current term AGM 2029
Principal positions: Managing Partner, Chairman and
Co-CEO of JAB.
Other board memberships: Non-executive director of
several JAB portfolio companies, including Coty, 1823
Management LLC, 1823 Partners (UK) Ltd, National
Veterinary Associates, Independence Pet Holdings and
Pinnacle Pet Group.
Previous positions include: Senior Partner, General
Counsel and Head of Tax at JAB Sarl. Mr. Creus also
held numerous senior executive roles across various
JAB Holding entities. Prior to joining JAB, Mr. Creus
served as Tax Director at Siemens and held various
legal and tax-related positions at Rödl & Partner and
Tiberghien Lawyers.
rob-de-groot.png
  STUART MACFARLANE
British (1967), man
Non-executive Director and chair of the Audit
Committee
Independent
Second term, end of current term AGM 2028
Principal position: non-executive director and member
of the audit committee and compensation committee of
NOMAD Foods Europe Limited.
Previous positions: various senior roles at Anheuser-
Busch InBev SA/NV, managing director, Ireland,
president of AB InBev UK and Ireland in 2008, president
Central and Eastern Europe based in Moscow of the
global executive board, Whitbread Beer Company (later
acquired by Interbrew SA/NV). Most recently served as
Anheuser-Busch InBev’s president, Europe and Middle
East from 2014 to 2019.
  ROB DE GROOT
Dutch (1966), man
Non-executive Director
Non-independent
First appointment 2025, end of current term AGM 2029
Principal position: Co-founder and co-owner of NXT
Equity Ltd.
Other board memberships: Member of the Board of
Directors of Y&F.
Previous positions: Over 30 years at Reckitt Benckiser
Group plc, including over 10 years as a member of the
Executive Committee; President, Hygiene and Home;
Executive Vice President (EVP) Europe & North America;
EVP North America & Australia/NZ; and Global Category
Officer Surface, Dish and Homecare. He also served as
a board member of the European Brand Association
(AIM) from 2012 to 2017.
portret-dennis-hennequin.png
  DENIS HENNEQUIN
French (1958), man
Non-executive Director and member of the
Remuneration, Selection and Appointment
Committee
Independent
Second term, end of current term AGM 2028
Principal position: Founding partner of French Food Capital
and a founder of The Green Jersey consulting firm.
Other board memberships: Independent Non-executive
director of Bakkavör Group plc, Non-executive director of
KellyDeli Company Limited and Elior.
Previous positions: Non-executive director and member
of the Remuneration Committee of Espresso House,
Partner for Cojean Limited; President and Managing
Director of McDonald’s France; President of
McDonald’s Europe; Independent Board Director Accor
SA, Executive Director of Accor SA, CEO Accor SA. He
also served as a member of the Boards of Directors of
John Lewis Partnership plc, SSP Group plc and
Eurostar International Limited. In addition, he was
Chairman of the Board of Picard Surgeles SAS, and
Vice-Chairman and member of the Remuneration
Committee of Pret A Manger.
       
portret-ana-garcia-fau.png
portret-paula-lindenberg.png
  ANA GARCÍA FAU
Spanish (1968), woman
Non-executive Director and member of the
Audit Committee, Board Sustainability Contact
Independent
First appointment 2022, end of current term AGM 2026
Principal position: Non-executive director at Gestamp
Automacion SA (Spain), Cellnex Telecom SA (Spain)
and Acerinox SA (Spain).
Other board memberships: Member of the board of
trustees of Fundación Universitaria Comillas ICAI.
Previous positions: Non-executive director at Merlin
Properties SA (Spain), non-executive chairperson and
chair of the remuneration committee at Finerge SA
(Portugal), non-executive director and member of the
Audit, Risk and Sustainability Committee of Santalucía
Group SA, CEO of Yell for the Spanish and Latin
American businesses expanding to the US Hispanic
market, chief corporate development officer and CFO of
TPI (Yellow Pages & Digital businesses) at the
Telefónica Group, board member at Eutelsat
Communications SA and Technicolor SA (France), DLA
Piper LLP (UK) and Globalvia SAU (Spain).
portret-patricia-capel.png
  PAULA LINDENBERG
Brazilian (1975), woman
Non-executive Director and member of the
Remuneration, Selection and Appointment
Committee
Independent
First appointment 2022, end of current term AGM 2026
Principal position: managing director of Diageo in Brazil.
Previous positions: Unilever, Johnson & Johnson and
AB InBev, multiple brand and category leadership roles
at AB InBev in Brazil, lead global insights in New York.
Following this, chief marketing officer of AB InBev in
Brazil, president of AB InBev for the UK, Ireland and
Spain.
portret-frank-van-engelen.png
  PATRICIA CAPEL
Brazilian (1972), woman
Non-executive Director
Non-independent
First appointment 2023, end of current term AGM 2027
Principal position: Senior Partner, Global Head of
Human Capital at JAB.
Other board memberships: member of the board of
directors of Panera Brands, Inc., NVA Management
LLC, Independence Pet Holdings, Inc. Pinnacle Pet
Group Limited, Krispy Kreme, Inc., Pret Parent Holding
Limited and several JAB controlled companies.
Previous positions: 25 years at AB InBev and Ambev in
numerous roles, most recently led commercial
operations in Chile, Bolivia and Paraguay. Member of
the board of directors of Espresso House AB and
Caribou Coffee Company, Inc. Extensive global
experience including in the United States, Russia, Latin
America, Belgium and Canada. Also held positions at
PwC and Cargill Agricola.
  FRANK ENGELEN
Dutch (1971), man
Non-executive Director and member of the
Audit Committee
Non-independent
First appointment 2020, end of current term AGM 2029
Principal position: Managing Partner, Vice Chairman,
Co-CEO of JAB.
Other board memberships: non-executive director of
several JAB portfolio companies including, Coty, 1823
Management LLC, 1823 Partners (UK) Ltd, National
Veterinary Associates, Independence Pet Holdings and
Pinnacle Pet Group.
Previous positions: Partner at PwC for more than 15
years, five of which he served as a member of the
Management Board of PwC Netherlands responsible for
the Advisory business, and two of which he served as
director and member of the Executive Board of PwC
Europe.
       
REPORT OF THE NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
INTRODUCTION
This report provides further information on the way we
performed our duties in 2025.
We strive to create a culture that contributes to the
long-term value creation of the company, and it is our
responsibility to adopt common values focused on
sustainable long-term value creation.
CHANGES TO THE COMPOSITION OF
THE BOARD
At the AGM held on 19 June 2025, Rafael (Rafa) Oliveira
was appointed as executive Director of the company.
Furthermore, Rob de Groot was appointed as non-
executive Director of the company, and Joachim Creus
and Frank Engelen were reappointed as non-executive
Directors of the company. Lastly, Olivier Goudet
stepped down as non-executive Director.
MEETINGS AND ACTIVITIES OF THE
BOARD
ATTENDANCE
In 2025, the Board held 8 meetings. The CEO attended
all Board meetings. Other members of the Coffee
Enabling Leadership Team (CELT), as well as certain
other members of the senior Leadership Team, were
invited to give presentations to the Board. The non-
executive Directors held several meetings without other
attendees to independently review and discuss certain
matters. The Board members had contact with various
levels of the company's management to ensure that
they remained well-informed about the company’s
operations.
The non-executive Directors attended all Board
meetings in 2025, with only a few exceptions, each
of which was due to valid reasons. An overview of the
individual attendance at Board and Committee
meetings is set out below. All non-executive Directors
dedicated adequate time to ensure sufficient attention
to the company’s business.
Non-executive Directors*
Attendance at
Board meetings
Attendance at Audit
Committee meetings
Attendance at Remuneration,
Selection and Appointment
Committee meetings
Aileen Richards
7 out of 8
5 out of 6
4 out of 5
Stuart MacFarlane
8 out of 8
6 out of 6
Peter Harf
7 out of 8
5 out of 5
Joachim Creus
7 out of 8
Olivier Goudet
4 out of 5
Frank Engelen
7 out of 8
6 out of 6
Ana García Fau
7 out of 8
6 out of 6
Denis Hennequin
7 out of 8
5 out of 5
Paula Lindenberg
8 out of 8
4 out of 5
Patricia Capel
7 out of 8
Rob de Groot
4 out of 4
* The attendance rate has been calculated based on the period during which the non-executive Directors served on the company's Board.
2ESRS 2, GOV-1; 23a-b
       
BOARD FOCUS AREAS
In 2025, the Board focused on the following key topics:
• Strategy: the Board discussed and advised
management on the company's brand-led Reignite
the Amazing strategy, dedicated to unleashing the
company's full potential by focusing on three big
bets: L'OR, Peet's and our key heritage brands (led
by Jacobs) and transforming the company with five
catalysts: a winning culture, a simplified
organisation, brand portfolio and footprint; financial
discipline, consumer-led branding and commercial
excellence. To drive successful implementation, the
Board discussed management's launch of a
structured transformation programme, supported by
the Transformation Office, to provide tools,
governance, and support needed to embed change
and deliver lasting impact.
• Annual Operating Plan: the Board discussed and
approved the company's Annual Operating Plan,
dedicated towards long-term sustainable growth
and profitability.
• Business performance: the Board was regularly
updated on the company's business performance,
including on key financial performance indicators.
In this context, the Board addressed numerous
related topics, including innovation, pricing strategy,
the importance of retaining key talent and
management compensation.
• Financial reporting and governance: the Board
reviewed the company's annual report, the
company's annual and interim financial statements,
related reports from the company's external auditor,
and accompanying press releases. The Board
approved the dividends to be paid to the company's
shareholders in July 2025 and January 2026.
• Share Buyback: the Board discussed and approved
the initiation of a multi-year Share Buyback
programme of up to EUR 1 billion, with up to
EUR 250 million for share buybacks in 2025.
The termination of the Share Buyback programme
was announced on 1 September 2025.
• Sustainability: the Board reviewed the company's
progress on its sustainability commitments and
sustainability strategy.
• M&A and other projects: the Board reviewed and
approved the sale of the company's tea business in
Turkey and the company's proposed acquisition by
Keurig Dr. Pepper (KDP). In June and early July
2025, representatives of KDP, and Joachim Creus
and Frank Engelen as members of the Board, held
preliminary conversations regarding a potential
strategic transaction involving KDP and JDE Peet’s.
In July 2025, a transaction committee comprising
Aileen Richards, Frank Engelen and Joachim Creus
(the Transaction Committee) was appointed to
support the Board in its decision-making and
provide management with support and guidance in
relation to negotiations regarding KDP's offer to
acquire the company, and ensure a thorough
process in the best interests of the company (the
“Offer”).  Throughout the process, the Transaction
Committee frequently and extensively discussed
developments in respect of the Offer and related key
issues, and kept the full Board informed with respect
to such developments and issues. On 24 August
2025, the Board unanimously resolved to
recommend the Offer, subject to the terms and
conditions of the Merger Protocol. No conflicts of
interest were reported in 2025. More information
can be found in the Offer Memorandum.
CONTINUOUS ENGAGEMENT WITH
STAKEHOLDERS
In performing its duties, the Board acts in accordance
with the interests of the company and the business
connected with it, taking into consideration the interests
of the company’s stakeholders. Accordingly, having
continuous interactions with the company's
stakeholders is of utmost importance to us.
The Chair of the Board is in regular close contact with
the CEO, as is the chair of the Audit Committee with the
CFO, and the chair of the Remuneration, Selection and
Appointment Committee with the Chief HR Officer.
Furthermore, the Board regularly interacts with
members of the CELT, who are invited to be present at
Board meetings on specific topics. We also interact with
the company's talents and senior leaders and experts in
the company during committee and Board meetings,
and as part of ongoing induction programmes or other
occasions such as factory visits.
BOARD EVALUATION 2
Each year, the Board evaluates its performance,
focusing on its composition, diversity, and the
effectiveness of how its members work together.
This annual assessment aims to enhance the Board’s
and Committee’s overall functioning. The Board
conducted a self-assessment to evaluate its collective
performance, the performance of its Committees and
the contribution of the individual members relating to
the financial year 2025. To facilitate this evaluation, all
non-executive Directors completed an anonymous
questionnaire. The results were subsequently discussed
openly in a session led by the Chair of the Board.
The evaluation covered a range of topics, including:
• Composition and expertise of the Board and its
Committees, with a particular focus on leveraging
sustainability-related skills through access to
experts and training.
• Strategic oversight, risk management, and
succession planning.
• Frequency and quality of Board meetings and
decision-making processes.
The survey responses formed the foundation for a
broader discussion within the Board, helping to identify
areas for future attention. The outcome of the 2025
Board evaluation was broadly positive, confirming that
the Board is well-managed, fulfils its duties and
responsibilities effectively, and applies the appropriate
processes to ensure robust oversight of the company.
3ESRS 2, GOV-1, 21e
4 ESRS 2, GOV-1; 22a-d
       
The Board also concluded that it has sufficient
sustainability-related expertise, supported by its
sustainability framework, to provide effective oversight
of material impacts, risks, opportunities, and major 
transactions. The Board further concluded that it was
highly satisfied with the CEO’s performance and the
effectiveness of the CEO’s leadership during the
financial year 2025.
INDEPENDENCE 3
We believe it is important to strive for a well-balanced
Board composition that incorporates the right
experience, competencies and capabilities, and is
equipped with a strategic vision that will ultimately
benefit the company and its stakeholders. Board
composition is also a critical success factor in enabling
Board members to act critically with a focus on long-term
value creation for the company and its stakeholders.
Without undermining the foregoing, but considering the
company's shareholder structure (with JAB being the
majority shareholder), 5 out of 10 of our non-executive
Directors are not considered independent within the
meaning of best practice provision 2.1.8 of the Dutch
Corporate Governance Code. Four of these non-
executive Directors (Peter Harf, Joachim Creus, Frank
Engelen and Patricia Capel) are representatives of JAB
whereas Rob de Groot is also not considered to be
independent based on his relationship with JAB.
However, the majority of both Board Committees are
considered independent within the meaning of the
Dutch Corporate Governance Code.
We are of the view that the experience of our non-
independent Directors in the global food and beverage
industry, and the strategic vision they bring, are critical
to the company's success and outweigh any perceived
disadvantages of non-independence.
To further safeguard independence, the company has a
Lead Independent Director, a position held by Aileen
Richards. Aileen's main responsibilities include to (i) act
as a sounding board and provide support in all aspects
to the Chair, (ii) act as mediator in case of a dispute
among members of the Board, (iii) preside over meetings
of the Board and shareholders when the Chair is not
present, (iv) serve as a liaison between the independent
non-executive Directors and the Chair and the CEO, (v)
provide feedback to the Board on the independent non-
executive Directors' collective views on the management,
leadership and effectiveness of the Board, (vi) facilitate
effective communication and interaction between the
Board and management, (vii) develop governance-related
recommendations, including with respect to committee
structure, Board and committee composition and
rotations, (viii) ensure effective communications with
shareholders and other stakeholders, attending meetings
where necessary, in order to understand their issues and
concerns, and (ix) be available to shareholders should
they wish to share views with the Board, other than
through the Chair or the CEO.
Considering the above, the Board is satisfied that the
necessary measures have been taken to protect the
Board’s independence, and we remain committed to
making further progress on our independence as the
company’s free float increases.
independence.svg
BOARD COMMITTEES
AUDIT COMMITTEE 4
At 31 December 2025, Stuart MacFarlane (Chair),
Aileen Richards, Ana García Fau and Frank Engelen
were the members of the Audit Committee. The majority
of the Audit Committee members are independent in
accordance with best practice principle 2.3.4 of the
Dutch Corporate Governance Code: Stuart MacFarlane,
Ana García Fau and Aileen Richards are independent
within the meaning of the Dutch Corporate Governance
Code, whereas Frank Engelen is a representative of JAB.
The members of the Audit Committee collectively
possess the relevant experience and competencies in
financial matters, all of them have the required
competencies in accounting and auditing of financial
statements, and are therefore Audit Committee financial
experts within the meaning of best practice principle
2.1.4 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.
Furthermore, the Board acknowledges that it possesses
the necessary expertise for sustainability reporting.
The Audit Committee held 6 regular meetings in 2025.
Throughout the year, the Chair of the Audit Committee 
also had several private interactions and sessions with
the company’s CFO, group controller, group internal
auditor, and the company's external independent
auditor.
       
The attendance rate of Committee members was
100%, except on one occasion where one non-
executive Director was absent for valid reasons.
In 2025, the Chair of the Board participated in all of the
meetings of the Audit Committee. In addition, the
company’s CEO, CFO, chief legal and corporate affairs
officer and company secretary, as well as the
company’s senior management responsible for group
control and internal audit, and representatives of the
company’s external auditor, attended all Audit
Committee meetings.
The Chair of the Audit Committee shared the highlights
of each Audit Committee meeting at Board meetings,
together with the Committee’s recommendations on the
topics to be approved by the Board. All Board members
had access to all meeting materials, including the
minutes of the Audit Committee meetings.
Throughout the year, the Audit Committee:
• Closely monitored the company's business
performance. In this respect, the company's CFO
provided updates on the company’s financials at
each Committee meeting. The Audit Committee also
reviewed the company’s 2025 half-year results prior
to publication, together with the associated financial
statements and press release.
• Discussed the company’s internal control systems,
(including IT control procedures), the company’s
capital allocation and debt management.
• Was provided with in-depth updates on matters
such as internal audit, compliance, Speak Up
(whistleblowing) alert line reports, litigation, tax,
treasury and hedging strategies, including in relation
to the procurement of green coffee.
• Was presented with an update on Enterprise Risk
Management, including management's assessment
of IT security and cyber risks, supply chain business
continuity risks and sustainability related risks, as
well as inflation and geo-political risks.
• Reviewed and endorsed the proposed annual
internal audit plan, assessed the functioning of the
internal audit function, discussed with the
company’s independent external auditor the
company’s financial and sustainability audit plan,
management letter, audit report, including its scope
and materiality, as well as condensed consolidated
interim and year-end consolidated financial
statements including sustainability statements.
Together with the external auditor, the Audit
Committee reviewed the key audit matters identified
by the external auditor, financial reporting
procedures and internal controls.
• Was presented with an update of the sustainability
reporting, based on which the Committee provided
feedback to the Board, including recommendations.
In 2025, the Audit Committee also received several
updates on specific topics, including the Keurig Dr.
Pepper transaction, compliance, the status of the
company's cyber security and related mitigation plans,
addressing the impact of the new risk management
statement (‘VOR’) and the company's preparations for
reporting under the EU Corporate Sustainability
Reporting Directive (CSRD).
REMUNERATION, SELECTION AND
APPOINTMENT COMMITTEE
At 31 December 2025, Aileen Richards (Chair), Peter
Harf, Denis Hennequin and Paula Lindenberg were the
members of the Remuneration, Selection and
Appointment Committee. The majority of the Committee
members are independent in accordance with best
practice principle 2.3.4 of the Dutch Corporate
Governance Code: Aileen Richards, Denis Hennequin
and Paula Lindenberg are independent within the
meaning of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code,
while Peter Harf is a representative of JAB.
In 2025, 5 regular meetings of the Remuneration,
Selection and Appointment Committee were held. The
attendance rate of the Committee members was 100%,
except on one occasion where two non-executive
Directors were absent for valid reasons.
The Chair of the Board and the company’s Chief Human
Resources Officer participated in all of the meetings of
the Remuneration, Selection and Appointment
Committee. The Chair of the Committee shared the
highlights of each Committee meeting with the Board
and presented the Committee's recommendations on
the topics to be approved by the Board.
Throughout the year, the Remuneration, Selection and
Appointment Committee:
• Reviewed and recommended to the Board the
approval of the bonus payout related to 2024,
as well as the bonus targets for 2025.
• Recommended to the Board the approval of the
grants under the company’s Long-Term Incentive
Plan, in accordance with the Directors’ Remuneration
Policy, including the applicable performance
measures for the CEO’s 2025 LTI award.
• Received updates on the outcomes of the company’s
leadership talent review and succession planning.
• Together with management, reflected on the
company’s employee engagement survey results.
• Reviewed and recommended to the Board the
approval of the company’s Directors’ Remuneration
Policy (as approved at the 2025 AGM).
• Reviewed the Board’s reappointment schedule and
recommended to the Board the approval of the
proposals for the (re)appointment of non-executive
Directors at the AGM.
• Reflected on the AGM votes and investor feedback
on the 2024 Remuneration Report and
Remuneration Policy.
• Considered and recommended to the Board the
approval of the proposed changes to simplify the
subsidiary incentive arrangements and align them
with the company's culture and practices.
• Discussed and reviewed the performance of the
CELT members.
• Considered and recommended to the Board the
approval of the treatment of equity arrangements
upon completion of the intended transaction with
Keurig Dr. Pepper.
5 ESRS 2, GOV-1; 21c & 23a-b
       
Overview of the Board committee members
Audit
Committee
Remuneration,
Selection and
Appointment
Committee
Peter Harf
Member
Aileen Richards
Member
Chair
Stuart McFarlane
Chair
Joachim Creus
Rob de Groot
Frank Engelen
Member
Ana García Fau
Member
Denis Hennequin
Member
Paula Lindenberg
Member
Patricia Capel
Board profile of non-executive Directors
The purpose of this Board profile is to provide the company's stakeholders with an overview on the main aspects
of diversity and competences that the company considers to be the most relevant for its stakeholders 5.
Non-executive
Director
Diversity
Experience
Name
Nationality
Year
of
birth
Gender
Financial
experience
Legal
experience
Economic
experience
Commercial
experience
Social
experience
Marketing
experience
Listed
company
experience
Corporate
governance
FMCG
experience
Organisati
onal
experience
Sustainability
Digitisation
and
technology
Aileen Richards
British
1959
F
Stuart MacFarlane
British
1967
M
Peter Harf
German
1946
M
Joachim Creus
Belgian
1976
M
Denis Hennequin
French
1958
M
Frank Engelen
Dutch
1971
M
Ana García Fau
Spanish
1968
F
Paula Lindenberg
Brazilian
1975
F
Rob de Groot
Dutch
1966
M
Patricia Capel
Brazilian
1972
F
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
We would like to thank all our employees as well as the CELT for their continued resilience, dedication and hard work.
Non-executive Directors of JDE Peet's N.V.
Peter Harf
Frank Engelen
Aileen Richards
Ana García Fau
Stuart McFarlane
Denis Hennequin
Joachim Creus
Paula Lindenberg
Rob de Groot
Patricia Capel
       
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
This section contains an overview of our corporate
governance structure and its functioning. It provides
information on the Board’s role, its functioning and
duties, as well as on the company's General Meeting
and its capital structure.
GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE
governance-structure-2025.svg
The company is a public company with limited liability
incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, with its
statutory seat in Amsterdam. At 31 December 2025, the
Dutch law provisions, commonly referred to as the large
company (structuurvennootschap) regime, did not apply
to the company, and the company does not intend to
voluntarily apply such regime.
The figure depicts the company's corporate governance
structure and the most important governance policies
and regulations at each level.
Governance structure
       
SHARES AND SHAREHOLDERS
SHARE CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The company's ordinary shares have been listed on
Euronext Amsterdam since May 2020. At 31 December
2025, the issued share capital of the company
comprised 488,178,642 ordinary shares . Only ordinary
shares were issued. 
All issued ordinary shares are fully paid up. The
company did not issue any convertible securities,
exchangeable securities or securities with warrants in
the company.
Other than in respect of outstanding options under
certain company employee share incentive schemes,
the company is not party to any contract or
arrangement whereby any option or preferential right of
any kind is (or is proposed to be) given to any person to
subscribe for any ordinary shares in the company.
The company does not operate any employee share
scheme where the control rights are not exercised
directly by the employees as referred to in article 10
sub 1(e) of the EU Takeover Directive Decree.
The company's authorised share capital amounts to
EUR 20,000,000, consisting of 2,000,000,000 shares,
and is divided into 1,000,000,000 ordinary shares with
a nominal value of EUR 0.01 each and 1,000,000,000
preference shares with a nominal value of EUR 0.01
each.
Each ordinary share and each preference share carries
one vote. Except by virtue of the different voting rights
attached to the ordinary shares and the preference
shares, none of the shareholders has any voting rights
different from any other shareholders. When convening
a General Meeting, the record date is set at the 28th
day before the date of the General Meeting.
The company’s Articles of Association contain no
limitation on the transfer of the company’s ordinary
shares. As regards the preference shares, Article 11.4
of the company’s Articles of Association stipulates that
any transfer of such preference shares requires the prior
approval of the Board. More details about the way in
which measures protecting the company may be set up
can be found in the Anti-takeover measures section in
this chapter.
More information on the company's share capital can
Statements in this report.
GENERAL MEETING
The company’s shareholders exercise their rights
through Annual and Extraordinary General Meetings.
The Annual General Meeting (AGM) must be held
annually in the Netherlands, no more than six months
after the end of the company’s financial year. The
company held its AGM on 19 June 2025. The relevant
documents related to this General Meeting can be
found on the company's website.
An Extraordinary General Meeting (EGM) may be
convened by the Board, whenever the company's
interests so require. The company held an EGM on
2 March 2026 in relation to the Keurig Dr Pepper Offer.
In addition, one or more shareholders representing
(individually or collectively) at least 10% of the
company’s issued and outstanding share capital, may
request to convene an Extraordinary General Meeting in
the manner provided by Dutch law. The company did
not hold an Extraordinary General Meeting in 2025.
Shareholders holding at least 3% of the company's
issued and outstanding share capital may ask, by a
motivated request, that an item be added to the
agenda. Such requests must be made in writing and
must either be substantiated or include a proposal for a
resolution. Such requests must be received by the Chair
or the Lead Independent Director at least 60 days
before the date of the General Meeting.
One or more shareholders holding (individually or
collectively) at least 1% of the issued and outstanding
share capital or a market value of at least EUR 250,000
may request the company to disseminate information
prepared by them in connection with an agenda item for
a General Meeting in the event the company performed
a formal identification round of the shareholders. The
company may refuse to do so, if received less than
seven business days prior to the day of the General
Meeting, if the information gives or could give an
incorrect or misleading signal or if, in light of the nature
of the information, the company cannot reasonably be
required to disseminate it.
Each shareholder (as well as other persons with voting
rights or meeting rights) is entitled to attend the General
Meeting, address the General Meeting and exercise
voting rights, either in person or by proxy.
The General Meeting is chaired by the Chair of the
Board; or in his/her absence by the Lead Independent
Director or in the absence of the Chair and the Lead
Independent Director, by any Director elected by the
Directors present. The Directors shall be present at the
General Meeting, unless they are unable to attend. The
external auditor of the company is also authorised to
attend the General Meeting.
At the General Meeting, all resolutions must be adopted
by a simple majority of the votes validly cast without a
quorum being required, except for those cases in which
the law or the company’s Articles of Association require
a greater majority or a quorum.
Under the company’s Articles of Association,
resolutions of the Board on major changes in the
company's identity or character are subject to the
approval of the General Meeting. Such changes include:
• The transfer of all or a substantial portion of the
business and/or assets of the company to a third
party
• Entering into, or terminating, a long-term
cooperation between the company or its subsidiary
and another legal entity, if such cooperation or
termination is of fundamental importance to the
company
       
• Acquiring or disposing, by the company or its
subsidiary, of a participation in the capital of a
company if the value of such participation is at least
one-third of the sum of the assets of the company
according to its consolidated balance sheet and
explanatory notes set out in the last adopted annual
accounts of the company or its subsidiary.
VOTING RIGHTS
At the General Meeting, each ordinary share and each
preference share carries one vote. As such, no
restrictions apply to voting rights attached to shares in
the capital of the company. Under Dutch law, a
statutory record date of 28 days prior to the date of the
General Meeting applies in order to determine whether
a shareholder may attend and exercise the rights
relating to the General Meeting. Shareholders may be
represented by written proxy.
ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES
In accordance with the Dutch Corporate Governance
Code, the company must provide an overview of
existing or potential anti-takeover measures and
indicate the circumstances in which such measures
may be used.
In 2024, the company continued to maintain an
authority granted to the Board to implement anti-
takeover measures, including the potential issuance
of preference shares to a protective foundation.
This authority was valid until 2 June 2025.
The authority was not renewed. Following the transfer
of shares from Mondelēz to Acorn Holdings B.V. (Acorn)
on 28 November 2024, the company now has a single
major shareholder. In view of this shareholder structure,
the Board concluded that the maintenance of anti-
takeover measures is no longer necessary.
RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In the course of its ordinary business activities, the
company’s group of companies enters into transactions
with related parties. More information can be found in
this report. The related-party transactions are
negotiated and executed in compliance with mandatory
Dutch law and best practice principle 2.7.5. of the
Dutch Corporate Governance Code and on an arm's
length basis.
The company adopted a Related-Party Transaction
Policy which defines a related party and a related-party
transaction. The Related-Party Transaction Policy is
available on the company's website. The Related-Party
Transaction Policy requires each Director to notify the
Chair of the Board and the Chief Legal Officer of a
(potential) related-party transaction in which he or she is
involved. If the Chair of the Board is a related party to a
(potential) transaction, the Chair shall promptly notify the
Lead Independent Director and the Chief Legal Officer.
Related-party transactions are subject to review by the
Board. No related-party transactions set out in the
Related-Party Transaction Policy may be undertaken
without the approval of the Board. This approval
includes the affirmative vote of the majority of the
Directors, who are independent within the meaning of
the Dutch Corporate Governance Code and not
considered to be conflicted with respect to the relevant
related-party transaction. Any Director who has a direct
or indirect personal interest in the transaction, or who is
considered to be conflicted with respect to the
transaction, cannot participate in the deliberations or
decision-making with respect to the related-party
transaction concerned. The Board may approve the
related-party transaction only if it determines that it is in
the interests of the company and its business.
Amendments to the company’s Related-Party
Transaction Policy require the approval of the Board.
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
At 31 December 2025, Acorn Holdings B.V. was the
largest direct shareholder of the company, holding 68%
of the outstanding share capital of the company.
At 31 December 2025, the free float represented 32%
of the company’s outstanding share capital. More
details about major shareholders can be found in the
Investor Relations section of this report.
INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
As of 31 December 2025, the Investor Rights
Agreement between Acorn and the company continued
to remain in full force and effect.
AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
The General Meeting may pass a resolution to amend
the company’s Articles of Association, but only upon a
proposal of the Board that has been stated in the notice
of the General Meeting. Such resolution may be
adopted by a simple majority of the votes validly cast,
or alternatively by a majority of no less than two-thirds
of the votes validly cast if less than 50% of the
company's issued and outstanding capital is
represented at the General Meeting.
ISSUANCE OF SHARES
Shares may be issued pursuant to a resolution of the
General Meeting. The General Meeting may also delegate
this authority to the Board for a maximum period of five
years each time. A resolution of the General Meeting to
issue shares, or to designate the Board to do so, can
only be adopted at a proposal of the Board.
On 19 June 2025, the General Meeting designated the
Board as a competent body to cancel ordinary shares
held or to be acquired by the company for a period of
18 months. This authorisation is limited to a maximum
of 10% of the issued share capital of the company. The
General Meeting also authorised the Board, with effect
as of 19 June 2025, to issue ordinary shares in
connection with a rights issue only, for a maximum of
40% of the issued share capital on 19 June 2025 and for
a maximum term of 18 months, with the exclusion of the
statutory pre-emptive rights of existing shareholders but
affording eligible existing shareholders contractual pre-
emptive rights to subscribe for new shares in proportion
to their shareholding and in line with market practice.
       
In addition, on 31 May 2020, the General Meeting
authorised the Board, for a period until 2 June 2025, to
specifically issue ordinary shares and to grant rights to
subscribe for shares for the purpose of the company's
Long-Term Incentive Plan and certain other company
share incentive plans. This authorisation was limited to
2% of the ordinary shares issued and outstanding on the
IPO settlement date. Subsequently, on 13 September
2021, the Board further sub-delegated this authority to
the Chair of the Board, the Chair of the Audit Committee
and the Lead Independent Director, on behalf of the
whole Board and within the limits of designation by the
General Meeting set out above, and only in respect of
the company's share incentive plans. This authorisation
was not extended beyond 2 June 2025.
The General Meeting was authorised by the Board to
grant the preference shares to the Protective
Foundation up and until 2 June 2025, after which this
authorization has not been extended, as described in
more detail in the Anti-takeover measures section in this
report
PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS
Upon the issuance of ordinary shares, holders of the
company’s ordinary shares have pre-emptive rights to
subscribe for ordinary shares in proportion to a total
amount of the ordinary shares they hold. An exception
to these pre-emptive rights is the issuance of shares
against a contribution in kind. Furthermore, under
Dutch law, this pre-emptive right does not apply to
the ordinary shares issued to the employees of the
company or a group company thereof.
No pre-emptive rights exist for holders of ordinary
shares upon the issuance of preference shares.
Similarly, holders of preference shares do not have
a pre-emptive right in respect of ordinary shares.
The General Meeting may resolve to restrict or exclude
the pre-emptive rights pursuant to a resolution of the
Board. In the event of the issuance of shares pursuant
to a resolution of the Board, the General Meeting may
designate the Board as a competent body to do so,
subject to the due observance of the company’s
Articles of Association. Such resolution of the General
Meeting can only be adopted at the proposal of the
Board and requires a majority of at least two-thirds of
the votes validly cast if less than 50% of the issued
share capital is represented at the General Meeting.
On 19 June 2025, the General Meeting delegated to
the Board the authority to restrict or exclude the pre-
emptive rights of shareholders in relation to a maximum
of 10% of the ordinary shares issued and outstanding
as of 19 June 2025 for general purposes as described
in more detail in the Issuance of shares section in this
report. This authority of the Board expires after a period
of 18 months.
PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES
Subject to the relevant provisions of Dutch law and the
company’s Articles of Association, the company may
acquire its own fully paid-up shares, or depository
receipts for shares for consideration, if: (i) the
company's equity, less the payment required to make
the purchase, does not fall below the sum of called-up
and paid-up share capital and any statutory reserves as
appearing from the last adopted annual accounts; (ii)
the aggregate nominal value of the shares which the
company and its subsidiaries hold does not exceed
50% of the issued share capital; and (iii) the General
Meeting has authorised the Board to acquire the
company's own shares, the authorisation of which is
valid for a maximum period of 18 months.
On 19 June 2025, the General Meeting authorised
the Board for a period of 18 months to acquire the
company’s own ordinary shares, up to a maximum of
10% of the aggregate number of ordinary shares issued
as of 19 June 2025, provided that the company will hold
no more ordinary shares in stock than 50% of its issued
share capital, either through purchase on a stock
exchange or otherwise, at a price, excluding expenses,
not lower than the nominal value of the ordinary shares
and not higher than the opening market price of the
ordinary shares on Euronext Amsterdam on the day
of the repurchase plus 10%.
The company may, without authorisation by the General
Meeting, acquire its own shares for no consideration or
for the purpose of transferring the shares to employees
of the company or a group company thereof under
share incentive plans, provided such shares are quoted
on the price list of a stock exchange. 
No voting rights may be exercised with respect to any
share held by the company or its subsidiaries, or any
share for which the company or its subsidiaries holds
the depositary receipts. No distributions or other
payments will be made on shares which the company
holds in its own share capital.
SHARE BUYBACK PROGRAMME 2025
As part of its full-year 2024 results published on
26 February 2025, JDE Peet’s announced the initiation
of a multi‑year share buyback cycle of up to EUR 1
 billion, reflecting the Company’s strong confidence in
its long‑term value‑creation opportunities and its robust
free cash flow generation. In this context, the Company
launched a share buyback programme on 3 March 2025
to return up to EUR 250 million to shareholders during
2025, with the primary objective of reducing the capital
of JDE Peet’s by cancelling virtually all repurchased
ordinary shares, while a limited portion would be used
to cover share‑based remuneration obligations.
The programme was executed by an independent
intermediary, enabling repurchases at its discretion
during open and closed periods in compliance with the
EU Market Abuse Regulation and within predefined
execution parameters. On 1 September 2025, JDE
Peet’s announced the termination of the programme,
having repurchased a total of 5,477,094 ordinary shares
at an average price of EUR 20.73, for a total
consideration of EUR 113.5 million.
       
CHANGE OF CONTROL
The company has entered into a definitive agreement
to be acquired by Keurig Dr Pepper, with completion
expected in early in the second quarter of 2026. The
Settlement (as defined in the Offer Memorandum) of the
tender will result in a change of control of the company.
This change of control does not trigger termination
rights under any agreement that is considered a
significant agreement within the meaning of the Decree
implementing Article 10 of the EU Takeover Directive.
Furthermore, the company and/or one or more of its
subsidiaries have, in the ordinary course of business,
entered into various joint ventures, licensing and other
agreements, which contain change of control
provisions. These agreements taken individually are not
in themselves considered significant agreements within
the meaning of the Decree on Article 10 of the EU
Takeover Directive.
COMPLIANCE WITH THE DUTCH CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE CODE
While the company endorses the Dutch Corporate
Governance Code (the Code), it also believes that
corporate governance needs to be tailored to the
company’s specific situation, and therefore non-
implementation of individual best practice provisions
of the Code may be justified in specific situations.
The Code is based on the “comply-or-explain”
principle, which means that the company may decide
whether it will adhere to certain sections of the Code,
but if it decides not to, it must explain why.
Outlined below are the best practice principles of
the Code that the company did not comply with at
31 December 2025, which is largely explained by the
company's shareholder structure or because such
non-compliance is inherent to the IPO. However, the
company is committed to making further progress on
compliance with the Code, in particular as the
company’s free float increases.
image_JacobsDubai.jpg
       
Best practice principles of the Code
Reasons for the deviation
Adjustments to the 2025 Code concerning the VOR Statement, specifically Provisions 1.4.2 (ii)
and (iii), as well as Provision 1.4.3 (iii) and (iv), reflect changes from the 2022 Code and relate
directly to the VOR requirements. As the Company has elected not to apply the VOR
requirements for 2025, JDE Peet’s will only be in partial compliance with these provisions.
In 2025 the Dutch Corporate Governance Code was amended to include certain additions to the description of the company's risk management and control systems and the board's
statement thereon specifically with regards to operational, compliance and reporting risks (also known as the "VOR Statement"). While the company complies with the 2022 Corporate
Governance Code in respect of articles 1.4.2 and 1.4.3, it has not fully complied with the additional VOR requirements introduced to those articles in the 2025 Code. The company has made
substantial progress toward meeting the VOR Statement requirements. However, in light of JDE Peet's planned delisting from Euronext Amsterdam following completion of the offer by KDP,
the Board has concluded that issuing a VOR Statement as per the updated Dutch Corporate Governance Code at this stage would constitute a one‑off disclosure with limited ongoing
relevance. The Board has therefore resolved to report in line with our 2024 Board statement. If, however, for whatever reason JDE Peet's is not delisted by then, it intends to comply with the
2025 Code additions to the VOR Statement in the annual report for 2026.
Best practice provision 2.1.7 (ii): the company is not compliant with best practice provision
2.1.7(ii) that requires that more than half of the non-executive Directors be independent within
the meaning of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code
Since JAB is the company's major shareholder, five of the ten non-executive Directors are representatives of this shareholder. Peter Harf*, Joachim Creus, Frank Engelen, and Patricia Capel
are representatives of JAB, while Rob de Groot is also not considered to be independent based on his relationship with JAB. 50% of the non-executive Directors are considered independent.
To ensure good corporate governance and independence of the Board, the company has a Lead Independent Director. The primary role of the Lead Independent Director is to serve as a
liaison between the independent non-executive Directors and the Chair and the company's CEO. More details about the responsibilities of the Lead Independent Director can be found in the
Best practice provision 2.1.7 (iii): the company is not compliant with best practice provision
2.1.7(iii) that requires that there be no more than one non-executive Director who can be
considered to be affiliated with a shareholder, or group of affiliated shareholders, holding more
than 10% of the shares in a company.
Through JAB, the company has a proven, long-term oriented shareholder with strategic vision. JAB's strategic vision is reflected in the company through its representatives on the Board
which, the company believes, benefits both the company and its stakeholders. The company considers that the experience of the Directors in the global food and beverage industry
(including within the broad portfolio of JAB consumer goods companies) is a competitive advantage which outweighs any perceived disadvantage of non-independence. Furthermore, as
explained above, the company has a Lead Independent Director to preserve independence of the Board. More details about the responsibilities of the Lead Independent Director can be
Best practice provision 5.1.3 and 2.1.9: independence of the Chair of the Board: Peter Harf is
the Chair of the Board. Mr. Harf is not 'independent' within the meaning of best practice
provision 2.1.8 of Dutch Corporate Governance Code.
The company believes that Mr. Harf's* experience in the global food and beverage industry (including within the broad portfolio of JAB consumer goods companies) benefits the
company and its stakeholders, and this benefit outweighs any perceived disadvantage of non-independence. In addition, in accordance with the company’s Articles of
Association and the Board Rules, as the Chair of the Board is not independent, the company has appointed a Lead Independent Director to ensure there is an independent
counter-voice. More details about the responsibilities of the Lead Independent Director can be found in the Report of the non-executive Directors section.
Best practice provision 2.2.2: appointment periods of non-executive Directors: the initial
appointment periods of the non-executive Directors are: (i) six years for Olivier Goudet and Peter
Harf ; (ii) five years for Joachim Creus. The company is not compliant with best practice
provision 2.2.2 that requires that a non-executive Director be appointed for an initial period of
four years.
Following the company’s IPO in 2020, the company has opted for phased board appointments in order to avoid the risk of all non-executive Directors resigning at the same time.
More details can be found in the Term of appointment section. However, the initial term of all the new appointments of non-executive Directors in 2024 is in compliance with the
relevant provisions of the Code. Furthermore, on 19 June 2025 Joachim Creus was reappointed for a period of four years, which is compliant with the Dutch Corporate
Governance Code.
Best practice provision 3.3.2: the company is not compliant with best practice provision 3.3.2
that requires that non-executive Directors not be awarded remuneration in the form of shares
and/or rights to shares.
In accordance with the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, the non-executive Directors received part of their fee in the form of Restricted Share Unit (RSU) grants under the
company's Long-Term Incentive Plan. Vesting of these RSUs is not subject to any performance conditions. Given the company’s geographical footprint, the company believes
that paying part of the non-executive Director fee in shares promotes its interests and that of its shareholders by strengthening the company's ability to attract and retain highly
competent non-executive Directors internationally, thereby supporting diversity.
Best practice provision 3.1.2 (vi): the company is not compliant in relation to the LTI with best practice
provision 3.1.2 (vi) that requires that shares awarded to directors should be held for at least five years
after they are awarded.
In accordance with the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, and in line with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, LTI awards to the executive Director vest after three years with
any shares delivered being subject to a two-year holding period. However, where the individual has met the significant share ownership guideline, the two-year holding period will
not be applicable. The company considers the personal shareholding under the share ownership guideline to provide sufficiently strong alignment with the long-term sustainable
success of the company, in line with the intent of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.
*  Peter Harf resigned from his positions at JAB with effect from April 2025.
       
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
The company is required to make a statement
concerning corporate governance as referred to
in article 2a of the decree on the content of the
management report (the Decree). The
information required to be included in this
Corporate Governance Statement as described
in articles 3, 3a and 3b of the Decree, which are
incorporated and repeated here by reference,
can be found in the following sections or pages
of this report:
• The information concerning compliance with
the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, as
required by article 3 of the Decree, can be
• The information concerning the company’s
risk management and control frameworks
relating to our strategy, operations,
compliance and (ESG) reporting process,
as required by article 3a sub a of the Decree,
can be found in the Risk management
section
• The information regarding the functioning of
the company’s General Meeting of
Shareholders and the authority and rights of
the company's shareholders, as required by
article 3a sub b of the Decree, can be found
in the General Meeting section
• The information regarding the composition
and functioning of the company’s Board and
its committees, as required by article 3a sub
c of the Decree, can be found in the
Corporate governance section as well as in
• The information concerning the company’s
required by article 3a sub d of the Decree,
can be found in the Diversity subsection in
the Corporate governance section and the
• The information concerning the inclusion of
the information required by the Decree Article
10 EU Takeover Directive, as required by
article 3b of the Decree, can be found in the
relevant sections in Shares and shareholders
REPORTING FRAMEWORKS AND
LEGAL DISCLOSURES
This report is compiled in compliance with the Dutch
regulatory requirements.
The financial information in the financial statements
has been prepared in accordance with the
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as
adopted by the European Union (EU IFRS). Moreover,
the financial information meets the requirements as
set out in Title 9, Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.
The non-financial information is reported in the
sustainability statements is in accordance with the
European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS)
as set out in the Annex 1 to the Commission
Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2772 of 31 July 2023,
which supplements Directive 2013/34/EU of the
European Parliament and of the Council. At the date
of publication of this Annual Report, this regulation
has not yet been implemented into Dutch law.
The Report of the Management Board (as defined in
Title 9, Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code) consists of the
following sections: Introduction, Financial
Performance, Governance and Risk Management,
excluding the Report of the non-executive Directors
and the Remuneration Report, and the Sustainability
Statements.
JDE Peet’s adopts the recommendations of the Task
Force Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD).
In January 2026, we launched Our Nature Transition
Plan in a separate document. JDE Peet’s also
evaluates its contribution to the UN Sustainability
Development Goals developed by the United Nations
to assess the impact of its corporate responsibility
programme,
which can be found as part of the double materiality
6ESRS 2, GOV-1; 21a
       
BOARD’S ROLE, FUNCTIONING
AND DUTIES
As a one-tier board, the Board is the executive and
supervisory body of the company, and is therefore
entrusted with the company's management. At the
same time, its non-executive Directors supervise the
executive Director. In doing so, the non-executive
Directors focus on the effectiveness of the company’s
internal risk management and control systems,
including the internal audit function. This extends to the
integrity and quality of the financial and non-financial
reporting and the company’s long-term business plans,
including the implementation of such plans and the
associated risks, the company’s information technology
and cybersecurity risks, corporate social responsibility
and compliance with laws and regulations.
The Board's responsibilities include, among other
things, setting the company's management agenda and
strategy, developing a view on the company's
sustainable long-term value creation, enhancing the
company's performance, and identifying, analysing and
managing the risks associated with the company's
strategy and activities including environmental, social
and governance (ESG) issues, which includes climate-
related risks and opportunities.
The Board is accountable for these matters to the
General Meeting. It may perform all acts necessary or
useful for achieving the company's corporate purposes,
except those expressly attributed to the General
Meeting as a matter of Dutch law or pursuant to the
company's Articles of Association.
The Board meets at least four times a year. Additional
meetings may be convened when deemed appropriate
by the Chair or, if requested, by at least three Directors.
More information about the responsibilities and
functioning of the Board can be found in the Board Rules.
COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD 6
Pursuant to the company’s Articles of Association, the
Board is comprised of one or more executive Directors
and one or more non-executive Directors. The non-
executive Directors determine the total number of
Directors including the number of executive Directors
on the one hand and non-executive Directors on the
other hand. The Board is presided over by the Chair,
a title that is only granted to a non-executive Director.
At 31 December 2025, the Board comprised of one
executive Director and 10 non-executive Directors, as
presented in the Our Board of Directors section of this
report.
APPOINTMENT, SUSPENSION AND REMOVAL OF
DIRECTORS
The General Meeting of Shareholders (the General
Meeting) appoints the Directors upon the proposal of the
Board. A resolution of the General Meeting to appoint a
Director, other than pursuant to a proposal by the Board,
requires a simple majority of the votes cast, representing
at least one-third of the issued share capital.
The General Meeting may suspend or remove a Director
at any time. In addition, an executive Director may be
suspended by the Board at any time. A suspension can
be ended by the General Meeting. A suspension may be
extended one or more times but may not last longer
than three months in total. If, at the end of that period,
no decision has been taken on termination of the
suspension or on removal, the suspension shall end. A
resolution of the General Meeting to suspend or dismiss
a Director, other than on the proposal of the Board,
requires a simple majority of the votes cast,
representing at least one-third of the issued share
TERM OF APPOINTMENT
Executive Directors are appointed for a maximum
period of four years per appointment. On 1 November
2024, Rafael Oliveira was appointed as the permanent
CEO and stand-in executive Director. His formal
appointment as executive Director was effected at the
AGM of 19 June 2025.
Non-executive Directors are, in principle, also appointed
for a period of four years. After the initial period, non-
executive Directors may then be reappointed once for a
period of four years. A non-executive Director may then
be subsequently reappointed for a period of two years,
which appointment may be extended by a term of not
more than two years. Following the company’s IPO in
2020, the company has, however, phased out the initial
appointment terms of non-executive Directors in order
to avoid the risk of all non-executive Directors resigning
at the same time, thereby ensuring that knowledge and
experience is handed over gradually.
Subject to the offer of Keurig Dr Pepper being declared
unconditional and the relevant resolutions having been
adopted at the EGM, as of the Settlement Date (as
defined in the Offer Memorandum), the Board of the
company will consist of:
• Rafael Oliveira, executive Director (CEO) of the
Board
• Stuart MacFarlane, Independent non-executive
Director of the Board
• Anthony Shoemaker, executive Director of the Board
• Khaled Rabbani, executive Director of the Board
• Ramon Hogenboom, executive Director of the Board
• Robbe Mertens, executive Director of the Board
• Asta Aleskute, executive Director of the Board
During the EGM held on 2 March 2026 all relevant
resolutions were adopted.
The Independent Director will be a member of the
Board as long as the Company remains listed. When
the Company is delisted, Keurig Dr Pepper will decide
which Group entity's board the Independent Director
will join. The other members of the company’s Board
will resign with effect from the Settlement Date.
7ESRS 2, GOV-1; 22a-d, GOV-2; 26a-b & GOV-5; 53 d
       
Director re-appointment schedule
Name
Initial
appointment date
End of
current
term
Executive Director
Rafael Oliveira
19 June 2025
2029
Non-executive Directors
Peter Harf
2 June 2020
2026
Aileen Richards
2 June 2020
2028
Stuart MacFarlane
2 June 2020
2028
Joachim Creus
2 June 2020
2029
Denis Hennequin
2 June 2020
2028
Frank Engelen
18 November 2020
2029
Ana García Fau
11 May 2022
2026
Paula Lindenberg
11 May 2022
2026
Patricia Capel
25 May 2023
2027
Rob de Groot
19 June 2025
2029
BOARD COMMITTEES
The Board may appoint standing and/or ad hoc
committees from among its members. These
committees are charged with tasks specified by the
Board. At 31 December 2025, the Board had two
committees of non-executive Directors to assist the
Board in fulfilling its duties. These are the Audit
Committee and the Remuneration, Selection and
Appointment Committee. In addition, the Board
appointed a Sustainability Board Contact to remain
vigilant about current and emerging ESG trends and
any potential risks related to sustainability and related
issues, and provide strategic guidance and advice to
the company. However, the Sustainability Board
Contacts do not form a committee as recognised under
the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.
AUDIT COMMITTEE
The roles and responsibilities of the Audit Committee
which are available on the company’s website.
According to the Audit Committee's terms of reference,
its tasks include, but are not limited to:
• The monitoring of the financial accounting and non-
financial reporting process, the efficiency of the
internal management system, the internal audit and
risk management system
• The monitoring of the statutory audit of the annual
accounts, and in particular the process of such audit
• The review and monitoring of the independence of
the external auditor
• The nomination for appointment of the external
auditor by the General Meeting for the financial and
sustainability audit
• The monitoring of financing and tax policy of the
company
• Preparatory work for the Board's supervision where
the sustainability statements are discussed
• Informing the Board on the outcome of the financial
and sustainability reporting.
The Audit Committee meets as often as required for a
proper functioning of the Audit Committee, but at least
four times a year. Additional meetings may be held
whenever deemed necessary by the Chair of the
Committee or by two other members of the Committee.
REMUNERATION, SELECTION AND APPOINTMENT
COMMITTEE
The Remuneration, Selection and Appointment Committee
is a combination of both the remuneration committee and
the selection and appointment committee. It discharges all
roles and responsibilities of both a typical remuneration
committee and a selection and appointment committee as
provided by the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. Its
roles and responsibilities are further detailed in the
terms of reference, which are available on the company’s
website and include:
• The preparation of proposals to the Board on the
Remuneration Policy to be adopted by the General
Meeting
• The proposals on the remuneration of executive
Directors to be determined by the Board
• The preparation of the selection criteria and
appointment procedures for Directors, and the
composition of the profile of the Board
• The proposal for Directors' appointments and
reappointments.
The Remuneration, Selection and Appointment Committee
also prepares annually a Remuneration Report on the
implementation of the company’s Remuneration Policy.
The report is adopted by the Board and submitted to the
company’s General Meeting.
The Remuneration, Selection and Appointment Committee
meets as often as required for its proper functioning, but at
least twice a year. Additional meetings may be held
whenever deemed necessary by the Chair of the
Committee or by two other members of the Committee.
SUSTAINABILITY GOVERNANCE 7
The Board regularly, but at least two times per year:
• Oversees the implementation of the sustainability
agenda and policies including climate change
• Reviews progress on ESG-related matters, including
climate-related issues as well as responsible
sourcing, packaging, water, waste, health and
safety, and diversity, equity and inclusion.
• Monitors the progress of our Common Grounds
sustainability programme, goals and targets.
• Reviews the input and recommendations of the
Audit Committee in relation to sustainability topics
• Discusses the setting of targets related to material
impacts, risks and opportunities and the way to
monitor these.
The Board has appointed a Sustainability Board Contact
to provide an oversight of ESG-related matters and
advise the CELT and company's senior management.
The Sustainability Board Contact meets on a quarterly
basis with the Vice President (VP) Sustainability to
review and address critical sustainability issues. These
meetings focus on assessing the impact, risks and
opportunities related to sustainability, with particular
attention given to any significant business transactions
that may require further consideration.
       
sustainability-governance-v7.svg
The detailed roles and responsibilities of the Board
Sustainability Contact can be found in the Board
Sustainability Contact's terms of reference, which are
available on the company's website.
Responsibility for the company's Common Grounds
sustainability agenda and programme lies with the CEO
and the individual members of the CELT responsible for
specific business areas. Specifically, each member of
the CELT owns respective ESG targets that build our
Common Grounds programme and is accountable for
achieving these targets.
Led by the VP Engagement, the sustainability team
subsequently works with a cross-functional leadership
group composed of subject-matter experts from across
the company, including areas such as procurement,
manufacturing, research and development, marketing,
human resources, finance and compliance to execute
and measure the company’s sustainability and climate
change programmes.
Throughout the year, the company held quarterly
programme review sessions, during which ESG subject-
matter experts reported on the performance of KPIs,
related to the Common Grounds programme and its key
pillars, to the VP Engagement. The company's CEO
takes part in these sessions at least once a year.
More information on the Common Grounds programme
can be found in the Common Grounds section later in
this report and on our website in the Sustainability
section.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The company’s Articles of Association and Board Rules
prescribe how to deal with (potential) conflicts of
interest between the company and a Director.
A Director having a conflict of interest or an interest
which may have the appearance of a conflict of interest
must declare the nature and extent of the interest to the
other Directors. Subsequently, the Director shall not
participate in discussions or decision-making on a
subject or transaction in relation to which the Director
has a direct or indirect personal interest that conflicts
with the interests of the company.
Decisions to enter into transactions in which there are
conflicts of interest with Directors that are of material
significance to the company and/or to the relevant
Directors, require a Board resolution taken with the
consent of the majority of the non-executive Directors
(excluding any non-executive Director with a conflict of
interest). Any such decisions shall be reported in the
annual report for the relevant year, including a reference
to the conflict of interest and a declaration that the
relevant best practice principles of the Dutch Corporate
Governance Code have been complied with. Each
financial year, the company requests the Directors to
complete an extensive questionnaire which includes the
disclosure of (potential) conflicts of interest. No conflicts
of interest were reported in 2025. Reference is made to
       
COFFEE ENABLING LEADERSHIP TEAM
portrait-khaled-rabbani.png
  RAFAEL OLIVEIRA
Brazilian and British
Executive Director and CEO
yang-xu.png
portret-johan-van-gossum.png
  YANG XU
French
Chief Financial Officer
ricard-barri-valentines.png
portret-carolyn-adams.png
  RICARD BARRI
VALENTINES
Spanish
Chief Marketing Officer
portret-evert-meidertsman.png
  KHALED RABBANI
Dutch
Chief Legal and Corporate
Affairs Officer
stuart-heflin.png
  JOHAN VAN GOSSUM
Belgian
Chief Human Resources
Officer
portrait-john-brands.png
  CAROLYN ADAMS
British
Chief Research and
Development Officer
portret-lara-brans.png
  EVERT MEINDERTSMA
Dutch
Chief Supply Officer
portret-tatiana-efremova.png
  STUART HEFLIN
American
President of Peet's
guillaume-delle-vigne.png
  JOHN BRANDS
Dutch
President Europe
  LARA BRANS
Dutch
President APAC
  TATIANA EFREMOVA
Russian
President LARMEA
  GUILLAUME DELLE
VIGNE
Belgian
Chief Transformation Officer
       
ROLES AND DUTIES
The company is managed by the Chief Executive Officer
(CEO) who is supported by the Coffee Enabling
Leadership Team (CELT), consisting of senior managers
of the company. The CELT was formerly known as the
Executive Committee. In addition to the CEO,
at 31 December 2025, the CELT consisted of 11
other members, namely: the company’s CFO, the four
segment Presidents, the Chief Marketing Officer,
the Chief Research & Development Officer, the Chief
Human Resources Officer, the Chief Supply Officer,
the Chief Transformation Officer and the Chief Legal
and Corporate Affairs Officer (who also serves as the
Company Secretary).
The CEO is entrusted with the (day-to-day)
management of the company. The CELT reports to the
CEO and assists in the fulfilment of his duties and is put
in place to enable faster strategic alignment and
operational execution by increasing the company's
focus on the development of its business, innovation,
ESG and people. Accordingly, the responsibilities of the
CELT involve supporting the CEO on various matters,
including the implementation of the company's general
strategies and risks, its business agenda as well as its
operational and financial objectives. The Rules of
Procedure of Senior Management are available on the
company’s website and describe in detail the tasks,
composition and other relevant procedures of the CELT.
The CEO allocates the tasks of the CELT among its
members, after consultation with the Board. The CEO
is the first contact within the CELT for the Chair of the
Board and the Board, therefore any communication
between the CELT and non-executive Directors occurs
first through the CEO. For financial topics, the
company's CFO may interact directly with the Chair and
other members of the Audit Committee. The company's
Chief Human Resources Officer may also interact with
the Chair and other members of the Remuneration,
Selection and Appointment Committee. Members of the
CELT are, from time to time, invited to attend meetings
of the Board, at the discretion of the Board.
Furthermore, the CELT and the Board also meet and
interact during informal occasions.
image_governance-and-risk-management-2.jpg
8 ESRS 2, GOV-1; 21d
       
DIVERSITY 8
As well as striving for an inclusive culture across the
organisation, the company also recognises the benefits
of having a diverse Board and CELT.
When selecting members of the Board and the CELT,
the company strives for a diverse composition and a
balance between expertise, experience, competencies,
other personal qualities, gender, age, nationality and
cultural background, as well as an appropriate
combination of international knowledge and experience
encompassing financial, legal, economic, commercial,
risk management, sustainability, social, marketing and
technology aspects relevant to the company's business
and footprint.
The company shall ensure that the composition of the
Board is in accordance with the company's Diversity,
Equity and Inclusion Policy and the Board profile. More
specifically, the company shall, among other topics,
ensure that at least one-third of the non-executive
Directors are women and at least one-third of the non-
executive Directors are men (in each case, rounded-up).
and the Board profile are available on the company's
website.
The Board annually assesses the size and composition
of the Board. As part of the procedures for appointing
new Directors, the Directors are invited to give their
input on identifying potential candidates. Members
of the Remuneration, Selection and Appointment
Committee propose suitable candidates for
consideration by the Board, taking into account
diversity in background, gender, geographical and
industry experience, skills and other distinctions
between Directors. The Board is satisfied that its
current composition reflects the appropriate mix of
diversity, experience, independence, knowledge and
skills.
The company also attaches great value to diversity in
the composition of its CELT. In accordance with the
company's Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Policy, the
company’s objective is to ensure that at least 30% of
the executive Directors on the Board (if more than one
is appointed) are women and at least 30% are men, and
that at least 30% of the positions in the CELT are held
by women and at least 30% by men. The company
believes that such a diversity ambition for the CELT is
appropriate for a fast-moving consumer goods
company and generally reflects the market trend.
In 2025, the company met its gender diversity
objectives regarding the composition of both the Board
and the CELT.
For more information on our diversity, equity and
inclusion aspirations, including for the Global
Leadership Team, refer to the S1 - Own Workforce
section of this report.
Number and percentage of women and men non-
executive Directors in 2025
non-excecutive-directors-gender-ratio.svg
Number and percentage of women and men in the
CELT in 2025 (including executive Director)
excecutive-committee-gender-ratio.svg
Nationalities non-executive Directors
French
British
Belgian
German
Spanish
Dutch
Brazilian
Total
7
Nationalities CELT
Brazilian
American
British
Belgian
French
Spanish
Russian
Dutch
Total
8
REMUNERATION REPORT
REMUNERATION, SELECTION AND APPOINTMENT COMMITTEE CHAIR LETTER
Dear Reader,
On behalf of the Board and the Remuneration, Selection and Appointment Committee, I am pleased to present the
2025 Remuneration Report. This report provides a summary of the application of the Remuneration Policy for the
executive and non-executive Directors in 2025.
The Remuneration Policy is focused on ensuring there is appropriate alignment between the remuneration of the
executive Director and the successful delivery of the company's long-term strategy. With this in mind, a significant
proportion of the remuneration package for the executive Director is linked to the delivery of sustainable long-term
value creation for the company and its stakeholders, while supporting an ownership mentality and entrepreneurial
culture.
In determining the remuneration arrangements upon appointment, the Committee considered feedback from
shareholders and shareholder advisory bodies, as well as insights gathered during an engagement exercise.
The total on-going package was positioned competitively against our sector peer group, albeit below median, with the
base fee and Short-Term Incentive (STI) opportunity set in line with the levels for the former executive Director, and the
Long-Term Incentive (LTI) award level lower than historic practice.
The direct link to performance was strengthened, including through the use of Performance Share Units (PSUs) under
the Long-Term Incentive and through the grant of a one-off Option award which directly links his remuneration to the
sustainable creation of long-term value and further promotes our entrepreneurial culture.
A summary of the key terms of his remuneration is set out in the section Summary of Implementation on the next page.
Fair pay across the organisation
The Committee also oversees broader people matters beyond senior leadership, including with respect to diversity,
equity and inclusion. JDE Peet’s is committed to ensuring fair and equitable pay for all employees, with regular
monitoring of gender pay equity and continues to perform strongly in this respect (see Inclusion section of this report).
Reflections on the 2025 AGM
At the 2025 AGM, a strong majority of shareholders supported our approach to Directors’ remuneration, with 93%
voting ‘For’ the Remuneration Report and over 87% voting ‘For’ the Remuneration Policy.  The Committee reflected
on the views expressed at the 2025 AGM and took them into account when considering future decisions on Directors’
remuneration.
Next steps
I trust that this Remuneration Report clearly explains the implementation of the Remuneration Policy in 2025 and
provides the necessary information for our shareholders. As we shortly close a key chapter in our history when the
transaction with KDP completes, I would like to thank our shareholders for their engagement whilst we have been listed
on the Amsterdam Stock Exchange.
Sincerely,
Image_0.png
Aileen Richards
Lead Independent Director and Chair of the Remuneration, Selection & Appointment Committee
ABOUT THIS REPORT
The Remuneration Report explains how JDE Peet’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy was applied during the year and
contains details of the actual remuneration of the executive and non-executive Directors in 2025.
All references in this Remuneration Report refer to the current Remuneration Policy which was applicable during 2025.
This Remuneration Policy was adopted by the Annual General Meeting on 19 June 2025, and is available on the
company's website. This Remuneration Report is prepared in accordance with article 2:135b of the Dutch Civil Code
and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.
CONFIRMATION OF NO DEVIATION FROM THE REMUNERATION POLICY
JDE Peet’s did not deviate from the Remuneration Policy in 2025 for either the executive or non-executive Directors.
MALUS AND CLAWBACK
The Remuneration Policy provides that variable payments can be recovered to the extent that payment thereof
has been made on the basis of incorrect information about the realisation of the underlying goals or about the
circumstances from which the entitlement to the payment arose. Furthermore, the Board may adjust the outcome of
variable remuneration to an appropriate level if payment of the variable remuneration is unacceptable according to the
requirement of reasonableness and fairness. For the LTI, additional grounds for clawback apply: detrimental activity
(such as the violation of important restrictive covenants), circumstances warranting dismissal for cause, and any other
circumstances in which the Remuneration, Selection and Appointment Committee determines that such action is
justified.
In 2025, no application of the use to reclaim variable remuneration by means of either a clawback or malus within the
meaning of article 2:135 (8) of the Dutch Civil Code was applied on any kind of variable payments to the executive
Director.
SUMMARY OF IMPLEMENTATION
The Policy for the executive Director is simple and transparent, and comprises the following on-going elements:
Policy element
Design per Remuneration Policy
Implementation in 2025 for our CEO
Annual base fee
• Fixed cash compensation, aligned with the scope and
nature of the role, the executive Director's experience
and relevant market benchmark data
• EUR 1.25 million (no change)
Short-Term
Incentive (bonus)
• Performance-related short-term incentive paid in cash
subject to the achievement of annual targets
• Policy maximum of 310% of base fee. Current approach
with a target of 130% of base fee, with the maximum
payout capped at 200% of the target
• On target bonus of 130% of base fee.
• Payout disclosed on page 41
• No adjustment for KDP transaction
Long-Term
Incentive
• The LTI forms a substantial part of the total remuneration
with grant capped at 500% of base fee
• LTI award of either PSUs, RSUs or Options, or any
combination thereof.
• LTI awards vest three years from award date and are
settled in shares
• A two-year post-vesting holding period applies, unless
the substantial share ownership guideline has been met
• Grant of LTI award of EUR 4 million
(320% of base fee)
• Equal weighting of RSUs and PSUs
• Three-year vesting period with PSU
performance measured over three year
period to 31 December 2027
• PSU metrics: EBIT growth; cumulative
Free Cash Flow; ESG – GHG emission
reduction
Retirement and
other benefits
• Defined contribution pension plan and allowance in
respect of base fee above the pensionable cap
• Other benefits include health, disability and life
insurance, and mobility (car) allowance
• In line with Policy and typical market
practice
Share ownership
guideline
• To build and maintain a shareholding to the value of
800% of the annual base fee
• In line with Policy
THE REMUNERATION POLICY FOR THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
The objective of the Remuneration Policy is to attract, engage, incentivise and retain highly-skilled and qualified
executive Directors in order to achieve the company's strategic and operational objectives. It is designed to:
• Be simple, effective and transparent
• Support an ownership mentality and entrepreneurship
• Align the remuneration of the executive Director with the successful delivery of JDE Peet’s long-term strategy and
sustainable long-term value creation.
When designing the Remuneration Policy, the Board considered multiple perspectives including business requirements,
JDE Peet’s identity, vision and values, the overall pay philosophy across the company, shareholder views, the pay-ratio
between the executive Director's pay and the average employee pay, and societal context.  In formulating the
Remuneration Policy and determining the remuneration of the executive Director, the Board also took into
consideration scenario analyses of the possible outcomes of variable remuneration components.
The remuneration offered under the Remuneration Policy is reviewed periodically against relevant benchmark data,
considering compensation levels and trends in the market as well as international remuneration standards.
The total remuneration for the executive Director and other CELT members is benchmarked against a sector peer
group of 18 international companies. This peer group, selected and recommended by independent external
remuneration consultants, considers our size, industry and international geographical footprint, with peers listed in
five European countries, the U.K. and the U.S.  This peer group reflects the companies from which we recruit talent
externally, and those to which our talent may be attracted, within a highly competitive sector. The international
composition of our peer group also mirrors our talent practices with, for example, the CELT currently comprising
eight different nationalities.
FIXED VERSUS VARIABLE REMUNERATION
The Board considers that the company's ability to attract, engage, incentivise and retain a highly-skilled and qualified
executive Director is a prerequisite in achieving the company's strategic and operational objectives. Therefore, the
Committee determines the remuneration arrangements taking into account external market benchmark data, the
performance of the executive Director and the company, the scope of responsibilities of the executive Director, as well
as external and internal salary movements.
The Board has intentionally designed the Remuneration Policy to link the majority of the executive Director's pay to the
company's performance and the delivery of sustainable long-term value creation. As illustrated in the chart below, more
than three-quarters of the executive Director's remuneration is variable, the majority of which is long-term.
TARGET PERFORMANCE SCENARIO
executive-director-fixed-vs-variable-at-target.svg
SERVICE AGREEMENTS AND SEVERANCE PAYMENTS
The term of appointment for any new executive Directors is four years, subject to re-appointment by the AGM.
The service agreement may be terminated by the executive Director or by the company. The notice period for the
company is four months and for the executive Director two months.
If the company gives notice of termination of the employment agreement of the executive Director for a reason which is
not an urgent reason (‘dringende reden’) within the meaning of the law, or decides not to extend the service agreement
upon its expiry, or if the AGM does not re-appoint the executive Director for a subsequent term, the notice period and
severance payment (combined) will be limited to one year’s base fee in total.
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION IN 2025
The remuneration of executive Directors is determined by the Board, in accordance with the Remuneration Policy and
following a recommendation from the Remuneration, Selection and Appointment Committee.
In 2025, Rafael Oliveira was the only executive Director of the company. He was appointed as executive Director and
Chief Executive Officer at the AGM on 19 June 2025, having initially been appointed as CEO and stand-in executive
Director effective 1 November 2024. 
ANNUAL BASE FEE
The annual base fee constitutes the primary fixed component of the executive Director's remuneration package.
It is set at a level designed to attract, engage and retain the calibre of executive Director required to devise and execute
JDE Peet’s strategy. The annual base fee of the executive Director was EUR 1.25 million in 2025.
SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE
The current target STI is 130% of the annual base fee, with the maximum payout opportunity capped at 200% of the
target (i.e. lower than the Policy maximum of 310% of base fee). The STI is paid out in cash. The executive Director was
eligible to participate in the 2025 STI on these terms.
Short-term incentive framework
On an annual basis, the Committee selects indicators for the STI that are derived from, or linked to, the business plan,
reflecting the company’s long-term strategy. The STI payout for 2025 was dependent on the performance against the
following pre-determined measures, which remained unchanged from previous years:
• Net Sales, net of commodity inflation/deflation (link to strategy: Revenue growth)
• Adjusted Earnings Before Interest & Tax (EBIT), at constant currency (link to strategy: Income from operations)
• Average Operating Working Capital (OWC) improvement (link to strategy: Improvement in liquidity).
The STI payout is based on a multiplicative formula, whereby for each individual measure a multiplier is calculated by
the extent to which performance is achieved. The individual multipliers are then multiplied, which results in the total
bonus multiplier.
short-term-incentive-total-multiplier.svg
The total bonus multiplier can range from zero for below-threshold performance, to 200% of target in case of
exceptional performance. The effect of the multiplicative formula is such that underperformance in one of the
performance metrics will reduce the overall bonus payout, even in the case of outperformance in the others. For
example, if the company meets the maximum Net Sales and OWC targets, but fails to meet the minimum threshold
target for adjusted EBIT, the overall bonus for the executive Director will reduce to zero. This is more stringent than
the typical market approach to bonus where each performance measure is assessed separately, which could result
in payout for one measure even in the event of underperformance in other measures.
The total bonus multiplier is then applied to the target bonus opportunity to calculate the overall bonus outcome.
short-term-incentive-final-bonus-outcome.svg
The Remuneration, Selection and Appointment Committee has the right to adjust the formulaic total bonus outcome
for any of the following reasons:
• Quality delivery (for example quality market share, brand performance and investing for the future)
• Environmental, Social and Governance performance
• Any extraordinary circumstances.
Bonus multiplier for financial year 2025: 1.10x of target (calculated as: 0.90 x 1.09 x 1.12).
Performance Measure
Link to
strategy
2025 performance
2025 bonus
multiplier
Net Sales, net of commodity
inflation/deflation
Revenue growth
bonus-multiplier_Tekengebied 1.svg
0.90x
Adjusted Earnings Before Interest
& Tax at constant currency
Income from
operations
1.09x
Average Operating Working
Capital improvement
Improvement in
liquidity
1.12x
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE
The LTI grant is aimed at encouraging ownership, incentivising sustainable long-term value creation and further aligning
the long-term interests of the executive Director with those of shareholders.
The maximum annual grant under the Remuneration Policy is 500% of the annual base fee. In line with the terms
agreed upon joining, for 2025 the Board approved the grant to the executive Director and CEO of 217,038 shares,
split equally between RSUs and PSUs. This equates to a value of EUR 4 million, equivalent to 320% of his annual base
fee. The performance period applicable to the PSU portion of the 2025 LTI award will cover the three-year period from
1 January 2025 to 31 December 2027. The PSU performance targets agreed by the Board are summarised below.
Metrics
Link to strategy
Weighting
EBIT growth
Income from operations
50%
Cumulative Free Cash Flow
Cash generation to support dividends
40%
ESG – reduction in GHG emissions (Scope 1 & 2)
Sustainability
10%
The 2025 LTI award has a three-year vesting period to March 2028, subject to continuous employment, with the level
of the PSU portion determined to the extent the performance conditions are met. Any shares vesting will be subject to
a two-year holding period, in line with the Policy, unless the executive Director has met the significant share ownership
guideline. Refer to note 7.1 Share-based payments in the Consolidated Financial Statements for details with respect to
the Changes in 2025.
RETIREMENT AND OTHER BENEFITS
In line with the Remuneration Policy, executive Directors are eligible for retirement and other benefits.
The executive Director participates in the defined contribution plan. Annual contributions are made up to the maximum
pensionable amount of EUR 137,800 in 2025 (2024: EUR 137,800 ) and are paid gross into the defined contribution
plan. He also received a cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions above the pensionable cap (with a maximum
salary cap of EUR 500,000). In addition to retirement benefits, he is entitled to a monthly mobility allowance and other
benefits in kind such as a health, disability and life insurance, and reimbursement for reasonable costs and expenses.
9Rafael Oliveira was appointed stand-in executive Director and Chief Executive Officer with effect from 1 November 2024.
10Proportion fixed – variable remuneration reflects the comparison between fixed (annual base fee, retirement and other benefits) and variable remuneration (short- and long-term incentive).
11The LTI value reflects the accounting costs in accordance with IFRS. The value of unvested LTI grants is determined on the grant date and apportioned over the vesting period. The accounting cost for 2025 reflects the 2025 allocation of the LTI grants made in the period since appointment in 2024,
including the modification to the accounting treatment following the announcement of the KDP transaction, as explained in note 7.1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
12The executive Director participated in JDE Peet’s Dutch defined contribution plan.
13The key terms of the Option award are included in the share-based payment note of the financial statements.
TOTAL REMUNERATION FOR THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR IN 2025
Total gross remuneration of the executive Director in 2025 and 2024 is presented in the table below (all in EUR):
Executive Director 9
Year
Fixed remuneration
Variable remuneration
Benefits
Total remuneration
Proportion fixed - variable
remuneration 10
Annual base fee
Short-Term Incentive
Long-Term Incentive 11
Retirement benefits 12
Other benefits
Rafael Oliveira (executive Director)
2024
€208,333.00
€—
€483,567.00
€15,916.00
€35,708.00
€743,524.00
35% - 65%
2025
€1,250,000.00
1,787,500
23,185,835
95,359
109,799
26,428,493
6% - 94%
The table below provides an overview of the Long-Term Incentive grants outstanding at 31 December 2025:
Executive Director
Grant year
Type
Share price at
grant date
Units at 31
December 2024
Units granted in year
Units lapsed in year
Outstanding at 31
December 2025
Vesting date
Exercise price
Dividend
Rafael Oliveira (executive Director)
2024
LTI: One-off Options 13
EUR 19.87
€1,630,000.00
€—
€—
€1,630,000.00
1 November 2028
18.43
€—
2024
LTI: PSUs
EUR 18.15
€217,038.00
€—
€—
€217,038.00
23 March 2028
n/a
€—
2025
LTI: RSUs & PSUs
EUR 19.88
€—
€217,038.00
€—
€217,038.00
23 March 2028
n/a
€—
14Where the executive Director was appointed during the year, both the actual and annualised remuneration have been included.
15Pay ratio - the executive Director's pay reflects the actual total 2025 remuneration as disclosed earlier in this report. The average employee pay is calculated as the total remuneration of all JDE Peet’s employees on an IFRS basis divided by the average number of JDE Peet’s employees on an FTE basis.
More information on the average number of FTEs can be found in note 2.3 of the Consolidated Financial Statements . The Total Remuneration Ratio between the highest paid individual and the median employee is disclosed here in the sustainability statements.
REMUNERATION AND COMPANY PERFORMANCE DEVELOPMENT
The overview below provides insight into the development of the executive Director's remuneration, company performance and employee pay over the past five years.
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
Executive Director Remuneration
Rafael Oliveira
Rafael Oliveira
Fabien Simon
Fabien Simon
Fabien Simon
Executive Director 14
EUR 26,428,493
EUR 743,524
(EUR 4,461,144 on
an annualised basis)
EUR 6,406,725
EUR 3,959,853
EUR 3,461,409
Company Performance
Sales
EUR 9,921 million
EUR 8,837 million
EUR 8,191 million
EUR 8,151 million
EUR 7,001 million
Organic Sales growth versus prior year
15.3%
5%
4%
11%
6%
Adjusted EBIT
EUR 1,295 million
EUR 1,277 million
EUR 1,128 million
EUR 1,227 million
EUR 1,304 million
Organic Adjusted EBIT growth versus prior year
1.2%
10%
1%
(9)%
2%
All employee remuneration
Average annual employee remuneration on FTE basis
EUR 66,357
EUR 61,316
EUR 62,781
EUR 61,914
EUR 57,705
Pay ratio to executive Director 15
1: 398
1: 12 (annualised 1: 73)
1: 102
1: 64
1: 60
The change in pay ratio between 2024 and 2025 is primarily as a result of the remuneration payable to the executive Director with the lower figure for 2024 reflecting that Rafael Oliveira only joined the company in November 2024 whereas 2025
included the full year of variable pay including the impact of the accounting modification to the LTIs as a result of the planned 2026 transaction with KDP (see here for further information).
16 The fees in cash are excluding any expenses grossed-up for taxes.
17 The 2025 RSU value reflects the LTI accounting costs in accordance with IFRS. The value of unvested LTI grants is determined on the grant date and apportioned over the vesting period. The accounting cost for 2025 reflects the 2025 allocation of the LTI grants made in the period 2020-2024 under previous
Directors’ Remuneration Policies including the modification to the accounting treatment following the announcement of the KDP transaction, as explained in the note 7.1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
18 Pro-rata vesting of all outstanding RSU grants for Olivier Goudet upon the Director stepping down from the Board on19 June 2025 (22,430 RSUs vesting).
THE REMUNERATION POLICY FOR NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
The fee structure for the non-executive Directors has been designed to ensure that the company attracts,
retains and appropriately compensates a diverse and internationally experienced set of non-executive Directors.
The remuneration of the non-executive Directors is determined by the Board, in accordance with the Articles of
Association, following a recommendation from the Remuneration, Selection and Appointment Committee with due
observance of the Remuneration Policy. In line with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, the remuneration of the
non-executive Directors is not linked to company or individual performance.
In 2025, the non-executive Directors receive a base fee in cash paid quarterly. This is fully aligned with the
Dutch Corporate Governance Code. The total annual retainer is competitive with the sector peer group at a
broadly mid-market positioning.
The Remuneration Policy for non-executive Directors is simple and transparent in design.
Policy element
Design per Remuneration Policy
Implementation in 2025
Annual retainer & fees for
additional responsibilities
- cash
• Reflects responsibilities and expected time
commitment
Annual retainer
• Board Chair: EUR 435,000
• Lead Independent Director: EUR 265,000
• Board members: EUR 215,000
Fees for additional responsibilities:
• Committee Chair: EUR 50,000
All expenses reasonably incurred by non-executive Directors in the course of performing their duties are reimbursed
at cost.
TOTAL REMUNERATION FOR NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Until 2024, all non-executive Directors received part of their annual retainer in shares in the form of RSUs. However,
in response to feedback from shareholders and other representative bodies, this practice was discontinued and
removed from the Policy at the 2025 AGM.
As such, during 2025, all non-executive Directors only received an annual cash retainer reflecting the responsibilities
and expected time commitment of each role. Additional fees were also paid to the Chairs of the Audit and the
Remuneration, Selection and Appointment Committees.
The total remuneration for the non-executive Directors for 2025 was as follows (all in EUR):
Non-executive
Director
2025 Fees
in cash 16
2025 Total
annual retainer
2025 RSU
charge 17
2025 Total - including RSU
charge
Total 2024
Peter Harf
€435,000.00
€435,000.00
258,147
693,147
€333,671.00
Patricia Capel
€215,000.00
€215,000.00
€163,215.00
378,215
€151,704.00
Joachim Creus
€215,000.00
€215,000.00
€233,285.00
448,285
€255,357.00
Frank Engelen
€215,000.00
€215,000.00
€223,477.00
438,477
€233,905.00
Denis Hennequin
€215,000.00
€215,000.00
€233,285.00
448,285
€255,357.00
Stuart MacFarlane
€265,000.00
€265,000.00
€233,285.00
498,285
€305,357.00
Aileen Richards
€315,000.00
€315,000.00
€233,285.00
548,285
€342,857.00
Ana García Fau
€215,000.00
€215,000.00
€185,866.00
400,866
€164,908.00
Paula Lindenberg
€215,000.00
€215,000.00
€185,866.00
400,866
€164,908.00
Rob de Groot
€114,325.00
€114,325.00
€—
114,325
€—
Former non-executive Director 18
Olivier Goudet
€101,528.00
€101,528.00
55,020
156,548
€451,365.00
No loans or guarantees were granted to the non-executive Directors in 2025. 
19 Pro-rata vesting of all outstanding RSU grants for Olivier Goudet upon the Director stepping down from the Board on19 June 2025 (22,430 RSUs vesting).
Until 2024, all non-executive Directors received part of their annual retainer in shares in the form of RSUs. The RSUs
granted to the non-executive Directors vest on the fifth anniversary of grant, subject to continuous Board membership,
without reference to any performance conditions. Refer to note 7.1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements with
respect to the changes to share-based payments occurred in 2025.
The table below provides an overview of outstanding RSU awards to non-executive Directors:
Non-executive Director
Units granted in
2025
Units
outstanding at
31 December
2024
Units lapsed
during 2025
Total units
outstanding at
31 December
2025
Peter Harf
€—
€27,619.00
€—
€25,168.00
Patricia Capel
€—
€14,081.00
€—
€14,081.00
Joachim Creus
€—
€25,521.00
€—
€23,070.00
Frank Engelen
€—
€23,474.00
€—
€23,474.00
Denis Hennequin
€—
€25,521.00
€—
€23,070.00
Stuart MacFarlane
€—
€25,521.00
€—
€23,070.00
Aileen Richards
€—
€25,521.00
€—
€23,070.00
Ana García Fau
€—
€15,924.00
€—
€15,924.00
Paula Lindenberg
€—
€15,924.00
€—
€15,924.00
Rob de Groot
€—
€—
€—
€—
Former non-executive Director 19
Olivier Goudet
€—
€39,653.00
€17,223.00
€—
ETHICS AND COMPLIANCE
Our Codes of Conduct Principles
Our Commitments
codes-of-conducts-principles_Tekengebied 1.svg
Asking for help and
voicing concerns
We can only grow and improve as an organisation if we are open and honest with one
another. This is why the company encourages a Speak Up culture to report any actual
or suspected misconduct, be it a violation of our Codes of Conduct, policies, our values
or the laws that apply to us. The company does not tolerate any form of retaliation
against those who voice their concerns in good faith.
codes-of-conducts-principles-02.svg
Acting honestly and
ethically with each
other
We believe it is important to foster a diverse, inclusive work environment where all
ideas, perspectives, and backgrounds are considered. We focus on maintaining high
standards for workplace safety, and hold each other accountable for our actions and
behaviour. We do not sacrifice safety for the sake of productivity. We also safeguard
company information.
codes-of-conducts-principles-03.svg
Acting honestly and
ethically with our
customers and
business partners
Upholding our commitment to quality and safety ensures that those who consume our
products enjoy the best possible experience, while those who manufacture, market and
distribute them do so with confidence. As a leader in coffee & tea, we have a
responsibility to deal fairly with others.
codes-of-conducts-principles-04.svg
Acting honestly and
ethically with our
company and owners
To maintain our market position and preserve the integrity of our corporate brand,
we have a duty to act in our company’s best interest at all times.
codes-of-conducts-principles-05.svg
Acting honestly and
ethically with our global
communities
We have committed to promoting and respecting human rights throughout our
organisation in accordance with internationally declared human rights, including the
UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and the OECD Guidelines,
and adhere to applicable laws within the framework of our business activities. We also
expect our suppliers to uphold these same standards in the work they do for us.
We believe in giving back to our local communities through charitable donations and
volunteer work, and in strengthening and uniting the areas where we live, work
and innovate.
OBSERVING THE HIGHEST
STANDARDS OF ETHICS AND
COMPLIANCE
BUSINESS ETHICS AND OUR CODES OF
CONDUCT
Across JDE Peet’s, we strive to live up to and embody
the values and principles-based culture at the core of
our Codes of Conduct. Our values – discipline,
simplicity, solidarity, entrepreneurship and
accountability – guide us in our everyday dealings with
colleagues, customers, consumers, suppliers,
shareholders, the communities we serve and other
stakeholders. For the way the corporate culture was
determined, please see Our Values for more
information.
We expect all employees to fully live up to the
company’s values, to be accountable for their own
behaviour and to act with integrity and respect for
others at all times. Our Codes of Conduct underline our
commitment to ethical behaviour and compliance with
the legal requirements of the countries in which we
operate and serve to foster a culture of integrity, ethics
and legal compliance. We introduce our Codes of
Conduct to new employees as part of their onboarding,
and conduct a global e-learning of our Codes of
Conduct every two years.
Our compliance policies, procedures and standards are
the foundation of the company's Compliance
programme, and are available to employees on the
company's intranet. Awareness enables our employees
to behave with integrity and act confidently in any
relevant situation. Our Compliance programme is
reinforced through compliance trainings and awareness
campaigns.
The company recognises the importance of the tone at the
top when it comes to ethics and compliance. As a result,
the Board's Audit Committee receives a quarterly report
on key compliance matters covering topics that include
updates on policies, Speak Up reports and potential
incidents relating to corruption and bribery. This enables
the Board to monitor cases of actual or suspected
misconduct or irregularities, and ensure that independent
investigations are carried out when necessary.
An effective Compliance programme is one that, by
definition, continuously adapts to changes and
improves over time.
ENCOURAGING EVERYONE TO SPEAK UP
Our company strives to foster a respectful environment
where every employee feels empowered to contribute
to the best of their abilities. Accordingly, and in line with
our global compliance strategy, the company is
committed to promoting a Speak Up culture. It does so
by fostering an open and trusting dialogue with
employees, customers, business partners, suppliers,
investors and other stakeholders.
Our Speak Up Policy is available to anyone who wishes to
raise a concern about suspected misconduct within the
company or throughout our supply chain.
This includes, for example, employees, persons working
for or on behalf of the company, workers throughout our
supply chain, business partners and other stakeholders
such as (representatives of) affected communities or
consumers. Examples of suspected misconduct may
include a violation of applicable (international) law, a
violation of the JDE Peet’s Codes of Conduct, its policies,
standards and/or procedures under which it operates.
Our Speak Up Policy is translated into the languages
used along our value chain, thus ensuring its
accessibility to different stakeholders. In 2025, we
conducted a global e-learning course "Conflict of
interest and Speak Up" to foster the Speak Up culture
within the company, including cross-functional trainings
on how to conduct investigations concerning Speak Up
reports.
We have different channels to report suspected
misconduct, including an online reporting tool that is
hosted by an independent service provider, and phone
numbers for each country in which we operate that
our employees, suppliers and other stakeholders to
easily raise their concerns. Additionally, we have a
dedicated email address that can be used to report
potential misconduct or to seek guidance.
The company handles all reports respectfully and with
discretion in accordance with the requirements of its
Speak Up Policy. Our Speak Up Policy further describes
our investigation principles and approach on how we
handle investigations into reported misconduct. Each
report is followed up with a response to the reporting
party and, when required, promptly investigated so that
appropriate remedial action can be taken where
necessary. The company does not tolerate any form of
retaliation against those who voice their concerns
truthfully and in good faith. Additionally, the Speak Up
Policy provides comprehensive guidelines on the
protection of whistleblowers against retaliation, fully
aligned with the relevant legislation implementing EU
Directive (EU) 2019/1937. The Speak Up line is operated
by an independent third-party provider, ensuring
anonymity for those who wish to report concerns
anonymously.
In 2025, the company received a total of 78 reports,
the majority of which were related to routine human
resources matters. Other issues frequently reported
through our Speak Up lines in 2025 included allegations
of harassment, use of inappropriate language, and
alleged non-compliance with laws and policies
(including alleged fraud). In 2025, the company received
13 reports alleging discrimination, including
harassment. 1 of them have been partially substantiated
and remediation actions have been taken.
Based on the investigation outcomes of Speak Up
reports, we ensure that appropriate mitigation measures
are implemented and that we raise awareness through
dedicated campaigns globally and across the regions,
where necessary.
ANTI-BRIBERY AND ANTI-CORRUPTION
As a company present in more than 100 countries, we
are committed to conducting business in an ethically
responsible manner and complying with applicable laws
in all countries in which we operate. This commitment
specifically includes compliance with applicable laws
relating to anti-bribery and corruption, gifts,
entertainment and hospitality, export and sanctions
compliance and anti-money laundering, and is set out in
Anti-Money Laundering Policy, which is consistent with
the United Nations Convention against Corruption. Anti-
Money Laundering Policy applies to all employees and
is reviewed regularly. Contracts with our business
partners and suppliers include relevant references
including with respect to anti-bribery and corruption.
In addition, our Gifts, Entertainment and Hospitality
Policy details the behaviour expected of our employees
with regard to the giving and receiving of gifts or
entertainment. Together with our Public Advocacy
Policy regarding interactions with public authorities and
officials in relation to public policy development and
implementation, this is an important element in our Anti-
Bribery and Corruption Compliance programme.
The company conducts a global e-learning course on
anti-bribery and anti-corruption every two years.
Completion of such e-learning is mandatory for all
company employees, and people managers have a
responsibility to reinforce the importance of these
trainings to their teams.
Functions exposed to compliance risk in this area,
including sales, procurement and operations, receive
biennial training covering topics such as the definition of
corruption (including facilitation payments), our policies
and procedures, as well as the behaviour expected of
our employees with regard to the prevention, detection
and reporting of any suspicion of bribery or corruption.
In 2025, 4,798 company employees who were deemed
to be exposed to risk (2024: 5,609) followed a global e-
learning course on anti-bribery and anti-corruption, with
a completion rate of 96% (2024: 92%). Training
completion continued after year‑end.
The Internal Audit Department conducts periodic,
independent audits of the company’s compliance
processes to assess the effectiveness of internal
controls and procedures in the prevention and detection
of corruption or bribery incidents, and provides
recommendations to develop action plans for
strengthening such controls.
The company has a comprehensive Sanctions
Compliance Framework in place, which includes
specific sanction compliance toolkits, expanded third-
party screening and specialised external legal advice.
As part of our third-party risk management, we have
implemented a comprehensive third-party due diligence
workflow-powered platform for anti-bribery and anti-
corruption integrity due diligence, as well as restricted
(i.e. sanctioned) third-party screening before engaging
third parties.
No fines were issued against JDE Peet's for anti-bribery
or sanctions violations and no public legal cases were
initiated in this respect in 2025.
COURSES AND TRAINING
At least twice a year, we provide alternating compliance
e-learning courses for employees, covering key topics
such as ethical conduct and principles, competition law,
anti-bribery and corruption, data protection, and human
rights. These courses are designed to ensure that all
employees receive training in these areas at a minimum
of every two years. Participation in these training
sessions is mandatory for all employees, including
members of the CELT, who have both an email address
and access to our Learning Management System.
Members of our Board receive dedicated induction
training at the outset of their term. Additional training
sessions, including those on business conduct and anti-
bribery and corruption, are available to Board members,
who may undertake them at their discretion. During the
annual Board evaluation, members have the opportunity
to express any further training needs.
Furthermore, for those employees without email access,
such as certain employees working in certain
manufacturing units, we offer shared laptops or conduct
in-person training sessions.
We also regularly conduct face-to-face training courses
for selected target groups. These include, for example,
courses on competition law for sales teams, anti-bribery
and corruption for procurement teams, and data
protection for marketing and human resources teams.
POLITICAL INFLUENCE AND LOBBYING
ACTIVITIES
In line with our Public Advocacy Policy, JDE Peet’s
interacts with government authorities and officials both
directly and via trade associations related to public
policy developments. JDE Peet’s follows all applicable
rules and regulations, and is registered on the EU
Transparency Register. We made no political
contributions in 2025.
FAIR COMPETITION
We are firmly committed to fair competition, including in
relation to our business partners. As such, compliance
with applicable competition laws is essential to the
company.
Our Competition Law Compliance Policy, which is
reviewed periodically, demonstrates our ongoing
commitment to ensuring compliance with applicable
competition laws and our Codes of Conduct. In
particular, this policy explains to our employees the
behaviour expected of them regarding interactions
between the company and its competitors, customers
and suppliers, and provides specific guidance in areas
such as trade association meetings.
Key components of our Competition Law Compliance
programme comprise playbooks, manuals, and training
sessions. We also conduct regular risk assessments to
identify and address any potential risks from a
competition law perspective, alongside measures
designed to mitigate any significant residual risks.
Additionally, we have established competition law
controls, including protocols to be adhered to during
trade association meetings.
No fines were issued against JDE Peet's for competition
law violations in 2025.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
To preserve the integrity of our brands, we expect all
employees to be free from influences that conflict with
the best interests of our company. Specifically, our
Codes of Conduct lay out the requirement to identify,
assess and manage conflicts of interest, when an
employee's personal interests are in conflict with the
performance of his or her duties or the interests of our
customer, suppliers or other stakeholders. Furthermore,
our Gifts, Entertainment and Hospitality Policy
incorporates key requirements and an approval process
for our employees when it comes to accepting or
receiving gifts, entertainment and hospitality to prevent
conflict of interest situations, and includes mandatory
instructions on, for example, maintaining registers.
DATA PRIVACY
Our customers, employees and business partners
entrust us with their personal data, and we place
enormous importance on protecting and safeguarding
this information, consistent with the various privacy
laws that apply to our business.
We have established a robust framework of data
privacy policies, including our Privacy Code for
encompass guidelines on data subject access requests,
data breach responses, and other processes and tools
that support data privacy across our operations. To
further safeguard personal data, we have implemented
both technical and organisational measures aimed at
preventing accidental or unlawful destruction, loss,
alteration, unauthorised disclosure of, or access.
Our Privacy and Personal Data Protection programme,
which is overseen by the Global Privacy Council –
comprising senior management from IT, IT Security, HR,
Marketing, and Legal and Compliance – includes
regular privacy audits to ensure adherence to our
policies and the continuous enhancement of our privacy
practices.
In 2025, there were no material complaints or issues
raised with respect to data privacy matters and no fines
were issued against the company for data privacy
violations.
20More information on the process of identifying tax risk is described in the Risk management section of this report.
RESPONSIBLE TAX
box-direction_1-column-25%.svg
€ 214m
Income tax payments
17.7%
Effective tax rate
APPROACH TO TAX
In line with our Codes of Conduct, JDE Peet’s always
aims to be a responsible taxpayer. We have a
responsibility to contribute to society by paying the right
amount of tax in the countries in which we operate,
helping to drive economic and social prosperity. We
believe this is a critical element of our commitment to
grow in a sustainable and responsible way.
We comply with the letter and spirit of the law and take
into account the medium- to long-term interests of our
stakeholders. Tax should follow business and, as such,
the tax function must act as a partner to the business
when creating and protecting value. In doing so, Group
Tax applies robust governance and seeks to minimise
tax risks through proactive tax management of our
business operations and transactions.
We do not engage in tax evasion and we will not
undertake transactions with the sole purpose of
creating a tax benefit which is contrary to the objective
and purpose of relevant tax rules. The EU list of non-
cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes is monitored
on an ongoing basis and considered in case of
investments in jurisdictions where JDE Peet's is not yet
active. Entities within JDE Peet's established in any of
these jurisdictions, or in a low (<15%) or zero tax rate
jurisdiction, exist for substantive and/or commercial
reasons.
TAX GOVERNANCE, CONTROL AND RISK
MANAGEMENT
Our Global Tax Policy outlines our tax strategy and our
Guiding Tax Principles and is reviewed and approved
by the Board and Audit Committee. It is reviewed
annually and updated as necessary. The Board is
accountable for the tax strategy, and responsibility for
tax risk management is delegated to the CFO and the
Global Tax Director and overseen by the Audit
Committee.
The effectiveness of our tax strategy depends on the
quality of its implementation, execution and monitoring.
Therefore, roles and responsibilities with respect to the
execution of our Global Tax Policy are addressed in our
Tax Control Framework. Our risk appetite for the tax
decisions we take (including those relating to
optimisation opportunities) and implementing our
business models, is low. Key risks regarding the
execution of our Global Tax Policy have been identified
and, where necessary, controls have been put in place
to mitigate the relevant risks.
To minimise tax compliance risk 20, Group Tax carries
out a monthly review to ensure tax payments are
correct, while quarterly confirmation by the local
Finance Director ensures tax returns are filed on time,
are accurate, and are in line with the Global Tax Policy.
We strive to comply fully with all applicable laws and
regulations and with our codes of conduct, policies, and
procedures, wherever we do business. Employees and
suppliers can report concerns about unethical or
unlawful behaviour, or about activities that compromise
our tax integrity, through our whistle-blower hotline.
The Group Tax team maintains an adequate staff of
qualified and trained tax professionals and has global
responsibility for our tax positions. Proper governance
and procedures are in place to ensure that Group Tax
is involved in all significant business developments,
investments and transactions and that tax
consequences are considered as part of every major
business decision. Various training initiatives are in
place and are being developed to enable continuous
education on how to deal with tax matters, including
the link between tax strategy, business strategy and
sustainable development.
We continuously seek to develop and improve our Tax
Control Framework, supported by further investments in
tax technology, to improve data management and thus
the overall quality of direct and indirect tax compliance,
control and reporting. We currently have various
technology initiatives underway, within our direct as well
as indirect tax disciplines, to optimise and upgrade our
tax processes and we have drafted a global tax
technology strategy and roadmap to track and trace
data improvement projects and monitor future digital
tax developments.
We are open and transparent and develop cooperative
relationships with tax authorities.
21ESRS 2, GOV-5; 36a
RISK MANAGEMENT
OUR APPROACH 21
At JDE Peet's, we are committed to effective risk
management to safeguard our stakeholders' interests
and ensure sustainable growth.
We have adopted globally recognised frameworks,
including the COSO Enterprise Risk Management
Framework, the COSO Internal Control-Integrated
Framework, and the Three Lines Model, to ensure
comprehensive oversight and governance across
our operations.
COSO-cube.svg
The COSO frameworks offer a structured approach to
identifying, assessing, and managing risks throughout
all areas of the business, aligning with our strategic
objectives. In conjunction, the Three Lines Model sets
out clear responsibilities: operational management
('Local Management') addresses risks on a day-to-day
basis, while Enterprise Risk Management, Internal
Controls and Compliance functions ('Central teams')
provide oversight, and Internal Audit offers objective
assurance.
Together, these frameworks cultivate a strong risk
management culture, enhancing resilience and
facilitating informed decision-making across the
organisation.
We view risk management as an ongoing and dynamic
process, and are committed to learning from past
experiences, adapting to emerging threats, and
enhancing our risk management framework with new
insights and requirements. ESG-related risks and
controls have been integrated into the frameworks and
are reported as an integral part in the risk assurance
process. Refer to our Statement of the Board for our
approach with respect to the Statement on Risk
Management and Control Systems (VOR Statement).
CONTROL ENVIRONMENT
In 2025, we continued to reinforce clear expectations
for ethical conduct, professional behaviour, and
compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.
These principles are reinforced by our Codes of
Conduct, along with policies and procedures that foster
a culture of integrity, accountability, and trust among
stakeholders, enhancing the company’s overall
effectiveness and reputation. Our strategic framework
and sustainability strategy provide valuable insights into
our company’s objectives, enabling the identification of
potential events that may impede progress towards
these goals.
In alignment with the best practices outlined in the
Dutch Corporate Governance Code, we apply the
Three Lines Model. The first line, local management,
is responsible for identifying, managing, and monitoring
risks as part of daily operations. Key activities within
this line include the implementation of soft controls and
executing formalised risk management controls.
three-lines-of-defence-celt.svg
22 ESRS 2, GOV-5; 36 b-c & GOV-5; 53 ciii & GOV-53 e
23 ESRS 2, GOV-5; 36 d-e
The second line consists of various central departments
responsible for setting standards for Internal Control,
Compliance, and Enterprise Risk Management across 
JDE Peet's. This line also monitors control testing
activities, assesses the effectiveness of mitigation
efforts, and provides ongoing support to the first line
on risk-related matters.
Our third line, Internal Audit, serves as an objective
assurance body. Using a risk-based approach, Internal
Audit assesses the adequacy and effectiveness of the
first and second lines in managing risks. Regular audits
and desktop reviews help identify control deficiencies,
with recommendations offered to strengthen and
improve our risk management processes.
RISK ASSESSMENT 22
We conduct ongoing risk assessments throughout the
year using horizon scanning, monitoring of external and
internal developments and systematic reviews of
mitigation effectiveness. Separately, in 2025, we
conducted a light review of our ESG double materiality
assessment to reconfirm material topics. ESG-related
material topics, along with their associated risks,
impacts and opportunities, have been integrated into
our overall risk profile and detailed Enterprise Risk
overview.
As a result, in comparison with prior years, some risks
have been re-scoped or re-defined to reflect changes in
the business, and certain risks have been combined
where mitigations overlap significantly.
Risk appetite
Our risk appetite is defined as the level of risk we are
willing to accept in pursuit of our strategic objectives.
Appetite levels are determined through a structured
process that combines:
• Quantitative methodology using standardised
impact and likelihood scales. Likelihood is assessed
on expected frequency of an event occurring,
impact is assessed across financial ('negligible' to
'maximum') and reputational ('minimal stakeholder
concern' to 'global scrutiny') dimensions.
• Strategic alignment to ensure appetite reflects
business priorities, regulatory obligations and
stakeholder expectations.
• Governance review, where appetite levels are
validated by the CELT, Audit Committee, and Board.
This ensures that appetite levels are specific to our
company’s risk profile and strategic context.
Actual risk determination
Actual risk levels are assessed using the same
likelihood and impact scales as risk appetite. For each
principal risk, we determine the gross risk (before
mitigations) and the net risk (after current mitigations).
The maturity level of each of the mitigations is assessed
using a standardised maturity model.
This methodology enables comparability of risks across
domains, prioritisation of the risks based on risk
exposure and the deviation from appetite, and insights
into the interdependencies between related risks.
The full cycle is completed annually, with a discussion
and alignment on the company's overall risk profile
in the CELT, followed by a presentation to the Audit
Committee and discussion by the Board.
CONTROL ACTIVITIES
At JDE Peet's, our risk management systems are
designed to ensure the effective execution of 
management’s directives for navigating and mitigating
risks. Our Enterprise Risk Management and Internal
Control frameworks provide clear guidance on required
actions and controls at various organisational levels.
These control activities are designed to prevent, detect,
and correct errors or irregularities promptly, supporting
the achievement of our strategic, operational, reporting
and compliance objectives. Regular performance
reviews allow management to monitor operational
effectiveness, ensuring that control measures function
as intended.
INFORMATION & COMMUNICATION 23
We fully acknowledge the importance of generating,
capturing, and distributing relevant and reliable
information to support decision-making and meet
internal control objectives. To this end, the Audit
Committee is regularly updated on the effectiveness of
internal controls, risk management, and alignment with
strategic objectives.
At JDE Peet’s, communication on critical internal
control matters is centrally coordinated by key
stakeholders, including the Accounting & Reporting
(A&R), Compliance, Sustainability, Internal Controls (IC),
IT, and HR teams. Each month, the A&R team issues
Period-End Close instructions to all countries, with a
dedicated section highlighting relevant IC deadlines and
key points for attention. This ensures leadership
remains well-informed on the effectiveness of risk
management, internal controls and compliance.
The Board relies on consistent and transparent
reporting to fulfil its oversight responsibilities and make
informed decisions aligned with the organisation’s
objectives. This reporting process provides valuable
insights into the identification, assessment, and
management of risks, while also identifying any
deficiencies or areas for improvement within the internal
control system.
24 ESRS 2, GOV-5; 36 d-e
MONITORING ACTIVITIES 24
We conduct monitoring activities through regular
management oversight, internal audits, and other
evaluations to identify deficiencies and areas for
improvement. The Internal Controls team performs
check-ins with countries as needed. Triggers for
these check-ins may include deficiencies reported
in self-assessments, comments in the Letter of
Representation, spot checks by the central Internal
Controls team, or findings from Internal Audit. The
Internal Controls dashboard serves as an effective tool
to raise awareness about the importance of internal
controls and to highlight the number of deficiencies
per region. This overview is accessible to all regional
Finance Directors.                                                                                           
Risk developments and the effectiveness of mitigations
are reviewed annually with the designated risk
managers. These reviews include updates on mitigation
efforts to ensure that risks are aligned with the appetite
levels set by our leadership.
RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS
Our Enterprise Risk Management process is outlined
below.
risk-areas.svg
OUR MAIN RISKS
Overall, our risk portfolio, as described in this section,
remained broadly stable in 2025. Strategic pricing risk
continues to be elevated, reflecting commodity price
volatility and price elasticity, set against a backdrop of
customer consolidation and the increasing prevalence
of buying alliances. While our attractive brand portfolio
and compelling value creation propositions remain
important mitigating factors, they continue to require
strong and sustained innovation.
main-risks.svg
Sustainability-related risks, reaffirmed through the
review of our double materiality assessment, remain
among our most significant risks, driven by ongoing
and evolving regulations and directives. Packaging non-
compliance could impact our licence to operate in the
EU for certain product categories, as reflected in our
Transition to Circular Packaging risk. The associated
risk level has decreased as mitigation projects continue
to progress.
With respect to Human Rights & Livelihood, new
regulatory requirements are expected to enter into force
in 2026 and 2027. We are therefore expanding our risk
mitigation measures, leveraging both internal expertise
and external partnerships, to ensure readiness and
compliance..
The current high-inflation environment, combined with
customer consolidation and buying alliances, among
other factors, has led to increased competition law
scrutiny and enforcement activity, including in Brazil
and the EU. We maintain a strong and mature
governance framework to mitigate these risks and
ensure continued compliance.
For all risks, we continued to implement mitigation
measures to ensure that risk exposures remain within
our defined risk appetite. The CELT committed to
additional actions to further address our top risks,
while mitigation measures for all other risks were
re-confirmed. Interdependencies between risks and
emerging risk developments were analysed and
incorporated into our Enterprise Risk Management
framework.
We define our risk appetite and actual risk level as
follows:
Appetite
Actual risk level:
Averse
Avoidance of risk and uncertainty
in this area is a key objective.
Very Low
The risk is insignificant and
requires minimal attention.
Cautious
Preference for secure and
immediate mitigation, ensuring
likelihood of risk occurring is
remote.
Low
The risk is small and can be
managed through routine
procedures.
Prudent
Preference for longer-term
mitigation to manage risk towards
a limited likelihood, prudently
balancing risk and reward.
Medium
The risk is significant but
manageable with additional
controls or mitigations.
Open
Willingness to consider appropriate
options that generate higher
rewards.
High
The risk is severe and needs
to be addressed.
Highest
Eager to be innovative and pursue
opportunities that generate the
highest rewards despite greater
inherent risk.
Very High
The risk is extreme and needs
immediate attention and action.
Domain
Risk
Risk description
Risk appetite level
Actual risk level
Mitigation actions
Strategic
Geo-political
The risk of negative direct or indirect impacts on JDE Peet's arising
from political, economic, or security-related events, that affect global
markets, business operations and international relations.
Cautious
High
– Contingency planning for top scenarios
– Sanction compliance toolkits
– Russia-for-Russia operating model
Strategic
Value-creation & innovation
The risk that JDE Peet’s fails to generate, prioritise or timely execute
internal innovation initiatives, such as new product development,
packaging formats or process improvements, or that new business
models or technologies disrupt JDE Peet’s business model, resulting
in stagnation, missed growth opportunities or an inability to respond
to evolving consumer needs.
Cautious
Low
– Organising for success through consumer-led brand-building
– Minimising levels of fragmentation, e.g. through newly opened innovation hub
in Utrecht
– Strong innovation governance structures
– Disruptive technology scouting
– News monitoring
Strategic
Transition to circular packaging
The risk that JDE Peet’s is unable to fully comply with regulatory
requirements aimed at reducing packaging waste, promoting
recycling, and increasing the use of sustainable materials, including
under the PPWR.
Cautious
High
– Capsules recyclability secured
– Various projects progressing as solutions are identified / being developed
– Projects managed under the PMO office, including KPI and progress tracking
Strategic
Strategic pricing
The risk that we cannot pass on price increases to our customers to
offset inflation on time and in full.
Prudent
Very High
– Continue to build attractive brands
– Strong value creation narrative towards external partners
– Strong innovation pipeline to guarantee attractiveness for retailers
– Support customers to deliver their Scope 3 environmental targets
Strategic
Merger & acquisition (M&A) integration
Failure to develop an accurate business case and the risk that any
other risk occurs before the new acquired business is on the JDE
Peet’s standards.
Cautious
Low
– Internal deal team led by Executive Director, supported by external independent
advisors
– Central CELT oversight and decisive decision-making on integration agendas
– Internal accountability model, driving co-creation of the M&A business case
– Mature pre-closing due diligence process and post-closing fit/gap analysis
– Local and global teams are guided through the integration journey by integration
governance models
– Manage M&A business case delivery through synergy tracking
Strategic
Non-integrated entities
Non-integrated entities are often locally governed and fall outside the
boundaries of centrally defined mitigations, which makes them
vulnerable to any of the centrally defined risks.
Cautious
Medium
– Risk review defined as one of the initial steps in the integration playbook
– Standard fit/gap analysis checklist available for JDE Peet's compliance
– Business continuity risk mitigation and adherence to compliance needs as prescribed
in the integration playbook
– Implementation of 'bare minimum' internal controls
Strategic
Distributors & JVs
The risk that any of the other identified risks materialise at a key
distributor or joint venture acting on behalf of JDE Peet’s.
Cautious
Low
– Contracts and/or letter of intent in place with distributors / JVs
– Distributor playbook for selection and onboarding of reliable distributors and
supporting further maturity development 
– Active risk assessment and performance reviews of current partners
Domain
Risk
Risk description
Risk appetite level
Actual risk level
Mitigation actions
Operational
Product quality & food safety
The risk that products fail to meet safety, legal, or quality standards,
resulting in consumer harm or dissatisfaction, regulatory non-
compliance, large-scale recalls, financial penalties or significant
reputational damage.
Cautious
Low
– Internal and external quality management systems and specification management
systems
– Verification and quality audits on all materials
– Efficient analytical support mechanism
– Mature issue and crisis management process
Operational
Commodity sourcing
Failure to buy and make commodities available at equal or better
conditions than the company's peer group, based on fair market
conditions.
Prudent
Medium
– Commodity Risk Governance Framework and Policy
– Performance tracking of JDE Peet's buying strategy against automated buying
– Highly skilled and experienced commodity buying employees
– The delivery of the Farmer Support programme, which supports yield improvements,
supply continuity, and helps reduce volatility
Operational
Supply security & business continuity
The risk of significant disruption of the supply chain.
Prudent
Medium
– Risk management system in place with review on most critical sites and suppliers
– Significant preventive and impact-mitigating measures in place in most of our
manufacturing facilities
– Identification of alternative manufacturing facilities
– Balancing inventory levels between optimised working capital and potential supply
disruption
– Supplier management review process
– Mature issue & crisis management process
Compliance &
Legal
Corruption / Fraud
The risk of significant corruption or fraud occurring.
Averse
Very Low
– Availability of Speak Up line for both internal and external whistleblowers
– Periodic training
– Mature third-party risk management process and tooling
– Internal audits supported by key risk indicator monitoring and audits supported by
external parties
Compliance &
Legal
Data privacy
The risk of serious breaches with GDPR or other privacy laws
resulting in fines and reputational damage.
Averse
Very Low
– Mature process on privacy governance
– Privacy audits
– Data breach reporting procedure in place
– Periodic trainings
Compliance &
Legal
Competition law
The risk of non-compliance with antitrust laws, leading to claims,
court cases, fines to be paid to regulators, customers or other
parties.
Averse
Medium
– Periodic compliance training for all employees, local specific small group trainings
– Commercial play-books available for front-line employees
– Anti-trust compliance policies & processes
– Anti-trust audits
– Internal control testing
Domain
Risk
Risk description
Risk appetite level
Actual risk level
Mitigation actions
IT
Cyber security
Failure to protect JDE Peet’s IT and OT systems from intrusion (both
from outside or inside) and failure to recover the main systems after
an event.
Cautious
High
– Regular security testing, vulnerability scanning and benchmarking
– Security policy framework & security awareness training & testing
– Third-party risk management process
– Active vulnerability management
– Clearly defined incident management process
– Disaster recovery testing on annual basis
Financial
Financial reporting
The risk that JDE Peet’s financial statements contain material
misstatements, whether due to human error, system or process error
or manipulation, resulting in inaccurate reporting to stakeholders.
This could lead to financial restatements, loss of investor confidence,
reputational damage and/or potential penalties.
Cautious
Low
– Centralized systems infrastructure
– Strong governance process including manuals, instructions, central accounting &
reporting oversight and periodic management reviews
– Internal control testing
– Internal audits including key risk indicator trend monitoring
Financial
Foreign Exchange
Failure to hedge currency risk in a cost-effective way.
Prudent
Medium
– Strong treasury governance process
– Derivatives addressing foreign currency debt exposure
– Active currency monitoring and risk analysis
– Defined processes with transactional hedging of major currencies with effectiveness
reviews by external consultants
– Internal controls testing
Financial
Liquidity
Risk that JDE Peet’s cannot meet its debt obligations.
Averse
Very Low
– Active liquidity management with live liquidity models and periodic stress testing
– Active cash upstreaming process to IHQ
– Strong and healthy debt maturity profile on different bond markets
– Maintaining  cash conversion cycle through disciplined accounts payable and -
receivable
– Committed credit and overdraft facilities in place to address short term liquidity needs
– Internal controls testing
Financial
Tax compliance
The risk that non-compliance with our business model, ways of
working, or changes in tax laws and regulations could result in
additional tax exposure.
Cautious
Low
– Tax controls testing
– Business model Governance Board
– Design, implementation and review of business/tax compliance framework
– Periodic assessment of tax positions and third-party tax advice where needed
Domain
Risk
Risk description
Risk appetite level
Actual risk level
Mitigation actions
Sustainability
Climate & nature degradation
The risk that climate change and environmental degradation,
including deforestation, biodiversity loss, resource scarcity and
emissions in the value chain, will negatively impact JDE Peet’s
sourcing and long-term business resilience, for example through
impact on green coffee prices, regulatory restrictions, reputational
damage or operational disruptions. The long-term risk of climate
change impacting the availability of green coffee.
Cautious
Medium
– Roadmap and delivery of SBTi target on GHG Scope 1+2 reduction
– Delivery of Farmer Support programme initiatives to contribute to GHG scope 3
reduction with third-party assurance
– Vendor contribution and assessment to GHG Scope 3 reduction
– Deforestation-free commodities
– Internal controls testing
Sustainability
Human rights & livelihood
The risk that JDE Peet’s or its third-parties fail to uphold
internationally recognised human rights and labour standards, such
as fair wages, living income or freedom from exploitation, resulting in
reputational damage or regulatory sanctions.
Cautious
High
– Various initiatives on both upstream activities and our operations, including Supplier
Code of Conduct and Human Rights Policy; Farmers Support programme; Human
Rights due diligence protocols
– Sustainability internal controls testing
– Internal and external audits for both upstream and our operations
STATEMENT OF THE BOARD
In accordance with the Dutch Corporate Governance
Code, JDE Peet’s adheres to the “comply or explain”
principle. In view of the organisational changes,
including the anticipated acquisition and subsequent
delisting, the company has elected to apply the
“explain” approach with respect to the Statement on
Risk Management and Control Systems (VOR
Statement).
JDE Peet’s has made substantial progress toward
meeting the VOR Statement requirements. However,
as the planned delisting from Euronext Amsterdam will
occur following completion of the intended takeover by
Keurig Dr Pepper, the Board has concluded that issuing
a VOR Statement as per the updated Dutch Corporate
Governance Code at this stage would constitute a one-
off disclosure with limited ongoing relevance. Therefore,
it was decided to report in line with our 2024 Board
statement.
JDE Peet’s Board of Directors is responsible for the
design and operation of the company's Internal Risk &
Control Framework.
We have assessed the design and operational
effectiveness of our Internal Risk & Control Framework.
The outcome of these reviews was shared with the
Audit Committee and was discussed with our external
auditor.
JDE Peet’s Internal Risk & Control Framework is
designed to mitigate the risks associated with our
strategy, operations, compliance and reporting, and
aims to provide reasonable assurance that our financial
reporting does not contain any material inaccuracies.
On the basis of the assessments performed, and the
current state of affairs, the Board of JDE Peet’s
concludes that:
• This annual report provides sufficient insights into
any failures in the effectiveness of the internal risk
management and control systems, including
strategic, operational, compliance and reporting
risks.
• The internal risk management and control systems
in place provide reasonable assurance that the
financial reporting does not contain any material
inaccuracies.
• Based on the current state of affairs, it is justified
that the financial reporting is prepared on a going-
concern basis; please refer to note 1.1 of the
• The report states those material risks and
uncertainties that are relevant to the expectation
of the company’s continuity for a period of twelve
months after the preparation of this report. This is
justified under the Risk management section.
However, the Internal Risk & Control Framework
cannot provide absolute assurance that control
gaps, material misstatements, cases of fraud, or
violations of laws and regulations will be prevented.
Nor can it provide absolute assurance as to the
realisation of operational and strategic business
objectives.
In accordance with the Dutch Financial Supervision Act,
section 5.25c, the Board confirms that, to the best of its
knowledge and belief:
• The financial statements included in this Annual
Report for 2025 provide a true and fair view of the
consolidated assets, liabilities and financial position
at 31 December 2025, and of the 2025 consolidated
profit of JDE Peet’s
• The annual report provides a true and fair view of
the situation at 31 December 2025, and the
development and performance of the business
during the financial year 2025, together with a
description of the principal risks and uncertainties
faced by JDE Peet’s.
SUSTAINABILITY
STATEMENTS
Common Grounds introduction
General disclosures
Environmental
Social
Governance
Appendix
COMMON GROUNDS
focus-initial-quote.svg
WHILE 2025 TESTED US,
IT ALSO PROVED THAT
RESILIENCE, PURPOSE AND
PROGRESS GO HAND IN HAND.
sustainability-statements-foreword.jpg
SUSTAINABILITY IN 2025: NAVIGATING
TRANSFORMATION WITH PURPOSE AND
PRECISION
As Vice President of Engagement at JDE Peet’s, I am
proud to introduce our 2025 Sustainability Statements,
a year defined by profound transformation, heightened
geopolitical complexity, and rapidly evolving regulatory
expectations. In this environment, sustainability has
proven not just relevant, but indispensable to protecting
value, enabling resilience, and keeping our company
future-fit.
In 2025, global uncertainty accelerated our shift from
sustainability as a set of programmes to sustainability
as a core enabler of business strategy, risk
management, and long-term growth.
We strengthened our governance, sharpened our
priorities, and deepened our commitments, ensuring
that our actions remain aligned with stakeholder
expectations and with the realities of the markets in
which we operate.
HOW OUR STRATEGY EVOLVED IN 2025
Responsible sourcing reframed as due diligence
Responsible sourcing is the commercial expression of
due diligence and in 2025 we elevated it to a new level.
We developed a granular, sub-national risk assessment
fully aligned with our double materiality approach,
allowing us to more precisely prioritise risks and
interventions. Our focus remains anchored in Human
Rights, Farmer Livelihoods, and Climate & Nature,
supported by elevated transparency, stronger
partnerships, and a sharper link between risk and
investment.
Accelerated decarbonisation and circularity
Despite volatile energy markets and continued supply
chain challenges, we advanced our climate pathway
through new investments in energy efficiency,
packaging reduction, and circularity. Our approach
recognises what matters most: decarbonisation at
company level, instead of product-level footprint
comparisons, which often mislead rather than inform.
Emission reductions happen through the commitments
and actions of entire companies, not individual SKU
scores.
Stronger engagement across our value chain
Engagement from employees, suppliers, customers,
and partners reached record levels. Sustainability
innovation is increasingly co-created, making our value
chain more resilient and better equipped to navigate
climate impacts, regulatory change, and geopolitical
shifts.
WHAT 2025 REVEALED AND REINFORCED
Quality
Quality remains at the heart of our value proposition.
In a year marked by climate disruptions and sourcing
volatility, our deep sourcing, blending, and quality
expertise ensured consistency for our consumers while
reinforcing investments where risks are highest,
maximising both impact and supply security.
Innovation
Innovation has expanded beyond product and
packaging. Digitalisation, satellite intelligence, and data-
driven decision-making are now integral to how we
assess risks, accelerate decarbonisation, enable
transparency, and design impactful growth pathways.
Trust & Transparency
Trust remains fundamental but expectations have
changed. With rising scrutiny from regulators,
consumers, and investors, we elevated transparency as
a dedicated strategic priority. Real-time, verifiable data
is now essential to credibility, risk management, and
stakeholder engagement.
LOOKING AHEAD
2025 demonstrated our ability not only to adapt but to
lead. We strengthened our foundations, advanced our
commitments, and set new benchmarks for responsible
business in the global coffee sector.
As we prepare for the next chapter of our company’s
evolution, I extend my sincere thanks to our employees,
consumers, partners, farmers, customers, and
investors. Your collaboration and trust have enabled our
progress in a year of unprecedented change.
The challenges ahead are real, but so is our ambition.
Together, we will continue to build a more resilient value
chain, drive meaningful impact, and create lasting value
for generations to come.
Laurent Sagarra
Vice President Engagement
25 Comparative results are as reported in prior years. For more information of comparative results refer to the Basis of Preparation section. The comparative results of Scope 1,2, 3, are restated compared to the 2024 Annual Report to reflect 2025 updated methodology in calculating emissions
(refer to E1- Climate Change Accounting Policies) and Restatement of information section.
26In this Annual Report, use of the word “target” in relation to the company’s Common Grounds programme or other ESG or sustainability-related context means a forward-looking, aspirational objective established by the company to guide performance and strategy. Our targets are based on current expectations,
assumptions, and available data, are not guarantees of future results, and may be revised, suspended, or withdrawn in response to changing circumstances, regulatory developments, methodological updates, or data quality considerations.
27In preparation for CSDDD implementation and considering that our previous methodology to calculate 'responsibly sourced green coffee' was not aligned with it, we are reporting this global target only with the (2025) reviewed methodology. While we fully transition, the ‘% responsibly sourced green coffee
Europe’, remains calculated with the previous methodology due to customers' requirements. Refer to E4 metrics.
28  In preparation for CSDDD implementation, the methodology changed in 2025, aligning 'responsibly sourced' to our HREDD process (refer to Accounting Policies in E5 and S2), therefore this result is presented in a separate line as it is not comparable to previous years.
GENERAL DISCLOSURES
STRATEGY
One of our key challenges in securing medium- to long-
term financial success is the responsible sourcing of
essential materials, coffee & tea, that are grown in
regions under considerable socio-economic and
environmental pressures. Through our Common
Grounds programme, we address these challenges by
identifying critical supply chain issues and collaborating
with partners across the supply chain to develop
solutions that create value for both our business and
our stakeholders.
For instance, low coffee yields in certain regions place
significant financial strain on farmers, often leading to
deforestation as smallholder farmers seek to expand
their cultivation areas. This not only exacerbates
environmental degradation but also accelerates climate
change, compounding the difficulties faced by these
communities.
Through Common Grounds, we are actively addressing
these issues by co-funding the development of resilient
coffee varieties and promoting regenerative agricultural
practices. Additionally, we are investing in projects to
strengthen the resilience of smallholder farmers .
By training farmers in regenerative techniques, we aim
to improve coffee yields and increase incomes while
working to prevent deforestation.
This approach helps secure a sustainable coffee supply
for the future, benefiting all stakeholders involved.
In this section, we report on 2025 progress across our
three strategic pillars and foundational initiatives—from
reducing GHG emissions throughout our value chain,
in alignment with our SBTi commitments, to projects
aimed at optimising energy, water, and packaging
efficiency. We highlight our achievements in responsible
sourcing, support for smallholder farmers to secure
materials and improve livelihoods, and our ongoing
efforts to create an inclusive, safe workplace for
employees and stakeholders.
JDE Peet's Common Grounds 2025 targets and progress 25
Common Grounds pillar
JDE Peet's sustainability target 26
Year
Result
2025
Result
2024
Result
2023
Responsible
Sourcing
Working towards 100% responsibly sourced green coffee 27
2025
n/a
83.2%
83.8%
Working towards 100% responsibly sourced green coffee 28
2028
88.8%
n/a
n/a
Working towards 100% responsibly sourced tea
2025
99.5%
80%
40%
Working towards 100% responsibly sourced palm oil
2025
100%
100%
100%
Minimising
Footprint
Reduce absolute Scope 1 & 2 GHG emissions by 43.3% (vs 2020)
2030
31%
30.3%
20.9%
Reduce absolute Forest, Land and Agriculture (FLAG) Scope 3 GHG
emissions (coffee) by 30.3% (vs 2020)
2030
2.0%
1.0%
n/a
Reduce absolute non-FLAG Scope 3 GHG emissions (all other
materials) by 25% (vs 2020)
2030
17.3%
6.7%
n/a
Deforestation-free across primary deforestation-linked commodities
(coffee)
2025
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
Towards 100% of our packaging components designed to be
reusable, recyclable or compostable
2030
85%
79%
79%
Halve our total operational waste (vs 2020)
2030
37%
31%
36%
Maintain operational waste-to-landfill under 1%
2030
0.8%
1.8%
1.3%
Connecting
People
40% women in leadership positions
2025
38.3%
40.5%
41.3%
Maintain voluntary turnover in leadership positions under 9%
7.4%
5.2%
n/a
Upholding
Standards
Towards 100% compliance of our Own Operations Human Rights
Due Diligence
2025
11%
n/a
n/a
Towards 100% compliance of our (non-coffee) COGS suppliers with
our Human Rights Due Diligence
2027
78%
67%
n/a
Towards 100% of manufacturing sites food safety and quality
verified by an internationally recognised certification body
2025
89%
84.5%
85%
JDE-Peet's-AR2024-Strategy-&-Pillars-15.png
COMMON GROUNDS TARGETS
Read more:
Read more
ESRS S2 Human Rights in value chain and Farmer livelihoods
RESPONSIBLE SOURCING:
SOURCING FOR BETTER
Our Responsible Sourcing pillar is dedicated to securing
the long-term sustainability of both coffee & tea through
a targeted sourcing strategy and our extensive
smallholder farmer programmes. Through this initiative,
we empower smallholder farmers by offering targeted
training and essential resources—such as seedlings and
wastewater treatment systems—designed to address
their specific local challenges. The ongoing success
and resilience of our business depend on our ability to
drive positive social and environmental impact
throughout our supply chain.
AssessAddressProgress.svg
Our Assess, Address, Progress approach, central to our
Human Rights and Environmental Due Diligence
(HREDD) framework, enables us to take action to
prevent or reduce negative impacts on people and the
environment in our supply chain. This approach builds
on years of expertise in coffee & tea and incorporates
new tools and technologies that support our goals.
responsible-sourcing.svg
• Assess: Third-party assessments have been
conducted to understand and map our supply
chains and identify focus areas. This includes a
representative sample of on-the-ground farmer
assessments, covering critical areas, using the
Global Coffee Platform Coffee Sustainability
Reference Code, focussing on key issues such
as child labour, working conditions, and climate
impact. We also engage suppliers in self-
assessments to evaluate their responsible business
practices and the risks and opportunities within
farming communities
• Address: Using insights from these assessments,
we address identified gaps through multi-year
farmer programmes. In partnerships with farmers,
cooperatives, suppliers, NGOs, and governments,
we work to improve standards across key focus
areas. We actively engage with suppliers to ensure
alignment with our sourcing principles and address 
key sustainability challenges
• Progress: We track progress by measuring
key performance indicators within our farmer
programmes and supplier assessments, sharing
insights and learning from these interventions.
If suppliers do not align with our sourcing principles,
we work with them on a time-bound improvement
plan to help them meet goals. If they fail to execute
these plans in good faith or within the agreed
timeframe, we take further action.
The foundation of our Responsible Sourcing strategy is
our Coffee Responsible Sourcing Principles, focusing
on three pillars: Sustainability of Land, Equality of
People, and Prosperity of Farmers.
The social and environmental landscape is evolving,
with a material increase in the number and scope of
regional and national laws and regulations around
reporting and due diligence.
interactions-between-climate-change-people-nature (B).png
At JDE Peet's, our Responsible Sourcing approach is
aligned with internationally recognised frameworks,
including the Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence
Directive (CSDDD) and the OECD Due Diligence
Guidance for Responsible Business Conduct. We apply
a data-driven, risk-based approach, taking ownership of
what we consider to be our most critical challenge:
securing the future of coffee & tea. Our goal is to drive
genuine change to  build long-term resilience for our
business.
While coffee & tea are at the heart of what we do,
producing cups of responsibly sourced coffee & tea
is not a simple exercise. It requires dedication and
expertise across multiple levels, from agricultural
research and science to the smallholder farmers who
grow and harvest the plants, to collection, processing
and quality control, through to the final product that we
sell under one of our iconic brands. This is why our
responsible sourcing efforts are constantly evolving,
requiring agility and adaptability to address the local
realities of our supply chain. Ultimately, it is about
understanding our supply chain and taking action to
avoid, mitigate and address the risks in sourcing the
agricultural commodities essential to our business.
MINIMISING FOOTPRINT:
TAKING PLANET ACTION
Building farmer resilience is central not only to our
Responsible Sourcing pillar, but also to our Minimising
Footprint approach. We work with partners, civil society
and governments on projects that support smallholder
farmers in reducing fertiliser needs, increasing yields,
and improving coffee plant resilience. These efforts
are linked to enhancing soil health and, in appropriate
regions, using agroforestry to support ecosystem
services for farmers, and help them adapt to future
temperature changes.
In line with our climate risk, we are investing in long-
term solutions to future-proof sustainable coffee & tea
farming. This is particularly important given the climate
crisis and its impact on crop production, as well as the
ongoing social and economic disruptions that affect the
most vulnerable farmers and their communities.
As part of our comprehensive strategy, we are
committed to minimising the environmental footprint
of our own operations, while fostering biodiversity and
circularity within our supply chain, to support global
efforts toward a sustainable, low-carbon, and circular
economy.
CONNECTING PEOPLE:
PUTTING PEOPLE FIRST
Our employees are the driving force behind our success
in fulfilling our purpose as an organisation. They enable
us to champion what coffee makes possible. This
means that the financial and non-financial performance
of JDE Peet's hinges on our ability to attract, develop
and retain talent capable of delivering our future growth.
Our Connecting People pillar encapsulates our strategic
initiatives to support this ambition.
CONNECTING PEOPLE WITH THEIR POSSIBILITY
Our Human Capital Management approach is core to
our efforts to attract, retain and develop talent. We
invest in skill development and succession planning to
ensure our teams are prepared for the future. Our
integrated talent management approach seamlessly
connects recruitment, development, performance,
career growth, and employee engagement. This
commitment to our people is fundamental to our
success, as we believe a motivated, skilled workforce
fuels innovation and excellence, empowering our
employees to unleash their full potential.
CONNECTING PEOPLE ACROSS DIFFERENCES
We are deeply committed to Diversity, Equity &
Inclusion, aspiring to reflect and positively impact the
communities we serve. We approach DE&I systemically
across our workforce, workplace, marketplace, and
supply chain, striving to create an environment where
everyone feels empowered to be their authentic selves
and where differences are celebrated. We are also
committed to breaking down any barriers to women's
empowerment, fostering an environment where all
genders can thrive.
CONNECTING PEOPLE WITH COMMUNITIES
Beyond our internal focus, we are passionate about
positively impacting the communities we serve. Our
community engagement initiatives, driven across our
markets, aim to connect people through coffee by
offering our employees opportunities for volunteering,
embodying our vision of connecting people through
coffee. These efforts demonstrate our commitment to
creating meaningful connections and lasting change in
the communities where we operate.
Together, these efforts encapsulate our dedication to
create social value. By prioritising people, embracing
diversity, equity and inclusion, and engaging in our
communities, we are building a brighter future for all.
UPHOLDING STANDARDS:
FUNDAMENTALS FOR GROWTH
Upholding Standards anchors our Common Grounds
programme and supports the pillars that shape our
approach to sustainable growth. It reflects how we seek
to apply consistent principles across our activities to
help protect our brands and reputation. Our focus on
human rights, health and safety, and product quality
expresses our intent to operate responsibly and
strengthen trust with employees, partners, and
consumers. At JDE Peet’s we aim to embed these
priorities in our day-to-day operations, not only to meet
requirements but to build a resilient foundation that can
adapt as expectations, knowledge, and circumstances
evolve. By advancing safe workplaces, respecting
people, and maintaining product integrity, we strive to
foster a supportive environment and deliver products
that meet changing consumer needs.
OUR SUSTAINABLE VALUE CHAIN
We source approximately 8% of the world's coffee
and less than 1% of the world's tea , supplied to our
manufacturing facilities. We operate local
manufacturing facilities that respond rapidly to local
consumer preferences and tastes.
our-supply-chain-02.svg
As a global business, we rely on an extensive supply
chain. The majority of our direct material supplier base,
other than coffee & tea, are concentrated in packaging
materials. Marketing and media make up the majority
of our total spend on indirect materials and services.
No significant changes were made to our supply chain
in 2025.
ValueChain_header_20%darker.svg
AGRICULTURE
We source coffee, tea and
other agricultural products
from more than 30 countries.
Coffee & tea are grown in
countries that face significant
socio-economic and
environmental challenges.
Countries such as Indonesia,
Ethiopia and Uganda have
the greatest concentration of
smallholder coffee farmers,
many of whom we reach
through our Responsible
Sourcing pillar, under our
Common Grounds
programme.
Common Grounds
(page 60)
SUPPLIERS
We work with more than
900  direct material suppliers
(other than coffee & tea)
across 50 countries.
They are critical to sustaining
our business, and some play
an important role in helping
us achieve our sustainability
goals.
PRODUCTION
We manufacture our coffee &
tea products primarily at
39  manufacturing facilities
in 24 countries, ensuring
consistently high product
quality while carefully
managing the use of
resources.
Our offices play a key role in
supporting various functions,
including the procurement,
manufacturing, sales, and
marketing of our coffee & tea
products.
Minimising Footprint
(page 79)
PACKAGING
The packaging of our
products is critical to the
great taste and freshness
we offer our consumers.
However, we recognise
that packaging becomes
waste and that its lifecycle
must be managed to limit
the environmental impact
and promote circularity.
Sustainable Packaging
(page 106)
DISTRIBUTION
We work with third-party
logistics partners to reliably
distribute our coffee & tea
products to customers across
the world in a manner that
ensures the products'
freshness and quality and
minimises our environmental
footprint.
CHANNELS
We sell our full product range
through a go-to-market
approach that covers the
entire spectrum of sales
channels, retail channels,
online channels, Out-of-Home
channels and coffee stores.
CONSUMERS
Our mission is to delight
consumers with every cup
delivering high-quality
products, while creating
value for our customers.
Our Brands (page 8)
END-OF-LIFE
Our multiple partnerships
allow consumers to more
easily return their used coffee
pods for public or private
collection and into recycling
streams.
Engaging our
Stakeholders
(page 72)
OUR DOUBLE MATERIALITY
ASSESSMENT
Working in a fast-paced environment, we recognise
that stakeholder engagement is crucial for achieving
our goals. Engaging stakeholders helps us align our
policies and action plans for sustainable growth,
enabling us to consider their perspectives.
We value the contributions of various stakeholder
groups, including consumers, customers, smallholder
farmers, suppliers, employees, and shareholders,
through active listening and meaningful interaction.
Our commitment to stakeholder engagement spans
the entire organisation and value chain, fostering regular
interactions and collaborative projects to drive
innovation and partnerships. This approach allows us to
leverage stakeholders' expertise to improve operations,
prioritise long-term value, and address potential risks.
framework and principles to stay connected and
responsive to the needs of these vital groups.
As our journey progresses, stakeholder engagement
remains fundamental. Our collaborative efforts allow us
to implement scalable solutions for a sustainable and
prosperous future.
DOUBLE MATERIALITY
To ensure that we hear the voices of all our
stakeholders and determine related impacts, risks and
double-materiality-methodology.svg
opportunities, we conducted our first double materiality
assessment in 2023, as part of our triennial review.
Conducting a review once every three years allows for
topics to evolve, provides sufficient time to implement
actions based on outcomes, and enables the company
to align with periodic strategic updates, such as the
Value Creation Plan.
As part of the double materiality assessment in 2023,
and in line with the European Sustainability Reporting
Standards (ESRS) definitions, we captured both impact
and financial perspectives. We assessed all assets and
activities in our own operations, as well as in the
upstream and downstream value chain.
Following the three-year cycle, a light review was
carried out in 2025. During this update, we performed
desk research, peer reviews, considered major events,
and ran focus groups with internal stakeholders to
realign our material topics. The materiality process
informs the Business Planning and Enterprise Risk
Management.
double-materiality.svg
DOUBLE MATERIALITY METHODOLOGY
CONTEXT AND
STAKEHOLDER
IDENTIFICATION
IDENTIFY
SUSTAINABILITY
TOPICS
ASSESS IMPACT
AND FINANCIAL
MATERIALITY
VALIDATE MATERIAL
TOPICS
Value chain evaluation –
assessing definitions and
different business models
within JDE Peet’s
Identified nine key
stakeholder groups
across the value chain and
classified as affected
stakeholder or user of
information
> 100 sustainability
topics identified based on
reporting standards (GRI,
ESRS, SASB), ESG
ratings, industry reports,
consumer analysis, due
diligence outcomes and
peer review
23 topics defined by
categorising impacts, risks
& opportunities and
evaluating their position
across the value chain
> 65 external
stakeholders and > 700
employees surveyed, to
understa nd what matters
most to different
stakeholder groups
20+ interviews
conducted with internal/
external stakeholders and
experts to gain insights on
impacts and risks &
opportunities across the
value chain
Two expert panels – impact
and financial materiality
separately – to validate the
outcomes and scoring
Board session to approve
the process and outcomes
Map material topics, to the
Impacts, Risks &
Opportunities (IROs) and to
applicable ESRS's
• Value chain
visualisation
• Stakeholder groups
• Topic lists
• Stakeholder
perspective
• Impact and
financial score
• Approval
• Material topics
• Mapping
PURPOSE
The outcomes of
our double
materiality
assessment are
used to:
• Determine material sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities
• Identify strategic sustainability priorities for the short, medium and long term 
• Support the integration of sustainability practices in the organisation and operations
• Inform risk management processes and test the resilience of the business model against
upcoming impacts, risks and opportunities
• Engage with stakeholders to improve our strategy and to help identify and address operational
issues
• Enhance transparency in reporting 
• Report in compliance with ESRS
METHODOLOGY
MATERIAL TOPICS
Material topics are key topics that significantly influence
JDE Peet's ability to create value over the short,
medium, and long term. These topics are considered
material because they are critical to stakeholders
(e.g., consumers, customers, employees, investors)
and JDE Peet's itself.
IMPACTS, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES (IROS)
To execute our strategy more precisely, the material
topics are translated into impacts, risks and
opportunities, ensuring a clear, concise and targeted
focus. This approach aids stakeholders in
understanding how sustainability issues might influence
both the external environment and JDE Peet's
operations.
Input for the identification of these IROs was obtained,
among other sources, through our due diligence
processes, as summarised in the Statement of due
diligence section.
Impacts are identified through the impact materiality
assessment. They can be actual or potential and
positive or negative, depending on the nature of the
impact.
Risks and opportunities are identified through the
financial materiality assessment, stemming either from
impacts or from dependencies on natural, human or
social resources.
IMPACT MATERIALITY
Impact materiality has been assessed based on severity
(scale, scope, and remediability) and likelihood. Topics
scoring above 'medium' for severity and 'possible' for
likelihood are considered material.
In our assessment, we used the scale/parameters for
severity and likelihood as shown in the tables. For
severity, the scale, scope and remediability of impacts
are embedded. Severity prevails over likelihood.
FINANCIAL MATERIALITY
We evaluate financial materiality by considering both
the magnitude of potential financial effects and the
probability of their occurrence. Financial effects may
arise from influences on competitive advantage,
enhanced customer or consumer value, licence to
operate, and/or reputation. The impact is measured as a
percentage of revenue or EBIT at risk. The likelihood is
assessed in a manner aligned with our approach to
impact materiality. In line with impact materiality, topics
that register above ‘medium’ for impact and ‘possible’
for likelihood are classified as material.
Both impact and financial materiality assessments
consider short-, medium-, and long-term horizons as
defined in ESRS:
• Short term: 1 year
• Medium term: >1-5 years
• Long term: >5 years.
Severity
Parameter
Description
Significant
Impact is significant, global, and/or non-
remediable
High
Impact is high, widespread, and/or very
difficult to remedy
Medium
Impact is medium, medium scope, and/or
difficult to remedy
Low
Impact is low, concentrated, and/or
remediable with effort
Minor
Impact is minor, limited scope, and/or
relatively easy to remedy
Likelihood
Parameter
Description
Chance of
occurrence
Highly likely
Impacts in the highly likely
category are almost certain to
occur
>90%
Likely
These impacts need regular
attention, as they are bound to
reoccur and therefore require a
consistent mitigation strategy
>60%-90%
Possible
Possible impacts may occur
about half the time and therefore
need attention
>40%-60%
Unlikely
Impacts in the unlikely category
have a relatively low chance of
occurring. However, because
they may still affect JDE Peet’s
business, they need to be
monitored and mitigated
>10%-40%
Highly
unlikely
Highly unlikely impacts should be
recognised, but require little
attention
<10%
Impact (potential financial effects)
Parameter
Description
Revenue/EBIT
Maximum
Significant (potential)
financial impact
> 5%
High
High (potential)
financial impact
>2.5-5%
Medium
Medium (potential)
financial impact
>1-2.5%
Low
Low (potential)
financial impact
>0.5-1%
Negligible
Negligible (potential)
financial impact
< 0.5%
GOVERNANCE AND OVERSIGHT
The Board holds ultimate responsibility for overseeing
sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities and has
approved our double materiality assessment outcome.
The CSRD Steering Committee, comprising leaders
from various departments, including Sustainability,
Audit, Legal and Investor Relations, reviews and
approves sustainability-related information. The
company’s governance structure is reflected in the
Sustainability governance section of this report, which
includes the most important governance policies and
regulations at each level, including oversight and
management of sustainability impacts, risks and
opportunities.
SCOPE AND BOUNDARIES
JDE Peet's materiality assessment extends beyond
financial reporting. It identifies and assesses
sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities across
the entire value chain, from agricultural production to
end-of-life. Our assessment incorporates the
geographical footprint of our activities, including sales
per segment, production locations, affected
communities and farmers' locations.
Several information sources were used to identify
impacts, risks and opportunities, and to define topics,
allocate sub-topics and determine topic boundaries.
RESULTS OF THE 2025 LIGHT REVIEW
Our 2025 light review reflects insights from peer
reviews, ESRS requirements and internal expert
sessions with the following outcome:
• Water and wastewater management in our
Operations has been removed from the material list
due to its low financial risk, as we no longer operate
in water-stress regions and updated datasets with
broader information available.
• Water management in upstream has been added as
a material topic mainly due to its direct link to coffee
availability and long-term business continuity. It is
managed through our Responsible Sourcing
approach, Sustainable Agriculture practices and our
Human Rights and Environmental Due Diligence.
• We expanded the scope of Human Rights to include
our own workforce, primarily in response to internal
events and the availability of more comprehensive
workforce-related data as we progress towards
compliance with our Operations Human Rights Due
Diligence.
OUTCOMES DOUBLE MATERIALITY
ASSESSMENT
Our double materiality assessment light review in 2025
identified 10 material topics and their associated IROs
across the value chain, as outlined in the infographics
on the following pages.
These material topics and IROs are managed through
our Common Grounds strategy, aligned with its three
pillars and the foundational initiative, Upholding
Standards. Each material topic and its related IROs are
detailed in the relevant sections of our sustainability
statements.
MATERIAL TOPICS AND RELATED IROS
Key hazard
Value
chain
Impacts
Risks and opportunities
JDE Peet's approach
(Material topics)
Time horizon
Main SDG for positive impacts
Covered in
Climate and nature
degradation
Actual negative: Greenhouse gas emissions
along the value chain
Risk impact: Cost increase of carbon pricing
mechanism; Scarcity of coffee
Climate action
   
SDGs RGB-full background_7-affordable and clean energy.svg
SDGs RGB-full background_13-climate action.svg
ESRS E1 - Climate action
Actual negative: Deforestation
Risk impact: Scarcity of coffee; Financial impact
due to deforestation regulation
Stopping deforestation
image.png
SDGs RGB-full background_15-life on land.svg
ESRS E4 - Nature
Actual negative: Biodiversity loss
Potential positive: Implementation of
regenerative agricultural practices
Risk impact: Soil degradation; Water scarcity and
pollution; Scarcity of coffee
Opportunity impact: Positive regenerative
agricultural outcomes
Scaling regenerative
agriculture
ESRS E4 - Nature
Vulnerability of farmers'
livelihoods
Actual negative: Economic vulnerability of
farmers
Actual positive: Building farmers' resilience
Risk impact: Next generation of farmers; Farmer
living income gap
Farmers' livelihoods;
Scaling regenerative
agriculture
     
SDGs RGB-full background_1-no poverty.svg
SDGs RGB-full background_17-partnerships for the goals.svg
ESRS S2 - Workers in the value chain
ESRS E4 - Nature
Human rights violations
in the value chain
value-chain_Up-Own.svg
Potential negative: Human rights violations
Actual negative: Human rights findings in
workforce
Risk impact: Financial impact due to human rights
violations
Risk impact: Non-compliance with labour and
human rights standards
Human rights due
diligence
   
ESRS S1 - Own workforce
ESRS S2 - Workers in the value chain
Non-circular packaging
and waste
Actual negative: Non-circular packaging and
waste
Risk impact: Financial impact due to packaging
regulation
Opportunity impact: Circular packaging
Packaging and circularity
 
ESRS E5 - Resource use and circular
economy
Loss of talent
Actual positive: Talent attraction, retention, and
training
Risk dependency: Inability to deliver company's
objectives
Human capital
management
ESRS S1 - Own workforce
Actual positive: Diverse and inclusive workforce
Diversity, equity and
inclusion
SDGs RGB-full background_5-gender equality.svg
ESRS S1 - Own workforce
Non-compliance with
product safety and
quality issues
value-chain_Downstream.svg
Risk dependency: Recalls and production
disruption leading to financial and reputational harm
Product safety and
quality
ESRS S4 - Consumers and end-users
Non-compliance with
ethics and governance
Risk dependency: Financial impact due to non-
compliance with regulations and code of conduct or
litigations
Ethics and governance
 
ESRS G1 - Business conduct
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Impact materiality
Financial materiality
Short-term: <1 year
Medium-term: 1-5 years
Long-term: >5 years
value-chain_Upstream-v2-icon.svg
value-chain_Own-operations-v2-icon.svg
value-chain_Downstream-v2-icon.svg
IMPACTS, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES IN  THE VALUE CHAIN
JDE-Peet's-AR2025-Value-chain-2.png
ENGAGING OUR STAKEHOLDERS
In identifying affected stakeholders and users of
information, we incorporated insights from JDE Peet’s
benchmarking against peers, alongside an analysis of
the value chain and our stakeholder list. The relevance
of each stakeholder group was assessed based on
five key attributes of stakeholder identification:
dependency, responsibility, tension, influence,
and diverse perspectives.
This approach was further complemented by a
comprehensive review of JDE Peet’s entire value
chain, from bean to cup, and its segments. Based on
these inputs, we defined i) our stakeholder groups,
including whether they are affected stakeholders or
users or both, ii) their significance to JDE Peet’s, and
iii) within each group, additional details of who is
actually included in the group.
Stakeholder engagement takes place daily, with the
outcomes of these interactions incorporated into the
company's decision-making. While the strategy is
adjusted in response to stakeholder expectations, no
significant changes to the overall strategy or business
model are currently planned.
The insights gained from regular stakeholder
engagements are also instrumental in shaping
and updating policies and targets, reflecting the
importance we place on stakeholder interest and
perspective.
The stakeholder groups we identified are:
  CONSUMERS
What matters to them
While consumers are increasingly focused on
the sustainability of their cup of coffee, their
primary focus remains on quality and
affordability. With the growing transparency of
supply chains and scrutiny on greenwashing, it
is essential to remain authentic, delivering
outcomes that are sustainable across the
entire supply chain while keeping coffee
accessible for all.
How we engage
Consumers primarily interact with us through our
brands. Our omni-channel approach ensures we are
present wherever consumers are, tailoring meaningful
interactions along their decision journey. Through our
consumer carelines, we facilitate approximately
200,000 interactions annually, encompassing a wide
range of on- and offline communication. We also
actively connect with consumers through our brands'
marketing initiatives, fostering awareness of
sustainability. Additionally, we draw on valuable
insights derived from standard industry research
and consumer data to better understand evolving
consumer trends. This enables us to unlock the full
potential of our consumer base.
Our response
We engage daily with consumers through our Careline
and social media platform, and their feedback helps
us strengthen trust. Guided by our ambition to offer
'A coffee for every cup. A brand for every heart.',
we aim to be present wherever our consumers are
and whenever they choose coffee or tea. Quality is
fundamental, and insights from consumers inform our
Common Grounds programme, supporting
continuous product improvement, responsible
sourcing decisions, and more transparent
communication. By listening and acting, we contribute
to a more sustainable coffee and tea ecosystem.
  CUSTOMERS AND BUSINESS PARTNERS
What matters to them
Customers serve as a key gateway to reaching
consumers, striving to offer the best possible
assortment of products. Despite some trade
disruptions in 2025, stemming from
commercial disputes, we remain committed to
delivering high-quality products. Furthermore,
we are intensifying engagement with
customers on GHG emissions, acknowledging
our pivotal role in helping them to achieve their
net-zero targets. Additionally, addressing
deforestation and advancing recyclable,
compostable or reusable packaging remain
key priorities, as consumers are increasingly
focused on back-of-pack labelling and
sustainability credentials.
How we engage
Our sales teams maintain ongoing dialogues with
customers to ensure their expectations are met.
Annual Customer Planning Cycles provide an ongoing
opportunity to align plans for the year ahead, while
sustainability topics are increasingly discussed at the
corporate level through top-to-top meetings with our
customers' sustainability leads. These interactions
allow us to collaboratively explore ways to deliver on
shared commitments and drive mutual value.
Our response
This year, we have strengthened our engagement
with key customers on sustainability to align with their
evolving requirements. We expanded traceability and
due diligence reporting to support customer
compliance with EUDR, HREDD, and SBTi requests.
We delivered harmonised non-financial data
(e.g., carbon footprint, etc.) to meet retailer reporting
templates. We maintained proactive communication
through regular briefings and joint workshops to
ensure alignment on expectations, timelines, and
assurance processes. These steps have been
instrumental in maintaining customer confidence,
strengthening joint value-creation programmes,
and positioning us as a trusted partner in sustainable
coffee sourcing.
  SMALLHOLDER FARMERS
What matters to them
Smallholder farmers are the backbone of
global coffee & tea production. These
dedicated individuals, comprising millions of
small-scale farmers around the world,
contribute to over 80% of the world's coffee
output. Ensuring their prosperity and
safeguarding the future of coffee cultivation are
critical objectives for JDE Peet's. Climate
change poses a significant threat, with
projections indicating that up to half of the
world's coffee-growing regions could be lost
by 2050 if a net-zero future is not achieved.
Today, farmers already face challenges arising
from shifting weather patterns, prolonged dry
spells, water scarcity, and extreme
temperature fluctuations. These issues present
a significant threat to crop yields, endangering
farmers' livelihoods and incomes, and, without
decisive action, have the potential to impact
entire communities.
How we engage
Through our Responsible Sourcing pillar, we seek to
support smallholder farmers by offering training, tools,
and practices intended to address locally relevant
challenges. In collaboration with a range of partners,
we work to develop programmes designed to improve
access to services and resources that can strengthen
farming practices and livelihoods over time.
These include climate-resistant seedlings, the
adoption of agroforestry practices, safe and
responsible use of agrochemicals, and the
implementation of measures to protect human rights.
Our farmer training initiatives are co-created with
partners to align with local priorities, adopting a 
structured and action-oriented approach to drive
continuous improvement across the supply chain.
Our response
In 2025, we deepened our commitment to smallholder
farmers through an expanded portfolio of 76 active
projects across 22 countries. We also celebrated
10 years of our Common Grounds Farmer
Programme, a programme established in 2015 to
address the need to support smallholder farmers by
driving regenerative agriculture, supporting farmer
prosperity and creating thriving coffee communities.
Leveraging a data-driven approach, the projects are
based on a comprehensive "assess, address,
progress" approach verified by independent external
assessments.
Guided by a multi-stakeholder approach,
we partnered with the international nonprofit
TechnoServe in a global study on Regenerative Coffee
with a clear business case and actions to boost
farmer incomes by 62% while benefitting the
environment. We also partnered with Enveritas and
Wageningen University Research piloting a study on
value distribution and return on household labour,
helping to identify income gaps and inform targeted
interventions for farming households. These efforts
reflect our commitment to meaningful stakeholder
engagement, where farmer feedback actively shapes
training programmes, sustainability policies, and
strategic decisions.
  SUPPLIERS
What matters to them
Suppliers must balance sustainability,
compliance, and profitability to secure their
future. Environmental and human rights
protection, quality improvements, innovation,
and regulatory compliance are key priorities.
Amid market volatility, inflation and supply
disruptions, strong long-term partnerships,
diversified markets, and effective risk
management are vital.
How we engage
We engage with suppliers through direct dialogue,
structured engagement sessions, and industry forums
to encourage transparency and shared learning. We
provide feedback informed by reviews of self-
assessments and by insights into potential regional
sourcing risks. We also pursue long-term partnerships
with key suppliers and, where appropriate, explore
joint initiatives with them and other stakeholders to
support more resilient and responsible supply chains.
As our suppliers are a key part of our Scope 3
emissions, we actively engage through our Supplier
Relationship Management process to work towards
net zero. We are pleased to report that suppliers
accounting for nearly 50% of our raw materials
(excluding coffee & tea) and packaging footprint are
either committed to or in the process of having their
targets validated by the Science Based Targets
initiative (SBTi).
Our response
In 2025, we operated in an increasingly complex
global landscape—shaped by geopolitical tensions,
trade wars and tariffs, shifting trade lanes, inflationary
pressures, evolving sustainability narratives, and
regulatory uncertainties. In this environment, close
collaboration with our suppliers was more critical than
ever to ensure product availability, quality, and
operational alignment. Agility and trust were essential
to navigating these challenges.
We maintained consistent, high-frequency
engagement with our suppliers, enabling us to
respond swiftly to market dynamics and operational
challenges, strengthening relationships and fostering
deeper strategic alignment.  This was complemented
by our supplier engagement programme, which
emphasises two-way dialogue, proactive feedback,
and space for suppliers to share challenges, insights,
and innovations.
  EMPLOYEES
What matters to them
Employees thrive in an environment of respect,
inclusion, and opportunities for growth.
Creating a winning culture requires an ongoing
focus on human capital management, ensuring
people can grow through training and
feedback. Facilitating employee growth
through internal opportunities is essential to
drive employee engagement.
How we engage
We connect with our people daily through interactive
platforms like Viva Engage and Teams, as well as in-
person events and casual interactions over a coffee.
Mid-year and year-end reviews align goals while
engagement surveys guide improvements. Regular
check-ins ensure employee satisfaction and growth.
Our response
We continued to strengthen employee engagement
through a combination of ongoing practices and
targeted initiatives. Alongside our regular action
planning around the annual engagement survey, we
launched a dedicated listening effort to understand
what it takes to build a winning culture. A global
survey and a series of focus groups were conducted
to understand our employees' perspectives on
cultural strengths and areas for improvement. The
insights informed our refreshed company values and
winning behaviours, which were co-created to reflect
both who we are today and who we aspire to be.
  NATURE & COMMUNITIES (NGOS)
What matters to them
Nature faces significant challenges, with
biodiversity loss becoming an ever more
pertinent global concern. The preservation and
restoration of biodiversity are now priorities not
only for non-governmental organisations
(NGOs) but also for the private and public
sectors. In the wake of the Kunming-Montreal
Global Biodiversity Framework, collective
action is accelerating, marked by the
development of frameworks such as the
Taskforce on Nature-related Financial
Disclosures (TNFD) and the Science-Based
Targets for Nature (SBTN). These initiatives aim
to transform the critical issue of biodiversity
loss into tangible actions, while identifying
measurable risks and opportunities for
businesses.
How we engage
Collaborating with NGOs through our Responsible
Sourcing programmes, we gain external insights to
enhance operational impact. These partnerships
address environmental and social issues, align
objectives, and define strategies to achieve shared
goals. Engagements include participation in 
benchmarks such as the Coffee Scorecard,
surveys and advisory support.
Furthermore, we believe the widespread adoption of
nature-related disclosures creates transparency and
drives accountability. Hence we actively engaged with
TNFD, the Nature Positive Initiative, Naturalis and
SBTN to increase corporate engagement globally and
set an example for companies to follow.
Our response
In 2025, JDE Peet’s deepened its strategic
partnerships with leading NGOs to advance nature-
positive outcomes across coffee landscapes. A key
collaboration is with World Coffee Research (WCR),
supporting high-impact agricultural research and
coffee breeding programmes to accelerate the
development of climate-resilient coffee varieties.
Together with WCR, we supported the installation of
genetically unique Arabica trees in trial sites across
seven countries through the Innovea Global Breeding
Network, and advanced Robusta breeding
partnerships in Uganda and Vietnam. These
pioneering efforts are supporting smallholder farmers
to access higher-performing planting materials, and
participate in a more resilient and equitable coffee
sector.
In parallel, we engaged with TNFD to become one
of the piloting companies to test their guidance on
Nature Transition Planning and launched our first
Nature Transition Plan. Through the Nature Positive
initiative we tested metrics that could be leveraged as
proxies for biodiversity metrics. Linked to one of our
largest projects, we explored how the adoption of
regenerative agricultural practices can be linked to
ecosystem extent. As measuring and managing direct
biodiversity outcomes remains complex and resource-
intensive, we have started collaboration with Naturalis
to better understand and resolve issues related to
biodiversity integration within corporate decision-
making. Finally, we continue to engage with SBTN as
a Corporate Engagement Member and assessed the
relevance of its proposed targets for our business.
While we support the ambition of science-based
nature targets, the current proposals focus on highly
localised upstream commitments, which are not fully
aligned with our flexible sourcing model.
  INDUSTRY
What matters to them
Business continuation in a complex environment
as the year was marked by record coffee prices,
tariffs, and changing regulatory landscapes. While
some of these regulations are under scrutiny with
the aim of simplification, this has led to more
uncertainty, particularly around deforestation-
related requirements. These dynamics made it a
turbulent year for the industry, reinforcing the need
for collaboration and resilience. Despite shifts in
sustainability priorities across some regions,
industry players remain committed to action,
addressing critical issues such as protecting
human rights, advancing sustainable and
regenerative agriculture, addressing climate
change and deforestation, with the aim of building
resilient global supply chains.
How we engage
We work collectively to navigate and reduce
uncertainty. JDE Peet’s engages with governments
through industry and trade associations such as the
European Coffee Federation (ECF - representing
approximately 35% of the world’s traded coffee
volume) and FoodDrinkEurope, ensuring that the voice
of the coffee sector is represented in policy discussions.
Additionally, JDE Peet’s actively share insights and data
to help regulators understand the specific realities and
complexities of the coffee value chain. Beyond this,
JDE Peet’s actively participates in global and national
platforms such as the Global Coffee Platform (GCP),
International Coffee Organization (ICO), Koffie & Thee
Nederland, and the Swiss Coffee Trade Association
(SCTA), UN Global Compact (UNGC) to address
sustainability, regulatory compliance, and harmonization
of standards across the industry. These collaborations
enable collective action and pre-competitive solutions
to tackle shared challenges.
Our response
In 2025, JDE Peet’s advanced its regenerative
agriculture strategy through targeted investments,
strategic partnerships, and global frameworks that
support climate resilience and farmer prosperity.
JDE Peet’s co-funded and actively contributed to a
landmark global study with Nestlé and the Ramsey
Foundation, led by TechnoServe, to build the business
case for regenerative coffee farming across nine coffee
producing origins. The study quantified both economic
and environmental impacts of transitioning to
regenerative practices, including farmer income
improvements, reductions in greenhouse gas
emissions, and qualitative benefits such as enhanced
soil health, water efficiency, and biodiversity. We
advance global sustainability efforts by helping shape
industry guidelines for regenerative coffee and co-
funding the UNGC Sustainable Procurement Coalition
to drive resilient supply chains.
  REGULATORS
What matters to them
Regulators committed to the Paris Climate
Agreement and the Global Biodiversity
Framework are increasingly utilising regulation to
accelerate sector-wide transitions towards
climate and nature-positive practices. In the EU,
2025 was marked by regulatory simplification
efforts, notably through the Omnibus proposal
addressing CSRD and CSDDD implementation
timelines, while discussions on the
Environmental Omnibus continues. The EUDR
delay was enforced in late 2025, and further
adjustments to legislation are anticipated.
How we engage
We work collaboratively to reduce uncertainty and
ensure regulations are practical and effective. We
engage with governments through industry and trade
associations such as the ECF and Food Drink Europe,
representing the coffee sector in policy discussion.
Additionally, we share insights to ensure regulators are
well-informed about the specific realities of the coffee
value chain. This engagement is aimed at shaping
workable solutions while supporting compliance
readiness.
Our response
We are committed to complying with all applicable laws
and regulations and continue to engage on new and
emerging regulation. We invested in getting ready for
regulations such as line trials and investments for
PPWR, enhancing our Human Rights and
Environmental Due Diligence (HREDD) programme for
CSDDD and systems and process to comply with the
EUDR. We are actively preparing for upcoming key
regulations through dedicated, multi-disciplinary teams,
ensuring we have the capabilities, processes and data
in place to comply as soon as regulations take effect.
  SHAREHOLDERS, INVESTORS, FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS AND TAX AUTHORITIES
What matters to them
In addition to regular interest in our strategy and
performance, in 2025 we interacted with (potential)
shareholders, debt investors, equity research
analysts, debt rating agencies and ESG rating
agencies on a wide variety of topics. Key topics
included the ongoing inflation and volatility in green
coffee prices, along with the additional pricing this
required, our new strategy 'Reignite the Amazing'
and related growth and profitability opportunities,
the progress and future direction of our
sustainability journey, as well as the intended
acquisition by Keurig Dr Pepper.
How we engage
Engagement includes the Annual General Meeting
of Shareholders, semi-annual earnings calls, investor
roadshows, (ESG) investor conferences, a Capital
Market Day, and individual investor and analyst calls
and meetings. These events are hosted by one or
more members of the CELT, the Investor Relations
team and/or the Sustainability team. We also develop
and foster cooperative relationships with tax
authorities.
In the Netherlands, we have quarterly meetings with
the tax authorities, and separate meetings and/or calls
may be organised to proactively discuss ongoing
events relevant for tax purposes, with active
participation from Group Tax and, occasionally,
the CFO.
Our response
In 2025, we hosted, among others, our AGM,
a Capital Markets Day, two earnings calls, and a large
number of virtual and in-person investor meetings.
Additionally, we submitted required data to all leading
ESG Rating Agencies resulting in sustained or
improved rankings.
GOVERNANCE
Disclosure requirements related to the company's
governance around sustainability reporting, as required
under ESRS 2 GOV-1, ESRS 2 GOV-2 a, are disclosed
as part of the Report of the non-executive Directors and
Corporate governance section. See the tables below for
the detailed incorporation by reference.
ESRS 2
Paragraph
Refer to section in the Annual
Report
GOV-1
21 a
Corporate governance -
21 b
Not applicable
21 c
21 d
Corporate governance statement -
21 e
Report of the non-executive
Directors - Independence
22 a - d
23 a-b
Report of the non-executive
Directors - Board evaluation & Board
GOV-2
26 a - b
Corporate governance -
26 c
RISK MANAGEMENT
The disclosure requirements of ESRS 2 GOV-5, related
to risk management and internal controls, are integrated
in the Risk management section. IRO-1 is disclosed as
part of the Our double materiality assessment section.
However, some of the IRO-1 disclosure requirements
are presented outside the sustainability statements.
For these disclosures, an incorporation by reference
approach is used. Please refer to the table below for
further details.
ESRS 2
Paragraph
Refer to section in the Annual
Report
GOV-5
36 a
Risk management - Our approach
36 b - c
Risk management - Risk assessment
36 d - e
IRO-1
53 c iii
53 e
Risk management - Risk assessment
53 d
Corporate governance -
SUSTAINABILITY-RELATED PERFORMANCE IN
INCENTIVE SCHEMES
Our sustainability programme, Common Grounds, is
integral to our business operations, safeguarding the
long-term supply of coffee & tea while ensuring our
future. We have made substantial progress in our
sustainability journey, and are committed to the future
with independently validated net-zero SBTi targets.
The Board firmly believes that sustainability drives long-
term value creation, benefiting all stakeholders.
As such, sustainability is at the core of our decision-
making. Aligning our executive remuneration policies
with our sustainability agenda reflects this approach.
• Individual objectives - To maintain focus and
accountability, we have embedded sustainability
targets in the individual objectives of members of
the CELT.
• Bonus discretion – The Remuneration Selection &
Appointment Committee retains the authority to
adjust (up or down) bonus outcomes in specific
circumstances, such as reflecting progress against
ESG objectives under the Common Grounds
programme.
• LTI performance metrics - The Performance Share
Unit award granted to the CEO includes ESG-
specific metrics tied to progress on GHG emission
reduction targets, aligned with our SBTi
commitments. For further details please refer to the
• Executive Ownership Plan – Select CELT members
have been offered the opportunity to invest in the
company under the Executive Ownership Plan as
Statements. For investments since 2023, the
investment match is subject to ESG performance
conditions aligned with the company's
commitments (targets) related to our Responsible
Sourcing, Minimising Footprint and Connecting
People pillars, and our foundation, Fundamentals
for Growth.
• Share-based remuneration - A significant portion of
the remuneration for the executive Director and
other CELT members is tied to the company's long-
term success through participation in the share-
based long-term incentive plan. This approach is
further reinforced by substantial personal investment
in the business.
STATEMENT OF DUE-DILIGENCE
We seek to promote responsible business practices by
working to identify and address potential environmental
and human rights impacts across our value chain. This
includes ongoing assessment of how our activities may
affect people and the environment, integrating relevant
insights into our actions, monitoring progress over time,
and communicating our approach to addressing these
impacts in a transparent manner.
Further detail on how our due-diligence practices are
embedded in our strategy, how we engage with
stakeholders, identify and assess impacts, take action
and monitor the effectiveness of those actions is
provided in the following sections:
• Environmental transition plans in the Climate action
• Human Rights (and Environmental) Due Diligence
in the Human Rights section.
• Quality & Safety assessments as part of the
Consumers and end-users section.
BASIS FOR PREPARATION
GENERAL BASIS FOR PREPARATION OF
SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTS
These sustainability statements are in accordance with
the ESRS as set out in Annex 1 to the Commission
Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2772 of 31 July 2023
supplementing Directive 2013/34/EU of the European
Parliament and of the Council. As per the publication of
these sustainability statements, the CSRD has not yet
been implemented in Dutch law. They are prepared on
a consolidated basis and are in line with the scope as
downstream elements of the value chain, unless
otherwise disclosed.
These consolidated sustainability statements were
authorised for issuance on 18 March 2026 by the Board
of Directors of the company.
As part of the identification of the impacts, risks and
opportunities related to JDE Peet's, the full value chain
is taken into account as disclosed in note Impacts,
VALUE CHAIN ESTIMATION AND UNCERTAINTIES
Management is required to make judgements, estimates
and assumptions in calculating certain sustainability
data. These estimates and associated assumptions are
based on historical experience and other factors that
are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ
from these estimates.
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed
on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates
are either recognised in the period in which the estimate
is revised if the revision affects only that period, or from
the period of the revision and and onwards in case the
revision affects both current and future periods.
When specific estimations are used to calculate
a certain metric, this is disclosed as part of the
Accounting Policies at the end of each section in the
sustainability statements. This mainly impacts the
disclosures related to Scope 3 and green coffee
HREDD.
As sustainability data quality and availability improve,
reliance on estimates will reduce, enhancing accuracy.
In the meantime, we remain focused on strengthening
non-financial processes and internal controls to ensure
data quality and completeness.
No forward-looking information is used in the
calculation of the metrics.
JDE Peet's relies on third-party organisations, such as
Enveritas, for the certification and validation of, among
other topics, our green coffee sourcing and
deforestation practices.
We acknowledge that the use of third-party information
and the aforementioned techniques of estimations
implicitly bear the risk of outcome uncertainty. Given
that the CSRD and the ESRS do not provide specific
requirements on the validation process of third-party
data, our current data validation process is based on
high-level assessments and available guidance.
CHANGES IN PREPARATION OF SUSTAINABILITY
INFORMATION AND COMPARATIVE FIGURES
All comparative data in the sustainability statements are
as reported in JDE Peet’s 2024 Annual Report unless
otherwise stated.
REPORTING ERRORS IN PRIOR PERIODS
No prior-period reporting errors affect the preparation
of sustainability information. To ensure continuity in
tracking progress towards our sustainability targets,
any restatements are disclosed in the Restatement
of information section.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
ESRS 1 section 9.1 allows for incorporation by
reference. Please refer to the IRO-2 LIST OF
DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS table for an overview
of where each ESRS is covered in the Annual Report.
The incorporation by reference is mainly used in the
Governance and Risk section of the sustainability
statements.
KEY FIGURES
Refer to the Our value creation story section of this
Annual Report for an overview of JDE Peet's financial
figures, operations, products and employees.
header-verloop-50.png
ENVIRONMENTAL
Climate change
Nature: biodiversity and ecosystems,
and water and marine resources
Resource use and circular economy
EU taxonomy
cg-minimising-footprint-pillar-icon-focus@2x.png
CLIMATE CHANGE
OUR TARGETS AND PROGRESS
Target
Reduce absolute Scope 1 & 2 GHG emissions by 43.3%
(versus 2020)
Progress
E1-Reduce-absolute-scope-1+2-ghg-emissions-by-43%.svg
Target
Reduce absolute FLAG Scope 3 GHG emissions (coffee)
by 30.3% (versus 2020)
Progress
E1-Reduce-absolute-FLAG-emissions-by-30%-vs-2020.svg
Target
Reduce absolute non-FLAG Scope 3 GHG emissions
(all other materials) by 25% (versus 2020)
Progress
E1-Reduce-absolute-scope-3-GHG-emissions-by-25%.svg
SETTING THE SCENE
OUR IMPACTS, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES 
MATERIAL TOPIC: CLIMATE ACTION
Value chain
IRO
Title
Description
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Time horizon
GHG emissions along
our value chain
Impact on climate change through the emission of
greenhouse gases in our own operations (e.g.,
production facilities and packaging) and along our value
chain (e.g., cultivation of green coffee, suppliers,
transportation).
Agriculture
Suppliers
Production
Packaging
Distribution
Channels
Consumers
End-of-life
Cost increase of
carbon pricing
mechanisms
Carbon pricing mechanisms, such as EU ETS, are
expected to broaden in scope and reach, and increase
in cost.
Agriculture
Suppliers
Production
Packaging
Scarcity of coffee
Climate change and changing weather patterns drive a
decrease in coffee yields due to changing precipitation,
and increased pests and diseases. The area of land
suitable for coffee production is reduced under current
practices, and competition for land would likely
increase. Such changes would decrease coffee
availability, put upward pressure on the price of green
coffee, while also likely increasing market volatility.
Agriculture
TARGET 2030: 43.3%
31%
2024/2025
TARGET 2030: 30.3%
1%
2%
2024
2025
TARGET 2030: 25%
4%
17%
2024
2025
Positive impact
Negative impact
Actual
Potential
Risk
Opportunity
Impact
Dependency
Short term
Medium term
Long term
29The target boundary includes land-related emissions and removals from bioenergy feedstocks.
30The target includes FLAG emissions and removals (details of how these are defined and calculated are available here).
OUR STRATEGY AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
As a pure-play coffee company, building climate
resilience across our full value chain is central to our
purpose and future value creation. Our approach is
unified under our Common Grounds programme, which,
in turn, is integrated into how we conduct our business
operations and our purpose.
We take an inclusive approach to our value chain,
and believe in de-risking the full coffee ecosystem
through collaborative engagement. Our Assess,
Address, Progress approach drives continuous
improvement, empowering all smallholder farmers to
adapt and thrive in an evolving landscape. Rather than
restricting our value chain to those with the capacity for
self-investment, we prioritise supporting resilience
across all participants.
Using GHG emissions as an indicator of risk through
clear target-setting, we have established a roadmap to
fortify our business, working toward a net-zero coffee
ecosystem that can withstand both chronic and
transitional climate risks. In 2023, our Board formally
approved our transition plan and associated net-zero
targets for 2050. Our near-term 1.5°C-aligned targets
have also been validated through the Science Based
Targets initiative, underscoring our commitment to a
sustainable and resilient future.
Our near-term 2030 targets
Energy & industrial
• Commit to reducing absolute Scope 1 and 2
GHG emissions by 43.3% by 2030 from a 2020
base year 29
• Commit to reducing absolute Scope 3 (industrial
non-FLAG) GHG emissions by 25% by 2030 from
a 2020 base year.
Forest, land and agriculture (FLAG):
• Commit to reducing absolute Scope 3 FLAG GHG
emissions by 30.3% by 2030 from a 2020 base
year 30
strategy-transiton-plan-v3.svg
• Commit to no deforestation across our primary
deforestation-linked commodities, with a target date
of 31 December 2025.
Our net-zero 2050 targets
Energy & industrial
• Commit to reducing absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG
emissions by 90% by 2050 from a 2020 base year28
• Commit to reducing absolute Scope 3 (industrial
non-FLAG) GHG emissions by 90% by 2050 from
a 2020 base year .
FLAG
• Commit to reducing absolute Scope 3 FLAG GHG
emissions by 90% by 2050 from a 2020 base year.29
In line with using target tracking as a guide to resilience
building, these targets relate to 100% of the total
upstream and downstream value chain under JDE
Peet's operational control. Detailed progress is available
in the 'Roadmap to net zero including decarbonisation
levers' table.
TRANSITION PLAN
Our commitment to building a resilient business for
long-term value creation is guided by assessing climate
and nature impacts in line with the Task Force on
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
recommendations. This approach helps us identify
climate risks and opportunities, shaping our strategy
with governance and risk management. The resilience
analysis, including guidance from the Task Force on
Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD), was
initially carried out in 2022 and uses both 1.5°C and 4°C
scenarios to represent the full breadth of possible
outcomes, covering accelerated global action through
to a delay, or failure to fully implement, current policy
pledges linked to Paris agreement commitments since
we are not excluded from the EU Paris-aligned
benchmarks.
Based on current policies and pledges by countries to
address climate change, it is estimated that temperatures
will rise by between 1.8-2.7°C by the end of the century.
When assessing climate risks, we took into account
the geospatial coordinates of our assets through our
insurance assessment. For our value chain, we used
Enveritas geospatial data to assess regional climate risk
using the footprint as an indicator of likely resilience of
farmer groups to potential change.
For the 1.5°C scenario, we used the International
Energy Agency's Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE)
model and for the 4°C scenario we used the
Representative Concentration Pathway 8.5 (RCP 8.5)
model. Finally, we map these risks and opportunities
to where in the value chain they have the largest impact.
Transition risks
In a 1.5°C scenario, we anticipate that environmental
regulations will become more stringent across most
regions, commencing with Western nations. This
includes sectors such as agriculture, industry and
transportation. As a result, the cost of energy from fossil
fuels will increase. As actions to limit global warming
will be needed in the short term, the impact is expected
to become particularly relevant in the run up to 2030,
and can already be seen today. This resulted in the
following three material transition risks:
• Financial impact from packaging regulation - link
• Financial impact from deforestation regulation - link
• Cost increase of carbon pricing mechanisms -
see current chapter.
Physical risks
Physical risks could pose a greater threat to the food
and beverage industry if the world fails to sufficiently
curb GHG emissions. Under such scenario, which
focuses on precipitation change and extreme weather
events, our agricultural supply chains and infrastructure,
including our own operations, could be significantly
impacted. In a 4°C scenario – in other words, strong
and accelerated climate change – agriculture will
increasingly be affected towards 2050. In the absence
of any action, coffee yields will decrease due to
changing precipitation levels, increased pests, and
reduced bean production per tree. Under current
practices, the area of land suitable for coffee production
would be impacted in many regions and competition for
land would likely increase.  This resulted in the following
two material chronic climate risks:
• Scarcity of coffee - see current chapter
• Ecosystem degradation - see here.
Climate risks and opportunities across our supply chain,
operations, and downstream activities are reviewed
annually, with financial impacts updated to reflect
changes in business outlook. These include transition
risks (policy, market, technology, and reputation) and
physical risks (acute, chronic, general).
No JDE Peet’s assets are currently at risk. For detailed
climate scenario analysis and strategic implications,
Our transition plan focuses on the following
decarbonisation levers:
• Scope 1: Reducing energy use and decarbonising
operations through investments in proven
technologies and R&D.
• Scope 2: Expanding renewable energy use where
feasible.
• Scope 3: Addressing the coffee value chain, which
represents 54,5% of our Scope 3 footprint, through
responsible sourcing, farmer projects, and
partnerships promoting sustainable agriculture and
emissions reduction.
Our transition plans are designed to support growth
while building resilience throughout the value chain.
Coffee remains a valued, low-impact product, with
consumer demand expected to continue. JDE Peet’s,
supported by our diverse portfolio across In-Home and
Out-of-Home channels, is well-placed to adapt to
evolving preferences. We monitor trends such as
sustainability, recycling, and climate impact, aligning
our targets to meet these demands and supporting our
long-term vision for coffee & tea in a net-zero future.
We are striving towards providing net-zero coffee
choices. Through solutions like Cafitesse, our low-
waste liquid coffee system with a reduced climate
footprint, and refurbished coffee machines in our
Out-of-Home business, we offer practical, sustainable
options to partners.
We anticipate no locked-in GHG emissions in our key
assets that could jeopardise our net-zero targets. For
acquisitions, due diligence ensures potential emissions
risks are assessed.
POLICY
To ensure business alignment with JDE Peet's targets
and associated transition plans, the following policies
are key in transmitting expectations to all entities and
employees.
Our Environmental Policy guides efforts to achieve our
targets and reduce our footprint, minimise pollution,
optimise resources, enhance energy efficiency, support
a circular economy, and drive sustainability.
Responsibility for implementing product, packaging,
sourcing, and environmental programmes lies with our
Chief Supply Officer and Chief R&D Officer.
investing in our value chain to build climate resilience
for farmers, using regenerative agriculture and
agroforestry practices to support farmers and reduce
green coffee impact.
Our Forest Policy outlines a pathway to reduce the
impact of historical deforestation in key commodities,
included within our Scope 3 FLAG emissions, aligning
with our target commitments.
While no solutions are mandated under our
Environmental Policy, we follow defined roadmaps to
manage our energy footprint, combining renewable
energy growth with energy efficiency investments,
particularly within our manufacturing sites to reduce
fossil fuel reliance. Our capital expenditure approval
process includes both financial and climate impact
metrics to ensure sustainability informs business
decisions.
Through our Responsible Coffee Sourcing Principles,
we support agroforestry initiatives that enhance
farmers’ climate resilience and contribute to carbon
removals. While these are not yet included in our
reporting due to current GHG protocol limitations,
they are part of our 2030 roadmap. JDE Peet’s actively
collaborates with seven other industry players on a
LATAM baseline study to standardise reporting,
building on prior work done in Vietnam and Indonesia.
INTERNAL CARBON PRICING
Although we do not apply internal carbon pricing
schemes to make business decisions or assess
portfolios, it does serve as a guidance to make project
decisions. Using projected investments needed to
achieve our 2030 targets, we apply an internal carbon
price of EUR 62 per tonne.
VOLUNTARY CREDITS
We do not use voluntary credit mechanisms nor invest
in voluntary mitigation beyond our value chain.
Our targets are designed to drive transformative change
in coffee cultivation, enhancing resilience within our
supply chain. To achieve net zero by 2050, we plan
to use permanent carbon removal methods, primarily
through Biochar derived from coffee agricultural waste.
PROGRESS REPORTING
We regularly report progress on our transition plans
and policies, as outlined in the Corporate governance
section of this report and through CDP, including
specific customer requests. We also address direct
customer requests as needed.
ACTIONS
Our actions across Scopes 1, 2 and 3 focus on
reducing energy consumption, accelerating
decarbonisation and embedding sustainability across
our value chain, while supporting our long-term net-zero
ambition.
Scope 1 & 2
Within Scope 1, we prioritise reducing energy
consumption and decarbonising fuel use across our
facilities, supported by energy audits, targeted
investments in proven technologies and focused
research and development. For Scope 2, our efforts
centre on improving energy efficiency and increasing
the use of renewable and low-carbon electricity where
feasible. In 2025, our key initiatives for Scope 1 and
Scope 2 included the following:
Energy efficiency
icon_Energy-efficiencies.svg
Improving energy efficiency remains a core principle of
our approach, with a strong focus on maximising the
useful output from the fuels we consume.
At our Hemelingen facility in Germany, we invested in a
novel energy recovery system that enables the recovery
of high-value heat from a source previously considered
unviable. This now proven solution will be replicated at
other locations. For example, at Joure, work
commenced to extend the site’s heat recovery network,
enabling the use of recovered low-grade heat for
building heating across the facility, with full operation
expected in 2026.
In Elmshorn, Germany, further optimisation of existing
energy recovery systems has continued, contributing
to a progressive reduction in energy demand.
Renewable electricity
icon_Renewable-electricity.svg
At our Johor facility in Malaysia, we installed 4,726 solar
panels, representing nearly 3 MW of capacity, and
began commissioning the installation during the year.
In addition, we realised a full-year benefit from solar
installations completed in 2024 at our facilities in Wuxi,
China, and Athens, Greece.
Our purchases of renewable and low-carbon electricity
across the network remained stable in 2025.
Biomass heating
icon_Renewable-Fuels.svg
In Johor, we commissioned a new spent coffee burner,
enabling the recovery of energy from coffee waste.
The installation is also capable of using other
agricultural waste streams, significantly reducing the
site’s dependence on fossil fuels while lowering waste
generation.
At our Hemelingen and Joure facilities, we continued
to optimise the recovery of waste coffee from instant
coffee production in order to maximise renewable
energy generation.
Overall renewable energy use was influenced by
organisational changes during the year. Following the
divestment of our tea facilities, the associated benefits
from earlier investments converting operations from
coal to renewable biomass, are no longer reflected
in our reporting.
Electric cars
icon_Electric-fleet.svg
We continued to transition to electric mobility, with
over   500 electric vehicles in operation at year-end
2025, compared with 14 in 2020.
Impact of our 2025 activities
As a result of these actions, we maintained renewable
electricity at 46% of total electricity consumption in
2025. Overall, 20% of our total energy consumption
came from renewable sources, slightly down from 2024.
We also reduced our absolute energy consumption
by 31,247 MWh (1% versus 2024) and decreased our
reliance on fossil fuels by 2,618 MWh (0.2%versus 2024
and 28% since 2020). These investments continue to
generate both environmental and financial benefits.
Scope 3
In 2025, for Scope 3, actions covered both FLAG and
non-FLAG categories, and focused on sourcing,
logistics and product innovation. 
Regenerative agriculture and deforestation
icon_Deforestation-free-supply-chain.svg
Our coffee value chain represents 54,5% of Scope 3
emissions, making responsible sourcing and farmer
engagement key to our strategy. We invest in
sustainable agricultural practices to reduce emissions
from green coffee production, recognising that
regenerative farming adoption is a gradual process.
In 2025, we celebrated reaching more than one million
farmers since 2015. Currently, 50% of farmers in our
value chain utilise some form of regenerative
agriculture. We remain committed to supporting
practices that benefit farmers and the environment and
are on track to meet our deforestation-free targets
Ongoing climate impacts in sourcing regions required
temporary sourcing adjustments during the year,
including sourcing from higher-impact regions or
modifying blends.
While these measures highlighted our sourcing
resilience, they temporarily slowed green coffee
footprint reductions compared with the 2020 base year,
underscoring the need to address climate risks.
The footprint of our portfolio mix improved compared
to 2024.
Portfolio optimisation
icon_Portfolio-optimization.svg
Suppliers are integral to our sustainability efforts,
with nearly 50% of our raw materials and packaging
footprint are now sourced from suppliers committed
to SBTi. Among our Tier 1 suppliers, 52 have set SBTi
targets reflecting our climate ambitions.
In logistics, we continue to drive optimisation, and we
have seen around a 10% drop in our impact since 2020.
More than 100 loads per week were transported by rail
throughout 2025. We expanded our use of last-mile
electric delivery to 500 vehicles, as well as expanding
our use of renewable fuels by choosing partners who
are aligned with our climate targets.  Teams continue
to optimise pallet plans to maximise loads, and optimise
our warehouse locations to reduce total distances.
In the second half of the year, we also worked to
optimise our business distribution in the U.S., utilising
our total roastery network to reduce distribution
distances, and leveraging logistic service providers
distribution efficiencies.
After our 2024 CDP campaign where the respondent
suppliers represented 33% of our indirect spend, we
incorporated their performance improvements since
2020 in our 2025 reporting.
Product innovation
icon_Product-innovation.svg
In 2025, innovation continued to drive significant
progress in our sustainability goals. Building on our
first-to-market launch of paper refill packs in 2024,
we continued to roll out the use of paper packs where
suitable, starting in the U.K. and rolling out to other
markets.
We further scaled our R&D-led nutrition innovations
across the portfolio, including Tassimo, reducing
both raw material usage and packaging use while
maintaining the same consumer experience. Our
ongoing transition to mono-material flexible films
improved recyclability and often reduced our overall
footprint. The removal of plastic over-wrap in our tea
portfolio reduced reliance on virgin plastics and also
reduced our footprint.
Across all Scopes, we continue to track progress
on our roadmap and review our project portfolio of 
implemented, planned and active projects. In 2025,
this was:
Number
of
initiatives
Total estimated annual CO₂e
savings in metric tonnes
CO₂e
Being
researched
10
845,000
To be
implemented
3
20,000
Implementation
commenced
5
27,000
Implemented
3
4,000
In addition to active investments, collaboration within
the coffee sector is critical to our long-term roadmap
to meet both our 2030 and 2050 targets.
In 2025, we continued trials with a consortium of
partners in Brazil on the use of biochar. The University
of Lavras is leading the evaluation, and with the support
of one of our strategic coffee suppliers, the project aims
to generate publicly available data on the benefits of
biochar. We also started biochar projects in both
Colombia and Uganda along with our partners, and
as part of a broader regenerative agriculture support
programme.
We took a leading role within the European Coffee
Federation to standardise sector-wide reporting
methodologies, enabling consistent measurement of
our footprint and risks in line with the European Green
Claims Directive. This was published in September.
We continue to lobby on a shared vision for the sector, 
publicly sharing our long-term net-zero vision for coffee
agriculture, (see figure on the next page).
Delivering coffee in a net-zero future
net-zero-coffee-v2.svg
We continue to invest in collaborative platforms that are
shaping the future of coffee, including World Coffee
Research, advancing higher-yielding varietals. Our 
partnership with TechnoServe, led to the publication of
a report showing the economic benefits of regenerative
agriculture in coffee for the sector, underpinning that
these changes will drive systemic climate resilience
building as well as footprint reduction. This also led to
the publication of the GCP reference guide on
regenerative agriculture in coffee.
Our investments in research and data also support
climate risk modelling, ensuring that our projects
achieve measurable impact.
FUTURE ACTIONS
We remain focused on enhancing resilience and
delivering sustainable, long-term value. Our
decarbonisation efforts include full utilisation of our 
biomass boiler in Malaysia and a new roasting unit in
Elmshorn, Germany, alongside continued investments
in energy reduction and recovery projects. Government
grants will support an ambitious energy-saving initiative,
positioning us for future growth. All aligned with our
transition roadmap.
We are strengthening our value chain through close
collaboration with upstream suppliers and targeted
investments. Our R&D efforts focus on innovation,
improving material recyclability, and expanding
sustainable materials and ingredients, reinforcing
our commitment to environmental responsibility
and business success.
31  Comparatives of 2024 and base year 2020 are restated compared to the 2024 Annual Report to reflect 2025 updated methodology (refer to restatement of information).
32  Comparatives of 2024 and base year 2020 are restated compared to the 2024 Annual Report to reflect 2025 updated methodology (refer to restatement of information).
METRICS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
GHG emissions
All JDE Peet’s Scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions as defined by the GHG Protocol Corporate
Accounting and Reporting Standard, using the operational control approach. Our targets have been validated by
SBTi, using 2020 as the base year. We use the most recent Global Warming Potential (GWP) values where available.
Scope 1 direct emissions
These include purchased fuel used in JDE Peet's facilities, predominantly natural gas, but can include biomass,
biogas, and petrol / diesel used in company-provided vehicles.
For activities reporting under the EU ETS, report on Scope 1 emissions following the EU ETS methodology. The EU
ETS methodology may also be applied to activities in geographies and sectors that are not covered by the EU ETS.
Scope 2 indirect emissions
This includes energy purchased for use at JDE Peet’s facilities. Our Scope 2 levers remain focused on the continued
utilisation of renewable electricity sources, whether self-generated or through purchase of unbundled Energy
Attribute Certificates (EACs) (100% of our external renewable energy sources). Electricity for target-setting purposes
is calculated on a market-based approach.
Scope 1&2 GHG emission data are mainly sourced from suppliers' invoices. When not available, due to, for
example, different timing of invoice delivery per country, estimations are used based on consumption over previous
periods. The conversion of source usage data to report carbon impact uses external data sources such as GaBi or
DEFRA, among others.
Retrospective
Milestones and target years
2025
2024 31
2020 32
2025
2030
2050
Annual %
target/
Base
year
GHG emissions
Total GHG emissions (location based, tCO₂e)
5,157,697
5,535,187
5,815,944
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Total GHG emissions (market based, tCO₂e)
5,127,140
5,501,840
5,811,687
4,972,578
4,133,469
581,169
90%
Total GHG emissions per net revenue (tCO₂eq/mEUR)
(location based)
520
626
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Total GHG emissions per net revenue [tCO₂eq/mEUR)
(market based)
517
623
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Scope 1: Direct emissions (tCO₂e)
268,434
268,183
336,449
263,608
190,767
33,645
90%
Percentage of Scope 1 GHG emissions from regulated
emission-trading schemes (%)
14.6%
14.8%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Biogenic emissions - not included in Scope 1 -
calculated (t CO₂e)
86,066
90,844
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Scope 2: Indirect emissions, purchased energy (tCO₂e)
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
– Location based
103,915
110,103
162,820
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
– Market based
73,358
76,756
158,563
124,234
89,905
15,856
90%
Retrospective
Milestones and target years
2025
2024
2020 45
2025
2030
(2050)
Annual %
target/
Base
year
Scope 3: Indirect emissions, value chain (tCO₂e)
4,785,349
5,156,901
5,316,674
4,584,735
3,852,797
531,667
90%
– Scope 3.1: Purchased goods and services
3,748,908
4,000,525
4,104,851
3,524,390
2,943,929
410,485
90%
PG&S (FLAG emissions) (t CO₂e)
2,490,326
2,568,184
2,541,681
2,156,616
1,771,552
254,168
90%
PG&S (Non-FLAG emissions) (t CO₂e)
1,258,583
1,432,341
1,563,170
1,367,774
1,172,377
156,317
90%
– Scope 3.2: Capital goods
167,364
189,045
194,435
170,130
145,826
19,443
90%
– Scope 3.3: Fuel and energy-related activities
79,005
79,545
90,314
79,024
67,735
9,031
90%
– Scope 3.4: Upstream transportation and distribution
195,424
204,367
225,716
197,501
169,287
22,572
90%
– Scope 3.5: Waste generated in operations
951
1,219
2,954
2,585
2,215
295
90%
– Scope 3.6: Business travel
8,635
12,205
2,946
2,577
2,209
295
90%
– Scope 3.7: Employee commuting
10,253
12,154
9,044
7,913
6,783
904
90%
– Scope 3.9: Downstream transportation and distribution
105,436
90,999
102,051
89,295
76,539
10,205
90%
– Scope 3.11: Use of sold products
17,030
18,327
14,920
13,055
11,190
1,492
90%
– Scope 3.12: End-of-life treatment of sold products
449,882
545,683
565,916
495,176
424,437
56,592
90%
– Scope 3.14: Franchises
2,460
2,832
3,528
3,087
2,646
353
90%
Total GHG removals
—
—
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Share of total GHG emissions covered by internal pricing
scheme (%)
—%
—%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Percentage of GHG Scope 3 calculated using primary
data (%)
56%
54%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
For market-based Scope 2 impacts of non-renewable electricity, supplier origin certificates are used, including
nuclear-only contracts. When not available, residual mix factors are used; if these are not available, location-based
factors are used. GHG emissions from refrigerants are excluded from the reporting as the emission sources have
been assessed and deemed immaterial.
Scope 3 indirect emissions
These include all direct emissions from our entire value chain. Relevant 'activity data' are listed on the Metrics table.
For methods to calculate Scope 3 data, refer to the 'Methods to calculate Scope 3 data' table, at the end of this
section (E1).
FLAG emissions are a subset of Scope 3 emissions specifically related to forest, land use and agriculture.
High climate impact sector
All activities and revenue of JDE Peet's relate to the high climate impact sector C10.83 - Processing of Tea and
Coffee.
Energy intensity ratio
This is calculated based on the total energy consumption within the organisation (MWh) divided by net revenue
(€ million).
Revenue
The revenue reconciles to the net revenue as presented in the Income statement of the financial statements.
2025
2024
2020
Energy
Total energy consumption within the organisation (in MWh)
2,076,444
2,107,691
2,521,018
Total energy consumption per net revenue (MWh/mEUR)
209
239
n/a
Total energy consumption per net revenue - high climate impact sectors
(MWh/mEUR)
209
239
Total fossil energy consumption
1,608,900
1,611,517
2,239,669
(1) Fuel consumption from coal and coal products (MWh)
0
13,099
(2) Fuel consumption from crude oil and petroleum products (MWh)
79,834
93,303
91,285
(3) Fuel consumption from natural gas (MWh)
1,347,031
1,327,095
1,662,995
(4) Fuel consumption from other fossil sources (MWh)
—
—
0
(5) Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and
cooling from fossil sources (MWh)
182,035
191,119
472,290
Consumption from nuclear sources
55,710
62,824
Total renewable energy consumption (MWh)
411,835
433,351
280,641
(1) Fuel consumption for renewable sources, incl. biomass (MWh)
248,999
262,518
277,052
(2) Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and
cooling from renewable sources (MWh)
157,517
167,924
3,589
(3) Consumption of self-generated non-fuel renewable energy (MWh)
5,319
2,909
Renewable Energy Percentage (%)
19.8%
20.6%
Total non-renewable energy production (MWh)
1,353,869
1,335,865
Total renewable energy production (MWh)
254,318
265,427
ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUATION)
Methods to calculate Scope 3 data
Scope 3 Reporting
Calculation Methodology
Explanation
Scope 3.1: Purchased goods and services
Supplier specific
Hybrid
Spend based
Green coffee purchases are assessed across the full farm-to-port value chain using third-party verification by Enveritas, with emissions calculated through a standardised methodology
encompassing land management and post-harvest activities. Land use change is accounted for via FAO country-level commodity data, adjusted for recent primary data on
deforestation-free coffee purchases. Laminate packaging relies on supplier-specific data. Emissions for raw materials such as tea, dairy, sugar, and oils, as well as packaging materials,
are based on Sphera MLC average emissions data unless supplier-specific information is provided. These static average emissions are adjusted for statistical historical industry-
average progress. Other goods and services apply a spend-based methodology using DEFRA emission factors (using 2021 new DEFRA Updated data set) all prior years restated.
Scope 3.2: Capital goods
Spend based
Spend-based methodology, capex spend linked by standard industry codes to spend-based emission reporting factors from DEFRA.
Scope 3.3: Fuel and energy-related activities
Fuel based
Energy usage as per Scope 1 & 2 linked to Sphera MLC country average transmission losses.
Scope 3.4: Upstream transportation and distribution
Distance based
GLEC (Global Logistics Emissions Council) data linked to individual route distance and mode from supplier to JDE Peet's and JDE Peet's to customer distribution.
Scope 3.5: Waste generated in operations
Waste-type specific
Based on waste type and disposal route linked to DEFRA emissions data.
Scope 3.6: Business travel
Spend based
Distance based
Use distance / mode data linked to Sphera MLC data sets for when data is available from central travel agent (majority of data).
Use fuel-based spend for rental cars from expense system. Use spend based for other travel from expense data.
Scope 3.7: Employee commuting
Average data
Based on average DE public commuting data linked to average emissions per transport type and distance
Data adapted by employees in operations (no work from home (WFH)) and those in wider business (hybrid working but working to WFH Policy).
Scope 3.8 : Upstream leased assets
Not applicable
No leased assets.
Scope 3.9: Downstream transportation and distribution
Average data
Estimated impact per pallet based on customer public report, and retail store impact from retailer Scope 1 & 2 reported data, converted to tonnes of delivered volume.
Scope 3.10: Processing sold products
Not applicable
JDE Peet's sells finished products for consumption, not for downstream processing by others.
Scope 3.11: Use of sold products
Average product
Account as per the SBTi target for direct energy use of machines sold / leased through JDE Peet's under our operational control. This does not include generic equipment used by our
consumers to prepare our products
Use servings sold by the Out-of-Home business within both the Beans and Liquid categories, as proxies for the servings prepared in JDE Peet's equipment, and apply regional
location-based data to these servings to the average energy use per serving type. For other vending machines use average energy / machine. For e-commerce machine sales - take
sales and apply average energy use in the lifetime of that machine, in the year of sale, based on region of sale and regional average location-based electricity data.
Scope 3.12: End-of-life treatment of sold products
Average product
Assume average domestic disposal routes per region (Europe/LARMEA/APAC/USA) for our products.
Using average EOL life data from our products by product category, apply to all servings sold in each product category per region.
Prior years restated using regional emissions data versus previous use of EU average data.
Scope 3.13: Downstream leased assets
Not applicable
No downstream leased assets.
Scope 3.14: Franchises
Average data
Utilise JDE Peet's Scope 1 & 2 average café data. Apply this to franchise coffee stores where possible by known square footage, or by average coffee store. Note: all coffee sold
through franchises is included in Scope 3.1 reporting as it is provided by JDE Peet's, as is any equipment provided by JDE Peet's to the coffee store. In a franchise, this is all that
JDE Peet's has operational control of.
Scope 3.15: Investments
Not applicable
No investments.
NATURE - BIODIVERSITY AND ECOSYSTEMS & WATER AND MARINE RESOURCES
OUR TARGETS AND PROGRESS
Target
Deforestation-free green coffee by 2025
Progress
E4-Deforestation-free-green-coffee.svg
Target
Deforestation-free virgin paper and pulp by 2025
Progress
E4-Deforestation-free-virgin-paper-and-pulp.svg
Target
Deforestation-free palm oil by 2025
Progress
E4-Deforestation-free-palm-oil.svg
Target
Deforestation-free cocoa by 2025
Progress
E4-Deforestation-free-cocoa.svg
Target
Deforestation-free wood (pallets) by 2025
Progress
E4-Deforestation-free-wood-pallets.svg
SETTING THE SCENE
OUR IMPACTS, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES
TARGET 2025: 100%
99.9%
2024 / 2025
MATERIAL TOPIC: STOPPING DEFORESTATION
Value chain
IRO
Title
Description
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Time horizon
Deforestation
Globally, deforestation accounts for 12-20% of carbon
emissions. Continued deforestation depletes carbon
sinks and destroys natural habitats impacting
biodiversity.
Agriculture
Financial impact due to
deforestation
regulation
Increase in compliance costs due to our dependency on
forest-risk commodities exposed to jurisdictions with
regulatory restrictions.
Agriculture
Scarcity of coffee
Refer to the IRO described in the climate action section
Agriculture
TARGET 2025: 100%
39% 
76%
2024
2025
TARGET 2025: 100%
92%
98,6% 
2025
2024
TARGET 2025: 100%
89% 
93%
2024
2025
TARGET 2025: 100%
85%
89%
2024
2025
OUR POLICIES
• Responsible Sourcing Principles Coffee and Palm Oil
Positive impact
Negative impact
Actual
Potential
Risk
Opportunity
Impact
Dependency
Short term
Medium term
Long term
OUR TARGETS AND PROGRESS
Target
Working towards 100% responsibly sourced green coffee
by 2028
Progress
Target
Working towards 100% responsibly sourced tea by 2025
Progress
E4-Working-towards-100%-responsible-sourced-tea.svg
Target
Working towards 100% responsibly sourced palm oil by 2025
Progress
E4-Working-towards-100%-responsible-sourced-palm-oil-v2.svg
MATERIAL TOPIC: SCALING REGENERATIVE AGRICULTURE
Value chain
IRO
Title
Description
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Time horizon
IROs_possible-positive-impact.svg
Implementation of
regenerative
agricultural practices
Farmers currently lack access to training, services, and
higher-value markets, while climate change worsens
coffee growing conditions. JDE Peet's supports farmers
by promoting sustainable and regenerative farming
practices, such as climate-smart agriculture, crop
quality improvement, soil management, and biodiversity.
Agriculture
Positive regenerative
agricultural outcomes
Improvement in income through higher yields and
reduction in input costs as a result of investment into
regenerative agricultural practices.
Agriculture
Soil degradation
Soil health degradation reduces land productivity and
climate resilience, causing yield losses and profit
declines for farmers, and supply chain disruptions for
downstream businesses.
Agriculture
Biodiversity loss
Agricultural inputs, such as pesticides and herbicides,
affect ecosystem integrity and biodiversity.
Agriculture
Water scarcity and
pollution
Excessive water extraction and pollution could threaten
the water security of watershed inhabitants undermining
the livelihoods of coffee‑growing communities and
availability of coffee.
Agriculture
Scarcity of coffee
Refer to E1 - Climate change for description of risk.
Agriculture
TARGET 2028: 100%
88.8%
2025
TARGET 2025: 100%
80%
99.5%
2024
2025
TARGET 2025: 100%
100%
2024 / 2025
OUR POLICIES
Responsible Sourcing Principles Coffee and Palm Oil
Positive impact
Negative impact
Actual
Potential
Risk
Opportunity
Impact
Dependency
Short term
Medium term
Long term
OUR STRATEGY
NATURE TRANSITION PLAN
As an SBTN Corporate Engagement member and
a TNFD Early Adopter, we contribute to shaping a
science-based nature strategy. In 2025, we were part
of a group of piloting companies testing the TNFD
guidance in an effort to step up our Nature Transition
Plan. We launched our Nature Transition Plan in
January 2026 in a separate document. Shown here
is a simplified version of that plan.
For TNFD our efforts follow the LEAP framework,
structured into four stages:
• Locate: Identify the company's interface with nature
across geographies and the value chain
• Evaluate: Assess dependencies and impacts on
nature
• Assess: Analyse nature-related risks and
opportunities
• Prepare: Develop responses to these risks and
opportunities, and report on material nature-related
issues. 
transition-plan-v2.svg
LOCATE
As a company sourcing approximately 8% of the
world’s coffee, we operate across the coffee belt,
sourcing from around 29 countries annually. With a non-
vertical integration model, our sourcing varies year-to-
year, requiring engagement with different farmers.
This dynamic shapes our sustainability transition plans,
focusing on the entire coffee value chain.
To build resilience, we invest in farming communities
at origin, including regions we may not source from
annually, aiming for scalable global impacts.
Direct interactions with nature in our operations are
relatively limited but managed proactively. Using our
biodiversity playbook, we focus on reducing our
environmental footprint across all our manufacturing
sites, with a specific focus on two sites near biodiversity
hotspots. These sites cover an estimated operational
area of 3.7 km² in various locations in France and
Germany. All operations comply with environmental
consents, and no site expansions have occurred in
these areas. Given our exposure, we focus  on the
upstream value chain, where coffee remains our primary
focus.
33The Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) identifies five direct pressure categories on biodiversity: changes in land and sea use, direct exploitation of organisms, climate change, pollution, and invasive alien species. These are the immediate causes of
biodiversity loss, driven by indirect factors such as the way societies value nature and the disconnect between people and the environment.
EVALUATE
The table on the right outlines the key environmental
pressures and ecosystem-service dependencies
associated with coffee production, based on IPBES 33
pressure categories and ecosystem services identified
via using the ENCORE tool.
Coffee production depends heavily on tropical and
subtropical ecosystems that provide essential services
such as biomass provisioning and soil-quality
regulation. Nutrient-rich soils support plant growth,
while reliable rainfall patterns and stable temperatures
underpin coffee cultivation. Biodiversity is also critical,
helping regulate pests and maintain healthy
ecosystems.
Because coffee is predominantly rain-fed, disruptions
to precipitation patterns pose significant risk. As coffee
landscapes host diverse flora and fauna, unmanaged
nature-related risks threaten both ecosystem integrity
and business continuity.
To strengthen farmer resilience, we collaborate with
partners, civil society and governments to reduce
fertiliser needs, increase yields and improve coffee-
plant resilience. Projects also enhance soil health and,
where suitable, integrate agroforestry to support
ecosystem.
IPBES Pressure category
SBTN Pressure category
Pressure materiality assessment
Ecosystem use and use change
Terrestrial ecosystem use and use change
Deforestation due to farmers encroaching on forested land to expand their farms.
Freshwater ecosystem use and use change
Extraction of ground and surface water, increasing water stress to water basins for irrigation.
Marine ecosystem use and use change
n/a
Resource exploitation
Water use
Water use for washed arabica and irrigation.
Other resource use
n/a
Climate change
GHG emissions
Mainly (in)organic fertiliser application either through emissions on farms (ammonia, NOx, phosphorus), fertiliser
production and mismanaged farm residues
Pollution
Water pollutants
Inadequate water treatment of after-processing washed arabicas.
Soil pollutants
Soil degradation due to impact of fertilisers and application of pesticides.
Invasive alien species
Invasive alien species
n/a
Ecosystem service type
Ecosystem service
Dependency materiality assessment
Provisioning services
Biomass provisioning services; genetic material services
Very high materiality rating
Water supply
High materiality rating
Other provisioning services - Animal-based energy
Medium materiality rating
Regulating and maintenance
services
Global climate regulation services; rainfall pattern regulation services; local (micro and
meso) climate regulation services; soil quality regulation services; soil and sediment
retention services; water purification services; pollination services
Very high materiality rating
Water flow regulation services; flood mitigation services; storm mitigation services;
biological control services
High materiality rating
Air filtration services; solid waste remediation; other regulating and maintenance service -
dilution by atmosphere and ecosystems
Medium materiality rating
ASSESS
Our assessment identified several key transition and
physical risks across all archetypes, signalling potential
challenges to delivering our Nature Transition Plan.
These risks were analysed in relation to their potential
impacts on ecosystems and supply chain stability.
We reviewed data on labour trends and environmental
performance, and participated in industry working
groups such as the Global Coffee Platform, International
Coffee Organization, European Coffee Federation and
Sustainable Coffee Challenge. Dominant risks were
allocated based on materiality to both financial impact
and nature. Following the TNFD guidance on scenario
analysis and sector-specific recommendations,
a comprehensive list of nature-related risks was
compiled. This list included acute, chronic and systemic
risks. After a pressure assessment and alignment with
our business model, this list was aggregated into key
risks and opportunities.These were further evaluated
based on likelihood, measuring the probability of a risk
occurring; and severity, measuring the potential impact
or consequences if it does occur. This resulted in the
five priority risks listed on the table on the right.
These key transition and physical risks amplify the
systemic threat to coffee agriculture. Once climate
change and nature degradation cross critical tipping
points, the cultivation of coffee in a whole landscape
will be at risk. Each risk was assessed regionally across
two scenarios influenced by critical uncertainties:
ecosystem service degradation (linked to physical risks,
such as climate change) and the evolution of policy and
regulation (linked to transition risks, particularly in
relation to policy responses to nature- and climate-
related risks). This process produced four scenarios,
with the two most extreme cases prioritised for in-depth
analysis.
SCENARIO 1: BUSINESS-AS-USUAL
This scenario projects a continued deterioration of
global ecosystem health, compounded by the
increasingly visible impacts of climate change. While
isolated local successes occur, the overall policy and
regulatory framework remains largely ineffective in
addressing these challenges.
SCENARIO 2: BENDING THE CURVE
This scenario envisions the stabilisation of biodiversity
loss, aiming for no net loss, while acknowledging the
continued, but less severe, impacts of climate change.
A globally coherent policy and regulatory framework
emerges, offering a unified and effective response.
Two timeframes are considered in this scenario:
• The TNFD recommends a 2030 timeframe, aligned
with the Global Biodiversity Framework (GBF) target
for halting and reversing nature loss
• A longer-term horizon of 2050, in line with the GBF’s
vision of ‘living in harmony with nature,’ serves as a
second reference point for transition planning.
Following this, a scoring process was created. Risks
were assessed on a scale ranging from 'much worse'
to 'much better', while opportunities were evaluated
from 'not relevant' to 'very relevant'. This process
resulted in a final list of five key risks and opportunities.
E4-BendingTheCurve2.png
Physical / transition /
systemic / opportunity
Description
Value chain
Scenario 1:
Business-as-usual
Scenario 2:
Bending the curve
2030
2050
2030
2050
Physical risk - Acute
Climate change-related
weather events
Worse
Much worse
Similar to
current
Better
Physical risk - Chronic
Ecosystem degradation
Worse
Much worse
Worse
Better
Transition risk - Policy
and legal
Increase in compliance
costs
value-chain_up+own.svg
Similar to
current
Worse
Similar to
current
Better
Lack of clear regenerative
agriculture thresholds
Similar to
current
Similar to
current
Better
Better
Barriers for regenerative
agriculture adoption
Worse
Much worse
Better
Much Better
The risks highlighted in the TNFD table are reflected in the overall IROs.
34 ICO (International Coffee Organisation); ECF (European Coffee Federation); EUDR (EU Deforestation Regulation); SCC (Sustainable Coffee Challenge); GCP (Global Coffee Platform).
PREPARE
When addressing risks and opportunities, businesses
should prioritise actions that prevent or reduce negative
impacts on nature over efforts to restore or mitigate
existing damage through reconstructive or
compensatory measures. This approach aligns with the
mitigation hierarchy principles, such as the Science
Based Targets for Nature (SBTN) AR3T framework,
which outlines four types of actions to be followed in
sequence. AR3T is aligned with JDE Peet's due
diligence framework, emphasising proactive solutions
and engagement rather than using traceability as a tool
for exclusion.
AR3T-Framework.svg
AR3T-actions-v3.png
The AR3T framework includes:
• Avoid: Prevent negative impacts from occurring
in the first place; eliminate negative impacts entirely
• Reduce: Minimise negative impacts that cannot
be fully eliminated
• Regenerate: Enhance biophysical functions and
ecological productivity within existing land, ocean,
or freshwater use, prioritising key ecosystem
services
• Restore: Initiate or accelerate the recovery
of ecosystems in terms of health, integrity and
sustainability, with a focus on achieving permanent
positive changes.
Additionally, the framework incorporates transformative
action, which focuses on how organisations can drive
systemic change both within and beyond their value
chains.
JDE Peet's Nature Transition Plan aligns with the
mitigation hierarchy, focusing on
mitigating  deforestation and advancing regenerative
agriculture. This approach aims to shift from business-
as-usual toward a more nature-positive future. All
targets set, are on voluntary bases, however expected
by multiple stakeholder groups, including customers,
non-governmental organisations and investors.
While participating in the global efforts of the Nature
Positive Initiative to standardise the measurement of
nature, we recognise challenges in maintaining the
relevance of indicators for assessing business impact.
We are deploying scalable solutions to measure
meaningful outputs and outcomes. Full alignment
across the coffee sector is essential for all associated
actions. Through platforms and frameworks like the
ICO, ECF, SCC and GCP 34, we drive scalable, globally
adoptable solutions, detailed in subsequent chapters.
Biodiversity offsets are not part of our strategy,
as green coffee production inherently supports
biodiversity. Instead, we focus on supply chain
investments to reduce our footprint and reverse
nature loss.
Sustainable rejuvenation of coffee production
- phase II
Growing together
image_p95-1.png
image_p95-2.png
COMMODITY: Coffee
TIME FRAME: 2022-2026
LOCATION: Sul de Minas, Brazil
BENEFICIARIES TO BE REACHED: 600
PARTNERS: Comexim
COMMODITY: Coffee
TIME FRAME: 2025-2029
LOCATION: Kagera Region, Tanzania
BENEFICIARIES TO BE REACHED: 600
PARTNERS: Café Africa Ltd, Coffee Unions, Government bodies
In partnership with Comexim, JDE Peet’s launched the Growing Together initiative in Minas
Gerais, Brazil, in 2022 to address water quality challenges faced by local coffee farms. The
project is installing 100 bio-digesters at smallholder farms, an improved system designed to
treat household sewage before it is released into the environment. Each bio-digester prevents
around 500 litres of untreated water from entering local waterways every day, significantly
reducing pollution and health risks for people and nature downstream. Farmers receive
training on system use and maintenance, ensuring long-term impact and greater awareness
of water stewardship in the region.
Students previously had limited access to clean drinking water and adequate sanitation facilities.
For female students in particular, the lack of appropriate sanitation facilities during menstruation
resulted in higher absenteeism and additional challenges. For more than 20 years, students at
Tunamkumbuka Secondary School were required to walk long distances to collect water.
Teachers noted that “hygiene was a daily struggle and dreams felt distant.” The school also
serves as a coffee demonstration plot for 709 students who are members of the coffee club.
Together with our partners, we installed handwashing stations to help prevent the spread of
waterborne diseases and address gender-specific challenges faced by girls, ensuring they can
attend school with dignity and comfort. The project also included the construction of a 10,000-
litre water tank, which benefits both the school and the surrounding community. Hygiene
education is provided to raise awareness of good hygiene practices. A reliable water supply
further supports the productivity of the school’s coffee farm, which is an important source of
income. This initiative has since become a model for similar projects across the country.
In 2025, the Growing Together project was recognised
with the prestigious Prêmio ECO, Brazil’s leading
corporate sustainability award, celebrating companies
that translate purpose into action. Our project was
recognised for its outstanding contribution to
environmental protection, combining rural sanitation,
reforestation and the inclusion of young people in the
coffee production chain.
image.png
STOPPING DEFORESTATION
OUR APPROACH AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
Avoiding deforestation is central to our nature transition
strategy, ensuring forests are safeguarded. We are
working towards deforestation-free supply chains for
green coffee, palm oil, cocoa, and paper and pulp by
2025, aligned with the Global Biodiversity Framework
and the EU Biodiversity Strategy.
Forests are critical for carbon storage, climate
regulation, and biodiversity, providing nature-based
solutions for climate adaptation and mitigation.
Forest conservation is essential to achieving our net-
zero target, with historical deforestation making up 11%
of our total carbon footprint today. Preventing any new
forest loss will in time eliminate this impact.
Deforestation risks stem from farmers expanding arable
land to meet production demands and climate change
driving shifts to higher-altitude regions.
The EU Deforestation Regulation (EUDR) strengthens
global efforts to combat deforestation by setting stricter
rules for commodities linked to deforestation on the
EU market. While the EUDR aligns with our Forest
Policy,  JDE Peet’s Deforestation-Free programme
exceeds EUDR requirements, advancing global
deforestation-free supply chains and supporting
our FLAG targets to address climate risks.
As coffee is our principal product, our holistic approach
extends beyond regulatory compliance to deliver lasting
impact. We are committed to eliminating deforestation
in coffee cultivation through spatial mapping,
remediation, and targeted support for farmers in
high-risk regions, working with local authorities and
governments to drive progress.
In cocoa and palm oil, where we source relatively small
volumes, we prioritise collaboration across the supply
chain. Supplier selection focuses on forest policies,
grievance mechanisms, industry engagement,
responsible sourcing, and effective farmer support
programmes.
For paper and pulp, we maximise recycled content and
use certified virgin materials where necessary to ensure
quality. All wood used is sourced from managed
forests, supported by industry-recognised assurance
and certifications such as FSC and PEFC.
OUR FOREST POLICY
Our Forest Policy underscores our commitment to
protecting forests through our Responsible Sourcing
Principles, setting clear and documented expectations
of our suppliers.
We target no-deforestation across our primary
deforestation-linked commodities, coffee, pulp and
paper, palm oil and cocoa, by 31 December 2025 or
earlier, where applicable laws and regulations so
require. The list is based on our exposure to
commodities that have high carbon footprints and
deforestation regulation exposure.
JDE Peet’s engages with suppliers regarding their
adherence to our Responsible Sourcing Principles and
Supplier Code of Conduct which outline our
expectations around deforestation-free commodities.
We collaborate with communities, industry partners,
governments, and non-governmental organisations to
understand and address deforestation risks and drive
local improvements.
Our farmer programmes are designed to support
sustainable livelihoods and encourage regenerative
agricultural practices within our supply chains. Through
these efforts, we aim to help reduce pressures
associated with land conversion, strengthen climate
resilience, contribute to the vitality of agricultural
communities, and support the long-term protection of
forests within our area of influence.
We work to support the remediation and conservation
of degraded landscapes within our supply chains
through targeted initiatives, collaboration with multiple
stakeholders, and participation in landscape
programmes. In these efforts, we seek to respect the
free, prior and informed consent (FPIC) of Indigenous
Peoples and local communities. Forest restoration is
critical to ensure inclusive sourcing, with the potential to
help smallholder farmers maintain or regain access to
markets over time.
Our Forest Policy is drafted in alignment with the
Accountability Framework Initiative and meets the
expectations set by the Science Based Targets
initiative's net-zero trajectory.
OUR PALM OIL POLICY
We are committed to sourcing 100% responsibly
produced palm oil by 2025, certified under RSPO
or equivalent standards. Our policy includes:
• Compliance with local laws and regulations
• No deforestation or development on peatlands after
31 December 2020
• No exploitation of workers or communities, and
adherence to human rights, specifically local and
indigenous communities' rights.
OUR SUPPLIER CODE OF CONDUCT
Our Supplier Code of Conduct builds on our own Codes
of Conduct to promote responsible and sustainable
sourcing. It is based on internationally recognised
standards, including the UN Universal Declaration of
Human Rights and the ILO Declaration on Fundamental
Rights and Principles at Work. This includes:
• Commitment to sustainability: We aim to minimise
adverse environmental and social impacts through
responsible business practices.
• Supplier requirements: Suppliers must adhere to
the Code and international standards, covering all
workers, including temporary and migrant workers.
ACTIONS
In 2025, our efforts were primarily focused on preparing
for the EUDR, amid evolving requirements, including a
one-year implementation delay.
Regardless of this delay, we continued to advance our
commitment to deforestation-free sourcing through the
implementation of an updated Human Rights and
Environmental Due Diligence (HREDD) framework.
This framework aligns with the EUDR and integrates
protocols based on OECD and CSDDD guidance,
structured around the following steps:
1. Embed EUDR due diligence into policies and
management systems
As part of our Enterprise Risk Management system,
social and environmental risks are assessed in the
double materiality assessment. EUDR due diligence is
embedded into all policies and management systems
ensuring systematic integration into decision making,
risk management, and accountability across business.
2. Identify & assess adverse Impacts
We conduct structured risk assessments informed by
supply chain mapping, supplier identification, and the
collection of geolocation data for production areas
where feasible. These assessments are intended to
help evaluate potential supply chain risks, including the
likelihood of deforestation, supplier reliability, and the
effectiveness of existing control measures.
The EUDR compliance risk assessment combines
publicly available data with direct third-party
assessments of farmers in our supply chain. As a result
of this risk assessment each hazard is evaluated based
on likelihood and systemic vulnerability, using
definitions adapted from the Intergovernmental Panel
on Climate Change (IPCC) Sixth Assessment Report.
3. Cease, prevent or mitigate adverse impacts
For social and environmental hazards and EUDR
compliance on legality, green coffee suppliers’ due
diligence maturity is based on the Supplier Assessment
Form results.
4. Remediate adverse impacts when appropriate
Grievance mechanisms and remediation actions such
as corrective action plans, farmer support projects,
human rights interventions, compliance schemes or
other remediation action.
5. Monitoring and continuous improvement
To ensure the effectiveness and integrity of the process,
we have established a robust monitoring and review
framework with the governance, reporting, review
cycles and third party audit in place.
6. Communication
Progress and outcomes are communicated through
our website and Annual Reports.
STOPPING COFFEE-RELATED DEFORESTATION
Through our efforts in 2024, seven countries — Papua
New Guinea, Uganda, Rwanda, Burundi, Tanzania,
Kenya and Ethiopia—were verified as deforestation-free
for coffee, demonstrating that deforestation can be
actively addressed through detailed satellite mapping
and close cooperation with governments.
In 2025, we renewed and expanded these efforts by
bringing the wider coffee sector together, ensuring that
both the responsibility and costs were shared, rather
than borne by JDE Peet's alone. With a coffee sector
primarily engaged in preparing for the EUDR, we
identified and engaged committed partners willing to join
us on actually stopping and remediating coffee
deforestation. In 2026, we will be able to provide East
Africa with high-resolution up-to-date coffee maps and
reengage coffee associations ensuring these plots are
remediated. We aim to enhance this pilot and renew a
comprehensive global coffee map in 2026, as part of our
ambition to advance a sector-wide approach to halting
deforestation and delivering net-zero coffee production
for the future.
PAPER AND PULP
In 2025, we continued our journey towards 100%
deforestation-free paper & pulp. We improved from 39%
for full year 2024 to 76% for full year 2025, reaching
91.7% by the end of December 2025. We placed a
strong emphasis on sourcing paper certified to FSC,
PEFC, SFI or equivalent. In some instances, volume was
switched to suppliers that are compliant with our policy.
Additionally, we continued to improve the data of our
specifications to ensure the amount of virgin pulp &
paper that we report is accurate. Whilst we made strong
progress, we have not yet reached our 100% ambition as
sourcing availability are not always available.
COCOA AND PALM OIL
While we are well positioned to lead by example in
coffee, we rely on our suppliers to drive progress within
the cocoa and palm oil industries. Given the relatively
small number of suppliers in these sectors, we are able
to select best-in-class partners to deliver our products.
Our cocoa and palm oil suppliers are required to adopt:
SBTi approved targets, or targets in the process of
being validated, a deforestation-free policy, high levels
of traceability, grievance mechanisms, responsibly
sourced commodities, farmer support programmes.
WOOD
Within our supply chain, wood is primarily used for
pallets. Due to their weight, pallets represent a
significant portion of the forest-linked commodities in
our footprint. As many pallets are reused and managed
through leasing programmes to maintain quality, our
primary objective is to ensure that suppliers source
wood responsibly, verifying that it does not originate
from deforested areas.
FUTURE ACTIONS
We remain committed to maintaining deforestation-free
sourcing for our material commodities in line with our
net-zero targets. In 2026, we will continue our efforts to
stop coffee-related deforestation globally and anticipate
EUDR enforcement by the end of the year. We continue
to face challenges sourcing deforestation-free paper,
pulp and wood for our local operations in Russia, as no
established certification bodies or solutions currently
align with our policy. We monitor local developments
closely to uphold our commitments.
METRICS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Deforestation-free key commodities (including green coffee, pulp and paper, palm oil, cocoa and wood (pallets)).
Deforestation
This is the loss of natural forest after 31 December 2020 as a result of: i) conversion to agriculture or other non-
forest land use; ii) conversion to a tree plantation; or iii) severe and sustained degradation. 
Percentage of deforestation-free green coffee
This is calculated based on territorial approach conducted by an external party, mapping JDE’s supply by origin,
identifying coffee plots that are deforestation-free within each country, divided by all coffee producing land in each
country. When data is not available, we refer to the latest percentage of deforestation-free available as an
estimation.
Deforestation mapping
This is provided by satellite imagery and ground truthing from third parties.
Percentage of deforestation-free palm oil and cocoa
This is calculated based on a supplier approach, including volume of palm oil and cocoa purchased compliant with
the policy divided by total volume of palm oil and cocoa purchased.
The following metrics are used as estimations to calculate deforestation-free palm oil and cocoa:
Palm oil: supplier reported level of traceability. Traceability is defined as the primary processor percentage and
scores based on the total number of mills provided by suppliers on an annual basis.
For cocoa: supplier reported level of free from deforestation cocoa. 
Both referring to previous calendar year/previous crop year.
Percentage of deforestation-free virgin pulp and paper
This is calculated based on the total purchased volumes of deforestation-free virgin pulp and paper (with FSC,
PEFC, SFI or an equivalent that ensures low risk of deforestation, e.g. FSC Controlled Wood) divided by the total
volume of virgin pulp and paper purchased. When purchased volumes are not available, estimations are made
based on sales data. It also includes point-of-sale materials and paper cups. JDE Peet's continues to collaborate
with our suppliers to enhance information flows concerning FSC and PEFC certification. While we can confirm that
relevant suppliers hold FSC and PEFC certifications, we rely on these suppliers to verify that individual materials
supplied fall under these certification schemes.
Percentage of deforestation-free wood (primarily covering wooden pallets, our main use of wood). This metric is
calculated by dividing the total purchase and rental volumes of deforestation-free wooden pallets by the total
purchased and rented volumes of wooden pallets (in tonnes). For purchased volumes, deforestation-free status is
verified through FSC, PEFC, or an equivalent certification. Reused or rented pallets are inherently circular in nature.
2025
2024
2020
Deforestation-free commodities
Deforestation-free coffee
99.9%
99.9%
n/a
Deforestation-free virgin paper and pulp
76%
39%
n/a
Deforestation-free palm oil
92%
98.6%
n/a
Deforestation-free cocoa
93%
89%
n/a
Deforestation-free wood
89%
85%
n/a
Additional information on setting targets for
biodiversity and ecosystems
Deforestation-free targets were set together with our
FLAG climate targets, aimed at reducing global
warming to 1.5C. These targets were validated by SBTi
in 2024. In response to expectations from both internal
and external stakeholders, we set more stringent
targets that align with the highest standards. All SBTi-
approved climate targets need to be on a 1.5C pathway
and companies in the food sector need to set separate
FLAG and deforestation-free targets. These targets
encompass all legal entities and reporting companies
within our organisation.
Deforestation-free practices are an integral component
of the 'avoidance' phase in our mitigation hierarchy.
Our strategy to achieve these targets is outlined in the
previous chapter.
Our target to no-deforestation is aligned with the
Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework,
particularly supporting Target 1: Planning and Managing
All Areas to Reduce Biodiversity Loss. This approach
considers ecological thresholds in the context of
deforestation, recognising critical tipping points beyond
which the loss of forest cover results in substantial, and
often irreversible, impacts on ecosystem functions and
biodiversity.
We adopt the Accountability Framework’s definition of
a forest, as land covering more than 0.5 hectares with
trees exceeding 5 metres in height and a canopy cover
above 10 percent, or trees capable of achieving these
thresholds in situ. This classification excludes land
primarily dedicated to agriculture or other uses, and
includes both natural forests and tree plantations.
Our no-deforestation targets specifically aim to prevent
the conversion of natural forests. Responsibility for
monitoring and ensuring compliance with these
ecological thresholds rests with our Global
Sustainability team.
Sustainable forest management through
production protection and inclusion in the
Cavally landscape
Addressing deforestation and
livelihoods through inclusive coffee
supply chains in Aceh
image_p99-1.png
image_p99-2.png
COMMODITY: Coffee
TIME FRAME: 2023-2026
LOCATION: Ta ï National Park Landscape Cavally, Ivory Coast
BENEFICIARIES TO BE REACHED: 8,000
PARTNERS: Ofi, IDH
COMMODITY:  Coffee
TIME FRAME: 2024-2027
LOCATION: Tangamus & Aceh in Lampung, Indonesia
BENEFICIARIES TO BE REACHED: 5,000
PARTNERS : Ecom, Rainforest Alliance, Netherlands
Enterprise Agency (RVO)
We are partnering with Ofi and IDH in a landmark
programme aimed at reducing pressure on the
Taï National Park and other protected areas in the
eastern Cavally region, while also supporting
affected coffee households to improve and
diversify their incomes. The project has reached
1,000 households and 3,000 coffee farmers 
across 6,000 hectares of land at the source of the
Hanna River. This intervention area covers 60%
of the Taï National Park landscape and includes
40,000 hectares of classified Cavally forest.
The programme has also provided 3,675
producers with training in sustainable production
practices and facilitated the production and
distribution of 229,623 agroforestry trees for
reforestation efforts.
We are partnering with the Rainforest Alliance and
Ecom, with co-funding from the Netherlands
Enterprise Agency (RVO), to build capacity for the
protection of forests and biodiversity through
integrated forest monitoring.
To date, 2,500 smallholder farmers have improved their livelihoods, while forest ecosystems
in the coffee landscape have been preserved. To address deforestation risks, the project
involves collecting geodata, including GPS points from 3,000 farms in Tangamus and 2,500
farms in Aceh Tengah, to ensure compliance with Indonesian and EUDR requirements. By
collaborating with various actors, deforestation trends are tracked, particularly in coffee-
driven areas, to prevent further encroachment.
The project also provides training to the community on how to use the Forest Watcher app,
including how to download and interpret deforestation alerts, map forest areas and report
findings. Trainees learn how to integrate the app into their work, for instance by monitoring
protected areas, identifying illegal land clearing and tracking reforestation progress.
image.png
SCALING REGENERATIVE  AGRICULTURE
sustainability-statements-sustainable-agriculture.jpg
OUR STRATEGY AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
SECURING THE FUTURE OF COFFEE & TEA
As a pure-play coffee company, our business depends
on sustainable agriculture and healthy ecosystems.
Coffee relies on finite environmental assets, requiring
careful stewardship. Soil health provides vital nutrients
for growth, while consistent rainfall supports rain-fed
farms in many regions. Biodiversity enhances resilience 
through ecosystem services such as disease
prevention, pest control, and pollination. Shade trees
protect crops from extreme weather, and surrounding
vegetation preserves water resources, ensuring long-
term water availability.
Coffee supply chains are closely linked to natural
habitats, rich in biodiversity. Unaddressed nature-
related risks threaten business continuity. Aligned with
the Global Biodiversity Framework, SBTN and TNFD,
we assess impacts, risks, and opportunities.
Farmers face declining productivity due to poor soil
fertiliser management, harming soil invertebrates and
the birds that feed on them. Without action, ecosystem
decline risks disrupting the systems coffee relies upon,
leading to lower yields, an increase in pests and
diseases, and rising costs. These systemic risks could
reduce supply, limit coffee diversity, and impact long-
term availability.
DRIVING RESPONSIBLE SOURCING THROUGH ENHANCED
HUMAN RIGHTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL DUE DILIGENCE
2025 marks a pivotal step forward in how we define and
measure “Responsibly Sourced” green coffee at JDE
Peet’s. While our commitment to the highest standards
remains unchanged, we have strengthened our
approach to reflect the growing importance of Human
Rights and Environmental Due Diligence (HREDD)
processes throughout our supply chains.
Previously, our Responsibly Sourced target focused on
the proportion of coffee certified and verified by
industry-recognised schemes, schemes that continue to
play an important role in driving sector-wide progress.
Today, our Responsibly Sourced target is directly linked
to our due diligence processes, in line with the OECD
Guidelines for Responsible Business Conduct and
evolving regulatory requirements.
In response to the evolving EU due-diligence regulatory
landscape, including the forthcoming Corporate
Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD), we have
revised the timeline for our Responsibly Sourced target
from 2025 to 2028. This adjustment is intended to
support the consistent application of our updated
definition—grounded in human rights and environmental
due diligence (HREDD) processes—and to align our
approach with anticipated legislative expectations.
This adjustment reflects both the complexity of global
supply chains and our commitment to applying due
diligence comprehensively across all origins.
Why This Matters
Responsible sourcing is about more than compliance.
It is about understanding the real challenges faced by
coffee producers and communities and taking
meaningful action to mitigate them. We acknowledge
that risks remain and that our supply chains have
challenges, but we are committed to making a tangible
impact through collaboration and continuous
improvement.
By embedding our Responsibly Sourced KPI within
our HREDD framework, we underscore our focus on
responsible coffee sourcing. Our enhanced approach
is intended to support proactive action and extend
beyond baseline compliance by promoting
transparency, sustainability, and respect for human
rights in our sourcing practices, while seeking to
contribute to meaningful, lasting benefits for people,
communities, and the environment.
INTERRELATIONSHIP BETWEEN NATURE AND
LIVELIHOODS
Regenerative agriculture is central to protecting
ecosystems, enhancing productivity and improving
farmers' livelihoods. By adopting environmentally
friendly practices, coffee plots can reach their full
potential, reducing the need to expand into native
vegetation while boosting land productivity and farmer
resilience.
Our Responsible Sourcing Principles are aligned with
regenerative agriculture principles and focus on
agroforestry, cover cropping, intercropping and soil
management. Insights from third-party data and
supplier assessments highlight challenges such as poor
soil health and excessive fertiliser use, particularly in
hilly agroforestry systems common to coffee farming.
Without investments, declining yields risk undermining
both ecosystems and coffee availability.
Regenerative practices, including shade management,
soil conservation and cover cropping, and integrated
weed, pest, disease and nutrient management, are
central to our net-zero goals, supporting biodiversity,
and climate resilience.
COLLABORATION IS KEY TO UNLOCKING VALUE
Through our Responsible Sourcing pillar, we aim to
support coffee farmers by facilitating access to training,
tools, and resources, such as climate-resilient
seedlings, agroforestry practices, cover cropping, and
guidance on safe agrochemical use. In collaboration
with farming communities, suppliers, NGOs, and local
authorities, we work to encourage practices that can
improve soil health, optimise fertiliser use, and advance
regenerative approaches intended to strengthen
productivity and long-term sustainability.
NGOs, civil society and local governments are key to
our project design. We collaborate on environmental
and social topics, participate in benchmarks and
surveys, and join forces on Common Grounds projects
through discussions and steering committees.
To meet evolving consumer preferences for
regeneratively produced goods, we work with the Global
Coffee Platform and industry members to define and
measure coffee grown under sustainable conditions.
POLICY
Our Responsible Coffee Sourcing Principles set best
practices for sustainable sourcing, focusing on climate
resilience and regenerative agriculture to reduce
negative impacts of green coffee cultivation. Built
around sustainability of land, equality of people and
farmer prosperity, they address key topics such as soil
fertility, water efficiency, GHG reduction, biodiversity,
agrochemical use and climate-smart agriculture.
These principles promote regenerative practices,
guiding suppliers and empowering smallholder farmers
to implement best practices that nourish soil and water,
minimise waste, use agrochemicals responsibly, 
capture carbon and protect and regenerate farming
environments. The adoption of these practices across
our supply chain helps us progress towards reducing
GHG emissions, increasing biodiversity, and
safeguarding natural resources, with deforestation and
banned pesticide use critical focus areas.
Our Palm Oil Responsible Sourcing Principles ensure
sustainable sourcing, a goal achieved in 2022 with
rigorous ongoing monitoring. Covering palm oil, palm
kernel oil, and their derivatives sourced directly by
JDE Peet's, they are designed to protect forests and
peatlands, uphold workers' rights, and detail our
expectations for suppliers. Through stakeholder
engagement, we drive sustainable practices across
the palm oil sector, as explained in the next section.
Given our limited exposure to oceans and seas,
we have not adopted policies or practices related to
sustainable oceans or marine environments.
ACTIONS
Regenerative agriculture remains central to JDE Peet’s.
Grounded in our Responsible Sourcing Principles, soil,
water and fertility management underpin our Common
Grounds programme, which promotes best agricultural
practices. Our principles address key topics such as
deforestation and banned pesticides to drive targeted
and effective action.
In 2025, we formally identified upstream water use as a
material topic, although it has been embedded in our
Responsible Sourcing Principles for several years.
Regenerative agriculture has to be approached in a
holistic way, where soil, biodiversity and water are all
managed in sync to contribute to yield and farmer
livelihoods.
We will not set separate upstream water related targets,
as our sourcing varies each year and water is seen as
integrated part of our approach to scale regenerative
agriculture.
Through close collaboration with suppliers in coffee-
growing regions, we deliver impactful, community-
based training via our Common Grounds programme,
which runs for a minimum of four years and can be
extended as needed. In 2025, we supported 76 active
farmer projects across 22 countries, each guided by
monitoring frameworks, co-created with local partners
to ensure meaningful outcomes.
These projects align closely with the mitigation hierarchy.
• Forest conservation initiatives aim to prevent
deforestation by promoting coffee cultivation within
previously cleared areas.
• Water conservation projects reduce water pollution
through sustainable farming practices that limit the
use of harmful pesticides and fertilisers.
• Preservation of ecosystems and biodiversity: Training
in shade-grown coffee techniques helps protect local
ecosystems and reduce environmental impact. In
Honduras, we are working with local communities,
drawing on traditional knowledge passed down
through generations. The farmers collect beneficial
fungi, known as mountain micro-organisms, from the
forest. They process these fungi to create organic
fertiliser, which they apply either as a foliar spray or
as a compost additive to enrich the soil.
• Resource efficiency: Water-saving irrigation and
energy-efficient processing reduce resource
consumption.
• Ecological restoration: We contribute to habitat
restoration by planting native trees in degraded
areas conducting targeted soil rehabilitation to
enhance biodiversity and restore land resilience.
SECTOR ENGAGEMENT
In order to drive scale and adoption of regenerative
agriculture, we support the Global Coffee Platform to
set the regenerative agriculture standard named
RegenCoffee. In partnership with TechnoServe and a
leading food & beverage multinational, we launched the
long-term value to drive widespread adoption and
accelerate transformation. The Regenerative Coffee
Investment Case has found that helping farmers adopt
proven regenerative practices can boost the incomes of
more than 3 million smallholders, increase coffee
exports by 30%, and cut CO₂e emissions by 3.5 million
tons per year, all while enhancing biodiversity and
restoring nature.
We collaborate with farmers, suppliers, NGOs, and local
governments to co-develop initiatives that promote
regenerative farming practices, enhance climate
resilience, improve crop quality, protect biodiversity,
and strengthen livelihoods. By integrating local and
indigenous knowledge—such as that of Vietnam’s
ethnic minority communities—we help build resilient
environmental and socioeconomic systems essential to
the future of coffee.
To track progress and refine practices, we collect and
share data on key indicators, including soil organic
carbon levels and the adoption of soil fertility
management techniques.
With the publication of the RegenCoffee Guidance
published in September 2025, we now have sector-
wide, harmonised definitions of outcomes, indicators,
and practices for core areas of regenerative coffee,
namely improved soil, better water quality and
availability and enhanced biodiversity with reduced
pesticide risks.
These definitions and practices are not intended to be
prescriptive or exhaustive, but are designed to guide
the sector in adopting regenerative approaches suited
to each local context. This shared understanding of the
metrics is essential to demonstrate progress, ensuring
that ecological thresholds are clearly defined and widely
adopted across the industry.
FUTURE ACTIONS
Aligned with our commitment to sector-wide 
regenerative coffee practices, we intend to begin
reporting on the percentage of regenerative practices
adopted and explore strategies to increase uptake
across our supply chain.
METRICS
2025
2024
2020
Responsibly sourced commodities
Responsibly sourced green coffee Europe
100%
100%
Responsibly sourced tea
99.5%
80%
100%
Responsibly sourced palm oil
100%
100%
100%
Additional information on setting targets for
biodiversity and ecosystems
Responsible sourcing is typically defined as a set of
principles that must be adhered to, and practices that
need to be applied. While these thresholds are typically
not always fully science-based, substantial research
supports the practices and principles required to build a
sustainable supply chain.
The definition of responsibly sourced is defined in
collaboration with the respective sector through
stakeholder engagement with all relevant parties.
For coffee and palm oil, these are the Global Coffee
Platform (GCP) or the Roundtable for Sustainable Palm
Oil (RSPO), and for tea, third-party certification such as
Rainforest Alliance.
For key commodities with high social and environmental
exposure where standards are established, responsible
sourcing targets are set accordingly. For commodities
lacking such standards, we actively work to develop
these standards, for instance, through initiatives like
the Coconut Partnership for coconut oil.
All responsible sourcing commitments are limited in
scope to directly sourced commodities.
Sustainable agriculture is integral to our Responsible
Sourcing Principles and aligns with different phases
of the mitigation hierarchy:
• Avoidance: For example, stopping the use of
banned pesticides
• Minimisation: Optimising inorganic fertiliser use
to reduce environmental impact
• Restoration/regeneration: Protecting natural
vegetation and enhancing on-farm biodiversity.
Our targets align with the Kunming-Montreal Global
Biodiversity Framework, specifically Target 7: Reduce
Pollution to Levels That Are Not Harmful to Biodiversity
and Target 10: Enhance Biodiversity and Sustainability
in Agriculture, Aquaculture, Fisheries, and Forestry.
While ecological thresholds were not used in setting
current targets, we recognise the opportunity to
integrate these thresholds in the update of the Global
Coffee Platform Coffee Sustainability Reference code
in 2025.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Responsibly sourced* key commodities
Responsibly sourced green coffee Europe
This is defined as JDE Peet’s green coffee deliveries in Europe, excluding Russia, covered by an independent
sustainability scheme. This includes, but is not limited to, Enveritas, Rainforest Alliance, 4C, Fairtrade, or any other
scheme recognised by the coffee industry, such as the GCP Equivalence Mechanism.
Percentage of responsibly sourced green coffee Europe
This is calculated based on volume of responsibly sourced green coffee in Europe, excluding Russia, divided by
total volume of green coffee (weight in MT) delivered in Europe.
Responsibly sourced tea
Camellia (sinensis) and rooibos (Aspalathus linearis) refer to the tea (processed tea from sensitive origin) and rooibos
purchased or manufactured by JDE Peet’s for which the supplier has been recognised by a third party as meeting
sustainability or verification.
Percentage of responsibly sourced tea
This is calculated by dividing the volume of responsibly sourced processed tea or rooibos by the total volume of
processed tea or rooibos, measured in metric tonnes (MT).
Responsibly sourced palm oil
This refers to the volume of delivered palm oil verified or certified by a third party as meeting sustainability
standards, such as the Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil (RSPO).
Percentage of responsibly sourced palm oil
This is calculated by dividing the verified or certified volume of delivered palm oil during the reporting period by the
total volume of delivered palm oil in the same period.
• In line with the responsible sourcing definitions outlined in this accounting policy, a product or material classified as "responsibly
sourced" does not guarantee the absence of human rights violations or other supply chain risks associated with its production or supply.
Improving livelihood resilience for
smallholder coffee farming families in
southern Tanzania
Prospering coffee farming in Honduras
image_p104-1.png
image_p104-2.png
COMMODITY: Coffee
TIME FRAME: 2024-2029
LOCATION: Santa Barbara, Ocotepeque, Lempira, Copan
BENEFICIARIES TO BE REACHED: 14,000
PARTNERS: Becamo
COMMODITY: Coffee
TIME FRAME: 2025-2027
LOCATION: Rungwe, Busokelo, Mbeya, Mbozi
BENEFICIARIES TO BE REACHED: 8,000
PARTNERS : Hanns R. Neumann Foundation (HRNS)
Coffee is one of Tanzania’s most important agricultural export crops; however, smallholder
farmers face many challenges, including limited access to agricultural inputs and extension
services, ageing coffee trees, soil erosion, and pests and diseases.
The project complements the ongoing HRNS initiative supported by the International Coffee
Partners (ICP) and Swedish International Agency (SIDA), and aims to improve the livelihoods
of 6,000 coffee farming families by making them more competitive and resilient to climate
change through sustainable practices. The project also assists an additional 3,000 farming
families in improving their farm management and diversifying their income sources.
The project will establish five shade-tree seedling nurseries, which are expected to produce
and distribute over 200,000 seedlings. This will support ecosystem restoration and enhance
farmers’ livelihoods by providing an additional income stream from seedling sales and
increased productivity. These gains strengthen household resilience and contribute to better
livelihoods throughout the community. As one participating farmer noted: “Every seed we
plant today will help a family tomorrow”.
This project is delivered in partnership with Becamo, one of our strategic suppliers in
Honduras, and builds on a previous programme that ended in 2024. The project is designed to
create a lasting, large-scale positive impact, with regenerative agriculture playing a key part.
Regenerative agriculture refers to a holistic farming approach focused on improving soil
health, increasing biodiversity, and restoring ecosystems to build farm resilience against
climate change, while ensuring long-term coffee supply and farmer livelihoods through
practices like agroforestry (shade trees), diversification, and reduced chemical inputs.
As part of the project, 111,269 forest plants were distributed to benefit 1,126 farmers.
In addition, a broad range of locally relevant training sessions were delivered. A total of 4,420
farmers were trained on the safe application of pesticides, focusing on good agricultural
practices. Further practical training sessions, covering topics such as farm nutrition and water
conservation, were delivered through lead farmers and demonstration plots to strengthen
knowledge and increase farmer adoption. 
Conexão sustentável - Brazil
Climate resilient coffee landscape
programme, India
image_p105-2.png
image_p105-1.png
COMMODITY: Coffee
TIME FRAME: 2024-2027
LOCATION: Kodagu, Hasan, Chikkamagaluru, Wayanad
(Karnataka)
BENEFICIARIES TO BE REACHED: 15,000
PARTNERS: IDH
COMMODITY: Coffee
TIME FRAME: 2025 - 2027
LOCATION: Atlantico Baiano, Norte do Espirito Santo (Brazil)
COFFEE FARMS TO BE REACHED: 30
PARTNERS : Yara, Ofi
Coffee growers are facing multiple risks linked to climate change, such as erratic rainfall
and higher temperatures that cause crop damage at sensitive times such as blooming,
incidences of pests and disease, and increased soil erosion. In the last decade, coffee
production yields have dropped by 10-15%.
We are collaborating with IDH to provide farmers with training and technology. Farmers 
have adopted irrigation systems, replanted high-yielding coffee varieties, used green
manure crops and constructed drying yards. They also practise intercropping and
cultivation techniques to optimise land use. By 2025, the project is expected to reach
around 10,000 beneficiaries and cover approximately 18,000 hectares of coffee.
By embracing regenerative and climate-resilient coffee farming methods, the project
encourages farmers to reinvest in their farms and increase their earnings. Some farmers
have seen their income nearly double since joining the project. As one farmer proudly
stated: “Now, I don’t just grow coffee, I build a future from it.”
In November 2025, JDE Peet’s partnered with Yara and OFI to launch a pioneering
project aimed at reducing the carbon footprint of conilon coffee production in
northern Espírito Santo and southern Bahia, Brazil.
By promoting the use of lower-carbon fertilisers and providing frequent farm visits
and training on topics such as irrigation, soil and leaf analysis, herbicide application,
and post-harvest practices, the initiative aims to cut GHG emissions from coffee
cultivation by up to 40%.
Through 2027, the project will deliver ongoing technical support and training to
30 farms, enhancing both coffee quality and environmental sustainability.
cg-minimising-footprint-pillar-icon-focus@2x.png
RESOURCE USE AND CIRCULAR ECONOMY
OUR TARGETS AND PROGRESS
Target
Towards 100% of our packaging designed to be reusable,
recyclable, or compostable by 2030 in markets with mature
infrastructure
Progress
E5-100%-of-our-packaging-components-designed-to-be-RRC.svg
Target
Halve our total operational waste (versus 2020) by 2030
Progress
E5-Halve-our-total-operational-waste-vs-2020.svg
Target
Maintain operational waste-to-landfill under 1% by 2030
Progress
E5-Maintain-operational-waste-to-landfill-under-1%.svg
SETTING THE SCENE
OUR IMPACTS, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES
MATERIAL TOPIC: PACKAGING AND CIRCULARITY
Value chain
IRO
Title
Description
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Time horizon
Non-circular packaging
and waste
Impact on the availability of resources and the
environment through the use of virgin materials, and
pollution at end-of-use/life of our packaging. Food and
beverages packaging is a significant contributor to
municipal waste and can end up in waterways.
Suppliers
Packaging
Consumer
End-of-life
Financial impact due to
packaging regulation
The EU Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation
(PPWR) requires all packaging to be recyclable by 2030
and limit access to the market for non-recyclable or
compostable products. Growing pressure from
consumers, investors and banks around this topic, as
packaging is visible, will demand action. It may have
cost and capex implications.
Packaging
End-of-life
Circular packaging
We have the opportunity to reduce our dependency on
materials by optimising our packaging use, and
innovating. We improve circularity by designing for
reuse, recycling, or composting. This not only cuts costs
from resource efficiency and reduces regulatory
exposure but also boosts revenues by fostering
innovation, developing new business models, and
gaining market share.
Packaging
End-of-life
TARGET 2030: 100%
85%
2025
TARGET 2030: 50%
31%
37%
2024
2025
TARGET 2030: <1%
0.8%
1.8%
2025
2024
OUR POLICIES
• Responsible Sourcing Principles Coffee
Positive impact
Negative impact
Actual
Potential
Risk
Opportunity
Impact
Dependency
Short term
Medium term
Long term
overview-of-in-and-outflows-v4.svg
35 Key materials excludes pass-through products that JDE Peet's sells, such as coffee machines, bakery goods in cafés, and cross-sell items, including sugar sticks.
36 Long-term sustainable source definition depends on sourcing risk. For example, virgin wood/pulp deforestation is a key risk; for coffee, see Responsible Sourcing Principles. For some materials, risk and sustainable status has not yet been defined. These include sugar and dairy (which are shown as not
sustainably sourced). The use of recycled materials is considered a sustainable source.
37 Technical materials = materials made from mineral sources.  Biological materials = materials from a plant source.
OUR STRATEGY AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
At JDE Peet’s, we are reliant on over 1.2 million tonnes
of key materials 35 to deliver quality and value to our
consumers. This encompasses the full spectrum of
inbound raw ingredients and packaging materials
across our business, governed by our operational
control principles.
The risks associated with these materials are largely
addressed through our established climate and
biodiversity strategies. Additionally, we mitigate these
risks by designing products that align with circularity
principles, minimising waste and optimising material
usage to help secure future material availability.
As a producer of food and beverage products,
we prioritise the use of materials, ensuring many
are recyclable—whether through reuse, recycling,
or accepted in biowaste streams. In addition, consumer
safety remains paramount, with strict adherence to food
safety standards for contact materials.
Over 85% of the 1.2 million tonnes of key materials we
source are renewable, and more than 90% of more than
nearly 1 million tonnes of products we sell are
recyclable, with 85% of our packaging components
designed to be reusable, recyclable and compostable
by consumers. Building on this solid foundation, we are
committed to continuous improvement aligned with our
material risk targets.
To deliver on this approach, we use the following key
levers:
• Innovation in material design: We strive to transition
technical materials 36 to biological 37 alternatives
wherever possible (such as paper-pack refill options)
• Supplier collaboration and R&D: Partnering with
suppliers and investing in R&D, we work to reduce
the use of virgin materials by increasing recycled and
reused content, where feasible
• Internal performance reporting: We track packaging
intensity per serving and apply hurdle rates for new
innovations to reduce pack waste
• Responsible sourcing: Working closely with
suppliers, we aim to source renewable materials
responsibly and sustainably (see the Nature section
in this chapter for more information)
• Increased recycled content: We engage with
suppliers to elevate levels of recycled and reused
materials as sources for sustainable biological
packaging materials
• Manufacturing waste reduction: We set internal
targets and routinely report on manufacturing waste,
striving for material efficiency
• Enhanced waste segregation: In our manufacturing
processes, we establish clear objectives to improve
waste segregation and recycling rates
• Design for circularity: We are committed to ensuring
that 100% of our products are designed for
recyclability, reuse, or biowaste, in markets with
mature infrastructure, prioritising mono-material
formats where possible through material innovation.
• Collaboration with value chain: We partner with
industry, producer responsibility organizations, &
waste processors and make investments, as needed,
to advance the recycling of challenging materials,
such as small plastic or metal food containers.
By adapting our packaging solutions, we consistently
emphasise the critical role of packaging in preventing
product wastage, enabling beverage delivery (single
serve), while maintaining product quality. This focus
allows us to deliver sustainable packaging that upholds
the high standards our consumers expect.
CIRCULARITY
POLICY
Our approach to circularity and resource use is
embedded in our Environmental Policy. In addition
to the Environmental Policy, our Forest Policy and
Responsible Sourcing Principles are key to helping
us achieve our objectives.
We report progress across all strategic levers within
our disclosures. The voluntary targets that shape our
external commitments in this area are:
• By 2030, we aim for 100% of our products to be
designed for recyclability, reuse, or composting,
in markets with mature infrastructure, prioritising
mono-material formats, where possible, through
material innovation. This aim supports circularity,
reduces dependence on finite virgin resources,
and is measured by the weight of packaging sold.
• Innovations and material efficiency such as the
reduction of our packaging weight, the use of more
renewable materials and/or with recycled content
in packaging, while still ensuring our packaging
has a circular end-of-life disposal option,
contribute to our target to reduce our Scope 3
non-FLAG emissions by 25% (from a 2020
baseline) by 2030.
• Halve our total operational waste by 2030
(from a 2020 baseline)
• Maintain operational waste-to landfill under 1%
by 2030.
With direct connections to our climate targets,
investment decisions are guided by a business-wide
marginal abatement cost curve and a solid carbon
pricing model. This approach enables informed
prioritisation of projects across a variety of work
streams and resource types, ensuring optimal impact.
Both capital and operational resources dedicated to
these objectives are incorporated into our businesses
and fully integrated into our ongoing business
management and investment planning.
ACTIONS
To communicate progress on circularity, reporting is
split into two sections: Packaging and Operational
Waste. Details for both can be found in this section.
Each section outlines our commitment to sustainable
practices and transparent reporting on key areas of
impact.
FUTURE ACTIONS
As we work towards achieving our targets through the
above-mentioned strategic levers, we are also
committed to implementing a comprehensive circularity
strategy across our entire value chain. This involves
deepening partnerships with suppliers to identify and
scale sustainable practices, with a key focus on utilising
agricultural waste. By using coffee agricultural waste as
a valuable nutrient source or converting it into biochar,
a stable carbon form that enhances soil health,
improves water retention, and sequesters carbon, we
support regenerative agriculture. This approach helps
restore ecosystems, boosts agricultural productivity,
and integrates sustainability into our operations, driving
circularity and resilience across our value stream.
Additionally, enabling consumers to access efficient
biological food waste collection systems is key to
extracting value  from organic waste, reducing landfill
and advancing our climate targets. Finally, educating
consumers on recycling our packaging will further
support our broader sustainability ambitions.
PACKAGING
ACTIONS
PACKAGING SUSTAINABILITY: PROGRESS, PURPOSE
AND PARTNERSHIP IN 2025
In 2025, the packaging industry entered a new era with
the introduction of Europe’s Packaging & Packaging
Waste Regulation (PPWR). At JDE Peet’s, we have
embraced this highly ambitious policy not merely as a
compliance requirement, but as a catalyst for innovation
in packaging materials and systems, supporting a more
circular economy. In 2025, we moved from preparation
to implementation, establishing a dedicated, cross-
functional team to translate this ambition into action
across our operations and packaging portfolio,
supported by ongoing engagement with industry
stakeholders.
FROM IMPLEMENTATION TO IMPACT
Ensuring our packaging is recyclable in practice,
and at scale, is of paramount importance in reducing
pollution risks and limiting the volume of packaging
waste destined to landfill or incineration.
In 2024, around 65% of our R&D Packaging team was
engaged in PPWR and legislative compliance-related
initiatives, with nearly half of the R&D packaging budget
allocated to this transition.
In 2025, those investments began to bear fruit.
Our packaging designed for circularity reached 85%,
up from 79% in 2024 (both including wood). We also
made strides in several critical area versus 2024,
namely incorporation of recycled content into our
packaging designs reaching 42.3% (including wood),
and virgin plastic reduction by 9.6%. 
In addition, our new collaboration with Koffie Capsule
Recycling NL in 2025 enables an expansion of
capabilities, moving from post-separation of residual
waste to a step-change in capsule recycling potential,
through cooperation with the Dutch producer
responsibility organisation Verpact. From 2026
onwards, source separation, which is currently present
in 85% of all municipalities, will gradually start involving
the placement of capsules in the dedicated plastics-
metal-drink carton bin. Convenient and intuitive
disposal of packaging waste through public
infrastructure is critical to increasing material
recapture rates.
GLOBAL PACKAGING CONSUMPTION OF SOLD
PRODUCTS
global-packaging-consumption-of-sold-products.svg
MEASURING IMPACT WITH TRANSPARENCY
Packaging footprint reductions continue to contribute to
our Scope 3 GHG emissions, which are aligned with the
waste hierarchy. During 2025, we continued reinforcing
the importance of absolute waste reduction, and its
impact downstream in our value chain. We've begun
modelling packaging intensity against product
profitability, in order to drive optimisation of packaging
designs without unnecessary packaging weight. These
insights will contribute to replicable design principles
which contribute most efficiently to JDE Peet's
profitability, as seen in our 2025 commercialisation of
the dimensionally optimised Tassimo format across the
entire range of products, including milky & chocolates
(see next page for case study).
CIRCULARITY & RESOURCE EFFICIENCY IN ACTION
2025 saw the rollout of fully circular tea packaging and
the continued global deployment of our paper refill
packaging for soluble coffees. These innovations led to
tangible environmental benefits: a packaging reduction
of 26 tonnes and 51.3 tonnes of CO₂ avoided over the
volume sold. We eliminated plastic over-wrap from tea
boxes at both owned and outsource manufacturing,
saving 19 million pieces of virgin plastic in 2025 alone.
These changes are more than technical upgrades—
they are proof that sustainability can scale without
compromising the consumer experience and product
quality.
We also refocused our recyclable flexible plastics
programme, pivoting towards single polymer material
compositions to enhance recycling quality. This
transition, set in motion at the end of 2024, reflects our
long-term commitment to high-quality end-of-life
solutions and industry-wide progress in the pursuit of
circularity. However, we also recognise the nature of
the challenge to invest in materials that show a greater
environmental performance, yet may not be fully
matured in end-of-life management.
OUR COMMITMENT TO RRC
At JDE Peet’s, our commitment to packaging
components designed for reusability, recyclability,
and compostability (RRC) remains. In 2025,
we reaffirmed our goal of achieving 100% RRC
packaging across all markets where we operate,
yet more sustainable solutions must be both viable
and impact-reducing.
Designing packaging for circularity is not without
its challenges. It requires significant development
resources and, in many cases, does not align with the
current end-of-life waste management capabilities in
global markets. This creates a chicken and egg dynamic
between material conversions versus infrastructure
capabilities in the market. Circular designed packaging
without sufficient collection, sorting, and reprocessing
options remain destined to landfilling, incineration,
or in the worst case, becoming litter.
To reflect this complexity, we’ve refined the scope
of our RRC commitment:
• Infrastructure-aligned: By 2030, 100% packaging
designed for reuse, recyclability, or to be
compostable in global markets, with mature waste
management systems, as confirmed by third-party
recycling assessment experts.
• Infrastructure-evolution: We are planning to
establish material fraction coalitions with
commercial organisations, government entities,
and NGOs in markets with immature waste
management infrastructure, to drive capability &
capacity investment.
This dual approach allows us to remain fiscally diligent
while driving impact reduction in traditionally challenged
geographies. We continue disclosing the percentage of
packaging waste converted to RCC design for the total
JDE Peet's portfolio while we establish the playbook
and implementation pathways for infrastructure
evolution in immature markets.
Transforming Tassimo Milka &
Cadbury Beverages
TASSIMO, Europe’s largest closed-system single-
serve coffee and hot drinks system, took a
proactive step in 2025 by reformulating MILKA®
and CADBURY®, two of its most popular drinks
across Europe.
In 2025, Tassimo, our brand for discs formats,
commercialised an integral plan for the MILKA®
and CADBURY® range across Europe. We are
pleased to report that the new products are now
delivered with 60% less sugar, 14% less fat and a
significant reduction in energy content (45% less
calories) compared with previous reference
products, while maintaining the rich chocolate
taste so valued by consumers. In addition to these
product improvements, a 30% reduction in
packaging weight has been achieved, resulting in
the avoidance of nearly 120 tonnes of plastic being
placed on the market in 2025. At JDE Peet's, we
are committed to delivering better products to our
stakeholders and the planet, while maintaining an
exceptional taste and consumer experience. This
initiative is a strong example of that commitment.
The new packaging also delivers an estimated
reduction of approximately 410 tonnes of CO₂eq
compared with the 2020 baseline (packaging only),
thereby supporting progress towards our Scope 3
emissions target. This reduction is primarily driven
by the lower weight of the disc itself,
complemented by improvements in the formulation
of the outer flow wrap. 
tassimo.png
DATA MATURITY: BUILDING THE FOUNDATION FOR
BETTER DECISIONS
2025 also marked a turning point in our data maturity
journey. We’ve made significant progress in
harmonising systems, improving data quality, and
enhancing traceability across our packaging metrics.
These improvements have strengthened our ability to
report accurately, identify hotspots, and make informed
decisions that support both compliance and innovation.
Together with our recipe and specifications application
supplier, we've developed data architecture to enable
reporting on SKU and disposal unit level; better data
means better governance, and ultimately, better
packaging.
PROPORTION OF CIRCULAR-BY-DESIGN PACKAGING BY WEIGHT PER MATERIAL FRACTION
proportion-circular-by-design-packaging-by-weight.svg
FUTURE ACTIONS
Enhancement of our packaging analytics tooling,
to incorporate disposal unit layer, will facilitate more
transparent risk and opportunity analysis with regards
to fiscal exposure and compliance of our waste profile.
Such enhanced visibility will enable a renewed focus on
the most impactful strategy of packaging waste
management - avoidance and reduction.
In addition, as we work towards a new license-to-
operate in Europe, the collaborative playbooks and
operating models developed to comply with global
legislation can be adapted to local contexts, particularly
in markets with less developed infrastructure and less
stringent regulatory requirements. Strengthening our
external engagement through industry representation
and with downstream stakeholders is critical to ensure
that sufficient interventions are in place to recover
materials designed for reuse, recycling, or composting,
both in with mature waste management systems, and in
those where such systems are still developing. In this
context, leveraging policy to promote fair and equitable
sharing of waste management responsibilities remains
essential to advancing circularity.
Finally, together with our packaging partners, we remain
committed to developing packaging formats that enable
the effective valorisation of waste through end-of-life
processing. Continued focus on advancing innovative
packaging solutions from development through to
commercialisation will remain a top priority in the
years ahead.
WASTE IN OUR OWN OPERATIONS
ACTIONS
Aligned with the 5R principles—Refuse, Reduce, Reuse,
Recycle, and Rethink—our priority is to prevent waste
and minimise disposal. Recognising the significant
environmental, social, and health impacts of landfill,
we focus on recycling, composting, waste-to-energy,
and fostering a circular economy. However, local
infrastructure limitations in some regions present
challenges.
In 2025, our landfill rate was 0.8%, meeting our global
target of under 1%, with 28 of our 39 JDE Peet's sites
achieving zero waste-to-landfill. This equated to 89,380
tonnes of waste diverted from disposal and 759 tonnes
sent to disposal.
Since 2020, we have reduced total waste by 37% and
landfill waste by 73%, with a goal to halve total waste
by 2030 (with 2020 as our baseline) and achieve zero
waste-to-landfill by 2050.
Daily and weekly waste KPI reviews through our
Management Operating System, supported by plant
Autonomous Maintenance teams and monthly reports
from waste contractors, ensure ongoing optimisation of
waste streams, further enhancing our reduction and
reuse efforts.
In 2025, through the implementation of new waste
utilisation and recycling solutions and improved sorting
processes, five JDE manufacturing sites successfully
achieved zero landfill status.
At the Hemelingen site, the installation of a new press
for treatment filtrate after the THEO reactor
(Bucherpress) and its high efficiency enabled a
reduction of spent grounds waste from 550 truckloads
in 2023 to 70 truckloads in 2025, significantly lowering
the total volume of generated waste.
At our Wuxi site, the installation of a new highly efficient
sludge press machine at the wastewater treatment
facilities has substantially reduced the amount of sludge
transported offsite.
Additionally, hazardous waste is responsibly managed
to protect human health and the environment, with
rigorous identification, segregation, and tracking to
minimise impact.
In 2025, World Environment Day was dedicated to
the fight against plastic waste: Beat Plastic Pollution.
A two-hour global session was organised for all
company sites across regions, creating a platform to
exchange experiences and best practices in waste
management, with a particular focus on plastic.
image_p112.png
In September, many of our sites supported the global
Clean Up initiative by organising waste collection
activities in areas surrounding the factories, as well as
along nearby coastal zones.
image.png
image.png
FUTURE ACTIONS
Looking ahead, we are committed to intensifying our
efforts to minimise waste generation, with the following
specific objectives:
• Deliver against our targets to halve our total waste
by 2030 (baseline 2020) and maintain waste-to-
landfill below 1%, with a zero waste-to-landfill goal
by 2050
• Move towards Factory of the Future with a clear
vision of zero waste within the MOS framework
• Continue expanding the Go Green programme,
launched in 2025 for our offices, embedding
sustainability into our day to day.
Our Operations, R&D, and Procurement teams remain
committed to innovative waste reduction. Going
forward, we will prioritise recycling efforts to increase
the share of recycled waste across our operations.
38 Comparatives of 2024 are restated compared to the 2024 Annual Report to reflect the impact of divestments completed in 2025.
METRICS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Key resource inflow materials
They include biological materials such as product ingredients (coffee, green leaf tea, sugar, palm and other
vegetable oils, etc.) and technical materials such as packaging (combined plastic, glass, paper, etc.) and water.
Virgin material
This is defined as unused raw materials that have never been subject to any processing apart from its production.
Biological material
Refers to renewable materials derived from plant or animal sources. For JDE Peet's, this means all raw
materials from a biological source.
Technical material
This refers to any material processed from a mineral source.
Sustainably sourced
Refer to Accounting Policies in E4 section for responsibly sourced and deforestation-free definitions and
methodology. For green coffee this means, green coffee volumes that have completed all required Human
Rights and Environmental Due Diligence (HREDD) steps, refer to Accounting Policies in S2 for more details.
Same volumes are applicable to this standard.
Recycled content
This is defined as packaging materials that have been recovered from previous life cycles to be used as input
for new packaging production. It includes supplier's verified data.
Percentage of recycled content
This is calculated based on total packing classified as recycled content used in packaging divided by total
weight of packaging sold (weight in metric tonnes).
Designed for reuse
Packaging designed to be reusable, specifically to be reusable for the same intended purpose.
Designed for recycling
Packaging designed to be recyclable shall be compliant to guidelines for acceptance into recycling waste
streams in the end market of sale in its post-consumer discarded state. If no guidelines are present, we classify
designed for recycling as packaging made from a minimum of 95% of primary material in its discarded state.
2025
2024
2020
Resource inflows
Total weight: biological / technical / water (t) 38
7,208,797
7,476,853
Weight of biological materials (t)
1,035,184
1,122,100
Weight of technical materials (t)
171,963
167,454
Weight of water (t)
6,001,650
6,187,301
Total weight sustainably sourced (t)
788,908
789,947
% Biological Materials Sustainably Sourced (%)
76%
70%
Weight of secondary reused or recycled components, secondary intermediary products and
secondary materials in packaging materials (t)
126,741
140,109
% of secondary reused or recycled components, secondary intermediary products and
secondary materials in packaging material
42%
47%
2025
2024
2020
Resource outflows
Total outflow (t)
978,421
1,029,215
Amount of recyclable content in products (t)
919,564
949,744
The rates of recyclable content in products (%)
94%
92%
Packaging (t)
299,812
303,057
Amount of recyclable content in products packaging (t)
253,823
238,357
The rates of recyclable content in products packaging (%)
85%
79%
Manufacturing waste
Total waste generated (t)
90,139
96,122
143,213
Non-hazardous waste in tonnes
89,950
95,931
142,887
  Non-hazardous Waste Disposal
753
1,702
4,258
– Incineration
86
32
79
– Landfill
667
1,670
2,429
– Other disposal
—
1,750
  Non-Hazardous Waste Recovered
89,197
94,230
138,629
– Reuse
—
—
0
– Recycling
82,573
85,445
123,981
– Other recovery
6,624
8,785
14,648
Hazardous waste in tonnes
188
191
325
  Hazardous Waste Disposal
5
21
152
– Incineration
5
11
0
– Landfill
—
10
25
– Other disposal
—
—
127
  Hazardous Waste Recovered
183
170
173
– Reuse
—
—
0
– Recycling
49
78
126
– Other recovery
134
92
47
Nuclear Waste
—
—
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Designed to be compostable
Packaging meeting the European EN 13432, US ASTM D6400 or ASTM 6868-11 standards at a minimum is
suitable for processing in industrial organic waste streams.
Infrastructure Maturity Indicators
Market level of infrastructure maturity for inorganic materials is defined by third party recycling intelligence
supplier methodology, CIRCPACK by Veolia, providing different maturity levels. For this metric, we consider
levels 3) Advance and 4) Mature as mature infrastructure. 
Infrastructure maturity for organic materials is defined by the presence of established collection and biowaste
treatment facilities present in the market.
Percentage of packaging components designed to be reusable, recyclable or compostable
Calculated as the total weight of packaging designed for reuse, recycling, or composting divided by total
packaging weight sold (in metric tonnes). Cross-qualified packaging is uniquely counted to avoid duplication.
Percentage of packaging components designed to be reusable, recyclable or compostable in mature
infrastructure markets
Calculated as the total weight of packaging designed for reuse, recycling, or composting in markets with
regulatory requirements and/or mature infrastructure divided by total packaging weight sold in markets with
regulatory requirements and/or mature infrastructure (in metric tonnes). Cross-qualified packaging is uniquely
counted to avoid duplication.
Where product specifications or sales data are unavailable, estimations are done based on historic volumes,
impacting only the denominator. Calculations for Peet's entities are performed by a third party, reviewed
internally, and consolidated centrally .
Waste-to-landfill (%)
0.8%
1.8%
3.1%
Waste diverted from landfill (%)
99.2%
98.2%
96.9%
Total non-recycled waste in tonnes
7,516
10,600
% of non-recycled waste
8.3%
11.0%
Halve total operational waste (base year 2020)
37%
35%
Maintain operational waste-to-landfill under 1%
0.8%
1.4%
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Operational waste
The primary waste streams are bio-waste (biomass) and packaging waste. The composition of our waste
includes recycled waste materials (e.g: biomass composted, paper, metals, oils and glasses) and non-
recycled waste materials (e.g:  mixed plastics, construction waste).
Total waste (tonnes)
This includes waste from our manufacturing sites and includes production waste, waste from wastewater
treatment facilities, office waste, and plant-owned warehouses waste. Total waste is the sum of all hazardous
and non-hazardous waste streams and reflects the total amount of waste generated in the reporting period.
Waste-to-landfill
This is where waste (kg) is disposed of, with less than 1% of waste to landfill (kg). Waste incineration without
energy recovery is also considered waste in the landfill category.
Maintain operational waste to landfill under 1%
This is percentage is calculated based on the addition of hazardous landfill (kg/t), landfill (kg/t), waste
incineration without energy recovery (kg/t) and hazardous waste incineration without energy recovery (kg/t)
divided by total waste (kg/t) multiplied by 100.
EU TAXONOMY
INTRODUCTION TO EU TAXONOMY
The EU Green Deal was launched in 2019, which
committed the European Union to becoming carbon
neutral by 2050.
One of the key components of the EU Green Deal is
a classification system called EU Taxonomy. The EU
Taxonomy has the objective of financing the transition
and redirecting capital flows towards a more
sustainable economy. The current regulation prioritises
activities with a large share of overall emissions and
reduction potential, focusing on the energy,
transportation, buildings and selected manufacturing
sectors.
Within the EU Taxonomy, the following six
environmental objectives are identified:
• Climate change mitigation
• Climate change adaptation
• Sustainable use and protection of water and marine
resources
• Pollution prevention and control
• The transition to a circular economy
• The protection and restoration of biodiversity
and ecosystems.
The EU Taxonomy requires EU companies to assess if
their economic activities are eligible and/or aligned with
the activities described in the regulation. The statistical
classification of economic activities established in
Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006 (also known as the NACE
classification) provides guidance for companies to
determine if a company’s economic activities are
eligible. To determine eligibility, a company is required
to analyse whether the descriptions of the activity,
as included in the Taxonomy, matches with its own
economic activity.
Once the economic activity is determined to be eligible,
companies should assess the proportion of their
economic activities that are aligned with the
requirements linked to this activity. Alignment can be
achieved if the economic activities meet the predefined
Technical Screening Criteria (TSC). These TSC are
defined per activity and consist of substantial
contribution criteria (SC), Do No Significant Harm
(DNSH) principles and should comply with the Minimum
Safeguards requirements as set out in the EU
Taxonomy.
Based on this assessment, companies should report the
following specific KPIs on their eligibility and alignment:
• Turnover
• Capex
• Opex.
ELIGIBILITY AND ALIGNMENT OF ECONOMIC
ACTIVITIES OF JDE PEET’S AS DEFINED IN THE EU
TAXONOMY
Statements of this report, JDE Peet's is the world's
leading pure-play coffee company, with a presence in
more than 100 markets.
In 2024, JDE Peet's assessed the eligibility for all six
objectives and reported on four economic activities as
being eligible for the Taxonomy.
In 2025, JDE Peet's re-assessed the turnover, capex
and opex details based on the list of potentially eligible
activities identified in the 2024 assessment and
reported on the same four economic activities as in
2024, namely:
• Product-as-a-Service and other circular use and
result-oriented service models.
• Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable
energy technologies and electricity generation using
solar photovoltaic technology, as JDE Peet's
constructs and operates solar panels on-site in
manufacturing units.
• Renovation of new buildings, and acquisition and
ownership of buildings, as JDE Peet's is involved in
the acquisition of new premises in France.
• Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light
commercial vehicles, as JDE Peet's leases
passenger cars for its employees in its Out-of-Home
and CPG businesses.
Based on these activities, JDE Peet’s contributes to two
of the environmental objectives of the EU Taxonomy:
The transition to a circular economy and climate change
mitigation.
Following an assessment of alignment for the main
economic activity, Product-as-a-Service and other
circular use, JDE Peet's concluded there is insufficient
evidence to meet the DNSH criteria for the Climate
Change Adaptation (CCA) and Water and Marine
Resources (WTR) objectives. As JDE Peet’s only sells
and leases coffee machines to customers, we consider
the screening for CCA physical climate hazards in the
work environment not applicable. Consequently, we are
unable to conduct the Climate Risk and Vulnerability or
Environmental Impact assessments. Similarly, the Water
Quality and Stress assessments required under the
WTR objective to demonstrate alignment are also not
applicable.
Given that the DNSH criteria for Climate Change
Adaptation and Water and Marine Resources extend
to all eligible activities under the Climate Change
Mitigation objective, JDE Peet’s will not report any
Taxonomy-aligned turnover, capex, or opex for the
reporting year.
DESCRIPTION OF KPIS
JDE Peet’s defines its key performance indicators (KPIs)
as determined in accordance with Annex I of the
Disclosures Delegated Act supplementing Article 8 of
the EU Taxonomy Regulation, as follows:
Turnover KPI
Accounting policy: The turnover KPI as implemented by
JDE Peet’s in the EU Taxonomy is in line with the
definition of Revenue in note 2.2 of the Consolidated
Financial Statements. The revenue allocated to services
in this note, being 2%, represents the revenue eligible
for the activity Product-as-a-Service.
Definition of turnover KPI: The turnover KPI is defined
as the proportion of Taxonomy-eligible economic
activities in JDE Peet’s total turnover (numerator)
divided by the net turnover (denominator). The
denominator of the turnover KPI is based on JDE Peet’s
consolidated revenue in accordance with IAS® 1.82(a),
included in JDE Peet’s Consolidated Income Statement.
Capex KPI 
Accounting policy: Capex as reported in the EU
Taxonomy is in line with capex as reported under EU
IFRS (IAS 16, 38 and IFRS 16) in notes 3.2 and 3.4 of
and intangible assets. Capex can be reconciled as the
acquisition of businesses, capital expenditure and initial
lease recognition lines in the tables included in the
notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Goodwill is not included in Capex as it is not defined
as an intangible asset in accordance with IAS 38.
Definition of capex KPI: The capex KPI is defined as
Taxonomy-eligible capex (numerator) divided by JDE
Peet’s total capex (denominator). Taxonomy-eligible
capex (numerator) is defined as all capex related to the
Taxonomy-eligible economic activities of JDE Peet's. 
Opex KPI
Accounting policy: Costs with respect to Opex are
recognised in line with IFRS and are reported as part of
the Selling, General and Administrative expenses in
The opex allocated to this KPI includes all costs related
to maintenance and repair, research and development
expenses, short-term leases, building renovation
measures and any other direct expense (excluding
overheads, raw materials, cost of employee operating
the machine, cost of managing research and
development projects, electricity, fluids and reagents)
relating to the day-to-day servicing assets of property,
plant and equipment that are necessary to ensure the
continued and effective functioning of such assets.
Definition of opex KPI: The opex KPI is defined as the
proportion of Taxonomy-eligible economic activities in
JDE Peet’s total opex (numerator) divided by the opex
(denominator).
Development in performance of the KPIs
The turnover and opex related to the activity Product-
as-a-Service were stable compared to 2024, while
capital investment in the Out-of-Home business
increased in 2025, as reflected in the tables below.
For other eligible activities, all turnover, capex and opex
KPIs remained stable compared to 2024 and were not
material at Group level.
More information on the analysis of developments in
turnover, capex and opex in 2025 can be found in the
Financial Performance section of this report.
Reporting on KPIs
An overview of the KPIs is reported below (in EUR million where applicable):
Turnover
Substantial Contribution Criteria
DNSH (Do No Significant Harm) Criteria
Economic activities
(1)
Code (2)
Turnover
(3)
Proportion
of turnover
(4)
Climate
change
mitigation
(5)*
Climate
change
adaptation
(6)
Water (7)
Pollution (8)
Circular
economy
(9)
Biodiversity
(10)
Climate
change
mitigation
(11)
Climate
change
adaptation
(12)
Water (13)
Pollution
(14)
Circular
economy
(15)
Biodiversity
(16)
Minimum
safeguards
(17)
Proportion
of
Taxonomy-
aligned
(A.1.) or
eligible
(A.2.)
turnover,
year N-1(18)
Category
(enabling
activity)
(19)
Category
(transitional
activity)
(20)
Millions,
local CCY
%
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
%
E
T
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned)*
0%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0%
Turnover of environmentally
sustainable activities (Taxonomy-
aligned) (A.1)
0.00
0%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0%
0%
0%
Of which is enabling
0.00
0%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0%
0%
0%
Of which is transitional
0.00
0%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0%
0%
0%
A.2 Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned activities)
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
Product-as-a-
Service
CE 2.13
151
2%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
EL
N/EL
2%
Turnover of Taxonomy-eligible but
not environmentally sustainable
activities (not Taxonomy-aligned
activities) (A.2)
Total (A.1+A.2)
151
2%
2%
B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Turnover of Taxonomy-non-eligible
activities
9,770
98%
98%
Total (A+B)
9,921
100%
100%
n Not applicable
Capex
Substantial Contribution Criteria
DNSH (Do No Significant Harm) Criteria
Economic activities
(1)
Code (2)
Capex (3)
Proportion
of capex (4)
Climate
change
mitigation
(5)*
Climate
change
adaptation
(6)
Water (7)
Pollution (8)
Circular
economy
(9)
Biodiversity 
(10)
Climate
change
mitigation
(11)
Climate
change
adaptation
(12)
Water (13)
Pollution
(14)
Circular
economy
(15)
Biodiversity
(16)
Minimum
safeguards
(17)
Proportion
of
Taxonomy-
aligned
(A.1.) or
eligible
(A.2.)
capex, year
N-1 (18)
Category
(enabling
activity)
(19)
Category
(transitional
activity)
(20)
Millions,
local CCY
%
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
%
E
T
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Capex of environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned)*
0%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0%
Capex of environmentally sustainable
activities (Taxonomy-aligned) (A.1)
0.00
0%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0%
0%
0%
Of which is enabling
0.00
0%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0%
0%
0%
Of which is transitional
0.00
0%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0%
0%
0%
Capex
Substantial Contribution Criteria
DNSH (Do No Significant Harm) Criteria
Economic activities
(1)
Code (2)
Capex (3)
Proportion
of capex (4)
Climate
change
mitigation
(5)*
Climate
change
adaptation
(6)
Water (7)
Pollution (8)
Circular
economy
(9)
Biodiversity 
(10)
Climate
change
mitigation
(11)
Climate
change
adaptation
(12)
Water (13)
Pollution
(14)
Circular
economy
(15)
Biodiversity
(16)
Minimum
safeguards
(17)
Proportion
of
Taxonomy-
aligned
(A.1.) or
eligible
(A.2.)
capex, year
N-1 (18)
Category
(enabling
activity)
(19)
Category
(transitional
activity)
(20)
A.2 Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned)
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
Product-as-a-
Service
CE 2.13
67.83
18.5%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
EL
N/EL
9.2%
Installation,
maintenance and
repair of renewable
energy
technologies
CCM 7.6
0.73
0.2%
EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
0.1%
Acquisition and
ownership of
buildings
CCM 7.7
0.54
0.1%
EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
0.4%
Capex of Taxonomy-eligible but not
environmentally sustainable activities
(not Taxonomy-aligned activities) (A.2)
Total (A.1+A.2)
69
18.8%
9.7%
B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Capex of Taxonomy-non-eligible
activities
298
81.2%
90.3%
Total (A+B)
367
100%
100%
n Not applicable
Opex
Substantial Contribution Criteria
DNSH (Do No Significant Harm) Criteria
Economic activities
(1)
Code (2)
Opex (3)
Proportion
of opex (4)
Climate
change
mitigation
(5)*
Climate
change
adaptation
(6)
Water (7)
Pollution (8)
Circular
economy
(9)
Biodiversity 
(10)
Climate
change
mitigation
(11)
Climate
change
adaptation
(12)
Water (13)
Pollution
(14)
Circular
economy
(15)
Biodiversity
(16)
Minimum
safeguards
(17)
Proportion
of
Taxonomy-
aligned
(A.1.) or
eligible
(A.2.) opex,
year N-1
(18)
Category
(enabling
activity)
(19)
Category
(transitional
activity)
(20)
Millions,
local CCY
%
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y; N; N/EL
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
%
E
T
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Opex of environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned)*
0%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0%
Opex of environmentally sustainable
activities (Taxonomy-aligned) (A.1)
0.00
0%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0%
0%
0%
Of which is enabling
0.00
0%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0%
0%
0%
Of which is transitional
0.00
0%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0%
0%
0%
A.2 Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned)
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
Product-as-a-
Service
CE 2.13
16,172
11%
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
EL
N/EL
10%
Transport by
motorbikes,
passenger cars and
light commercial
vehicles
CCM 6.5
3,077
2%
EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
N/EL
3%
Opex of Taxonomy-eligible but not
environmentally sustainable activities
(not Taxonomy-aligned activities) (A.2)
Total (A.1+A.2)
19,249
13%
13%
B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Opex of Taxonomy-non-eligible
activities
131,115
87%
87%
Total (A+B)
150363
100%
100%
n Not applicable         
Common disclosures on nuclear and fossil gas-related activities
Row
Nuclear energy-related activities
1
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to research, development, demonstration and
deployment of innovative electricity generation facilities that produce energy from nuclear processes with
minimal waste from the fuel cycle.
No
2
The undertaking carries out, funds, or has exposure to the construction and safe operation of new nuclear
installations for electricity generation or process heat production, including district heating and industrial
applications such as hydrogen production. It also supports safety upgrades using the best available
technologies.
No
3
The undertaking carries out, funds, or has exposure to the safe operation of existing nuclear installations
for electricity generation or process heat production, including district heating and industrial applications
such as hydrogen production from nuclear energy. It also supports safety upgrades to enhance
operational standards.
No
Fossil gas-related activities
4
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposure to the construction or operation of electricity
generation facilities that produce electricity using fossil gaseous fuels.
No
5
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment, and operation of
combined heat/cool and power generation facilities using fossil gaseous fuels.
No
6
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment and operation of heat
generation facilities that produce heat/cool using fossil gaseous fuels.
No
Assessment of compliance with Regulation
(EU) 2020/852.
A precise definition is provided for each activity
included in the annexes of the Climate Delegated Act
and Environmental Delegated Act, which describes the
economic activities falling under the scope of the EU
Taxonomy. The eligible activities reported in these
disclosures adhere strictly to the definitions specified in
the delegated acts and recommendations issued by the
Platform on Sustainable Finance. In assessing the
eligibility of our business activities, we relied on the
following key references applicable to companies
reporting under the NFRD for 2022:
• The Disclosures Delegated Act, published on
10 December 2021, and amended on 21 November
2023
• The Environmental Delegated Act, including the
amendments to the Climate Delegated Act and the
Disclosures Delegated Act, also published on
21 November 2023.
In addition, we referenced the most recent FAQ
documents issued by the EU Commission:
• The FAQ on the EU Taxonomy Regulation for
reporting eligible economic activities and assets
published in February 2022, December 2022,
June 2023 and October 2023.
• The FAQ on technical screening criteria for activities
contributing substantially to climate change
mitigation or adaptation, published in October 2023.
We have rigorously adhered to these definitions and
resources, ensuring that no activities outside their
scope were included as eligible. Where there was
uncertainty about the inclusion of an activity, we have
excluded it from eligibility. Future updates or
clarifications to EU Taxonomy criteria will be reflected
in our reporting as they arise.
image_eu-taxonomy.png
header-verloop-50.png
SOCIAL
Own workers
Human rights in our value chain
Farmers' livelihoods
Consumers and end-users
cg-connecting-people-pillar-icon-ambition@2x.png
OWN WORKFORCE
OUR TARGETS AND PROGRESS
Target
Maintain the voluntary turnover in leadership positions below 9%
Progress
S1-Maintain-the-voluntary-turnover-in-leadership-positions-below-9%.svg
Target
40% women in leadership positions by 2025
Progress
S1-40%-women-in-leadership-positions.svg
SETTING THE SCENE
OUR IMPACTS, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES     
TARGET: 9.0%
5.2%
7.4%
2024
2025
MATERIAL TOPIC: HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
Value chain
IRO
Title
Description
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Time horizon
Talent attraction,
retention, and training
We focus on attracting, retaining and developing talent,
while actively promoting internal mobility and continuing
professional growth. By investing in capability building,
skill enhancement and robust succession planning, we
aim to strengthen our leadership capacity and ensure
long-term organisational readiness. This approach
drives productivity, supports revenue growth and
strengthens our competitive position through a skilled,
engaged and future-ready workforce.
Production
Packaging
Inability to deliver
company's objectives
Resource constraints, operational inefficiencies and
unforeseen disruptions, driven by challenges in
attracting, retaining and developing skilled talent while
fostering diversity, equity, and inclusion, may limit the
company’s ability to execute strategic initiatives and
achieve its objectives, ultimately reducing
competitiveness in the market.
Production
Packaging
TARGET: 40.0%
38.3%
40.5%
2025
2024
OUR POLICIES
• Human Capital Playbooks
• DE&I Policy
OUR ENGAGEMENT WITH STAKEHOLDERS
MATERIAL TOPIC: DIVERSITY, EQUITY AND INCLUSION
Value chain
IRO
Title
Description
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Time horizon
Diverse and inclusive
workforce
A diverse and inclusive workforce that reflects an
increasingly diverse consumer base, supports effective
strategy execution and creates a competitive advantage
by attracting and retaining key talent.
Production
Packaging
Positive impact
Negative impact
Actual
Potential
Risk
Opportunity
Impact
Dependency
Short term
Medium term
Long term
HUMAN CAPITAL
MANAGEMENT
OUR APPROACH AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
Shaping a winning culture means empowering our
employees, whose growth drives our success. Our
strategy is centred around being an employer of choice
by attracting and retaining top talent, fostering
engagement and personal development, enabling
adaptability, and rewarding performance. Our data-
driven approach ensures people initiatives evolve with
business needs to drive overall performance.
INTEGRATED TALENT MANAGEMENT FOR
EMPLOYEE GROWTH AND SUCCESS
Our integrated talent management approach connects
talent acquisition, personal development, performance,
career growth, and employee engagement. By aligning
these areas, we ensure effective recruitment,
continuous development, and support throughout each
employee's career, fostering both individual growth and
organisational success.
BUILDING OUR FUTURE: INCLUSIVE TALENT
ACQUISITION AND EMPLOYER BRANDING
Our Talent Acquisition (TA) playbook establishes a
standardised recruitment process, employing consistent
methodologies to streamline candidate selection and
assessment. It outlines the criteria for identifying the
best fit within our organisation through interviews and
the use of assessment tools, ensuring alignment with
our goals and values.
We are committed to fostering an inclusive and diverse
workforce, embedding DE&I principles into our talent
acquisition process. Our playbook ensures equitable
practices, including balanced shortlists for gender and
nationality, supported by multiple interviewers, advanced
applicant tracking systems, and online assessments to
minimise bias.
We take a connected approach to our employer brand
and candidate experience strategy. Our well-known
consumer brands support our commitment to
enhancing our reputation as an employer of choice,
which helps us attract and retain a diverse and talented
workforce.
Our efforts focus on two key areas:
• Increasing employer brand awareness and
engagement on LinkedIn
• Ensuring a positive and seamless candidate
experience.
image_p126.png
FOSTERING TALENT DEVELOPMENT: OUR COMMITMENT
TO LEADERSHIP AND GROWTH
Our Performance Management approach emphasises
both the what and the how of achieving success,
focusing on key objectives and responsibilities, while
aligning with our company values. This approach
balances the conversations between employees and
managers, supported by a mid-year review and ongoing
development throughout the year.
In 2025, we launched the new JDE Peet's Growth
Philosophy built on a simple belief: Everyone Grows.
Employees have growth conversations with their people
manager and create an annual growth plan. They are
clear about their growth status and growth actions as a
result. Continuous development is key to making an
impact today and tomorrow.
We conduct Growth Reviews with leadership teams to:
• Have a clear view on the organisation's talent
pipeline
• Strengthen the bench by identification of future
leaders and expert successors for critical roles
• Accelerate readiness and development of
identified talents and successors
• Retain leadership and expertise talent
• Improve talent mobility.
The Growth Reviews playbook outlines global
principles, roles, and tools to guide a consistent
process.
We prioritise identifying and developing successors for
mission-critical roles, with reviews conducted locally,
regionally, and globally, culminating in a CELT
evaluation of the company’s top leadership and expert
talents, and their related growth actions and succession
plans.
Growth plans for top talent are personalised and may
include leadership programmes such as Elevate and
RISE, senior leadership exposure to broaden their
perspective, strategic project involvement, or role
changes to enhance experience.
As in previous years, JDE Peet's senior leadership
selected 25 senior managers in 2025 to participate in
our signature global leadership programme, RISE.
RISE focuses on future executive leaders and is
designed to systematically cultivate leadership skills
for senior managers preparing for director roles. The
programme features two intensive three-day in-person
training events hosted in various European countries,
mentoring by members of the Global Leadership Team,
one-on-one professional coaching, group assignments,
and career guidance from senior managers.
Intentional about building a strong leadership pipeline
from the bottom up, we have launched the LEAD
programme for people managers, and our Global
Management Traineeship Programme.
The LEAD programme equips all people managers with
foundational leadership skills and a shared
understanding of key leadership frameworks aligned
with JDE Peet’s leadership capabilities. 
In 2025, we launched our inaugural Global Management
Trainee Programme (GMTP), bringing our talent strategy
to life. The programme targets high-potential graduates
and begins with a month-long onboarding at our global
headquarters in Amsterdam. It offers international
rotations across functions and countries, leadership
development modules, and high-impact business
projects. These elements help build a strong
international pipeline of future leaders with cross-
functional experience and deep business
understanding. Through this approach, we provide
unique opportunities to accelerate career growth for
our trainees.
POLICY
The governance of our employees is anchored in
centralised HR processes designed to foster
consistency, best practices, and collaboration. These
are supported by comprehensive process playbooks on
the HR Hub, an online platform governed by the Global
Centres of Expertise (Rewards, Technology & Analytics,
Talent).
Our talent playbooks encompass essential areas such
as talent acquisition, employer branding, onboarding,
performance management, learning and career
development, growth review and succession planning,
as well as our employee engagement and listening
strategies.
Designed for both local subject matter experts and
generalists within HR teams, these playbooks are key
resources for onboarding new team members and
driving HR excellence. Balancing global design with
local execution, the HR Hub ensures process
consistency, while the Visier analytics platform provides
actionable insights to drive data-informed decisions.
As part of our digital transformation, we will continue
to onboard additional data from operating companies
across JDE Peet’s to enhance our analytics capabilities
further. 
image_p127.png
ENGAGING OUR EMPLOYEES
Our employee listening strategy is a key tool for
understanding and improving the employee experience
at JDE Peet’s. It also supports our retention goals and
reinforces our DE&I initiatives.
We listen to our people:
1 To understand employees’ perspectives on various
critical topics
2 To adapt our strategies and initiatives based on their
feedback
3 To involve employees in the decision-making
process, demonstrating that their opinions matter
and that we care.
To better understand our employees, and help improve
the organisation, we carry out a range of surveys. Using
insights from our surveys, we:
• Share and discuss: Insights are shared with local HR
teams for in-depth discussions
• Compare and contrast: Data is benchmarked
against industry standards and existing information
• Identify and prioritise: We pinpoint areas for
improvement and prioritise actions accordingly.
ENGAGEMENT SURVEY
At JDE Peet’s, we prioritise a culture of open feedback,
giving all employees a voice. Each year, we run a global
engagement survey to gather insights on daily work
experiences, well-being, inclusion, and sustainability.
The results guide discussions and actions to improve
our workplace. Leaders receive feedback from their
teams, fostering dialogue and enabling focus on key
areas. This approach also allows us to recognise and
celebrate shared successes across the organisation.
WINNING CULTURE
In the summer of 2025, our CELT launched the new
company strategy, Reignite the Amazing, introducing
an inspiring vision of our Winning Culture and refreshed
company values:
• Dare to Amaze
• Own It
• Make It Simple
• Win Together.
Each value is defined through specific Winning
Behaviours to guide the mindset and actions needed
to successfully deliver on this strategy. To shape this
framework, we initiated a dedicated listening effort,
including a global survey and a series of focus groups.
More than 1,600 employees across all regions,
segments, functions, and levels actively contributed,
reflecting the full diversity of our organisation. The
insights gathered informed the co-creation of our values
and behaviours, ensuring they represent both who we
are today and who we aspire to be. This Winning
Culture framework will serve as a foundation for future
leadership expectations, performance conversations,
and development programmes, reinforcing our
commitment to creating an environment where
everyone feels heard, valued, and empowered to grow.
ONBOARDING SURVEY
Our onboarding survey aims to achieve three main
objectives:
1 A great onboarding experience: Ensure the
onboarding process meets or exceeds new hires’
expectations
2 Ramped up to productivity: Enable new employees
to complete work tasks independently
3 Engaged and committed at JDE Peet’s: Foster a
sense of belonging and commitment, with new hires
recommending JDE Peet’s and intending to stay for
3+ years.
To ensure a positive onboarding experience, we collect
feedback at critical milestones:
• Introductions: End of the first week
• Settling in: End of the first month
• Fully ramped up: End of the first three months.
EXIT SURVEY
The exit survey is designed to understand why
employees leave and how we can prevent future
turnover. Our goal is for departing employees to leave
as advocates of JDE Peet’s and our employer brand.
This survey focuses on permanent employees who
leave the company voluntarily.
By leveraging these insights, we continuously refine our
employee experience, making JDE Peet’s a great place
to work and grow.
ACTIONS
TALENT ACQUISITION
In 2025, we:
• Enhanced our LinkedIn strategy to increase brand
visibility and engagement among target talent
segments. As a result of the Employer Brand
campaign, we achieved a 16% increase in our
LinkedIn follower base.
• Developed and launched the What’s in Your Cup
of Amazing campaign to authentically communicate
our employee value proposition. The campaign
exceeded platform engagement benchmarks and
reinforced our brand story.
• Improved candidate experience through streamlined
processes, consistent communication, and digital
assessment tools.
image_p128.png
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT, CAREER GROWTH
AND TALENT DEVELOPMENT
LEAD programme (Leadership capabilities)
• Launched Leadership Capabilities (LEAD),
a foundational leadership development programme
to upskill all people leaders at JDE Peet's, with 54
workshops run across 13 countries with a total of
299 managers enrolled globally.
• The LEAD programme is highly rated by participants,
with a satisfaction score of 4.5/5 for the programme
overall, 4.6/5 for finding the workshop relevant for their
role, and a 4.5/5 for recommending to a colleague
Global Management Trainee Programme (GMTP)
• Designed and launched the inaugural GMTP
(selected 6 trainees in the first year out of 4,000
candidates) to attract and develop high-potential
graduates. The GMTP is also highly rated by
participants (4.7/5).
• Initiated recruitment for the second GMTP cohort
(more than 8000 applicants), running from October to
November, as a two-phase campaign showing high-
engagement (click-through rate surpassed the LinkedIn
benchmark). New trainees will be joining in September
2026, following an on-site assessment in February.
RISE leadership programme:
• Highly rated by participants (4.35/5).
This programme aims to invest in high-potential
senior managers, supporting their career growth
and long-term retention.
• Notably, 81% of promotions to director level in 2024
and 2025 were RISE alumni.
ENGAGEMENT SURVEY
• Achieved a 91% participation rate in 2025 across
the entities in scope of our global engagement
survey (16,821 employees), with participation
of 15,308 employees
• 52% of employees reported that their engagement
needs are consistently met, strengthening
connections, ownership, and commitment across
the organisation
• Overall engagement score for the year was 4.12/5,
aligned with our benchmarking database average
• Strong performance areas: employee recognition,
and fostering trust within teams
• Improvement areas: cross-departmental
collaboration and aligning tasks with the broader
company purpose.
RESOURCES ALLOCATED TO MANAGE IMPACT
AND OPPORTUNITIES OF OUR EMPLOYEES
To implement our employee strategy effectively, we
allocate resources through various teams and initiatives:
• Global talent team: This team leads our efforts to
attract and retain top talent, focusing on playbooks
and tools to ensure alignment with our
organisational goals
• Global and regional centre of expertise teams:
These teams provide specialised knowledge and
support to enhance our talent management
practices across different regions
• Talent networks: We invest in talent networks that
facilitate collaboration and knowledge sharing
among employees, fostering a culture of continuous
improvement
• HR directors and extended talent team: Our HR
directors oversee these initiatives, working closely
with the extended talent team to equip and mobilise
our workforce, ensuring best practices are shared
and implemented.
These resources and collaborative efforts enable us
to enhance our capacity to manage the impact and
opportunities of our people effectively.
FUTURE ACTIONS
By investing in leadership, strengthening our talent
pipeline, and positioning JDE Peet’s as a top employer,
we will remain agile and competitive in a rapidly
changing global market.
In 2025, we invested in the launch of our foundational
leadership programme, LEAD, and in our Global
Management Trainee Programme, which we will
continue in 2026.
As a result of our new Reignite the Amazing strategy
and value-driven winning culture, we will review our
leadership capabilities and employee listening strategy
which will function as the spine of our core people
processes.
Additionally, in 2026, we will prioritise the development
of a robust Change Management capability across the
organisation. This will enable us to navigate ongoing
change with greater agility and effectiveness.
image_p129.png
VOLUNTARY TURNOVER  IN LEADERSHIP
POSITIONS
At JDE Peet’s, we prioritise leadership retention
to ensure organisational stability, strategic
continuity, and the preservation of critical
knowledge. Our experienced leaders play a vital
role in guiding teams and driving sustainable
growth, leveraging their deep understanding of
our business and culture.
To maintain stability, we are committed to
maintaining voluntary turnover within leadership
roles below 9%, a benchmark based on industry
standards. At the end of 2025, voluntary turnover
in leadership positions stood at 7.4%, aligning
well with our target.
This target is reviewed quarterly by the Global
HR Leadership Team during Connecting People
discussions, ensuring sustained focus and timely
actions. Progress is shared across the
organisation in our Annual Report, ensuring
transparency and alignment.
METRICS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Employee characteristics
Total number of employees is presented in headcount per year-end, with the exception of turnover rates. In
the financial statements we refer to FTEs which is disclosed here: 2.3 Expense by nature.
Headcount
Represents an employee with employment status active or in leave.
Methodology
Employee information is taken from our internal systems.
Percentage of voluntary turnover in leadership positions
This is calculated as the proportion of employees in leadership positions who voluntarily leave the organisation,
divided by the average total number of employees in leadership positions during the reporting period.
Gender
Gender refers to the social, cultural, and personal identities that individuals hold regarding their sense of being male,
female, both, neither, or other. Gender is distinct from biological sex, which is assigned at birth based on physical
characteristics. Our reporting aims to be inclusive of all gender identities, acknowledging that some employees may
identify outside traditional categories of male and female. Each employee's gender is declared (or not) and
maintained by them in our HR systems.
As at 31 December
2025
2024
Total number of employees
21,143
21,689
Total number of employees by gender
Total number of employees: female
9,547
8,839
Total number of employees: male
11,376
12,635
Total number of employees: other
113
86
Total number of employees: not reported
107
129
Employee turnover
Employee turnover headcount
6,481
5,200
Employee turnover rate (%)*
31%
24%
Employee headcount in countries with at least 50
employees representing at least 10% total employees
Brazil
2,305
2,319
China
3,186
2,894
USA
4,412
4,777
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON EMPLOYEE TURNOVER RATE:
Employee turnover, both in headcount and rate, is significantly higher in 2025
compared with 2024. This is largely due to the fact that in 2024, employee turnover
for Peet’s China was estimated based on benchmarks rather than based on actual
data, as the entity had not yet been integrated into our People Analytics system.
Although these estimates were based on robust assumptions, they proved to be
lower than the actual figures in 2025.
2025 Total number of employees by contract type
Female
Male
Others
Not
disclosed
Total
Number of permanent
employees (head count/FTE)
9,201
10,978
112
101
20,392
Number of temporary
employees (head count/FTE)
316
384
1
1
702
Number of non-guaranteed
employees (head count/FTE)
30
15
0
4
49
Number of employees (head
count/FTE)
9,547
11,377
113
106
21,143
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Permanent employees
This includes employees with a permanent employment contract for full-time or part-time work for an indeterminate
period.
Temporary employees
Includes employees with a fixed-term employment contract that ends when a specific time period expires or when a
specific task is completed.
Non-guaranteed hours
Includes employees with a fixed-term employment contract that ends when a specific time period expires or when a
specific task is completed
Methodology
Employee information is taken from our internal systems. Where data is not available due to non-integrated entities,
estimations (representing 5% of our employees) have been calculated based on extrapolation from available data.
2024 Total number of employees by contract type
Female
Male
Others
Not
disclosed
Total
Number of permanent
employees (head count/FTE)
8,467
12,146
85
122
20,820
Number of temporary
employees (head count/FTE)
351
477
1
2
831
Number of non-guaranteed
employees (head count/FTE)
21
12
0
5
38
Number of employees (head
count/FTE)
8,839
12,635
86
129
21,689
DIVERSITY, EQUITY AND
INCLUSION
OUR APPROACH AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
At JDE Peet's, we believe in fostering a more diverse,
equitable and inclusive organisation where everyone
feels comfortable to truly be who they are and unleash
their full potential. 
By reflecting the world we live in, we are better able to
serve our increasingly diverse consumer base and
deliver on our slogan 'A coffee for every cup. A brand
for every heart'. 
And by living our values, we make sure that we are an
organisation free of potential barriers, where each
employee takes responsibility to progress our
commitments and where we stand together in our
differences.
We view Diversity, Equity & Inclusion as a key business
enabler.
To embed DE&I across the organisation, our strategic
framework focuses on:
• Workforce: We level the playing field to achieve a
workforce that reflects the world we live in and to
enable all our employees to unleash their
possibilities
• Workplace: We all play a role in fostering an
inclusive culture where everyone feels like they
belong and can be who they truly are
• Marketplace: We serve the needs of all consumers,
fostering connections with every cup and bringing
communities together
• Supply chain: We play our part in creating an
equitable ecosystem along our supply chain.
To ensure we are on a journey towards a common goal
globally, while acknowledging local differences, we
have selected two global priorities:
• Break down potential barriers to women's
empowerment
• Value differences to ensure our employees can be
who they truly are.
We bring awareness on these priorities to all our
employees globally, in part through our three global
activation moments:
• Gender Balance Month in March: We recognise the
importance of achieving gender balance and equity
and use International Women’s Day as a ‘kick off’ for
these discussions
• Pride Month in June: We recognise LGBTQ+ people
globally by amplifying their voices, supporting their
rights, and celebrating their culture
• TrueYOU Month in October: We actively advance
the awareness of DE&I across JDE Peet's globally,
with an intersectional lens and a focus on inclusion.
We also believe that for DE&I there is no one size fits all,
which is why, locally, every market is empowered to
define their own priorities by understanding the local
social and legal context and identifying the needs of
employees, gathered through surveys and focus groups
to refine efforts.
UFP-logo.png
JDE PEET’S BEING
HONOURED AS A FAIR PAY
LEADER BY THE FAIR PAY
INNOVATION LAB
image_p132.png
POLICY
Our Global DE&I Policy reaffirms our commitment to
employees, offers clear guidance to DE&I Champions,
and meets the growing expectations from our external
stakeholders. It defines DE&I within JDE Peet's, outlines
our strategic framework, and specifies how we track
and report progress.
Aligned with the United Nations Sustainable
Development Goal #5 on Gender Equality, the policy
addresses gender representation across the Board,
CELT, and leadership roles, reinforced by our 2023
commitment to the UN Women’s Empowerment
Principles. It also underscores our stance against
discrimination, of any kind, supporting our Codes of
Conduct and Speak Up Policy.
We are committed to equal pay for equal work, and we
partner with Mercer, a leading external HR consultancy,
to conduct periodic gender pay equity analyses,
ensuring best practices and independent quality
assurance.
Governance structures hold us accountable, while DE&I
activation toolkits empower teams to tailor local
initiatives aligned with global objectives and regional
contexts.
Progress, including any defined ambitions and their
implementation (for instance on gender representation
across different levels), is reported in our annual
reports, with data gathered from annual self-
assessments in each market.
The Remuneration, Selection and Appointment
Committee periodically reviews the Policy’s
effectiveness and proposes revisions to the Board for
approval, ensuring alignment with the Dutch Corporate
Governance Code.
This policy reflects our commitment to fostering a
diverse and inclusive workforce, enabling employees to
access equal opportunities and express their authentic
selves as well as supporting our broader business
strategy.
Our four-stage maturity model supports DE&I
integration through structured resources, enabling
continuous improvement and embedding DE&I into our
culture and processes.
In Stage 1, the focus is on raising awareness, building
the case for change, and demonstrating commitment
through training and leadership. This stage aims to
cultivate a broad understanding of diversity, with
particular emphasis on recognising and addressing
the challenges faced by the most vulnerable groups.
Stage 2 focuses on embedding change, aligning the
DE&I strategy with data, and ensuring accountability
through KPIs. Markets identify long-term priorities
based on local surveys, with progress tracked through
data, KPIs, and leadership engagement.
Stage 3 aims to establish structural changes in
processes and policies, with a deeper focus on
workplace equity. We also expand efforts to the
marketplace and supply chain, impacting consumers,
communities, and the wider ecosystem.
Stage 4 ensures sustained efforts and cutting-edge
practices, influencing the industry and maintaining long-
term impact across all four pillars of our strategic
framework.
image_p133.png
ENGAGING OUR EMPLOYEES
Our DE&I agenda is shaped by employee feedback to
ensure actions taken align with their best interests.
Through our employee engagement survey, we measure
workplace inclusion, enabling markets to analyse results
by demographics, such as gender, and address specific
needs. Managers are encouraged to discuss the
outcomes with their teams to develop targeted action
plans.
Aligned with our DE&I maturity model, local teams
gather feedback through surveys and focus groups in
Stage 2, helping define priorities and actions that
address employee needs. insights from markets guide
our global strategy, fostering a bottom-up approach.
We also conduct annual surveys with DE&I Champions
and Employee Resource Groups (ERGs), supplemented
by ongoing feedback opportunities. This helps identify 
gaps in capabilities or tools, ensuring our DE&I
Champions and ERGs are equipped to succeed.
ACTIONS
• Globally activated initiatives for Gender Balance,
Women’s History Month, Pride Month, and TrueYOU
Month, with participation across more than 20
markets.
• Hosted our second annual online DE&I Champions
Summit: TrueYOU Brew.
• Co-designed Stage 3 (Grow) of our Maturity Model
with our most advanced markets and launched
version 3 of our DE&I Activation toolkit.
• By the end of 2025, the average completion rate
for Stage 2 across all markets reached 64%,
a 7 percentage point increase compared to 2024.
• For the fourth consecutive year, we measured our
commitment to fostering a respectful workplace
through our global employee survey. In 2025,
we achieved a score of 4.41 on a 1-5 scale (4.37 in
2024), with no significant difference between men
and women.
• Similarly, we assessed our commitment to inclusivity
by asking employees if they feel comfortable being
themselves at work. We achieved a score of 4.24
on a 1-5 scale (4.21 in 2024), with no significant
differences between men and women overall.
• Our efforts to advance gender equity continue to
yield results. Through consistent year-on-year
improvements since 2021, our Equileap gender
equality score has increased by 19 percentage
points, bringing us close to inclusion in the global
top 100. Equileap independently assesses
thousands of organisations worldwide on gender
balance, pay equity, and inclusive policies, and our
strong progress reflects the impact of our sustained
commitment.
• In March 2025, we shared with employees the
results of our most recent global gender pay equity
analysis. This analysis confirmed that the adjusted
gender pay gap between men and women was
0.52%, remaining well below the 5% threshold
referenced in the EU Pay Transparency Directive.
This outcome continues to position JDE Peet’s
among industry leaders in pay equity and was
further recognised through our Fair Pay Leader
certification from the Fair Pay Innovation Lab.
• Based on our monitoring through 2025, our
unadjusted (raw) gender pay gap is at 10%. We
continue to review the impact of our pay policies
and closely monitor key drivers of pay to ensure that
our pay practices remain fair, consistent and aligned
with our equal pay principles.
RESOURCES ALLOCATED TO MANAGE IMPACT AND
OPPORTUNITIES OF DIVERSITY, EQUITY AND INCLUSION
The local activation of our global DE&I strategy is driven
by more than 200 DE&I Champions and Employee
Resource Group members globally.
Our community of DE&I Champions remains connected
through bi-monthly DE&I Champions and ERG Connect
sessions, as well as annual DE&I Champions Summits.
These forums facilitate collaboration, shared learning
and skill development, empowering Champions to
advance DE&I initiatives successfully across the
organisation.
FUTURE ACTIONS
While we are proud of our achievements, we recognise
there is more to be done. Our ambition continues to be
to drive further progress, creating long-term value for
our people and our business. Following the co-design
of Stage 3 of our DE&I Maturity Model with our most
advanced markets in 2025, we will focus in 2026 on
supporting markets as they start to implement the
deliverables of this stage, leveraging the new version of
our DE&I Activation toolkit launched at the end of 2025.
We will continue to support and collaborate closely with
our markets as they progress through this stage.
WOMEN IN LEADERSHIP POSITIONS
At JDE Peet's, we believe that everyone should
have equal opportunities to thrive and grow into
leadership roles. Our ambition is to ensure that
the representation of women in leadership
reflects their proportion in our total workforce. In
2022, we set a target to reach 40% of women in
leadership positions by 2025.
This metric is reviewed quarterly by the Global
HR Leadership Team and is integrated into the
overall quarterly Connecting People review.
Locally, it is tracked as part of our DE&I maturity
model within management team meetings and
other forums. This approach, both globally and
locally, ensures both focus and timely corrective
actions when necessary. Progress on this metric
is communicated annually to all employees
through our Annual Report.
While we reached our ambition ahead of
schedule in previous years (40.5% in 2024),
recent fluctuations have resulted in performance
slightly below our target, with 38.3% of
leadership positions held by women in 2025. An
analysis of recent trends across our five main
functions indicates that, overall, progress has not
been in favour of women in leadership roles. In
particular, Sales, Supply Chain and Finance have
seen a decline in female representation,
highlighting these areas where we have the
greatest opportunity to improve.
In contrast, HR and Marketing (functions that
2025-catalyst-awards-winner-badge-large.png
tend to have higher female representation) have
experienced notable shifts towards greater
gender balance, driven primarily by an increase
in male representation. While this does not
improve the female specific KPI, it is a positive
development in increased gender balance and is
an example of equal opportunity - our ultimate
intent.
Importantly, female representation in the levels
below leadership has increased year on year,
and now exceeds 40%, creating a strong and
sustainable pipeline for future leadership
appointments.
As equal opportunity remains central to our
people philosophy, we will continue to monitor
representation, especially in the functions where
the most significant shifts have occurred. We will
also continue embedding DE&I into our global
people processes and strengthen inclusive talent
practices across the organisation. Our focus will
be on ensuring that leadership selection,
succession and development processes remain
fair and unbiased.
image_p134.png
2025 CATALYST AWARD WINNER
JDE Peet’s is proud to have received the 2025
Catalyst Award, recognising organisations that
advance workplace inclusion and gender equity. In
March, Lara Brans, President APAC, and Johan Van
Gossum, Chief HR Officer, accepted the award at
the Catalyst Awards in New York. Lara shared that
“Inclusion doesn’t happen by accident – it requires
decisions, design, and actions”, reinforcing our
belief that everyone should have a seat at the coffee
table.
This recognition reflects our progress through tools
like the DE&I Maturity Model and Activation Toolkit,
which have driven greater representation of women
on the CELT, Global Leadership Team and Board
since 2021. While we celebrate this achievement,
we remain committed to fostering an inclusive
workplace where everyone can be their authentic
selves.
39 The Total Remuneration Ratio for 2024 has been restated to reflect the total accounting remuneration expense recognised for the year 2024.
METRICS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Top management level - Leadership positions
Refers to employees who are part of the Coffee Enabling Leadership Team and Global Leadership Team of
JDE Peet’s. Employees who are part of the Global Leadership Team hold positions of director and general manager
(or equivalent) within JDE Peet's.
Women in leadership positions
This is calculated based on headcount of women holding leadership positions divided by the total headcount of
employees holding leadership positions.
Unadjusted gender pay gap
This is defined as the difference of average pay levels between male and female employees, expressed as a
percentage of the average pay level of male employees. The report includes data for those employees that meet the
criteria of being active on the key date of extraction with effective date of data as of 1 December 2025. We also refer
to this metric externally as the 'unexplained gender pay gap'.
Adjusted gender pay gap
The adjusted gender pay gap is defined as the difference in average pay levels between female and male
employees, expressed as a percentage of the average pay level of male employees, after accounting for ‘explained
factors.’ These factors, such as experience, role type, performance, location, and grade, may legitimately influence
pay differences and are not linked to gender. Calculations are conducted every 2 years by a third party and
validated internally, latest data available is reported accordingly. This metric is included to provide additional
contextual information.
Total remuneration ratio
This metric represents the ratio between the remuneration of the highest-paid individual and the median annual total
remuneration of all other employees (excluding the highest-paid individual). For purposes of this calculation, the
remuneration of the highest‑paid individual corresponds to the total accounting remuneration expense recognised
for the year in line with the relevant accounting standards including share based payments. This metric enables the
inclusion of all JDE Peet’s employees in the calculation, incorporating full remuneration costs - for which additional
benefits (as pensions) are based on an estimation. The report includes data for those employees that meet the
criteria of being active on the key date of extraction with effective date of data as of 1 June.
Methodology
Employee information is taken from our internal systems. Where data is not available due to non-integrated entities,
estimations (representing 5% of our employees) have been calculated based on extrapolation from available data.
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion metrics
2025
2024
Total employee headcount by age group*
Headcount of employees: < 30 years old
6,897
5,994
Headcount of employees: 30-50 years old
10,686
11,325
Headcount of employees: > 50 years old
3,560
4,370
Total percentage of employees by age group (%)*
Percentage of employees: < 30 years old (%)
33.62%
28%
Percentage of employees: 30-50 years old (%)
50.54%
52%
Percentage of employees: > 50 years old (%)
16.84%
20%
Pay gap and total remuneration
Unadjusted gender pay gap (%)
10%
4.98%
Adjusted gender pay gap (%)
n/a
0.52%
Total Remuneration ratio 39
713
217
Gender representation in top management
Female
Male
Others
Not disclosed
Total
2025
Total headcount of top management level by gender (number)
114
184
0
0
298
Total percentage of top management level by gender (%)
38.3%
61.7%
0.0
0.0
100%
2024
Total headcount of top management level by gender (number)
117
172
0
0
289
Total percentage of top management level by gender (%)
40.5%
59.5%
0.0
0.0
100%
HUMAN RIGHTS
OUR TARGETS AND PROGRESS
Target
Towards 100% compliance with our own Operations
Human Rights Due Diligence by 2025
Progress
Human-rights-due-dilligence.svg
SETTING THE SCENE
OUR IMPACTS, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES
MATERIAL TOPIC: HUMAN RIGHTS IN OUR OWN WORKFORCE
Value chain
IRO
Title
Description
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Time horizon
Human rights findings
in own workforce
The company has identified actual and potential adverse
human rights impacts within its workforce. These issues
may compromise workers’ rights to dignity and decent
conditions, and have implications for employee well-
being, legal compliance, and corporate reputation.
Production
Packaging
Supporting employees
to thrive
By proactively promoting and protecting the rights, well-
being, and development of employees, we create a
positive work environment, strengthens trust, and
supports employees to thrive. This not only benefits
people, but also builds stakeholder trust, attracts and
retains talent, and ensures business continuity—our
success depends on a motivated, healthy, and fairly
treated workforce.
Production
Packaging
Non-compliance with
labour and human
rights standards
Failure to ensure fair, safe and respectful working
conditions may directly harm employees’ well-being,
rights, and livelihoods. Such shortcomings increase the
risk of non-compliance with human rights regulations,
potentially resulting in legal penalties, reputational
damage, and loss of license to operate.
Production
Packaging
TARGET 2025: 100%
0%
11%
2024
2025
OUR ENGAGEMENT WITH STAKEHOLDERS
Positive impact
Negative impact
Actual
Potential
Risk
Opportunity
Impact
Dependency
Short term
Medium term
Long term
OUR TARGETS AND PROGRESS
Target
Working towards 100% responsibly sourced green coffee
by 2028
Progress
Target
Towards 100% compliance of our (non-coffee) COGS
suppliers with our Human Rights Due Diligence
Progress
HR-Towards-100%-c ompliance-of-our-COGS-suppliers.svg
MATERIAL TOPIC: HUMAN RIGHTS IN UPSTREAM
Value chain
IRO
Title
Description
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Time horizon
IROs_possible-negative-impact.svg
Human rights
violations
We acknowledge the potential for human rights
violations across our business and supply chains, which
demand targeted human rights due diligence. Child and
forced labour, particularly prevalent in the coffee value
chain at its origins, require urgent attention.
Agriculture
Suppliers
Financial impact due to
human rights violations
Non-compliance with regulations such as CSRD, the
upcoming CSDDD, and other human rights laws could
jeopardise our licence to operate. Due to the complex
and opaque coffee value chain, and several intermediate
actors, this is a systemic issue that requires
collaborative action by all stakeholders in the value
chain
Agriculture
Suppliers
Production
TARGET 2028: 100%
88.8%
2025
TARGET 2027: 100%
67%
78%
2024
2025
Positive impact
Negative impact
Actual
Potential
Risk
Opportunity
Impact
Dependency
Short term
Medium term
Long term
sustainability-statements-human-rights1.jpg
RESPECTING HUMAN RIGHTS
At JDE Peet’s, respect for human rights is not just a
principle, it is about people. Behind every cup of coffee
is a farmer, a worker, and a community whose dignity
we strive to protect. This commitment is anchored in
our Upholding Standards pillar and embedded across
our Common Grounds sustainability programme. We
see human rights not only as a compliance obligation
but as a driver of resilient, responsible growth that
benefits everyone in our value chain.
We align our approach with the UN Guiding Principles
on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs), OECD
Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises, and the
International Labour Organization (ILO) core
conventions. We are committed to respecting human
rights as defined in the International Bill of Human
Rights, as a signatory to the UN Global Compact, and
are a member of the ILO Child Labour Platform.
rights across our value chain, including in our own
operations, as a material topic. This chapter introduces
our approach across three areas:
• Own operations, including manufacturing sites,
cafés & restaurants (F&B), and offices
• Upstream coffee & tea sourcing
• Upstream procurement of other goods and services.
HUMAN RIGHTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL DUE
DILIGENCE (HREDD) PROGRAMME
In 2025, we continued to strengthen our commitment to
protecting the future of coffee & tea by supporting
thriving farming communities and safeguarding natural
ecosystems. Our due diligence approach covers both
human rights and environmental risks, recognising that
social and environmental impacts are deeply
interconnected—from preventing child labour to
addressing deforestation and water use in sourcing
regions.
Our framework is aligned with the OECD six-step
process: (1) embed policy and governance; (2) identify
and assess impacts; (3) cease, prevent and mitigate; (4)
track progress; (5) communicate; and (6) enable or
provide remediation.
Tailored approaches address diverse human rights and
environmental risks. We apply a combination of self-
assessments, origin-specific evaluations, and third-
party audits to identify and address risks across our
value chain. These activities, together with follow-up
mechanisms, form our monitoring and evaluation
framework, which is reviewed by independent parties to
ensure accountability, transparency, and continuous
improvement.
Progress and outcomes are shared through our Annual
Reports, corporate's website, and other communication
channels. Our Responsible Sourcing Principles and
Supplier Code of Conduct set clear expectations for
suppliers to uphold ethical standards. These efforts are
led by dedicated teams and overseen by a Human
Rights Steering Committee comprising senior
management.
HUMAN RIGHTS POLICY
Our Human Rights Policy describes our commitments
and expectations for employees and suppliers. Our
purpose comes to life through the people who grow,
craft, and enjoy it. By empowering communities,
inspiring our teams, and upholding human rights, we
create shared value and drive progress towards a better
future.
The policy addresses key areas, including:
• Elimination of forced or compulsory labour and
modern slavery, ensuring all employment is freely
chosen
• Prohibition of child labour, in line with ILO
conventions
• Fair working conditions, adequate compensation,
and humane treatment across all operations and
supply chains.
We prioritise remediation and collaboration when
human rights issues are identified, though persistent
concerns may lead to suspending or ending certain
business relationships. This policy is informed by the
International Bill of Human Rights, ILO Declaration,
UN Global Compact Principles, UNGPs, and OECD
Guidelines.
HUMAN RIGHTS DUE DILIGENCE TRAINING
Building internal capability is essential to embedding
human rights into our business practices.
We aim to engage leadership positions as much as
possible on the topic of human rights. In late 2023,
we launched an initial leadership briefing, followed
by an in-depth awareness session for senior leaders
in 2024.
Our Human Rights Due Diligence (HRDD) e-learning,
introduced in 2024, remains available to all employees.
It explains our due diligence framework and Standard
Operating Procedures (SOPs) for green coffee sourcing,
procurement, and own operations. By the end of 2025,
91% of employees completed the training.
Operationalisation in 2025: We focused on continuing to
translate policy into action. Targeted onboarding and
training sessions were delivered to manufacturing
teams, equipping them to apply SOPs, identify site-level
risks, and implement remediation processes. These
efforts mark a key step in embedding human rights into
day-to-day decision-making.
sustainability-statements-human-rights2.jpg
CHANNELS TO RAISE CONCERNS AND
PROCESSES TO REMEDIATE NEGATIVE IMPACTS
As stated in our Codes of Conduct, at JDE Peet's we do
not tolerate any form of discrimination based on race,
ethnicity, nationality, religion, age, sex, gender identity,
sexual orientation, disability, socio-economic
background, or any other basis.
Our company strives to foster a respectful environment
where every employee feels empowered to contribute
to the best of their abilities. Accordingly, and in line with
our global compliance strategy, we are committed to
promoting a Speak Up culture. We do so by fostering
an open and trusting dialogue with employees,
customers, business partners, suppliers, investors and
other stakeholders.
Our Speak Up Policy (which can be found in the Ethics
and Compliance section) is available to anyone who
wishes to raise a concern about suspected misconduct.
Based on the investigation outcomes of Speak Up
reports, we ensure that appropriate mitigation measures
are implemented and that we raise awareness through
dedicated campaigns globally and across the regions,
where necessary.
We recognise the critical role of an effective grievance
mechanism for those in our value chain affected by
human rights issues. Our Speak Up Policy, accessible
in over 20 languages, is available to external
stakeholders via our website’s grievance reporting tool.
Our Human Rights Policy and Supplier Code of
Conduct also mandate that our business partners
maintain grievance mechanisms to address and
remediate reported impacts.
Local impacts are monitored through regular
communication with our implementing partners,
ensuring any concerns are promptly addressed.
Our farmer projects apply a risk-based approach
to manage potential socio-environmental challenges
in the coffee sector, detailed further in this chapter.
More information on the Speak Up Policy can be found
in the chapter on Ethics and Compliance here.
HUMAN RIGHTS IN OUR OWN WORKFORCE
OUR APPROACH AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
Every person in our workforce matters. At JDE Peet’s,
human rights are not just policies, they are about
protecting dignity, safety, and opportunity for
thousands of individuals who make our business
possible.
Our Business Codes of Conduct apply to all our
employees and and set clear expectations for ethical
behaviour and fairness. We champion inclusion and
have zero tolerance for discrimination of any kind.
When someone has a concern, we want them to feel
safe speaking up. That's why our Speak Up channels
are confidential, accessible, and backed by a promise:
no retaliation, ever. 
For more information on how we embed our Codes
of Conduct into our operations, see the Ethics and
Compliance section of this report.
Human rights are woven into our business strategy
and risk management. We listen, through surveys, focus
groups and works councils, because decisions should
reflect the choices of those they affect. Our Double
Materiality Assessment includes every employee:
permanent, fixed-term, temporary, non-employee and
non-guaranteed hours. We pay special attention to
those most at risk, foreign workers, women, and
temporary staff, because protecting the vulnerable is
where responsibility begins. 
GOVERNANCE AND CAPABILITIES
Behind the process are people who make it real. In
2025, we strengthened our internal network:
• A Programme Lead sits within Operations,
embedding human rights into the heart of our
business.
• A global coordinator connects a team of local
champions, employees on the ground who
operationalise our SOP, schedule audits, and
engage directly with workers.
• Monthly forums and quarterly leadership reviews
keep dialogue open and action visible.
• Human rights due diligence is embedded in daily
operations across all functions.
BEFORE 2024: LAYING THE FOUNDATION
The journey started in 2023. We issued our Human
Rights SOP, briefed senior leaders and rolled out our
Human Rights Due Diligence programme across our
manufacturing sites by completing self-assessment
questionnaires (SAQ) and conducting preliminary risk
assessment.
ACTIONS
Based on our streams with more significant risk of
incidents we implemented the following:
MANUFACTURING SITES
At the end of 2024, we moved from planning to action.
We rolled out SMETA 4-Pillar audit scheduling across all
manufacturing sites. By the end of 2025, we had
conducted 31 audits, but audits are only the start.
Our priority is clear:
• Close non-conformities classified internally as
'critical' or 'business-critical' first, because urgent
risks can’t wait.
• Track every other non-conformity, because progress
means accountability.
A site is considered compliant when it:
• has a completed SEDEX SAQ
• has undergone a timely audit, and
• All action plans related to identified non-conformities
have been completed and formally validated.
Currently, 84% of our manufacturing sites have been
audited under SMETA 4-Pillar framework and 11% of
sites met compliance criteria.
CAFÉS AND RESTAURANTS
Human rights don’t stop at factory gates. In 2025, we
began building a due diligence process for our cafés
and restaurants, led by Peet’s US, our largest Food &
Beverage (F&B) brand. We:
• Established a dedicated team under Peet’s
leadership.
• Completed an initial scoping to map risks,
operational realities, and integration points with
existing compliance frameworks.
This marks the first step towards embedding human
rights due diligence across Out-of-Home footprint,
complementing our manufacturing programme.
A CASE THAT SHAPED US
In Malaysia, a worker spoke up in 2024. Their courage
revealed that many foreign colleagues lacked valid work
permits and passports. For them, this wasn’t
paperwork, it was security, freedom, and peace
of mind.
We acted fast: we engaged an external agency,
strengthened controls, and kept workers informed every
step of the way. By December 2024, renewals were
underway and processing continued into 2025. That
case didn’t just change procedures, it confirmed why
human rights in our own workforce became a material
topic in 2025. It proved that our grievance mechanisms
work, and that when someone speaks up, we listen.
In 2025, a routine social audit conducted at one of our
manufacturing sites in Malaysia identified a non-
conformity classified as business-critical under the
applicable Sedex SMETA audit methodology, related to
the retention of migrant workers’ identity documents by
a third-party labour provider. In line with SMETA
requirements, a corrective action plan (CAP) was
formally requested from the labour provider through our
direct supplier. However, no response or remediation
proposal was received. In light of the lack of
engagement and pending corrective action, the supplier
subsequently decided to discontinue the engagement.
We enhanced on-site monitoring measures, reinforced
internal escalation protocols concerning potential
indicators of forced labour, and initiated strengthening
of our due-diligence processes for third-party labour
providers operating in higher-risk contexts, including
the delivery of targeted training on forced-labour risks
for relevant personnel.
FUTURE ACTIONS
For our manufacturing sites, we intend to complete the
audit rollout, close critical gaps, and embed SOP
compliance everywhere.
On the F&B side we will move from scoping to risk
assessment and SOP adaptation for our cafés &
restaurants.
We will also extend due diligence to our offices and Out-
of-home workers, because every workplace counts.
image_sustainability-statements.png
METRICS
As at 31 December
2025
2024
Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts
Total number of reported discrimination incidents
13
30
Total number of complaints filed
78
118
Total amount of material fines, penalties, and compensation for damages: work-related
grievances (EUR)
0
0
Severe human right incidents
Severe human rights incidents: Own workforce
1
n/a
Cases of non-respect of the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, ILO
Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work or OECD Guidelines for
Multinational Enterprises
n/a
n/a
Total amount of material fines, penalties, and compensation for damages: work-related
0
n/a
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Incidents of discrimination or harassment
Incident is defined as a complaint that comes in via the Speak Up line and has been vetted by the company
through established procedures and registered with the company or competent authorities through a formal
process.
Fines and penalties
This includes fines and penalties tied to the closed incidents and closed complaints (and thus not the reported
filed incidents or open complaints). Total amount of fines is recognised in the Financial statements under
Selling, general and administrative expenses, with further details provided in section 2.3 Expense by nature,
if deemed material.
Severe human rights incident
Refers to a human rights' claim against JDE Peet’s or non-compliance that have been reported through
audits, due diligence, monitoring, or grievance mechanisms, including the Speak Up line.
More information on our Speak Up line can be found in the Ethics and Compliance section. The number of
complaints filed includes complaints filed via National Contact Points for OECD Multinational Enterprises.
Own Operations Human Rights Due Diligence (HRDD)
This covers manufacturing sites in compliance with our due diligence process. Compliance is calculated as a
ratio between the number of compliant manufacturing sites and the total number of manufacturing sites. JDE
Peet’s takes a risk-based approach to HRDD for its own manufacturing sites based on a combined risk level
calculated by a third party, Sedex, including risks associated to sites' location, self-assessments, SMETA
audit's results, actions plans, etc.
HUMAN RIGHTS IN UPSTREAM
GREEN COFFEE SOURCING
OUR APPROACH AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
At JDE Peet’s, we recognise that respecting and
promoting human rights and environmental practices is
fundamental to a sustainable business.
Our strategy embeds these principles across our coffee
& tea supply chains. Building on our Common Grounds
farmer programmes and collaboration with suppliers,
we strengthened our Human Rights and Environmental
Due Diligence (HREDD) approach in 2025. Aligned with
relevant international standards, this approach
combines risk assessments, supplier engagement, and
targeted interventions to manage human rights and
environmental risks.
By integrating farmer insights into our risk assessments
and materiality processes, we ensure that our sourcing
practices are not only responsible but also responsive
to the realities on the ground. We included all value
chain workers who could be materially impacted in our
double materiality assessment.
ACTIONS
In 2025, our efforts concentrated around setting up a
cohesive and complete due diligence system.
Therefore, this section describes what we have done on
HREDD+title.svg
implementing each step of our due diligence approach.
IDENTIFY AND ASSESS RISKS
We enhanced our ability to identify and assess risk in
our green coffee supply chain by developing our internal
HEV (Hazard, Exposure, Vulnerability) assessment tool.
This combines publicly available country-level risk data
and farm-level assessments to prioritise high-risk
origins for further action. Our risk assessments are fully
digitalised, enabling dynamic analysis and informing
mitigation strategies and it covers 100% of our green
coffee volumes sourced in 2025. We also rolled out
supplier self-assessment forms (SAFs) across our
sourcing origins to complement this process.
CEASE, PREVENT AND MITIGATE
To prevent and mitigate identified risks, we focused on
strengthening supplier engagement and due diligence
through enhanced assessments, compliance measures,
and digital tools.
• Supplier Due Diligence: Supplier due diligence is
embedded through risk-level determination and
maturity scoring, followed by Corrective Action
Plans (CAP) which will be designed and
implemented upon the review of self-assessment
forms sent out in 2025. We take a risk-based
approach to supplier engagement and CAPs, based
on the HEV- and self-assessment results. Medium-
and/or high-risk suppliers are requested to develop
time-bound CAPs to address critical criteria, and
progress is tracked to ensure timely completion.
• In 2025, we strengthened our green‑coffee Supplier
Sustainability Self‑Assessment Forms (SAF) and
introduced a Third‑Party Risk Management tool to
further enhance supplier due diligence, improving
transparency, accountability, and proactive risk
monitoring.  The SAF was refined to focus on three
key areas aligned with our Human Rights and
Environmental Due Diligence (HREDD) process:
• General Assessment: evaluating policies and
governance related to business ethics and due
diligence.
• Origin‑level Assessment Environmental
Practices: addressing coffee production
practices and environmental management.
• Origin‑level Assessment Human Rights and
Social Practices: assessing suppliers’
approaches to human rights, labour conditions,
and social responsibility.
• We distributed the SAF to 122 suppliers,
representing 98.6% of our 2025 green‑coffee
volume sourced from 27 origins. Despite the
introduction of a new tool and assessment format,
suppliers demonstrated strong engagement,
reflected in an overall response rate of 86%.
• EUDR Compliance: Regardless of the delay of
enforcement of the EU Deforestation Regulation,
to increase compliance, we launched the Supplier
Evaluation Questionnaire (SEQ), achieving a 94%
response rate. The SEQ also evaluates legality risks,
including land use rights, labour, and human rights
compliance.
REMEDIATION
We apply a tiered approach to remediation, tailored
to the nature and severity of identified risks:
• Farmer Support Programme: Implemented in
collaboration with suppliers, farmers, industry peers,
local governments, and NGOs to improve
livelihoods, including targeted landscape- or sector-
level projects in regions with non-mitigated priority
human rights risks, such as Child Labour Monitoring
and Remediation Systems (CLMRS).
• Schemes: Reliance on industry-recognised
sustainability schemes (for example, equivalent
schemes) to ensure compliance and drive
continuous improvement.
• Systemic collaboration: Multi-stakeholder initiatives
that strengthen the enabling environment for
responsible business conduct and address
structural causes of human rights and environmental
risks. These interventions go beyond our direct
sourcing footprint and leverage partnerships with
international organisations, sectoral platforms, and
governments to promote long-term systemic
change.
PARTNERSHIPS AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
We deepened collaborations with organisations such
as the UN Global Compact and Verité to benchmark
practices and strengthen supplier assessments.
We also initiated living income programmes in Peru and
Honduras, combining data-driven insights with direct
sourcing.
FUTURE ACTIONS
We remain committed towards full compliance with our
Human Rights and Environmental Due Diligence
programme for green coffee by 2028. All new suppliers
will complete a self-assessment, and existing suppliers
will undergo regular risk-based reviews. We will
continue to strengthen our due diligence processes by:
• Assessing the quality of supplier submissions and
prioritising engagement with higher-risk suppliers
and origins.
• Working closely with suppliers to implement and
monitor corrective action plans, ensuring continuous
improvement.
• Tracking progress and adapting our approach as
needed to address emerging risks and maintain high
standards across our supply chain.
In 2026, JDE Peet’s will analyse SAF's and
risk‑management data to categorise suppliers as below
basic, basic, established, or leaders. These insights will
support a more targeted engagement helping us focus
on high risks suppliers/origins.
We will also review learnings from our living income
programmes and further connect impact from origin
to brand, customer, and consumer.
40 Sedex is a global membership organisation dedicated to driving improvements in ethical and responsible business practices in global supply chains.
PROCUREMENT OF OTHER
GOODS AND SERVICES
OUR APPROACH AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
We have adopted an ongoing risk management
framework that prioritises supplier engagement,
comprehensive risk assessments, targeted remediation,
and actionable planning. This approach helps us identify
suppliers meeting our standards and those needing
structured improvement plans with clear timelines.
Using the Sedex 40 platform, we assessed approximately
12,000 supplier sites, covering both Cost of Goods Sold
(COGS) and non-COGS suppliers. Sedex evaluates
eight critical human rights risks, aligning with the
International Labour Organization (ILO) Conventions:
• Forced labour
• Discrimination
• Freedom of association
• Gender
• Children and young workers
• Regular employment
• Working hours
• Health, safety and hygiene.
To ensure due diligence, we assess COGS suppliers
based on their inherent risk score from the Sedex
platform and our annual spend with each supplier. Our
standard procedure defines four risk thresholds,
including low-risk suppliers which are deemed
compliant, while higher-risk suppliers require closer
monitoring, frequent audits, and onboarding onto
platforms such as Sedex or Ecovadis. This targeted
approach enables more effective collaboration and
prioritisation.
A key deliverable is the corrective action plan, which
outlines required improvements and tracks progress
post-audit to maintain supplier alignment with our
standards. Insights from the COGS procedure also
inform processes for non-COGS suppliers, addressing
their unique supply chain risks.
SUPPLIER CODE OF CONDUCT
At JDE Peet's, responsible supply chains practices
enhance product quality, foster sustainable supplier
partnerships, and minimise environmental and social
impacts. We expect all suppliers to comply with our
Supplier Code of Conduct, embedded in our contracts,
which outlines our policies, principles and standards.
The code is guided by international human rights
frameworks, such as the International Bill of Human
Rights, the ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles
and Rights at Work, the UN Guiding Principles on
Business and Human Rights, and JDE Peet’s Human
Rights Policy. You can read more about this and other
information about this policy in the appendix with the
details of our policies.
Our suppliers must provide traceability and evidence of
due diligence. We reserve the right to verify compliance
through due diligence, including self-assessments,
audits or other monitoring activities.
ACTIONS
In 2025, we increased the compliance of our COGS
suppliers, supporting our 2027 goal towards 100%
compliance for tier 1 COGS suppliers with our human
rights due diligence, reaching 78% overall compliance
versus 67% in 2024. By year-end, 97% of EU-based
higher-risk COGS suppliers (94% in 2024) and 65% of
those outside the EU (76% in 2024), that were required
to be onboarded in Sedex or Ecovadis, have been
onboarded.
However, onboarding for these higher-risk COGS
suppliers is just the first step. To strengthen policy
implementation, we monitor: i) SMETA (or equivalent)
audit results, ii) related corrective action plans and iii)
Ecovadis medal scores. 55% of onboarded higher-risk
compliant or higher-risk non-compliant COGS suppliers
have either completed audits or received Ecovadis
platinum/gold medal in recent years.
In 2025, we also initiated human rights due diligence for
our non-COGS (NCOGS) suppliers. Following the risk-
assessment described in previous Annual Reports,
we identified suppliers with the highest inherent risks,
which are therefore required to participate in Sedex
(or Ecovadis). By year-end, 54% of those high-risk
suppliers were registered in Sedex or Ecovadis,
representing a significant step towards our 2027 goal.
FUTURE ACTIONS
Our mid-term goal is to get to full compliance with our
due diligence across all COGS and NCOGS suppliers
globally, supported by ongoing monitoring. We will keep
learning by implementing our policies with the goal to
identify where our COGS and NCOGS due diligence
can improve, enhancing effectiveness and enabling
proactive impact management.
METRICS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Non-coffee & tea COGS suppliers Human Rights Due Diligence
Supplier compliance coverage tracks the percentage of JDE Peet’s other non-coffee & tea COGS suppliers fully
aligned with our due diligence process. Risk assessments, based on supplier location using the Sedex platform (or
Ecovadis), are central to this metric. Third-party audits, including SMETA, further support compliance by evaluating
labour, health and safety, and environmental performance, with corrective action plans provided for improvement.
Discontinued supplier (e.g. due to exit strategies) is considered out of scope and is therefore moved to obsolete and
excluded from the target calculation for the current year.
Severe human rights incident
Refers to a human rights' claim against JDE Peet’s or non-compliance that have been reported through audits, due
diligence, monitoring, or grievance mechanisms, including the Speak Up line.
Severe human rights issues
Severe human rights issues are widespread, systemic, or ongoing and could be identified through risk assessments
at origins, the analysis of findings which turnout to be a repetition of the same incident, etc. Severe human rights
issues can be disclosed at a higher level, for example when there is knowledge that a negative impact is occurring
chronically.
2025
2024
Severe human rights incidents: Coffee sourcing
0
0
Severe human rights incidents: Non-coffee & tea COGS procurement
1
2
Severe human rights issues: Coffee sourcing*
0
0
Severe human rights issues: Non-coffee & tea COGS procurement
0
0
Severe Human Rights Incidents and Issues
1
2
*Coffee sourcing: We performed third-party risk
assessments where high-risks in different origins have
been identified. These findings underscore the
importance of ongoing due diligence, targeted
engagement, and strengthened partnerships in these
regions, and serve as a reference when we set up
farmers' projects e.g. by including training and capacity
building on human rights and locally relevant
partnerships. 
Non-coffee & tea COGS procurement: the one
incident, reported in April 2025 by one supplier during
the SMETA audit, relates to restricted access to
personal documents. The supplier had a follow-up audit 
in June 2025 showing that the incident has been closed
already.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUATION)
Green Coffee Human Rights and Environmental Due Diligence
Our Human Rights and Environmental Due Diligence (HREDD) process
comprises several steps, including risk identification, prioritisation,
supplier capacity assessment, proportionate risk mitigation where
required, and ongoing monitoring in alignment with OECD/CSDDD
requirements.
WORKING TOWARDS 100% RESPONSIBLY SOURCED GREEN COFFEE
The responsibly sourced green coffee target measures the share of green
coffee volumes for which human rights and environmental risks are
addressed proportionately, based on their level of severity and likelihood.
Based on the HEV assessment, this includes:
• Priority 1 origins that represent a low inherent risk and therefore
require monitoring only
• Priority 2–3 origins with adequate supplier due diligence capacity
(SAF ≥ 85%)
• Priority 2–3 origins where JDE Peet’s implements proportionate
prevention and mitigation measures when supplier maturity is
insufficient (SAF < 85%).
This target is derived from Step 2 'Risk Assessment' and Step 3
'Proportionate Prevention & Mitigation' of our HREDD process.
It measures the implementation of prevention and mitigation measures
addressing identified risks, rather than overall HREDD process
compliance.
STEP 2. RISK ASSESSMENT
All green coffee volumes undergo a two-stage risk assessment: first to
identify potential inherent risks at origin, and subsequently to assess
whether suppliers have adequate systems in place to manage those risks.
Note: key terms highlighted here are explained in more detail below, in this section.
Stage 1 – Inherent Risk (HEV: Hazard – Exposure – Vulnerability)
We assess inherent human rights and environmental risks using the
HEV model, which evaluates three components:
• Hazard: potential adverse impacts (e.g. child labour, forced labour,
livelihoods, deforestation and water stress) based on independent
third-party datasets
• Exposure: JDE Peet’s sourcing footprint and level of dependency
on the origin
• Vulnerability: socio-economic and governance indicators.
The HEV score also yields a risk prevalence multiplier (HEV multiplier),
indicating the share of the origin where elevated risks are present.
For Priority 1 origins, monitoring constitutes the proportionate due
diligence response required under HREDD.
Stage 2 – Supplier Capacity Assessment
For Priority 2–3 origins, we initially assess the average Supplier Self-
Assessment Form (SAF) score:
• SAF ≥ 85%: suppliers demonstrate sufficient due diligence capacity
to mitigate elevated risks
• SAF < 85%: suppliers lack sufficient capacity to fully mitigate
elevated risks, and additional risk mitigation and prevention actions
by JDE Peet’s are therefore required.
STEP 3. PROPORTIONATE RISK PREVENTION & MITIGATION
For Priority 2–3 origins with SAF < 85%, we determine the proportion of
elevated risk requiring action using the HEV multiplier. We do not assume
that all volumes require action; instead, only the share of sourcing where
risk is prevalent is addressed through leverage-based actions.
Leverage based actions
We then determine whether JDE Peet’s has sufficient leverage in the
origin to influence risk mitigation. Leverage in our HREDD refers to the
company's ability to influence suppliers and origin actors to prevent and
mitigate elevated human rights and environmental risks.
• Sufficient leverage: implementation of JDE Peet’s risk prevention and
mitigation actions (farmer support programmes, human rights
interventions or systemic collaboration)
• Limited leverage*: use of credible compliance schemes (e.g. schemes 
recognised by the Global Coffee Platform - GCP equivalence
schemes).
No systemic collaboration is currently included in the calculation of our
HREDD target, as we are exploring reliable ways to accurately attribute
their impact to specific sourcing volumes.
Because risks relate to people, not tonnes, the risk-prevalent share is
converted into an estimated farm count, which we use as an estimated
number of beneficiaries that we need to reach with our interventions
based on the specific risk identified and check the adequacy of our
measures by comparing this number to the number of beneficiaries
actually reached.
        * At the moment we continue transitioning to be fully aligned to this approach
hredd-flow-chart-boxes-01.svg
Responsibly
sourced green
coffee (HREDD)
gap
11.2%
GREEN COFFEE HREDD PROCESS
No
11.2%
Is
mitigation
sufficient
(proportionate)
to the
risk?
Yes
Mitigation
through JDEP's
initiatives
Mitigated by
suppliers
Continue
monitoring
No further
action
Responsibly
sourced green
coffee (HREDD)
88.8%
SAF ≥ 85%?
22.1%
Yes
Continue
monitoring
No further
action
Priority 2–3
Assess
average
supplier
maturity in
the origin
(SAF
score)
10.9%
0%
25.7%
Do we have
leverage?
Volumes with
elevated risk
Requires
(proportionate)
mitigation
based on HEV
multiplier (risk
prevalence)
diamond-box.svg
How
prevalent is
the risk in the
origin?
(based on HEV
multiplier)
SAF < 85%?
99.5%
GCP
Equivalence
Continue
monitoring
No further
action
No
Start
Coverage:
100% of
sourced
green coffee 
volumes
HEV risk
identification
& assessment
Identifies
elevated
inherent risks
Risk
Prioritisation
HEV = 1
g Priority 1
HEV > 1
g Priority 2–3
3.6%
Priority?
Volumes with
low risk
Continue
monitoring
No further
action
99.5%
73.8%
0.5%
Priority 1
Continue
monitoring
No further
action
*In line with the responsible sourcing definitions outlined
in this accounting policy, a product or material
classified as "responsibly sourced" does not guarantee
the absence of human rights violations or other supply
chain risks associated with its production or supply.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUATION)
Methods to calculate our HEV risk assessment ('key terms')
The HEV assessment (Hazard x Exposure x Vulnerability)  is a multi-dimensional risk assessment framework originating from disaster risk research and widely referenced in the IPCC 2022 Sixth Assessment, Working Group II.
The HEV assessment comprises three dimensions and all are assessed at administrative 1 boundaries (i.e. regions):
Dimension
Data Origin
Explanation
Presented
Hazard
Third-party farm assessments and publicly available datasets such
as Hansen et al. (2013), ESA World Cover 2020, and World
Resource Institute’s Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas
A hazard is the occurrence, prevalence, or projected intensity of a risk factor identified within a sourcing region, measured using
observational data. Examples include water variability, deforestation rates, child labour prevalence, and unsafe working conditions
within the region.
Data is modelled and transformed into a
bounded, discrete rank [1,3] where 1 is
lowest and 3 is highest.
Exposure
3-year moving average of sourced green coffee volumes and
FAOSTAT reported green coffee production quantity.
Exposure is defined as our operational leverage and sourcing dependency within a region, measured through sourced green coffee
sourcing volumes. This dimension captures a two-way dependency: our reliance on that region as a supply source and the region's
economic reliance on our sourcing volume as a market for production. This reciprocal relationship determines both our exposure risk
in that region and our capacity to influence remediation and mitigation outcomes. A three-year moving average is used to smooth
sourcing behaviours while still capturing year-to-year sensitivities.
Data is modelled and transformed into a
bounded, discrete rank [1,3] where 1 is
lowest and 3 is highest.
Vulnerability
Third-party farm assessments and publicly available datasets such
as the Walk Free Global Slavery Index, FAOSTAT and the FAO
Historical Agricultural Stress Index (ASI)
Vulnerability is the degree to which a region is susceptible to harm from an identified hazard due to systemic weaknesses, limited
adaptive capacity and structural fragility. It represents the underlying conditions that amplify the impact of a hazard when present.
Examples include weak governance, multidimensional poverty, soil degradation and infrastructure access.
Data is modelled and transformed into a
bounded, discrete rank [1,3] where 1 is
lowest and 3 is highest.
Together, the three dimensions are combined multiplicatively at the regional level to provide an overall score indicating the severity of the issue. This multiplicative approach ensures that elevated hazard and vulnerability can trigger remediation or
mitigation actions, even when exposure is low. The assessment is conducted across multiple risk topics and aggregated to produce an overall continuous, bounded composite score [1,3] for each region.
Variable
Data Origin
Explanation
Presented
HEV Multiplier
Regional composite scores aggregated to the origin-level
All regional composite scores are aggregated to the origin (country) level using a weighted average based on the distribution of
sourcing within that origin. The origin-level score is transformed from a bounded, continuous scale [1,3] into a proportion [0,1] where
scores ranked 1 correspond to 0 and those ranked 3 correspond to 1. The resulting variable represents the proportion of sourcing
volume from that origin that exhibits elevated risk according to our risk assessments and therefore requires targeted intervention.
The origin-level composite score is 
monotonically transformed into a
proportion [0,1]:
(Origin Composite Score-1)/2
Farm Equivalents
HEV Multiplier, sourced green coffee volumes, third-party farm
assessment and FAOSTAT
Farm equivalents translate the proportion of sourcing volume exhibiting elevated risk (derived from the HEV Multiplier) into an
estimated number of farms to support operational planning of farm-level interventions. The elevated risk volume is converted for
each origin into farm equivalents using origin-specific farm productivity factors (kg/farm), derived from regional variables that capture
differences in production systems and yields across origins. The resulting farm count is then compared with the validated number of
beneficiaries reached through that year’s interventions to assess whether our actions are proportionate to the identified risks within
Data is presented as a whole number
rounded up from the following calculation:
(Elevated Risk Volume from HEV
Multiplier)/(Origin Farm Productivity Factor)
cg-responsible-sourcing-pillar-icon-direction@2x.png
FARMERS' LIVELIHOODS
SETTING THE SCENE
OUR IMPACTS, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES
MATERIAL TOPIC: FARMERS' LIVELIHOODS
Value chain
IRO
Title
Description
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Time horizon
Economic vulnerability
of farmers
When farmers do not earn a living income, they face
challenges in meeting basic needs like housing, food,
education, and healthcare. This financial strain also limits their
ability to adapt to climate change and implement sustainable
farming practices. With smallholder farmers producing the
majority of the world’s coffee, and many struggling to earn a
stable income, JDE Peet’s, sourcing about 8% of global
green coffee, plays a pivotal role in supporting these farming
communities on their path to prosperity.
Agriculture
Next generation of
farmers
The farming community, with an average age of
approximately 65, faces an increasingly uncertain future,
as economic insecurity discourages the next generation
from entering coffee farming. This challenge affects both
farmer livelihoods and the long-term sustainability of our
business.
Agriculture
Farmer living income
gap
A potential lack of action to contribute to or support
farmers in achieving a living income could threaten the
long-term availability of coffee. Due to the complex and
often opaque coffee value chain, with multiple
intermediate actors, it is challenging to assess and
Agriculture
Building farmers'
resilience
Through a multi-stakeholder approach, JDE Peet's
implements smallholder farmer projects aimed at building
farmers' resilience and enhancing their capabilities. These
initiatives focus on improving farm management, increase
yields, and diversifying income to make farming more
economically sustainable.
Agriculture
OUR TARGETS AND PROGRESS
Target
Working towards 100% responsibly sourced green coffee
by 2028
Progress
TARGET 2028: 100%
88.8%
2025
Positive impact
Negative impact
Actual
Potential
Risk
Opportunity
Impact
Dependency
Short term
Medium term
Long term
OUR APPROACH AND OUTLOOK
sustainability-statements-farmers-livelihood.jpg
ENGAGING SMALLHOLDER FARMERS
Over 80% of the world's coffee is cultivated by
smallholder farmers in over 70 countries, and both
coffee & tea production systems largely rely on informal
employment, particularly in the use of seasonal coffee
harvesters and tea pickers. We recognise the
prevalence of human rights challenges within these
supply chains. Human rights issues, such as child
labour, forced labour and harassment are often
systemic, linked to economic, social and cultural issues
in a given community, and require collaborative
solutions involving a wide range of stakeholders.
We believe it is our responsibility to address these
challenges, ensuring that we take meaningful action.
Through our Common Grounds programme and multi-
stakeholder collaborations, we work closely with
farming communities, suppliers, NGOs, and (local)
governments to support farming communities'
prosperity and uphold human rights. These initiatives
aim to secure the future of coffee & tea by improving
farmer resilience, addressing human rights concerns,
and tackling environmental issues.
Our multi-year projects target critical topics such as
child labour in Uganda, Vietnam, and Honduras, and
working conditions in Brazil. Women's and youth
empowerment is integral to all our projects, with a set
percentage of participants coming from these groups.
This aligns with our strategy to build inclusive,
sustainable supply chains that create rural employment
opportunities. For over a decade, we have expanded
these efforts through strategic investments and
partnerships.
Our projects prioritise smallholder farmers and their
communities, focusing on scalable and replicable
interventions that drive meaningful change. Farmers are
actively engaged throughout project design,
implementation, and evaluation. We monitor progress
using data on project inputs (such as coffee seedlings
distributed, trees planted, and training participation),
outputs (such as adoption of intercropping), and
outcomes (such as improved income, productivity,
and soil health). Independent assessments validate
results,  including farmer awareness and satisfaction
levels.
We manage risks through a structured, multi-step
approach, including annual risk mapping, supplier
engagement, and third-party farm-level assessments.
In 2025, this included over 78,418 farmer assessments
conducted in 26 countries, as well as 122 supplier self-
assessments. Regional challenges are addressed at a
landscape level, with public insights on origin risks and
mitigation actions shared transparently on our website.
This is the Assess phase of our approach. We openly
share the Address phase on our website, highlighting
farmer programmes, the number of beneficiaries, and
our partner organisations. Risk assessment insights
guide opportunities for farmer support through
Common Grounds projects or suppliers’ action plans to
address social and environmental challenges. Suppliers
submit action plans annually, with progress reviewed at
least once a year
Key human rights issues, such as child and forced
labour and working conditions, are embedded in our
Responsible Sourcing Principles, guiding our risk
assessments, mitigation strategies and investments in
farmer programmes. Where possible, we adopt pre-
competitive approaches to tackle systemic human
rights challenges, ensuring sustainable impact for
farming communities and our supply chain.
sustainability-statements-farmers-livelihood2.jpg
We ensure the effectiveness of our programmes
through a solid governance structure within each
initiative. Steering committees, comprising
implementing partners, JDE Peet’s local Sustainability
Managers, local government, donor organisations and
NGOs, guide programme direction and make
adjustments when necessary. The Responsible
Sourcing Steering Committee, holds the highest-level
responsibility for ensuring effective engagement with
farmers and workers across the value chain.
A comprehensive monitoring and evaluation system,
aligned with our Common Grounds Theory of Change,
tracks progress toward our vision for prosperous
farmers and thriving nature. Independent third-party
assessments compare programme outcomes to
regional benchmarks, measuring participant progress
and capturing farmer perceptions. Programme updates
are shared publicly on our website.
Our Responsible Sourcing dashboard provides detailed
analytics to track the impact of our farmer programmes,
enhancing data-driven decision-making and investments.
With a strong presence in key coffee- and tea-
producing regions—Brazil, Kenya, and Vietnam—our
sustainability and sourcing teams bring deep expertise
and supply chain knowledge. Regular farm, supplier,
and project visits enable close collaboration and hands-
on engagement.
ACTIONS
FROM RISK TO RESILIENCE: HOW WE STRENGTHEN
FARMER'S LIVELIHOODS
As we transition to a full Human Rights and
Environmental Due Diligence (HREDD) approach, our
work on farmer livelihoods is now directly anchored in
the Hazard‑Exposure‑Vulnerability (HEV) risk assessment
that identifies where adverse impacts are most likely,
most severe, or where farmers have the least resilience.
This shift means our investments in the Common
Grounds farmer programme are increasingly targeted
toward locations and risks where due diligence requires
concrete action, whether through mitigation measures,
farmer support projects, or human rights remediation
pathways. By linking our livelihood interventions to the
HEV outcomes and supplier due‑diligence maturity
assessments, we ensure that projects address material
risks and contribute to preventing, mitigating or
remediating the issues identified in our HREDD
framework. As a result, and in line with our updated KPI
framework, farmers' livelihoods remain at the core of our
programme explicitly designed to address prioritised
risks and strengthen resilience in our supply chain. We
will no longer report on the previous target of
“smallholders reached”; however, we will continue to
track the total number of beneficiaries reached through
our on-the-ground interventions. Please refer to the
Accounting Policies section below for more details.
sustainability-statements-farmers-livelihood3.jpg
COMMON GROUNDS FARMER PROGRAMME
In 2025, JDE Peet’s made significant strides in improving
farmers' livelihoods through our Common Grounds
programme. On International Coffee Day, we celebrated
ten years of our Common Grounds farmer programme,
using this opportunity to make a call to action to the
sector to work together on the Regenerative Coffee
roadmap and secure the future of coffee. 
A key element of JDE Peet’s Common Grounds
sustainability strategy, our farmer programmes are
designed to enhance the resilience of the coffee supply
chain – benefiting consumers, industry players and
coffee farmers – by driving regenerative agriculture,
supporting farmer prosperity and creating thriving
coffee communities. In 2025, we established over
21 new projects across 9 countries, supporting
cumulatively over 1,046,975 beneficiaries.
As a pure-play coffee company, we invest in the long-
term resilience of farming communities and the
environment. Our Common Grounds programme
reflects a strategic, long-term vision, with initiatives
typically spanning four to five years. By 2030, we aim
to invest in a range of projects that improve farmers'
livelihoods and address key social and environmental
issues, including training and deploying dedicated
global resources to drive delivery. 
Addressing human rights issues requires collaboration.
We work with stakeholders, including NGOs such as the
International Labour Organisation, Terre des Hommes,
Elucid, CARE International, UNICEF, Verité, and World
Vision, alongside governmental bodies and industry
peers, to tackle systemic issues. Using our Human
we identify and address risks in vulnerable regions,
partnering with suppliers, vulnerable communities, local
authorities, and human rights organisations to mitigate
and remediate for effective solutions.
KEY ACTIVITIES THROUGH COMMON GROUNDS IN 2025
• Technical assistance
We currently manage 59 active projects across 22
countries providing training in climate-smart and
regenerative agriculture to boost farm productivity
and farmer income. Of these projects, 55 focus on
coffee, 1 on coconut, and 1 on palm.
• Regenerative Agriculture Expansion
We initiated several new farmer programmes
focussing on regenerative agriculture. In Peru,
for example, in collaboration with long-term partner
TechnoServe and building on the success of the first
phase of the Café Alliance programme, we launched
Café Amazonia Resiliente, partnering with the
regional governments of Huanuco and San Martin
to scale the adoption of regenerative practices for
more than 12,500 farmers.
• Nurseries and mother gardens
We established facilities to distribute disease- and
climate-resilient coffee varieties, with 7,286,275
seedlings distributed to date. For example, in 2025
we partnered with World Coffee Research in Peru
and Uganda. In Uganda, the partnership focuses on
Robusta activities to improve availability and
accessibility of quality planting material for coffee
farmers.
• Water sanitation
We addressed water sanitation issues in local
communities in Brazil, the Growing Together project
with Comexim distributed 69 bio-digesters to
farming communities, safeguarding local water
basins from exploitation and contamination.
• Collective Action
As an initiator and co-investor in the Collective
Action Plan for Uganda, together with the Global
Coffee Platform and fellow member companies, the
programme aims to provide renovation and
rehabilitation services to over 9,750 farmers,
leveraging youth organised into Youth Business
Units to deliver training and services to farmers. This
supports farmers in increasing their productivity and
yield while also creating employment opportunities
for rural youth in Uganda.
• Women’s empowerment
We promoted women’s empowerment across all our
projects, engaging 58,859 women through our
Common Grounds programme in 2025.
• Living Income
Recognising the need for collective action, we are
proud to be a founding signatory of the ICO Public-
Private Taskforce. Through the Living-Prosperous
Income Workstream, we collaborate with industry
peers to address income gaps for coffee farmers,
supporting long-term sector resilience.
FARMER PROSPERITY & LIVING INCOME
To secure the future of coffee, we need coffee farmers
to prosper and the next generation of farms to continue
to grow coffee because it makes economic sense and
contributes positively to their household income. While
our Common Grounds farmer programme focusses on
improving farmer livelihoods, we are still a long way
from reaching all 12.5 million coffee farmers globally. 
In 2025, we were actively involved in a sector initiative
led by the Global Coffee Platform, IDH and Solidaridad
which followed a study published in 2024 on value
distribution in the coffee industry. The study sparked
interest among a broad range of sector stakeholders
exploring additional ways to support farmer prosperity,
including the co-creation of common procurement
principles for the coffee sector. This work is still
ongoing.
In parallel, we partnered with Wageningen University &
Research to study the coffee sector’s role in achieving a
living income, leveraging the extensive farmer data we
have gathered through thousands of farm assessments.
Specifically, JDE Peet’s aims to deepen understanding
of how the coffee sector— including both coffee and
non-coffee stakeholders— can support a living income
for different types of coffee-producing households and
their workers through investments in farm and farm
management activities.
SPEAK UP CHANNELS
Recognising the complexities of the coffee supply
chain, we understand the challenges workers and
farmers face in raising grievances through traditional
methods. To address this, we implement locally
tailored, community-based systems that build
awareness and engagement.
For instance, in Brazil, we are part of the Nossa Voz
platform, which trains workers and farm owners on their
rights and responsibilities, offering a safe and
accessible  grievance mechanism free from fear of
retaliation.
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Stakeholder engagement is central to our strategy. As
an active member of the Global Coffee Platform (GCP),
we support its goal to improve the livelihoods of one
million smallholder farmers by 2030. We champion the
spirit of collective action with other sector members,
and have been frontrunners in funding and participating
in the Collective Action Plans that bring investment and
stewardship of farmer programmes at National level in
Uganda, Kenya and Brazil.
FUTURE ACTIONS
Looking ahead, we will broaden our farmer programmes
across multiple origins to reflect the diverse realities of 
coffee farming. In 2026, we plan to launch 21 initiatives,
each aligned with our evolving risk assessment and due
diligence framework, and fully integrated with our
business strategy.
As we enter the second decade of our pioneering
Common Grounds farmer programme, our focus is on
further strengthening our monitoring, evaluation and
learning framework. While each multi-year project
already reports against key performance indicators, the
next phase will translate these metrics into meaningful
outcomes and track the adoption of sustainable
practices. This evolution requires the professionalisation
of our logframe reporting mechanisms, complemented
by independent third-party assessments and validation
to ensure transparency and credibility across our farmer
initiatives.
We will continue collaborating with WUR on research
into the return on household labour. This analysis will
provide critical insights to shape strategies aimed at
achieving a living income for coffee farmers, recognising
the varying levels of labour and financial investment
required.
By examining household labour returns, we can identify
key drivers of income such as farm size, time allocation,
financial inputs, and opportunities for diversification
beyond coffee. This approach offers a deeper
understanding of the real impact of coffee production
on household income, ensuring our farmer livelihood
initiatives are both targeted and effective. It also
delivers a clearer perspective on labour productivity
and resource allocation—essential factors in working
towards ultimately closing living income gaps and
fostering sustainable livelihoods for coffee-farming
communities.
SBM01327.jpg
Increasing access to quality coffee
planting material for farmers in
Uganda
JDE Peet’s is a founding member of World Coffee Research (WCR)
and has been investing since 2012 to drive innovation in coffee
agriculture and help secure a more sustainable, climate-resilient future
for the sector. Through WCR, we support the development of new
coffee varieties to safeguard a diverse supply of high-quality coffee
and strengthen farmer livelihoods, both today and for generations to
come.
We are sponsoring WCR’s Robusta and Arabica seed sector and
nursery programme in Uganda over a three-year period, with the aim
of increasing farmers’ access to high-quality planting material and
supporting the achievement of the country’s production target of 20
million bags by 2030.
Through this project, JDE Peet’s and WCR are working in close
collaboration with local coffee development authorities to expand and
improve the supply of, and access to, higher-performing and disease-
resistant varieties. In addition, the project builds the capacity of
national technicians and farmers to propagate these varieties and
implement robust quality control measures, enabling effective nursery
management and ensuring the genetic conformity of planting material
distributed to farms across the country over the long term.
COMMODITY: Coffee
TIME FRAME: 2025-2027
LOCATION: Northern, Central, and Western regions of Uganda
IMPACT: 200,000 disease-resistant seedlings produced and distributed annually in perpetuity
PARTNERS: World Coffee Research, Uganda National Coffee Research Institute, Ministry of
Agriculture, Animal Industry, and Fisheries
SBM01636.jpg
image_p154.png
SBM01546.jpg
Advancing coffee productivity and
profitability in Uganda in alignment
with national goals
Strengthening child protection and
promoting children’s rights through
an area-based approach
Fair coffee
image_p155-1.png
COMMODITY: Coffee
TIME FRAME: 2025-2029
LOCATION: Sul de Minas, Brazil
BENEFICIARIES TO BE REACHED: 800
PARTNERS: International Labour Organisation (ILO)
image_p155-2.png
COMMODITY: Coffee
TIME FRAME: 2025-2027
LOCATION: Masaka, Uganda
PARTNERS: Terre des Hommes, ChildFund International, other
sector partners
This pre-competitive project brings together coffee
roasters, traders and NGOs to implement a
community-based Child Rights Monitoring and
Remediation System (CRMRS) with the aim of
improving child protection mechanisms.
The FAIR Coffee Project, developed in partnership with the International Labour Organization
(ILO), aims to enhance governance and sustainability in the coffee supply chain through
data-driven action and collaborative solutions. It will start by producing robust studies on
workforce dynamics, including seasonal mobility, social and economic impacts on producing
regions and workers’ origin communities, and opportunities for gender inclusion.
Building on this evidence, the initiative will establish a coordination network among origin
and destination municipalities of workers, by strengthening their local capacities and public
policies to promote decent work, pilot a fair recruitment model, and deliver targeted training
for producers, workers, and professionals. In addition, the project will improve human rights
due diligence practices by providing specialised training and implementing a practical toolkit
for supply chain actors.
By combining technical expertise, capacity building, and global standards, this initiative will
contribute to position Brazil as a reference for responsible coffee production, creating long-
term value for businesses, communities, and international markets.
The CRMRS focuses on prevention, monitoring, identification, risk mitigation, and
remediation of child rights violations on coffee farms and in surrounding communities. The
system ensures that children at risk of, or exposed to, child labour, violence, neglect, abuse
and harassment are identified and receive an effective, timely and child-friendly response
from the local child protection system. The CRMRS supports the formation of
Community‑Based Child Rights Committees and collaborates closely with child protection
authorities and community-based organisations in the area.
Coffee farmers contribute structurally to a community child protection fund, which serves
as an emergency resource for specific child protection cases. Committee members raise
awareness of child rights and related topics to help shift community norms. They monitor
coffee farms through individual household visits and refer identified child protection cases
safely to social workers. These cases are anonymised and reported to national institutions,
as well as to participating coffee companies.
METRICS
Engaging beneficiaries
2025
2024
2020
Number of beneficiaries reached in total
1,046,975
835,000
380,000
Number of beneficiaries reached during the year
211,478
134,100
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Beneficiaries
Beneficiaries are individuals — women and men,
including farmers, workers, youth and children —
who have been formally engaged and registered by the
project’s implementing partner (such as a supplier,
NGO or local government entity). This includes
individuals who have received relevant forms of support,
exposure or inclusion within the scope of the project.
Such support may comprise capacity-building and
practical skills training, provision of essential inputs
(including quality seedlings, soil testing, infrastructure
and tools), and facilitation of access to finance. Our
definition includes producers of coffee, tea, palm oil,
and coconut oil.
We track ‘beneficiaries reached' annually, identifying
those registered by the project implementing partner
as beneficiaries of field projects funded by JDE Peet’s.
In order to count beneficiaries as reached, they need to
be recorded as part of an active project in the relevant
reporting tool as a recipient of the specific training/
services of that project. 
Methodology
The number of beneficiaries reached, which is counted
annually as beneficiaries reached for the given calendar
year and total as all beneficiaries reached since 2015.
Annual validation is provided by a third-party provider,
Enveritas. Only the cumulative figure for 2025 is under
limited assurance.
sustainability-statements-farmers-livelihood5.jpg
Sustainable development for
prosperity in Papua New Guinea
Sustainable coffee production with
reduced emissions in Vietnam
image_p157-1.png
image_p157-2.png
COMMODITY: Coffee
TIME FRAME: 2024-2028
LOCATION: Western Highlands, Jiwaka, Chimbu in Papua New Guinea
BENEFICIARIES TO BE REACHED: 7,000
PARTNERS: Ecom, Monpi Ltd
COMMODITY: Coffee
TIME FRAME: 2024 - 2029
LOCATION: Krong No and Dak G'long districts in Dak Nong, Vietnam
BENEFICIARIES TO BE REACHED: 10,000
PARTNERS : Intimex Dak Nong
The project has made substantial progress in empowering coffee
farmers through targeted training, technical support and
infrastructure investments, including seedling nursery hubs, soil
testing facilities, primary schools and support for local health
centres.
The adoption of Integrated Pest Management (IPM) strategies,
climate-smart coffee farming practices, and improved access to
fair market opportunities has contributed to higher farmer
incomes and improved coffee quality.
In Dak Nong Province, coffee accounts for 37% of the
agricultural production area, providing livelihoods for
approximately 150,000 households. In some districts, the
farmers are not widely applying sustainable farming methods.
Following an in-depth survey at household level identifying the
gaps and shortcomings in coffee cultivation, the project aims to
support 10,000 smallholder farmers in improving agricultural
productivity and quality in the implementation areas,
contributing to improving farmers’ income and living standards,
while protecting the environment and natural resources.
Farmers are provided with technical training, awareness raising
through leaflets and posters, organic alternatives, GPS-based
field books and access to climate-resilient seedlings via
community nurseries. In 2025, the project had distributed
37,189 intercropping seedlings (fruit was provided to 391
households).
image.png
Special support is also provided to female farmers (40% of total farmers), including raising
awareness of health issues and creating spaces for women’s voices to be heard. With the
increase in coffee prices and yields, participating farmers have been able to afford basic
school stationery for their children.
One female farmer shared that joining the project has increased her income, and her next
goal is to save money to send her daughter to university. Female participants emphasised
the importance of greater involvement and the need for more projects that promote
women’s empowerment.
CONSUMERS AND END-USERS
OUR TARGETS AND PROGRESS
Target
Towards 100% of our manufacturing sites to be food safety
and quality verified by an internally recognised certification
by 2025
Progress
S4-100%-of-our-manufacturing-sites-to-be-food-safety-quality-certified.svg
SETTING THE SCENE
OUR IMPACTS, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES
MATERIAL TOPIC: PRODUCT SAFETY AND QUALITY
Value chain
IRO
Title
Description
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Time horizon
Recalls and production
disruption leading to
financial and
reputational harm
We establish consumer and customer trust by ensuring
the highest standards of food safety and product
quality. However, isolated incidents, such as potential
recalls, production stoppages (e.g., due to design flaws)
or supplier non-compliance can result in fines, lawsuits,
loss of consumer confidence, and reputational harm.
Consumers
TARGET 2025: 100%
84.5%
89%
2024
2025
OUR POLICIES
Quality Policy
OUR ENGAGEMENT WITH STAKEHOLDERS
Positive impact
Negative impact
Actual
Potential
Risk
Opportunity
Impact
Dependency
Short term
Medium term
Long term
OUR APPROACH AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
Food safety and quality are our primary focus, and the
foundation upon which consumer and customer trust is
built.
JDE Peet’s is committed to the design, procurement,
manufacture and delivery of safe and delicious food
products which meet consumer and customer
expectations. To achieve this, we have established a
comprehensive company-wide Quality Management
System (QMS) and developed high food safety and
quality standards across the organisation and along our
supply chain. These systems and standards are based
on regular reviews of industry standards, product
defects and the study of product retrievals throughout
the food industry.
Our QMS adheres to the globally recognised Hazard
Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) system to
safeguard food safety, identifying and mitigating critical
risks. These systems are reviewed annually and upheld
worldwide, with verification by external certification
bodies and internal audits.
As a member of the Consumer Goods Forum,
we support the Global Food Safety Initiative (GFSI)
standards, aiming towards 100% certification of our
internal operations and tier 1 suppliers by 2025. Our
QMS is externally certified annually against FSSC
22000, a GFSI-recognised standard, and reinforced by 
rigorous internal and external audits conducted by our
expert teams.
From sourcing to consumer, we ensure food safety and
quality at every stage—at home, in offices, or cafés. We
meticulously monitor risks, inspect materials, oversee
production processes, and evaluate final products.
Annually, we perform thousands of analyses to meet
our exacting standards, ensuring excellence across the
entire value chain.
POLICY
Our Quality Policy defines our commitment to delivering
excellence in safety, quality, and compliance for
consumers.
At JDE Peet’s, we ensure the highest standards in food
safety and regulatory compliance, transforming
consumer feedback, into meaningful improvements.
Innovation is at the core of our approach, leveraging
advanced technology to minimise loss and defects. We
foster a culture of quality ownership, empowering
employees through training and collaboration to uphold
our quality promise.
sustainability-statements-outlook2.jpg
ACTIONS
In 2025, we made significant progress across several
areas:
• We continued to strengthen compliance through
rigorous food safety and quality standards, with all
audited manufacturing sites showing year-on-year
improvement, reflecting the robustness of our QMS.
2 additional sites achieved FSSC 22000 certification.
The outcome of the audits demonstrated again this
year a drive to continuously improve and embrace
new requirements
• We continued to deploy technologies to support risk
mitigation, quality control, and traceability. Initiatives
included an error-proof loading system, real-time
monitoring of critical metrics, and the development
of solutions to ensure compliance with the EUDR
• We partnered with a new provider to access a digital
platform for AI-driven horizon scanning, global
ingredient monitoring, and enhancing our risk
prediction
• Our supplier food safety and quality management
system, integrated with SAP, safeguards our supply
chain and prevents inadvertent sourcing of non-
approved materials. We also continued to invest in
new features to advance the digitalisation of our
quality and food safety system
• Our dedication to a strong food safety and quality
culture is supported by leadership initiatives such as
workshops, behaviour assessments, and our master
trainers programme. These are supported by tools
including root-cause analysis training, risk-based
decision-making, and continuous improvement
methodologies. Collaborating with industry experts
and recruiting top FMCG talent strengthens our
approach
• In 2025, we celebrated our first Food Safety Day and
World Quality Week, reinforcing our commitment to
excellence and celebrating our essential role to
delight our consumers every moment, everywhere.
• Since 2023, we have partnered with Culture
Excellence to evaluate our quality and food safety
culture, leveraging their expertise and database of
more than 12,000 companies. Overall, we have
made progress compared to 2023, improving from a
B+ to an A- with a score of 80%. The overall
response rate increased by 9%, reaching 73% (over
4,000 responses). For comparison, the midpoint is
60%, while the current industry average stands at
76%.
• Our centrally managed FSSC 22000 certification
was successfully renewed with no non-
conformances detected and great feedback for the
robustness of our system. We continue to promote
our adherence to GFSI standard and by the end of
2025, 89% of our internal and external
manufacturing sites were GFSI certified.
• Consumer complaints remained stable at a low
level, highlighting the effectiveness of our quality
programmes.
FUTURE ACTIONS
Looking ahead to 2026, we plan to:
• Continue to foster a strong food safety and quality
culture across the organisation, staying informed on
critical risks and refining protocols accordingly.
Leveraging data, we aim to anticipate and detect
potential issues effectively
• Address sourcing and supply chain pressures by
establishing strong relationships with reliable
suppliers, conducting thorough quality audits,
ensuring a robust traceability system, and leveraging 
internal and external monitoring
• Continue to align with evolving food safety
regulations and strengthen our role in trade
associations to enhance regulatory insights and risk
mitigation measures
• Deliver on consumer expectations through
continued transparency, as the safety and quality
of products increasingly drive trust and preference
among consumers
• Roll out fit-for-purpose food safety and quality
standards, and agile risk assessments for our
diverse route to markets, from retail, café, to direct
and consumers
• Proactively manage risks associated with recycled
materials and new ingredients for our product
category. 
• We will invest in digital transformation to lead the
modernisation and connection of JDE Peet's
systems and processes across Quality, Food Safety,
Scientific Affairs, and Regulatory Affairs and
Consumer Care Management. This will enable us to
convert data into actionable information and
insights, driving continuous improvement in quality
and food compliance, and supporting the broader
JDE Peet’s business agenda.
By addressing these challenges proactively and
continuously improving food safety, quality and
practices, we enhanced consumer trust, protected our
brand reputation, and more effectively met regulatory
requirements in 2025.
GFSI audit 2025 results
GFSI.svg
PROCESSES TO REMEDIATE
NEGATIVE IMPACTS AND
CHANNELS TO RAISE CONCERNS
At the heart of our commitment, we genuinely care for
our customers and greatly value their feedback. Our
global consumer contact centre, managing hundreds of
thousands of interactions annually, serves as a key
touchpoint for enquiries and concerns. It plays a vital
role in enhancing the consumer experience, building
loyalty and driving continuous improvement.
METRICS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Food safety and quality-certified manufacturing sites (entity specific)
This metric encompasses all JDE Peet’s internal and external manufacturing sites that have successfully passed a
food safety and quality audit conducted by an internationally recognised certification body. These certifications are
endorsed by the Global Food Safety Initiative (GFSI), with the most prominent standards being FSSC 22000, BRC,
IFS, and SQF. Valid certificates issued by these bodies form the basis for calculating this metric.
Manufacturing sites
Refers to any production site manufacturing JDE Peet’s branded food products, whether owned by JDE Peet’s or
operated externally.
Calculation
The number of manufacturing sites holding a valid GFSI certificate divided by the total number of manufacturing
sites.
2025
2024
2020
Food safety and quality
Internal manufacturing sites certified to internationally recognised certification body
31
32
23
External manufacturing sites certified to internationally recognised certification body
65
66
Manufacturing sites certified to internationally recognised certification body (%)
89%
84.5%
52%
header-verloop-50.png
GOVERNANCE
Business conduct
BUSINESS CONDUCT
SETTING THE SCENE
OUR POLICIES
OUR INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
For the disclosure requirements based on ESRS G1 - please refer to the 
Ethics and Compliance section in Corporate governance earlier in this report.
The following paragraphs in the Ethics and Compliance section are in the
scope of ESRS G1:
• Our code of conduct principles
• Business ethics and code of conduct
• Encouraging everyone to speak up
• Anti-bribery and anti-corruption
• Courses and training
OUR IMPACTS, RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES
MATERIAL TOPIC: BUSINESS ETHICS
Value chain
IRO
Title
Description
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
Time horizon
Financial impact due to
non-compliance with
regulations and code
of conduct or
litigations
Non-compliance with regulations or standards for
corporate conduct, for example non-compliance with
the company's Codes of Conduct, can lead to increased
costs due to penalties or non-compliance, losing our
licence to operate, loss in reputation and reduced return
on equity due to bad governance.
Production
Packaging
OUR COMMITMENTS
As the world's leading pure-play coffee company, we have high ethical standards governing the way we conduct
our business, which we also apply to our suppliers and business partners. Our business practices and standards
reflect our commitment to making a positive impact on our value chain. We are powered by our purpose: A coffee
for every cup. A brand for every heart. We also strive to embed our values in everything we do to pursue this
purpose.
Positive impact
Negative impact
Actual
Potential
Risk
Opportunity
Impact
Dependency
Short term
Medium term
Long term
METRICS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Incidents of corruption and bribery
Incident/conviction
This is defined as a complaint that comes in via the Speak Up line and has been vetted by the company through
established procedures and registered with the company or competent authorities through a formal process.
It includes incidents where employees are directly involved.
Fines and penalties
These include fines and penalties tied to the closed incidents and closed complaints (and thus not the reported filed
incidents or open complaints). The total amount of fines is recorded in the financial statements under selling,
general, and administrative expenses, with further details provided in Section 2.3: Expenses by Nature, if deemed
material.
Methodology
Incidents reported through our Speak Up tool, a third-party platform, are assessed centrally and investigated by
the Investigation team. Fines tied to an incident will be reported by the local teams and consolidated and reported
centrally.
Functions-at-risk
Functions exposed to compliance risk in area's like sales, procurement and operations. As the training is required to
be completed every 2 years, latest data available from non-integrated entities will be used for reporting purposes in
the current year.
2025
2024
Incidents of corruption and bribery
Number of convictions for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws (where employees are directly involved)
0
0
Penalties (in EUR) for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws
0
0
Incidents involving actors in value chain where undertaking or employees are directly involved
0
0
Percentage of functions-at-risk covered by anti-bribery and anti-corruption training programmes
100%
100%
Percentage of functions-at-risk that completed anti-bribery and anti-corruption training programmes
96%
92%
SUSTAINABILITY
STATEMENTS
APPENDIX
Overview of our policies
ESRS content index
Datapoints from other EU-legislations
RESTATEMENT OF INFORMATION
During 2025, we took additional steps to improve our non-financial data quality and collection. As part of this process, we have revised our methodology and definitions for certain metrics within E1 - Climate Change and S1 - Own Workforce.
The following material changes were made:
Change in methodology
Impact of restatement on total JDE Peet's footprint (base year)
E1 - Climate Change
Scope 1 & Scope 2
Emission factors have been updated to most recent DEFRA / IEA factors (including all data from prior years)
< 0.1%
Scope 3.1 Purchased goods and services
Green coffee:
• more representative source for land use change emissions leading to higher emissions in many origins;
• updated methodology for land use change accounting reflecting the reality of deforestation after the EUDR cut-off date of
December 31st 2020.
Raw materials:
• implemented methodology to reflect industry average progress in emission factors in Europe;
• revised emission factors for processed dairy ingredients leading to lower emissions in all reporting years.
Packaging: implemented methodology to reflect industry average progress in emission factors in Europe
Spend-based reporting: updated UK DEFRA spend-based emission factors including all prior years
Green coffee: +4.9%
Raw materials: -0.5%
Packaging: +0.8%
Spend-based: +1.0%
Scope 3.2 Capital goods
Spend-based reporting: updated UK DEFRA spend-based emission factors including all prior years
+1.2%
Scope 3.12 End-of-life treatment of sold products
Emission factors have been updated to most recent Sphera / ecoinvent factors (including all data from prior years)
< 0.1%
Restatement
Impact of restatement on total JDE Peet's
S1 - Own Workforce
Total remuneration radio
In 2024 the total remuneration ratio included only granted remuneration. Under the revised definition, as per ESRS, in 2025 the
calculation corresponds to the total accounting remuneration expense recognised for the year. Therefore 2024 has been aligned to
this way of working.
+104
OVERVIEW OF OUR POLICIES
If applicable
Policy
Key content in
policy section
Common Grounds pillar
Scope
Governance
Third-party standards
(where appropriate)
Availability
Environmental Policy
Minimising Footprint
Full value chain
Chief Supply Officer and Chief Research and
Development Officer
ISO 14001
On our website, here .
Responsible Coffee Sourcing
Principles
Responsible Sourcing
All JDE Peet’s green coffee suppliers
Chief Supply Officer
On our website, here .
Forest Policy
Responsible Sourcing
JDE Peet’s and all JDE Peet’s suppliers worldwide from whom JDE Peet’s
sources (i) coffee, (ii)
pulp and paper, (iii) palm oil and (iv) cocoa
Global Coffee & Tea Sourcing
Director & Global Procurement Director
Chief Supply Officer
FSC, PEFC, RSPO
On our website, here .
Palm Oil Responsible Sourcing
Principles
Responsible Sourcing
JDE and its suppliers (policy text) / All consolidated JDE Peet's entities
Chief Supply Officer
RSPO
On our website, here .
Supplier Code of Conduct
Responsible Sourcing
Supplier’s officers,
directors, employees, third-party contractors, subcontractors, and temporary
and migrant workers of JDE Peet's
CEO
On our website, here .
Human Capital Playbooks
Connecting People
All employees of JDE Peet's
HR Managers and Direct Line Managers
For employees only - on intranet
DE&I Policy
Connecting People
All employees of JDE Peet's
CHRO, CEO
On our website, here .
Human Rights Policy
Human Rights
Responsible Sourcing
Employees, agents, consultants, temporary workers, and contractors and, to
other stakeholders in the Company’s supply chains, such as workers, farmers,
and 'at-risk' individuals.
CEO
On our website, here .
Quality Policy
Upholding standards
Consumers and customers of JDE Peet's
Chief Research & Development Officer
FSSC22 000
Not yet available
JDE Code of Conduct
Upholding standards
Our Code applies equally to all employees and consultants/temporary workers
of JDE.
Board's Audit Committee
On our website, here .
Peet's Code of Conduct
Upholding standards
Co-workers, customers and third parties such as contractors, vendors, partners,
suppliers, and members of our community of Peet's including its employees
Chief Supply Officer
On our website, here .
Speak Up Policy
Upholding standards
Anyone who wishes to raise a concern about possible misconduct within JDE
Peet’s or its subsidiaries
Global Compliance Officer
General Counsel
On our website, here .
Anti-Bribery and Corruption
Policy
Upholding standards
All our business transactions, third-parties acting with or on behalf of JDE
Peet's, as well as the individual behaviour of our employees.
Global Chief Compliance Officer
Regional Presidents and
President Professional
On our website, here .
ESRS CONTENT INDEX
Paragraph
Notes (any additional information to indicate/ provide)
ESRS 2
General Disclosures
BP-1
General basis for preparation of the sustainability statement
General disclosures - Basis for preparation
BP-2
Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances
General disclosures - Basis for preparation
General disclosures - Our double materiality assessment
Section: Methodology
GOV-1
The role of the administrative, management and supervisory
bodies
Governance and risk management - Our board of directors
Governance and risk management - Report of the non-executive directors - Meetings and activities of the board
Governance and risk management - Report of the non-executive directors - Independence
Governance and risk management - Corporate governance statement - Board's role, functioning and duties
Governance and risk management - Corporate governance statement - Diversity
General disclosures - Our double materiality assessment
GOV-2
Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by
the undertaking’s administrative, management and supervisory
bodies
Governance and risk management - Corporate governance statement - Board's role, functioning and duties
General disclosures - Our double materiality assessment
GOV-3
Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive
schemes
General disclosures - Governance
Remuneration Report - Executive Director remuneration 2025 - Long-term incentive
GOV-4
Statement on due diligence
General disclosures - Governance
GOV-5
Risk management and internal controls over sustainability
reporting
Governance - Risk management
Risk management - Risk management
SBM-1
Strategy, business model and value chain
Introduction - Our strategy
General disclosures - Strategy
General disclosures - Our sustainable value chain
Social - Own workforce - Human capital management - Metrics
SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
Governance and risk management - Report of the non-executive directors - Meetings and activities of the board
General disclosures - Engaging our stakeholders
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with
strategy and business model
General disclosures - Strategy
General disclosures - Our double materiality assessment
IRO-1
Description of the process to identify and assess material
impacts, risks and opportunities
Governance and risk management - Corporate governance statement - Board's role, functioning and duties
Governance and risk management - Risk management - Risk assessment
General disclosures - Our double materiality assessment
Paragraph
Notes (any additional information to indicate/ provide)
IRO-2
Disclosure Requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking’s
sustainability statement
General disclosures - Our double materiality assessment
Sustainability statements appendix - ESRS content index
Sustainability statements appendix - Datapoints from other EU-legislation
ESRS E1
Climate change
E1.GOV-3
Integration of sustainability performance into reward schemes
Environmental - Climate change - Our strategy and outlook
Section: Strategy
E1.SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with
strategy and business model
Environmental - Climate change - Our strategy and outlook
E1.IRO-1
Description of the process to identify and assess material
impacts, risks and opportunities
General disclosures - Our double materiality assessment
Environmental - Climate change - Setting the scene
Environmental - Climate change - Our strategy and outlook
Other sustainability metrics - Current and anticipated financial effects
E1-1
Transition plan for climate mitigation
Environmental - Climate change - Our strategy and outlook
Environmental - EU Taxonomy - Introduction to EU Taxonomy
E1-2
Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation
Environmental - Climate change - Our strategy and outlook
Sustainability statements appendix - Overview of our policies
Section: Policy
E1-3
Actions and resources in relation to climate change policy
Environmental - Climate change - Our strategy and outlook
Other sustainability metrics - Current and anticipated financial effects
E1-4
Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation
Environmental - Climate change - Setting the scene
Environmental - Climate change - Our strategy and outlook
E1-5
Energy consumption and mix
Environmental - Climate change - Metrics
Environmental - Climate change - Accounting policies
E1-6
Gross Scope 1, 2, 3 emissions and total greenhouse gas
emissions
Environmental - Climate change - Metrics
Environmental - Climate change - Accounting policies
E1-7
GHG removals and GHG mitigation projects financed through
carbon credits
Environmental - Climate change - Our strategy and outlook
E1-8
Internal carbon pricing
Environmental - Climate change - Our strategy and outlook
E1-9
Anticipated financial effects from material physical and transition
risks and potential climate-related opportunities
Other sustainability metrics - Current and anticipated financial e ffects
For this disclosure, the phase-in option is used.
ESRS E2
Pollution
Pollution is not deemed a material topic. Therefore the ESRS E2-disclosures are not included in the Sustainability Statements.
Paragraph
Notes (any additional information to indicate/ provide)
ESRS E3
Water and marine resources
E3.IRO-1
Description of the process to identify and assess material
impacts, risks and opportunities
General disclosures - Our double materiality assessment
General disclosures - Engaging our stakeholders
E3-1
Policies related to water and marine resources
Environmental - Nature - Scaling regenerative agriculture - Our strategy and outlook
Sustainability statements appendix - Overview of our policies
Sections: Strategy; Policy
E3-2
Actions and resources related to water and marine resources
Environmental - Nature - Scaling regenerative agriculture - Our strategy and outlook
E3-3
Targets related to water and marine resources
Environmental - Nature - Setting the scene
Environmental - Nature - Metrics
Environmental - Nature - Accounting policies
E3-4
Water consumption
Not applicable
Water in own operations is not material, therefore this disclosure is
not included.
E3-5
Anticipated financial effects from material water and marine
resources-related risks and opportunities
Other sustainability metrics - Current and anticipated financial effects
For this disclosure, the phase-in option is used.
ESRS E4
Biodiversity and ecosystems
E4.SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with
strategy and business model
Environmental - Nature - Setting the scene
Environmental - Nature - Our strategy
E4.IRO-1
Description of the process to identify and assess material
impacts, risks and opportunities
General disclosures - Our double materiality assessment
General disclosures - Engaging our stakeholders
Environmental - Nature - Setting the scene
Environmental - Nature - Our strategy
Environmental - Nature - Stopping deforestation - Our approach and outlook
Environmental - Nature - Scaling regenerative agriculture - Our strategy and outlook
E4-1
Transition plan and consideration of biodiversity and ecosystems
in strategy and business model
Environmental - Nature - Our strategy
E4-2
Policies related to biodiversity and ecosystems
Environmental - Nature - Stopping deforestation - Our approach and outlook
Environmental - Nature - Scaling regenerative agriculture - Our strategy and outlook
Sustainability statements appendix - Overview of our policies
E4-3
Actions and resources related to biodiversity and ecosystems
Environmental - Nature - Our strategy
Environmental - Nature - Stopping deforestation - Our approach and outlook
Environmental - Nature - Scaling regenerative agriculture - Our strategy and outlook
Paragraph
Notes (any additional information to indicate/ provide)
E4-4
Targets related to biodiversity and ecosystems
Environmental - Nature - Setting the scene
Environmental - Nature - Metrics
Environmental - Nature - Accounting policies
E4-5
Impact metrics related to biodiversity and ecosystems change
Not applicable
Biodiversity and ecosystems is not material in our own operations,
therefore this disclosure is not included.
E4-6
Anticipated financial effects from material biodiversity and
ecosystem-related risks and opportunities
Other sustainability metrics - Current and anticipated financial effects
For this disclosure, the phase-in option is used.
ESRS E5
Resource use and circular economy
E5.IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material
resource
use and circular economy-related impacts, risks and opportunities
General disclosures - Our double materiality assessment
General disclosures - Engaging our stakeholders
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Setting the scene
E5-1
Policies related to resource use and circular economy
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Our strategy and outlook
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Circularity
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Packaging
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Waste in our own operations
Section: Strategy
Section: Policy
Section: Policy
E5-2
Actions and resources related to resource use and circular
economy
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Circularity
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Packaging
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Waste in our own operations
E5-3
Targets related to resource use and circular economy
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Setting the scene
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Circularity
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Packaging
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Waste in our own operations
Section: Policy
Section: Actions
E5-4
Resource inflows
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Overview of in- and outflows
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Metrics
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Accounting policies
Other sustainability metrics - Minimising footprint
E5-5
Resource outflows
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Overview of in- and outflows
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Metrics
Environmental - Resource use and circular economy - Accounting policies
Paragraph
Notes (any additional information to indicate/ provide)
E5-6
Anticipated financial effects from resource use and circular
economy-related impacts, risks and opportunities
Other sustainability metrics - Current and anticipated financial effects
For this disclosure, the phase-in option is used.
ESRS S1
Own workforce
S1.SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
General disclosures - Engaging our stakeholders
Social - Own workforce - Human capital management - Our approach and outlook
Social - Own workforce - Diversity, equity and inclusion - Our approach and outlook
S1.SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with
strategy and business model
Social - Own workforce - Setting the scene
Social - Own workforce - Diversity, equity and inclusion - Our approach and outlook
Social - Human rights - Setting the scene
Section: Policy
Section: Our impacts, risks and opportunities
S1-1
Policies related to own workforce
Social - Own workforce - Human capital management - Our approach and outlook
Social - Own workforce - Diversity, equity and inclusion - Our approach and outlook
Social - Human rights - Respecting human rights
Sustainability statements appendix - Overview of our policies
S1-2
Processes for engaging with own workforce and workers’
representatives about impacts
Social - Own workforce - Human capital management - Our approach and outlook
Social - Own workforce - Diversity, equity and inclusion - Our approach and outlook
S1-3
Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own
workforce to raise concerns
Social - Own workforce - Diversity, equity and inclusion - Our approach and outlook
S1-4
Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and
approaches to managing material risks and pursuing material
opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of those
actions
Social - Own workforce - Human capital management - Our approach and outlook
Social - Own workforce - Diversity, equity and inclusion - Our approach and outlook
Social - Human rights - Human rights in own workforce - Our approach and outlook
S1-5
Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing
positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities
General disclosures - Engaging our stakeholders
Social - Own workforce - Setting the scene
Social - Own workforce - Human capital management - Our approach and outlook
Social - Own workforce - Diversity, equity and inclusion - Our approach and outlook
S1-6
Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees
Social - Own workforce - Human capital management - Metrics
Social - Own workforce - Human capital management - Accounting policies
S1-7
Characteristics of non-employees in the undertaking’s own
workforce
Not applicable
For this disclosure, the phase-in option is used.
S1-8
Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue
Not applicable
Collective bargaining and social dialogue is not material, therefore
this disclosure is not included.
Paragraph
Notes (any additional information to indicate/ provide)
S1-9
Diversity metrics
Social - Own workforce - Diversity, equity and inclusion - Metrics
Social - Own workforce - Diversity, equity and inclusion - Accounting policies
S1-10
Adequate wages
Not applicable
Adequate wages is not material, therefore this disclosure is not
included.
S1-11
Social protection
Not applicable
Social protection is not material, therefore this disclosure is not
included.
S1-12
Persons with disabilities
Not applicable
Persons with disabilities is not material, therefore this disclosure is
not included.
S1-13
Training and skills development metrics
Not applicable
For this disclosure, the phase-in option is used.
S1-14
Health and safety metrics
Not applicable
Health and safety is not material, therefore this disclosure is not
included.
S1-15
Work-life balance metrics
Not applicable
Work-life balance is not material, therefore this disclosure is not
included.
S1-16
Remuneration metrics (pay gap and total remuneration)
Social - Own workforce - Diversity, equity and inclusion - Our approach and outlook
Social - Own workforce - Diversity, equity and inclusion - Metrics
Social - Own workforce - Diversity, equity and inclusion - Accounting policies
Section: Actions
S1-17
Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts
Social - Human rights - Human rights in our own workforce - Metrics
Social - Human rights - Human rights in our own workforce - Accounting policies
ESRS S2
Workers in the value chain
S2.SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
General disclosures - Engaging our stakeholders
Social - Farmers' livelihoods - Our approach and outlook
Social - Human rights in upstream - Our approach and strategy
S2.SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with
strategy and business model
Social - Human rights in upstream - Setting the scene
Social - Farmers' livelihoods - Our approach and outlook
Social - Human rights in upstream - Coffee sourcing - Our approach and strategy
Social - Human rights in upstream - Procurement of other goods and services - Our approach and outlook
S2-1
Policies related to value chain workers
General disclosures - Engaging our stakeholders
Social - Farmers' livelihoods - Our approach and outlook
Social - Human rights - Respecting human rights
Social - Human rights in upstream - Coffee sourcing - Respecting human rights
Social - Human rights in upstream - Procurement of other goods and services - Respecting human rights
Sustainability statements appendix - Overview of our policies
Paragraph
Notes (any additional information to indicate/ provide)
S2-2
Processes for engaging with value chain workers about impacts
General disclosures - Engaging our stakeholders
Social - Farmers' livelihoods - Our approach and outlook
Social - Human rights in upstream - Coffee sourcing - Our approach and strategy
Social - Human rights in upstream - Procurement of other goods and services - Our approach and outlook
S2-3
Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for value
chain workers to raise concerns
Social - Farmers' livelihoods - Our approach and outlook
Social - Human rights - Respecting human rights
S2-4
Taking action on material impacts on value chain workers, and
approaches to managing material risks and pursuing material
opportunities related to value chain workers, and effectiveness of
those actions
Social - Farmers' livelihoods - Our approach and outlook
Social - Human rights - Respecting human rights
Social - Human rights in upstream - Coffee sourcing - Our approach and outlook
Social - Human rights in upstream - Procurement of other goods and services - Our approach and outlook
Social - Human rights in upstream - Metrics
S2-5
Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing
positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities
General disclosures - Engaging our stakeholders
Social - Human rights in upstream- Setting the scene
Social - Farmers' livelihoods - Our approach and outlook
Social - Farmers' livelihoods - Accounting policies
Social - Human rights in upstream - Coffee sourcing - Our approach and strategy
Social - Human rights in upstream - Procurement of other goods and services- Our approach and outlook
Social - Human rights in upstream - Accounting policies
ESRS S3
Affected communities
Affected communities is not deemed a material topic. Therefore the ESRS S3-disclosures are not included in the sustainability statements.
ESRS S4
Consumers and end-users
S4.SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
General disclosures - Engaging our stakeholders
Section: Consumers
S4.SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with
strategy and business model
Social - Consumers and end-users - Setting the scene
S4-1
Policies related to consumers and end-users
Social - Consumers and end-users - Our approach and outlook
Sustainability statements appendix - Overview of our policies
Section: Policy
S4-2
Processes for engaging with consumers and end-users about
impacts
General disclosures - Engaging our stakeholders
Social - Consumers and end-users - Our approach and outlook
S4-3
Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for
consumers and end-users to raise concerns
Social - Consumers and end-users - Our approach and outlook
Paragraph
Notes (any additional information to indicate/ provide)
S4-4
Taking action on material impacts on consumers and end- users,
and approaches to managing material risks and pursuing material
opportunities related to consumers and end-users, and
effectiveness of those actions
Social - Consumers and end-users - Our approach and outlook
S4-5
Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing
positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities
General disclosures - Engaging our stakeholders
Social - Consumers and end-users - Setting the scene
ESRS G1
Business conduct 
G1.GOV-1
The role of the administrative, management and supervisory
bodies
Governance and risk management - Ethics and compliance - Observing the highest standards of ethics and compliance
Governance and risk management - Report of the non-executive directors - Board committees
G1.IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material
impacts, risks and opportunities
Section: Methodology
G1-1
Business conduct policies and corporate culture
Introduction - Who we are - Our purpose
Introduction - Who we are - Our culture - Our values guide the behaviours of our employees worldwide
Governance and risk management - Ethics and compliance - Observing the highest standards of ethics and compliance
Sustainability statements appendix - Overview of our policies
G1-2
Management of relationships with suppliers
Not applicable
Management of relationships with suppliers is not material,
therefore this disclosure is not included.
G1-3
Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery
Governance and risk management - Ethics and compliance - Observing the highest standards of ethics and compliance
G1-4
Incidents of corruption or bribery
Governance and risk management - Ethics and compliance - Observing the highest standards of ethics and compliance
G1-5
Political influence and lobbying activities
Not applicable
Political influence and lobbying is not material, therefore this
disclosure is not included.
G1-6
Payment practices
Not applicable
Payment practices is not material, therefore this disclosure is not
included.
DATAPOINTS FROM OTHER EU LEGISLATION
ESRS
standard
Disclosure
Requirement
Para.
Datapoint
SFDR
Pillar 3
reference
Benchmark
Regulation
reference
EU Climate
Law
reference
Section
Not material
ESRS 2
GOV-1
21 d
Board's gender diversity
Corporate governance statement -
ESRS 2
GOV-1
21 e
Percentage of board members who are independent
Report of the non-executive directors -
ESRS 2
GOV-4
30
Statement on due diligence
General disclosures - Governance -
ESRS 2
SBM-1
40 d i 
Involvement in activities related to fossil fuel activities
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included
ESRS 2
SBM-1
40 d ii 
Involvement in activities related to chemical production
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included
ESRS 2
SBM-1
40 d iii 
Involvement in activities related to controversial weapons
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included
ESRS 2
SBM-1
40 d iv
Involvement in activities related to cultivation and production of tobacco
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included
E1
E1-1
14
Transition plan to reach climate neutrality by 2050
Climate change - Our strategy and
outlook - Strategy - Transition plan
E1
E1-1
16 g
Undertakings excluded from EU Paris-aligned Benchmarks
Climate change - Our strategy and
outlook - Strategy
E1
E1-4
34
GHG emission reduction targets
Climate change - Setting the scene -
E1
E1-5
37
Energy consumption and mix
Climate change - Metrics
E1
E1-5
38
Energy consumption from fossil sources disaggregated by sources (only high
climate impact sectors)
Climate change - Metrics
E1
E1-5
40-43
Energy intensity associated with activities in high climate impact sectors
Climate change - Metrics
E1
E1-6
44
Gross Scope 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions
Climate change - Metrics
E1
E1-6
53-55
Gross GHG emissions intensity
Climate change - Metrics
E1
E1-7
56
GHG removals and carbon credits
Climate change - Our strategy and
outlook - Policy - Voluntary credits
E1
E1-9
66
Exposure of the benchmark portfolio to climate-related physical risks
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
E1
E1-9
66 a
Disaggregation of monetary amounts by acute and chronic physical risk
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
E1
E1-9
66 c
Location of significant assets at material physical risk
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
E1
E1-9
67 c
Breakdown of the carrying value of its real estate assets by energy efficiency
classes
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
ESRS
standard
Disclosure
Requirement
Para.
Datapoint
SFDR
Pillar 3
reference
Benchmark
Regulation
reference
EU Climate
Law
reference
Section
Not material
E1
E1-9
69
Degree of exposure of the portfolio to climate-related opportunities
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
E2
E2-4
28
Amount of each pollutant listed in Annex II of the E-PRTR Regulation (European
Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) emitted to air, water and soil
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
E3
E3-1
9
Water and marine resources
Nature - Scaling regenerative
E3
E3-1
13
Dedicated policy
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
E3
E3-1
14
Sustainable oceans and seas
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
E3
E3-4
28 c
Total water recycled and reused
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
E3
E3-4
29
Total water consumption in m3 per net revenue on own operations
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
E4
SBM-3
16 a i)
Activities negatively affecting biodiversity sensitive areas
Nature - Our strategy - Transition plan
E4
SBM-3
16 b
Material negative impacts on land degradation, desertification or soil sealing
Nature - Setting the scene - Our
E4
SBM-3
16 c
Operations that affect threatened species
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
E4
E4-2
24 b
Sustainable land / agriculture practices or policies
Nature - Scaling regenerative
agriculture - Our strategy and outlook -
E4
E4-2
24 c
Sustainable oceans / seas practices or policies
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
E4
E4-2
24 d
Policies to address deforestation
Nature - Stopping deforestation - Our
approach and outlook - Our forest
E5
E5-5
37 d
Non-recycled waste
Resource use and circular economy -
E5
E5-5
39
Hazardous waste and radioactive waste
Resource use and circular economy -
S1
SBM-3
14 f
Risk of incidents of forced labour
Human rights - Setting the scene
S1
SBM-3
14g
Risk of incidents of child labour
Human rights - Setting the scene
S1
S1-1
20
Human rights policy commitments
Human rights - Respecting human
rights - Human rights policy
ESRS
standard
Disclosure
Requirement
Para.
Datapoint
SFDR
Pillar 3
reference
Benchmark
Regulation
reference
EU Climate
Law
reference
Section
Not material
S1
S1-1
21
Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International
Labor Organisation Conventions 1 to 8
Own workforce - Diversity, equity and
inclusion - Our approach and outlook -
S1
S1-1
22
Processes and measures for preventing trafficking in human beings
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
S1
S1-1
23
Workplace accident prevention policy or management system
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
S1
S1-3
32c
Grievance/complaints handling mechanisms
S1
S1-14
88 b + c
Number of fatalities and number and rate of work-related accidents
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
S1
S1-14
88 e
Number of days lost to injuries, accidents, fatalities or illness
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
S1
S1-16
97 a
Unadjusted gender pay gap
Own workforce - Diversity, equity and
inclusion - Metrics
Own workforce - Diversity, equity and
S1
S1-16
97 b
Excessive CEO pay ratio
Own workforce - Diversity, equity and
inclusion - Metrics
Own workforce - Diversity, equity and
S1
S1-17
103 a
Incidents of discrimination
Own workforce - Human capital
management - Metrics
S1
S1-17
104 a
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD
Human rights - Human rights in our
own workforce - Metrics
S2
SBM-3
11 b
Significant risk of child labour or forced labour in the value chain
Human rights - Setting the scene - Our
S2
S2-1
17
Human rights policy targets
Human rights - Respecting human
S2
S2-1
18
Policies related to value chain workers
Human rights - Respecting human
Human rights - Human rights in
upstream - Procurement of other
goods and services - Supplier code of
ESRS
standard
Disclosure
Requirement
Para.
Datapoint
SFDR
Pillar 3
reference
Benchmark
Regulation
reference
EU Climate
Law
reference
Section
Not material
S2
S2-1
19
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights principles and OECD
guidelines
Human rights - Respecting human
Human rights - Human rights in
upstream - Procurement of other
goods and services - Supplier code of
S2
S2-1
19
Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International
Labor Organisation Conventions 1 to 8
Human rights - Respecting human
Human rights - Human rights in
upstream - Procurement of other
goods and services - Supplier code of
S2
S2-4
36
Human rights issues and incidents connected to its upstream and downstream
value chain
Human rights - Human rights in
upstream - Metrics
S3
S3-1
16
Human rights policy targets
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
S3
S3-1
17
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights, ILO principles or and
OECD guidelines
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
S3
S3-4
36
Human rights issues and incidents
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
S4
S4-1
16
Policies related to consumers and end-users
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
S4
S4-1
17
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD guidelines
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
S4
S4-4
35
Human rights issues and incidents
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
G1
G1-1
10 b
United Nations Convention against Corruption
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
G1
G1-1
10 d
Protection of whistle- blowers
n/a
This datapoint is not material and therefore not included.
G1
G1-4
24 a
Fines for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws
Ethics and compliance - Observing the
highest standards of ethics and
G1
G1-4
24 b
Standards of anti-corruption and anti-bribery
Ethics and compliance - Observing the
highest standards of ethics and
CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.
Description of business
1.1
Reporting entity
1.2
Use of critical accounting estimates and judgements
1.3
Changes in accounting standards
1.4
Basis of consolidation
1.5
Accounting policies, not attributable to a specific section
1.6
Update on the war in Ukraine
2
Group operating performance
2.1
Segment information
2.2
Revenue
2.3
Expenses by nature
2.4
Earnings per share
3
Strategic investments and divestments
3.1
Business combinations
3.2
Goodwill and other intangible assets
3.3
Impairments of non-current assets
3.4
Property, plant and equipment
3.5
Assets and liabilities held for sale
4
Working capital
4.1
Inventories
4.2
Trade and other receivables
4.3
Trade and other payables
5
Capital structure
5.1
Shareholders’ equity
5.2
Borrowings
5.3
Cash and cash equivalents
5.4
Finance income and expense
6
Financial risk management
6.1
Financial risk factors
6.2
Market risk
6.3
Credit risk
6.4
Liquidity risk
6.5
Fair value estimation
6.6
Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
6.7
Derivative financial instruments
7
Governance
7.1
Share-based payments
7.2
Related-party transactions
8
Income taxes
9
Other disclosures
9.1
Post-employment and other long-term employee benefit plans
9.2
Provisions
9.3
Other non-current assets
9.4
Other non-current liabilities
9.5
Commitments and contingencies
9.6
Subsequent events
9.7
Legal entities
STATEMENTS ON RELEASE FROM THE DUTY TO DISCLOSE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
COMPANY INCOME STATEMENT
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1
Basis of preparation
2
Summary of material accounting policy information
3
Investments in subsidiaries
4
Trade and other receivables
5
Loans receivable
6
Shareholders’ equity
7
Trade and other payables
8
Borrowings
9
Commitments and contingencies
10
Related party transactions
11
Board remuneration
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
For the years ended 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024
In EUR million, unless stated otherwise
Note
2025
2024
Revenue
2.2
9,921
8,837
Cost of sales
2.3
(6,824)
(5,580)
Gross profit
3,097
3,257
Selling, general and administrative expenses
2.3
(2,340)
(2,201)
Operating profit
757
1,056
Finance income
5.4
385
95
Finance expense
5.4
(164)
(358)
Share of net profit / (loss) of associates
(2)
(3)
Profit before income taxes
976
790
Income tax expense
8
(173)
(247)
Profit for the period
803
543
ATTRIBUTABLE TO:
Note
2025
2024
Owners of the Company
796
561
Non-controlling interest
7
(18)
Profit for the period
803
543
Earnings per share:
Basic earnings per share (in EUR)
2.4
1.64
1.15
Diluted earnings per share (in EUR)
2.4
1.61
1.13
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the years ended 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024
In EUR million
Note
2025
2024
Profit for the period
803
543
Other comprehensive income / (loss), net of tax:
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
– Retirement benefit obligation related items, net of tax
9.1
(5)
40
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss
– Foreign currency translation
(109)
(164)
– Realisation foreign currency translation upon divestment
(49)
—
– Net investment hedge
—
4
– Effective portion of cash flow hedges - foreign exchange contracts
6
(54)
33
Other comprehensive income / (loss)
(217)
(87)
Total comprehensive income / (loss) for the period
586
456
Attributable to:
Owners of the Company
581
469
Non-controlling interest
5.1
5
(13)
Total comprehensive income / (loss) for the period
586
456
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
41 Share premium and retained earnings have been restated due to voluntary accounting policy changes, see note 1.3 Changes in Accounting Standards.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
For the years ended 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024
In EUR million
Note
2025
2024 41
Assets
Non-current assets:
– Goodwill and other intangible assets
3.2
16,783
17,124
– Property, plant and equipment
3.4
1,787
1,859
– Deferred income tax assets
8
84
57
– Derivative financial instruments
6.7
11
95
– Retirement benefit asset
9.1
459
504
– Other non-current assets
9.3
53
54
19,177
19,693
Current assets:
– Inventories
4.1
1,982
1,675
– Trade and other receivables
4.2
969
893
– Derivative financial instruments
6.7
109
160
– Income tax receivable
48
25
– Assets classified as held for sale
3.5
39
—
– Cash and cash equivalents
5.3
1,807
1,264
4,954
4,017
Total assets
24,131
23,710
Note
2025
2024 41
Equity and liabilities
Equity
– Share capital
5.1
5
5
– Share premium
9,661
9,661
– Treasury stock
(82)
—
– Other reserves / (deficits)
(623)
(402)
– Retained earnings
2,232
1,824
– Equity attributable to the owners of the Company
11,193
11,088
– Non-controlling interest
41
53
11,234
11,141
Non-current liabilities:
– Borrowings
5.2
4,688
4,999
– Retirement benefit liabilities
9.1
133
165
– Deferred income tax liabilities
8
1,213
1,235
– Derivative financial instruments
6.7
35
24
– Provisions
9.2
40
27
– Other non-current liabilities
9.4
11
32
6,120
6,482
Current liabilities:
– Borrowings
5.2
812
569
– Trade and other payables
4.3
5,532
5,111
– Income tax liability
61
72
– Liabilities classified as held for sale
3.5
9
—
– Provisions
9.2
79
54
– Derivative financial instruments
6.7
284
281
6,777
6,087
Total equity and liabilities
24,131
23,710
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
42 Reference is made to note 1.3 Changes in accounting standards.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
For the years ended 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024
In EUR million
Share capital
Share
premium
Treasury
stock
Retirement
benefit
obligation-
related Items
Currency
translation
reserve
Cash flow
hedge reserve
Total other
compre-
hensive
income
Share-based
payments
reserve
Other
reserves /
(deficit)
Retained
earnings
Total equity
attributable to
the owners of
the Company
Non-
controlling
interest
Total equity
Balance at 31 December 2023
5
9,585
(38)
254
(730)
10
(466)
91
(375)
1,858
11,035
80
11,115
Effect of voluntary accounting policy changes 42
—
62
—
—
29
—
29
—
29
(91)
—
—
—
Restated balance at 31 December 2023
5
9,647
(38)
254
(701)
10
(437)
91
(346)
1,767
11,035
80
11,115
Application of hyperinflationary accounting
—
—
—
—
50
—
50
—
50
—
50
12
62
Restated balance at 1 January 2024
5
9,647
(38)
254
(651)
10
(387)
91
(296)
1,767
11,085
92
11,177
– Profit for the period
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
561
561
(18)
543
– Retirement benefit obligation related items, net of tax
—
—
—
40
—
—
40
—
40
—
40
—
40
– Foreign currency translation
—
—
—
11
(178)
—
(167)
(2)
(169)
—
(169)
5
(164)
– Effective portion of cash flow hedges  - foreign
exchange contracts
—
—
—
—
—
33
33
—
33
—
33
—
33
– Net investment hedge
—
—
—
—
4
—
4
—
4
—
4
—
4
Total Comprehensive Income / (Loss)
—
—
—
51
(174)
33
(90)
(2)
(92)
561
469
(13)
456
– Common control transaction
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(163)
(163)
—
(163)
– Share-based payment transactions
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(14)
(14)
6
(8)
—
(8)
– Dividends
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(341)
(341)
(2)
(343)
– Release of treasury shares
—
—
38
—
—
—
—
—
—
(11)
27
—
27
– Issuance of shares
—
14
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
14
—
14
– Other transactions with shareholders
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
5
(24)
(19)
Restated balance at 31 December 2024
5
9,661
—
305
(825)
43
(477)
75
(402)
1,824
11,088
53
11,141
43 Reference is made to note 1.3 Changes in accounting standards .
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (CONTINUED)
In EUR million
Share capital
Share
premium
Treasury
stock
Retirement
benefit
obligation-
related Items
Currency
translation
reserve
Cash flow
hedge reserve
Total other
compre-
hensive
income
Share-based
payments
reserve
Other
reserves /
(deficit)
Retained
earnings
Total equity
attributable to
the owners of
the Company
Non-
controlling
interest
Total equity
Balance at 31 December 2024
5
9,588
—
305
(904)
43
(556)
75
(481)
1,976
11,088
53
11,141
Effect of voluntary accounting policy changes 43
—
73
—
—
79
—
79
—
79
(152)
—
—
—
Restated balance at 31 December 2024
5
9,661
—
305
(825)
43
(477)
75
(402)
1,824
11,088
53
11,141
Application of hyperinflationary accounting
—
—
—
—
(9)
—
(9)
—
(9)
—
(9)
(1)
(10)
Balance at 1 January 2025
5
9,661
—
305
(834)
43
(486)
75
(411)
1,824
11,079
52
11,131
– Profit for the period
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
796
796
7
803
– Retirement benefit obligation related items, net of tax
—
—
—
(5)
—
—
(5)
—
(5)
—
(5)
—
(5)
– Realisation of foreign currency translation upon
divestment
—
—
—
—
(49)
—
(49)
—
(49)
—
(49)
—
(49)
– Foreign currency translation
—
—
—
(14)
(92)
—
(106)
(1)
(107)
—
(107)
(2)
(109)
– Effective portion of cash flow hedges  - foreign
exchange contracts
—
—
—
—
—
(54)
(54)
—
(54)
—
(54)
—
(54)
Total Comprehensive Income / (Loss)
—
—
—
(19)
(141)
(54)
(214)
(1)
(215)
796
581
5
586
– Share buy-back transaction
—
—
(122)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(122)
—
(122)
– Share-based payment transactions
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(6)
(6)
7
1
—
1
– Dividends
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(354)
(354)
(2)
(356)
– Release of treasury shares
—
—
40
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
44
—
44
– Other transactions with shareholders
—
—
—
—
9
—
9
—
9
(45)
(36)
(14)
(50)
Balance at 31 December 2025
5
9,661
(82)
286
(966)
(11)
(691)
68
(623)
2,232
11,193
41
11,234
During the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on 19 June 2025, a dividend of EUR 0.73 per share was approved, payable in two instalments of which the first of EUR 0.37 was paid on 11 July 2025 and the second of EUR 0.36 is payable on
23 January 2026. The dividend payable at 31 December 2025 amounted to EUR 175 million , which was recognised within Trade and other payables.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
44 At 31 December 2025 and 2024 , all payables subject to supply chain financing arrangements are presented as part of trade and other payable (see note 4.3) . There were no material non-cash changes in these liabilities.
45 Cash and cash equivalents include restricted cash of EUR 25 million at 31 December 2025 (31 December 2024: EUR 25 million ) .
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the years ended 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024
In EUR million
Note
2025
2024
Profit for the period
803
543
Adjustments for:
– Depreciation, amortisation and impairments
3.4, 3.2
443
457
– Defined benefit pension expense
9.1
(13)
(6)
– Share-based payments
7.1
98
17
– (Gain) / loss on sale of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets
12
16
– (Gain) / loss on disposal of business
28
—
– Income tax expense
8
173
247
– Interest income on bank accounts and other
5.4
(66)
(83)
– Interest expense
5.4
142
147
– Provision charges
9.2
73
4
– Derivative financial instruments
97
(136)
– Foreign exchange (gains) / losses
5.4
(408)
208
– Other
(3)
(5)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
– Inventories
4.1
(349)
(363)
– Trade and other receivables
4.2
(144)
(107)
– Trade and other payables 44
4.3
448
742
Pension payments
9.1
(8)
(9)
Payments of provisions
9.2
(27)
(44)
Realised foreign exchange (gains) / losses
362
(158)
Receipts from / (payments to) derivative financial instruments
(16)
116
Income tax payments
(214)
(212)
Net cash provided by operating activities
1,431
1,374
Note
2025
2024
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
3.4
(286)
(296)
Purchases of intangibles
3.2
(15)
(34)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant, equipment and other assets
6
2
Proceeds from disposal of subsidiary
28
—
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
3.1
—
(927)
Loans provided
7.2
(5)
(2)
Interest received
67
83
Other investing activities
2
(6)
Net cash used in investing activities
(203)
(1,180)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Additions to borrowings
5.2
651
62
Repayments from borrowings
5.2
(642)
(606)
Share buyback transaction
(122)
—
Receipts from / (payments to) derivative financial instruments
(3)
(5)
Dividend paid to shareholders
5.1
(354)
(341)
Interest paid
(125)
(88)
Investments / (divestments) by non-controlling shareholders
(28)
13
Other financing activities
(12)
(14)
Net cash used in financing activities
(635)
(979)
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
593
(785)
Cash and cash equivalents – at the start of period
1,264
2,048
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
(47)
(3)
Net increase/(decrease) cash classified as held for sale
(3)
—
Adjustment for hyperinflationary accounting
—
4
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 45
5.3
1,807
1,264
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
46 CPG is an abbreviation for Consumer Packaged Goods
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Taking into account the characteristics of JDE Peet's business and business model, the notes to the financial
statements have been grouped into nine thematic sections rather than in a consecutive order based on line-items in the
consolidated primary statements. Each note in a section starts with material accounting policy information, if
applicable, as well as the critical accounting estimates and judgements made.
This section contains the disclosures relevant for understanding the basis of preparation of the consolidated financial
statements:
1. Reporting entity
2. Use of critical accounting estimates and judgements
3. Changes in accounting standards
4. Basis of consolidation
5. Material policy information, not attributable to a specific section
6. Update on the war in Ukraine
1.1 REPORTING ENTITY
JDE Peet’s N.V. (the “Company” or together with its subsidiaries “JDE Peet's”) is a public limited liability company
under the laws of the Netherlands. The Company was incorporated on 21 November 2018 and is a public company
(naamloze vennootschap, N.V.) listed on Euronext Amsterdam. The Company's main direct shareholder is Acorn
Holdings B.V. (Acorn) which is fully owned by a Joh. A. Benckiser-led investor group (JAB). The shares held by
Mondelēz International Inc. on 31 December 2023 were sold to JAB on 29 November 2024.
All holders of a capital and/or voting interest of three per cent or more are disclosed to the Netherlands Authority for the
Financial Markets (AFM). The AFM processes these disclosures in its publicly available register, which can be found at
www.afm.nl.
The Company is headquartered in the Netherlands, the registered office of the Company is Oosterdoksstraat 80,
1011 DK in Amsterdam, the Netherlands (Company registration number: 73160377).
The consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2025 include the financial information of the
Company and its subsidiaries.
These consolidated financial statements were authorised for issuance on 18 March 2026 by the Board of Directors
of he Company.
Activities of JDE Peet's
JDE Peet’s is the world’s leading pure-play coffee company, with a presence in more than 100 markets. Guided by
our ‘Reignite the Amazing’ strategy, we are focused on brand-led growth across three big bets: Peet’s, L’OR, and our
10 strategically selected local icons led by Jacobs. In 2025, JDE Peet’s generated total sales of EUR 9.9 billion and
employed a global workforce of more than 21,000 employees. Discover more about our journey to deliver a coffee for
every cup and a brand for every heart at www.jdepeets.com.
JDE Peet's sells its full range of products through a multi-channel distribution model across the CPG, Out-of-Home,
retail and online channels to meet customer and consumer needs, as follows:
• CPG 46 – JDE Peet’s principal products are multi-serve coffee (roast and ground and whole-beans), single-serve
including capsules, pads and pods, instant pure and instant mixes, concentrates, ready-to-drink coffee beverages,
and a variety of tea products. JDE Peet's sells these products primarily to supermarkets and, in certain markets,
through retail buying groups comprised of supermarket retailers or shared-services supply chain centres.
• Out-of-Home – JDE Peet's offers a comprehensive range of professional beverage solutions, including coffee, tea,
and complementary coffee systems. Its portfolio features proprietary liquid coffee concentrate technology, multi-
serve coffee formats, single-serve capsules and pads, whole beans, instant coffee, and ready-to-drink coffee.
Its customers include businesses, such as offices (including corporates), hotels, restaurants, hospitals, universities,
cruise- and airliners, as well as distributors for distribution to the customer.
• Retail – JDE Peet's operates coffee stores through which it sells whole bean coffee, tea and other beverages and
related items, such as pastries. At 31 December 2025, JDE Peet's operated more than 700 coffee stores through
Peet’s, OldTown, Intelligentsia, Stumptown, 12Oz and Campos, most notably in the United States, China, Malaysia,
Italy and Australia. Through its coffee stores, JDE Peet's seeks to facilitate the sale of fresh whole bean coffee and
to encourage customer trial of its coffee through coffee beverages.
• Online – JDE Peet's sells its coffee & tea online through its own e-commerce marketplaces, such as the L’OR and
Peet’s marketplaces, and third-party e-commerce marketplaces.
Basis of Preparation
The Company prepared these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the IFRS® Accounting Standards
as endorsed for use in the European Union by the European Commission and in conformity with the Dutch Civil Code.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis as Management considers that
adequate resources exist for the Company to continue in operational existence for a period of not less than 12 months
from the date of this report. In reaching this conclusion, Management has also considered the implications in a going
concern context of the intended acquisition by Keurig Dr Pepper ("KDP") which is expected to close early in the second
quarter of 2026.
Management believes that the proposed combination with Keurig Dr Pepper is an attractive opportunity to accelerate
the realisation of shareholder value through the establishment of the world’s #1 pure-play coffee company. Upon
completion of the transaction, the Company anticipates that several events will or may occur which could have a
material impact on its financial position as disclosed in note 9.6 Subsequent Events resulting from the change of
control and the assessment to maintain Investment Grade ratings. On that basis, Management believes this supports
its going concern assessment, in the event the combination proceeds.
For the purpose of these financial statements, the results and financial position of JDE Peet's are measured in euros,
its presentation currency.
Segmentation
For purposes of these consolidated financial statements, segmentation is based on how the chief operating decision
maker (CODM) reviews the performance of the business and allocates resources, as further disclosed in the
segmentation disclosure note.
1.2 USE OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
In the application of the accounting policies, management is required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions
about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that effect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and
expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are
considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are
recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the
revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.
Critical Accounting Estimates, Judgements and Assumptions—The following are the key assumptions concerning
the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting period, that have the most 
significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.
Reference
Particular area involving significant estimates and judgements
1.6 Update on the war in Ukraine
Assessment whether control as defined under IFRS 10 exists in relation to the operations
in Russia.
2.2 Revenue
Estimating sales incentives, sales returns and marketing accruals.
3.1 Business combinations
Estimating the purchase price allocation including fair values of assets and (contingent)
liabilities.
3.2/3.4 Goodwill and other intangible
assets/Property, plant and equipment
Judgements related to the expected useful lives of long-lived assets and the estimation
of their recoverable amounts.
3.3 Impairment of non-current assets
Key assumptions used in impairment testing such as cash flows and WACC. For further
information, see note 3.3.
4.3 Trade and other payables
Judgement is required to assess whether supplier financing arrangements contain
characteristics of trade payables, borrowings or both.
6.7 Derivatives financial instruments
Assumptions in relation to fair valuation of derivatives not traded in active markets.
8 Income taxes
Recognition and measurement of current and deferred income tax positions, including the
recoverability of tax losses carried forward and determination of contingent income tax
liabilities requires significant judgement.
9.1 Post-employment and other long-
term employee benefit plans
Assumptions used in determination of pension assets, pension liabilities, commitments and
pension costs such as discount rates, indexation and inflation.
9.2 Restructuring, legal and other
provisions
Estimating the likelihood and timing of potential cash flows relating to claims, litigations and
restructuring.
Climate change and nature related
risks
JDE Peet's has assessed the impact of climate change, including transitional and physical
risks related to climate change and nature-related risks, as part the the requirements under
ESRS and SBTi and concluded that climate and nature risks do not have a material impact on
the consolidated financial statements. The current and financial impact of these risks is
disclosed in the sustainability statements as part of the Climate Action, Water, Biodiversity
and ecosystems and Resource use and circular economy chapters. Further consideration of
the impact of climate risk is included in the relevant disclosure notes of the financial
statements.
JDE Peet's reviewed the significant accounting estimates and judgements, including the impact on indications for
impairments (note 3.3), provisions (note 9.2) and contingencies (note 9.5). This review did not lead to significant
changes in these accounting estimates and judgements.
1.3 CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
Voluntary changes to accounting policies
JDE Peet's made voluntary changes to its accounting policies effecting equity at 31 December 2024 and 31 December
2023 for the following items:
• Triggered by the divestment of the tea business in Turkey JDE Peet's reassessed the impact to equity of applying
IAS 29 Financial reporting in hyperinflationary economies. JDE Peet's has been recognising the effect in Retained
earnings. However, in March 2020 guidance was issued by the IFRIC allowing the recognition of these impacts as
currency translation reserve to ensure consistent recognition of all exchange differences arising on translation.
JDE Peet's adopted a voluntary retrospective change in accounting policy in accordance with IAS 8 to have the
effect adjusted for, by decreasing Retained earnings and increasing Currency translation reserve by EUR 79 million
at 31 December 2024 and EUR 29 million at 31 December 2023.
• Upon release of treasury shares, JDE Peet's recognised the difference between the purchase consideration of the
treasury shares and the fair value upon release as Share premium, whereas Retained earnings would have been
more appropriate to reflect the return to shareholders. JDE Peet's adopted a voluntary retrospective change in
accounting policy in accordance with IAS 8, by increasing Share premium and decreasing Retained earnings by
EUR 73 million at 31 December 2024 and EUR 62 million at 31 December 2023.
New standards, amendments and interpretations effective on or after 1 January 2025
The Company has applied the following IFRS Accounting Standards and Amendments for the first time for the annual
reporting period commencing 1 January 2025 :
Amendments to IAS 21 - Lack of
Exchangeability
JDE Peet's has adopted the amendments to IAS 21 regarding the lack of exchangeability
on foreign currencies. No changes were made to prior or current periods.
New IFRS Accounting Standards, Amendments and IFRIC® Interpretations issued, but not effective
for the year ended 31 December 2025 and not Early Adopted
The following new IFRS Accounting Standards and IFRIC Interpretations effective for accounting periods beginning
on or after1 January 2026, are not expected to have a significant impact on the financial statements of JDE Peet's,
except if indicated below:
• Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 - Sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or
joint venture
• Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 - Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments
• Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 - Contracts Referencing Nature-dependent Electricity
• IFRS 19 - Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures
• Annual Improvements to IFRS Accounting Standards Volume 11 - Amendments to IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of
International Financial Reporting Standards, IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures and its accompanying
Guidance on implementing IFRS 7, IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements,
and IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows
IFRS 18 - Presentation and Disclosures in Financial Statements
IFRS 18 replaces IAS 1, carrying forward many of the requirements in IAS 1 unchanged and complementing them with
new requirements. In addition, some IAS 1 paragraphs have been moved to IAS 8 and IFRS 7. Furthermore, the IASB® 
has made minor amendments to IAS 7 and IAS 33 Earnings per Share.
IFRS 18 introduces new requirements to:
• Present specified categories and defined subtotals in the statement of profit or loss, including a new subtotal
defined as operating profit. The new operating profit subtotal will be used as a starting point for the statement
of cash flows
• Provide disclosures on management-defined performance measures (MPMs) in the notes to the financial
statements
• Improve aggregation and disaggregation.
An entity is required to apply IFRS 18 for annual reporting periods beginning on, or after, 1 January 2027, with earlier
application permitted. The amendments to IAS 7 and IAS 33, as well as the revised IAS 8 and IFRS 7, become effective
when an entity applies IFRS 18. IFRS 18 requires retrospective application with specific transition provisions.
JDE Peet's anticipate that the application of these amendments will have impact on the consolidated financial
statements in future periods. The Company has reviewed the impact of IFRS 18 and will adjust the accounting
practices and financial reporting processes to comply with the standard which will be effective for annual reporting
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027,and is to be applied retrospectively for the comparative period. IFRS 18
will have impact on the entity's presentation in the consolidated income statement, statement of cash flows and the
additional disclosures required for MPMs. At the moment, the Company is still in the process of evaluating the impact
of IFRS 18, also given the intended acquisition by KDP, and cannot yet reliably estimate the monetary impact of
reclassifications in the consolidated income statement and other schedules.
1.4 BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
The financial statements include the accounts of all subsidiaries in which the Company, directly or indirectly,
has a controlling interest and associates.
Subsidiaries—Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Company has control. The Company controls an entity when
it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those
returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is
transferred to the Company. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. Intergroup transactions,
balances and unrealised gains and losses on transactions between companies within JDE Peet's are eliminated upon
consolidation. 
Investments in associates—Associates are entities over which the Company has the ability to exercise significant
influence but does not control. Generally, significant influence is presumed to exist when JDE Peet's holds 20% to 50%
of the voting rights in an entity. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and
are initially recognised at cost. The investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any
accumulated impairment loss. JDE Peet's distinguishes between strategically important joint ventures and associates
and other joint ventures and associates. The share of strategically important joint ventures’ and associated companies’
result is disclosed separately within operating profit. The result from other joint ventures’ and associates is reported
below operating profit.
1.5 MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION, NOT ATTRIBUTABLE TO A SPECIFIC SECTION
Leases - As lessee
JDE Peet's leases various offices, warehouses, coffee stores, equipment and vehicles. Contracts may contain both
lease and non-lease components. JDE Peet's has elected not to separate lease and non-lease components and
instead accounts for these as a single lease component (gross approach). Leases are recognised and presented as
right-of-use assets (within property, plant and equipment) with corresponding liabilities at the date at which the leased
asset is available for use by JDE Peet's.
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net
present value of the following lease payments:
• Fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable
• Variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the
commencement date.
Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the
liability. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily
determined, which is generally the case for leases within JDE Peet's, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used,
being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar
value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions.
To determine the incremental borrowing rate, JDE Peet's, where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by
the individual lessee as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing
was received.
JDE Peet's is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which are not
included in the lease liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease payments, based on an index or rate,
take effect, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset.
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:
• The amount of the initial measurement of lease liability
• Any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received
• Any initial direct costs
• Restoration costs.
Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset's estimated useful life and the lease term
on a straight-line basis. If JDE Peet's is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is
depreciated over the underlying asset’s estimated useful life. Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment
and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the income
statement. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT
equipment and small items of office furniture.
Extension and termination options are included in a number of property and equipment leases across JDE Peet's.
These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in its operations. The majority
of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by JDE Peet's and not by the respective lessor.
In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive
to exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination
options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).
Exchange rates used in financial statements
The following exchange rates are the most relevant in the financial statements:
   
Currency
2025
2024
U.S. dollar
Opening rate
0.966
0.906
Average
0.887
0.924
Ending rate
0.851
0.966
Brazilian real
Opening rate
0.157
0.187
Average
0.159
0.172
Ending rate
0.155
0.157
Russian ruble
Opening rate
0.009
0.010
Average
0.011
0.010
Ending rate
0.011
0.009
Pound Sterling
Opening rate
1.209
1.153
Average
1.168
1.181
Ending rate
1.147
1.209
Australian dollar
Opening rate
0.598
0.617
Average
0.572
0.610
Ending rate
0.568
0.598
Singapore dollar
Opening rate
0.707
0.686
Average
0.678
0.692
Ending rate
0.662
0.707
IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies
Under IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies, non-monetary assets and liabilities stated at
historical cost, equity and income statements of subsidiaries operating in hyperinflationary economies, are restated for
changes in the general purchasing power of the local currency, applying a general price index. These remeasured
accounts are used for conversion into euro at the period closing exchange rate. As a result, the balance sheet and net
results of subsidiaries operating in hyperinflation economies are stated in terms of the measuring unit current at the end
of the reporting period. JDE Peet's applied IAS 29 to its businesses in the Republic of Turkiye from the year ended
31 December 2022 through the sale of the subsidiary in 2025.
The following Turkish consumer price indices were used:
Consumer Price
Index
1 January 2024
1,859.38
31 December 2024 / 1 January 2025
2,684.55
Any net monetary gain or loss is recognised as part of the finance expense (see note 5.4). In 2025, the loss amounted
to EUR 2 million (2024: EUR 15 million).
1.6 UPDATE ON THE WAR IN UKRAINE
JDE Peet's continuously monitors developments related to the war in Ukraine. Since the start of the conflict, the first
priority has been, and continues to be, the safety and well-being of its employees in the region. In addition, JDE Peet's
has continued to monitor EU and other applicable sanctions. Since the start of the war in Ukraine, the Company has
not authorised new capital investments to increase factory capacity or expansion, and all cash dividend payments from
the Russian business were cancelled. JDE Peet’s has discontinued investments in advertising and promotion of its
international brands in Russia. The factory based in Russia produces primarily on a local-for-local basis.
Since the start of the war, the Company has sought to ensure that its business in Russia is operated as a stand-alone
business to the greatest extent reasonably possible. JDE Peet’s business in Russia contributed approximately 6%
(2024: 6%) to the Company's total revenues and comprises approximately 2% (2024: 1%) of total assets in 2025.
Triggered by its stand-alone business operation and changing (sanction) regulations, JDE Peet's continued to assess
whether it retained control over its Russian operations in accordance with IFRS 10 and concluded that it continued to
have control over its Russian operations at 31 December 2025.
Key accounting estimate and judgment - JDE Peet's continued to assess whether it retained control over its
Russian operations in accordance with IFRS 10. The assessment considered whether JDE Peet’s remains to have
(1) power over the local business, (2) exposure or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the local
business, and (3) the ability to use its power over the local business to affect returns. Based on the review of the
aforementioned three key drivers, and although the Russian business operates as a stand-alone business to the
greatest extent reasonably possible and sanction restrictions made doing business in Russia significantly more
complex, JDE Peet’s concluded that it continued to have control over its Russian operations at 31 December
2025.
Internal events and external circumstances occurring in Ukraine and Russia may result in indications for impairment.
JDE Peet's frequently reviews the valuation of its assets in Russia and Ukraine, including an evaluation of the uncertainties
resulting from the war on goodwill and other intangible assets of the wider LARMEA segment which it is part of. As part of
the annual impairment testing of indefinite useful life assets, the increased risk of operating in Russia was considered in
the WACC applied to cash flows originating from the Russian business, thereby impacting the recoverable value of related
assets. In addition, the fixed assets owned by JDE Peet’s in the Russian and Ukrainian markets were assessed, which has
not led to additional impairments in 2025 and 2024.
At 31 December 2025 and throughout the year, assessments were made regarding the appropriate operating model for
the Russian local market and how the changing circumstances affect related accounting judgements and disclosures.
The outcomes of these assessments were incorporated accordingly in these financial statements.
In 2024, JDE Peet’s obtained a license from the Dutch competent authorities under article 5n, paragraph 10 of
EU Council Regulation No 833/2014. This license among other things, authorises JDE Peet’s (including certain of its
subsidiaries in the Netherlands) to continue providing services described in Article 5n of EU Council Regulation No
833/2014 to its Russian subsidiary. JDE Peet’s has obtained renewals of this license, and the latest renewal is valid
until 31 January 2027. In the event that future license renewals are not granted, JDE Peet’s assessment regarding
control over its Russian subsidiary could be materially impacted.
2. GROUP OPERATING PERFORMANCE
2.1 SEGMENT INFORMATION
Basis of Segmentation
The Group’s operating segments are determined based on the internal reporting provided to the Chief Operating
Decision Maker (CODM), identified as the Chief Executive Officer. The operating segments are:
• Europe (excluding Eastern Europe)
• LARMEA (Latin America, United States, Middle East, Eastern Europe and Africa)
• APAC (Asia-Pacific)
• Peet’s (primarily United States and China)
The operating segments are mainly separated based on geographical locations and, in the case of Peet's, different
business model. None of the operating segments are aggregated as each segment has distinct economic
characteristics. The accounting policies of the Group have been consistently applied to the segments.
Products and Services
Europe, LARMEA, and APAC primarily offer roast and ground coffee (multi-serve and single-serve), coffee pads and
capsules, instant coffee, and tea, to specified geographical areas. The offering also includes Out-of-Home activities,
providing hot beverage solutions and related services to businesses and institutions. Peet’s offers whole bean coffee,
beverages, tea, and related products through retail, e-commerce, and licensed stores and operates a different business
model from other JDE Peet’s brands. Further details on product groups are included in note 1.1.
Measurement of Segment Results
The CODM allocates resources and assesses segment performance using Segment Adjusted EBIT, which represents
segment profit for the period before finance income and expense, income tax, and share of net result of associates,
adjusted for items that are not considered part of normal operating activities. These adjustments, referred to as
‘unusual costs’, are applied consistently across segments and aim to provide a clearer view of underlying performance
by excluding non-recurring income and/or cost, as well as items have an unusual nature from perspective of the
operating segment, or are not within the control of the operating segment. These include:
• ERP System Implementation Costs - Incremental expenses incurred to implement and upgrade enterprise
resource planning systems, including order, billing, payroll, and financial modules.
• Transformation Activities and Corporate Actions - This includes (reversals of) impairments of property, plant and
equipment and costs to restructure (transform) the operations to improve efficiency over the long-term and related
to strategic initiatives such as factory closures, changes in manufacturing footprint, and organizational redesign.
• Share-Based Payment Expense - Compensation costs that fluctuate based on market conditions and other
factors, creating volatility that does not reflect underlying operational trends and are outside of JDE Peet’s control.
• Mark-to-Market Adjustments - Unrealised and realised gains or losses on commodity derivatives used for
economic hedging of input costs. These adjustments are excluded to reduce volatility caused by market forces,
which are outside of JDE Peet’s control. Unrealised mark-to-market adjustments relate to results on green coffee
futures and other commodity derivative instruments for which JDE Peet's has not yet sold the underlying
commodity. These results are excluded when calculating Segment Adjusted EBIT. Upon the subsequent sale of the
underlying commodity to customers, the realised mark-to-market adjustments are recognised in Segment Adjusted
EBIT.
• Merger and Acquisition-Related Items - Costs incurred during acquisitions and integrations, including legal and
consulting fees, amortization of acquired intangibles, fair value adjustments, and divestment-related expenses.
Furthermore, this category includes impairments of intangible assets recognised or remeasured as part of purchase
price allocations.
In general, Segment Adjusted EBIT includes directly attributable items that are part of daily operations. 'Unallocated'
is comprised of revenues and expenses that are not earned or incurred through the operating segments, such as, other
revenue, head office costs and intersegment eliminations. Segment Adjusted EBIT includes intercompany transactions,
but these are eliminated within “Unallocated”.
Apart from Segment revenue and Segment Adjusted EBIT no other segment components of profit and loss, assets or
liabilities are reported to the CODM.
47 Impairments and expenses for several cost-saving initiatives were included in 2025 and 2024. See also notes 3.4 and 9.2.
48 This includes amortisation and impairment for an amount of EUR 91 million (2024 : EUR 120 million) related to intangible assets recognised or remeasured as part of purchase price allocations.
49 There is no individual country material to be disclosed separately.
Reconciliation to Consolidated Totals
Revenue (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Europe
5,115
4,717
LARMEA
2,638
2,030
Peet’s
1,298
1,257
APAC
834
796
Total reportable segments
9,885
8,800
Unallocated
36
37
Total
9,921
8,837
The total of Segment Adjusted EBIT is reconciled to Profit before income taxes as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Europe
993
1,041
LARMEA
321
223
Peet’s
141
184
APAC
137
143
Total of Segment Adjusted EBIT
1,592
1,591
Unallocated
(297)
(314)
ERP system implementation
(22)
(16)
Transformation activities and corporate actions 47
(223)
(60)
Share-based payment expense
(100)
(17)
Mark-to-market results
2
4
Amortisation acquired intangible assets and M&A/Deal costs 48
(195)
(132)
Finance income
385
95
Finance expense
(164)
(358)
Share of net profit / (loss) of associates
(2)
(3)
Profit before income taxes
976
790
Segment Adjusted EBIT includes the following amounts of depreciation and amortisation expenses (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Europe
133
133
LARMEA
37
34
Peet’s
77
84
APAC
25
31
Total reportable segments
272
282
Unallocated
25
28
Total
297
310
Entity-wide disclosures:
The total revenue from external customers, broken down by the location of the selling entity is shown in the following
table (in percentages of total revenue):
2025
2024
Brazil
14%
11%
United States
12%
13%
France
12%
12%
Germany
8%
9%
Netherlands
7%
9%
Rest of world 49
47%
46%
Total revenue
100%
100%
No single customer amounted to 10% or more of JDE Peet's revenue in either 2025 or 2024.
2.2 REVENUE
Revenue recognition— JDE Peet's recognises revenue in accordance with the five-step model introduced by IFRS 15.
Revenue is measured based on the consideration to which it expects to be entitled in a contract with a customer and
excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties. JDE Peet's recognises sales when the control is transferred and
the performance obligation is satisfied and when specific criteria have been met for each of the activities as described
below. Revenue is recognised when the goods and services are delivered at a point in time or over time, depending on
the nature of transaction. Sales of goods are typically recognised at a point in time, where the revenue related to the
Out-of-Home customer can be recognised at a point in time or over time. Revenue taxes collected from customers are
excluded from revenue and the obligation is included in accrued liabilities until the taxes are remitted to the appropriate
taxing authorities. JDE Peet's bases its estimates on historical results, taking into consideration the type of customer,
the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement.
Contracts with Out-of-Home customers—Contracts with Out-of-Home customers may include multiple element
arrangements where performance obligations include both the delivery of products and the lease or sale of coffee
equipment. In some instances, the coffee equipment is provided for free, but the customer agrees to purchase and
use JDE Peet's products. Such contracts may be inclusive of free maintenance of the coffee equipment for a specific
period. In such situations, JDE Peet's separates the sales transaction into the identifiable performance obligations in
order to reflect the substance of the transaction based on the stand-alone selling prices of these obligations. JDE
Peet's assesses the stand-alone selling prices available for the individual components and allocates the revenue of the
total transaction in accordance with IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Revenue derived from a sale of
coffee equipment is recognised at a point in time. Revenue derived from operating lease and maintenance contracts
are recognised overtime, the duration of these contracts is between 1 to 5 years.
Customer loyalty programmes—JDE Peet's has a customer loyalty programme in the Netherlands whereby
consumers collect points (award credits) towards merchandise. The customer loyalty programme has separate
performance obligations whereby the consumer is purchasing the products as well as the award credit. The revenue
associated with the award credit is derived from the product stand-alone selling price and is deferred and recognised
separately as a liability at the time of the initial sale. The estimation of this stand-alone selling price of the award credits
includes consideration of the proportion of the awards expected to be redeemed. The contract liability is included in
trade and other payables in the statement of financial position, is recognised at a point in time when fulfilled. In line with
IAS 1, the customer loyalty programme's' contract liability is classified as current. Further information on the liability 
balances is provided in note 4.3.
JDE Peet's revenue consists of the following:
• Product sales to third parties (coffee, tea, other food and beverage)—The conditions above are generally
met when the control of the products of categories coffee, tea and other food and beverage is transferred to
distributors, resellers or end customers. In particular, title usually transfers upon receipt of the product at the
customers’ locations, or upon shipment, as determined by the specific sales terms of the transactions. Revenue
from owned coffee stores are presented net of discounts and recognised at the point of sale for food and beverage
products sold.
• Services (lease revenue and maintenance fees)—JDE Peet's leases coffee machines as a service to certain of its
Out-of-Home customers. Income from these leases is recognised in the income statement based on the policy for
leases. In addition, maintenance fees are received related to its Out-of-Home machines, which are recognised on an
accrual basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements. Revenue from fixed-price contracts is
generally recognised in the period that the maintenance services are rendered, using a straight-line basis over the
term of the contract.
Revenues described above are recognised for individual components and the revenue of the total transaction price is
allocated to the individual components by reference to their stand-alone selling price. Trade allowances and product
returns are estimated based on historical results taking into consideration the customer, transaction and specifics of
each arrangement while also taken into account forward looking information. JDE Peet's provides a variety of sales
incentives to resellers and consumers of its products, and the policies regarding the recognition and presentation of
these incentives within the income statement are as follows.
Included in revenue:
• Discounts, coupons and rebates—The reduction of the transaction price of these non-volume-based incentives is
recognised at a point in time at the later of the date at which the related sale is recognised or the date at which the
incentive is offered. The cost of these incentives is estimated using a number of factors, including historical
utilisation and redemption rates. These incentives are settled in cash and are included in the determination of sales.
• Listing fees—Certain retailers require the payment of listing fees in order to provide space for JDE Peet's products
on the retailer’s store shelves. These amounts are included in the transaction price.
• Volume-based incentives—These incentives typically involve rebates or refunds of a specified amount of cash
if the reseller reaches a specified level of sales, taking into account applicable competition laws. Under incentive
programmes of this nature, the incentive is estimated and a portion of the incentive is allocated to reduce each
underlying sales transaction with the customer overtime.
50 The "Services" category comprises lease income derived from the operational leasing of professional coffee machines to Out-of-Home customers.
51 Cost of product mainly consists of raw materials (green coffee beans, tea leaves and other materials) for 76% (2024: 68%), packaging 9% (2024: 11%), coffee taxes 2% (2024: 4%) and inbound freight 2% (2024: 2%).
52 Other selling, general and administrative expenses in the table above include costs for advertising and promotion, distribution, repairs, maintenance and utilities, as well as impairment charges on trade receivables, for which reference is made to note 4.2.
• Cooperative advertising—Under these arrangements, JDE Peet's agrees to reimburse the reseller for a portion of
the costs incurred by the reseller to advertise and promote certain of its products. These expenses are inseparable
from the revenue generated by product sales. As such, for the majority of cases the cost of cooperative advertising
programmes are recognised as a reduction to the transaction price, unless the services are considered distinct
which would result in the recognition of the costs as advertising costs.
• Fixtures and racks—Store fixtures and racks are provided to retailers to display certain products of JDE Peet's.
The costs of these fixtures and racks are recognised as a reduction of the transaction price as the costs are
inherently linked to the sale of our products.
Key accounting estimate and judgement—Revenue is recognised for individual performance obligations and
the total transaction price is allocated to the individual components by reference to their stand-alone selling
price. JDE Peet's estimates trade allowances and product returns based on credit risk characteristics of the
customer, the days past due, the transaction and specifics of each arrangement. As described above, JDE
Peet's has a variety of sales incentives, sales returns and marketing accruals. Measuring the fair value of these
incentives requires, in many cases, estimating future customer utilisation, redemption rates and relative fair
value. These incentives include coupons that have a prescribed value. Historical data for similar transactions
is used in estimating the fair value of incentive programmes. These estimates are reviewed each period and
adjusted based upon actual experience and other available information. Additionally, JDE Peet's has a
significant number of trade incentive programmes and other factors outside of its control that impact the
ultimate cost of these incentives. Any significant change in these estimates could potentially have a material
impact on revenue and profits especially in areas where estimation uncertainty is higher.
The total revenue broken down by products and services is shown in the following table (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Coffee
8,903
7,708
Tea
214
289
Other food and beverage
653
660
Services 50
151
180
Total
9,921
8,837
The disaggregated revenue composition is consistent with the operating segment revenue.
2.3 EXPENSES BY NATURE
Expens es—Expenses are recognised based on the accrual basis of accounting. This means that expenses are
recognised when the product is received or the service is provided regardless of when cash outflow takes place.
In relation to the expenses recognised in relation to depreciation, amortisation and impairments, reference is made
to the specific accounting policy information as is included in notes 3.2 and 3.4. In relation to the costs as expensed
in relation to inventory, reference is made to the specific accounting policy as is included in note 4.1.
The aggregate of cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses is specified by nature as follows (in
EUR million):
Note
2025
2024
Cost of product 51
5,974
4,718
Employee benefit expenses
1,340
1,255
Other selling, general and administrative expenses 52
1,336
1,345
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
3.2, 3.4
443
457
Restructuring and restructuring related expenses
71
6
Total
9,164
7,781
53 Unallocated includes operations (e.g. manufacturing and procurement) and global head office functions.
Employee benefit expense can be broken down as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Wages and salaries
1,052
1,044
Social security charges
139
147
Pension costs
49
48
Share-based payments
100
16
Total
1,340
1,255
Employees by segment (average number of FTEs during the year):
2025
2024
Europe
3,779
3,906
LARMEA
2,382
2,693
APAC
1,319
1,395
Peet's
5,244
5,365
Unallocated 53
7,003
7,030
Total
19,727
20,389
Employees by geographical area (average number of FTEs during the year):
2025
2024
The Netherlands
1,617
2,005
Outside the Netherlands
18,110
18,384
Total
19,727
20,389
Fees for audit services provided by our auditor Deloitte Accountants B.V. include the audit of the financial statements
of the Company and its subsidiaries. Fees for audit related engagements include review on interim financial statements,
prospectus and sustainability assurance engagements. Fees for other non-audit related services include agreed-upon
procedures. A specification of fees paid to our auditors (in EUR million) is stated below:
2025
2024
Audit of the financial statements
6.5
6.4
Limited assurance review CSRD
0.5
0.7
Audit related engagements
4.2
0.1
Other non-audit related services
0.1
0.2
Total
11.3
7.4
Which relate to:
Deloitte Accountants B.V.
5.5
3.0
Network of Deloitte Accountants B.V.
5.8
4.4
2.4 EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to the owners of the
Company by the time-weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.
Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of the Company by the time-weighted average
number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year adjusted for the time-weighted average number of ordinary
shares that would be issued on the conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares. At both
the level of the Company, and subsidiary level, there are share-based payment plans that should be considered in the
earnings per share calculation. The share-based payments plans at the subsidiary level are taken into consideration in
the determination of the profit attributable to owners of the Company.
Participants receive listed shares in the Company upon vesting and the Company has the obligation to deliver the
shares, diluting the shares of the Company. The conversion rates used in the earnings per share calculation are similar
to the conversion rates used in the share-based payment calculations. For further details on the conversion rates and
valuation techniques refer to note 7.1.
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:
2025
2024
Earnings for the purposes of basic earnings per share being profit attributable to
owners of the Company (in EUR million)
796
561
Number of shares
Time-weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per
share
485,497,617
486,961,255
Adjustment for the calculation of diluted earnings per share: Share-based payment plans
9,109,420
7,732,384
Time-weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted
earnings per share
494,607,037
494,693,639
Basic EPS (in EUR)
1.64
1.15
Diluted EPS (in EUR)
1.61
1.13
The total number of shares outstanding (excluding treasury shares) at 31 December 2025 was 484,486,123 (2024:
488,178,642). At 31 December 2025, the Company held 3,692,519 shares in Treasury Stock (2024: nil).
3. STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS AND DIVESTMENTS
3.1 BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
JDE Peet's applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the
acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests
issued and includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement.
Acquisitions where a sequence of transactions begins with JDE Peet's gaining control, followed by acquiring additional
ownership interests shortly thereafter, typical in public offers where offers are made to a group of shareholders, are
accounted for as a single transaction. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired
and (contingent) liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition
date, with limited exceptions as allowed under IFRS 3.
• Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised and measured at acquisition date in accordance with IAS 12.
• Assets and liabilities related to employee benefit arrangements are recognised and measured at acquisition date in
accordance with IAS 19.
• Share-based payments arrangements are measured at acquisition date in accordance with IFRS 2.
On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, JDE Peet's recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair
value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets.
The excess of the consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets
acquired and the liabilities assumed is recognised as goodwill. To the extent applicable, any non-controlling interest in
the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree are added to
consideration transferred for purposes of calculating goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the
subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in the income statement.
The reconciliation of the carrying amount of goodwill is included in note 3.2.
Business Combinations under Common Control—A business combination involving entities or businesses under
common control is a business combination in which all of the combining entities or businesses are ultimately controlled
by the same party or parties both before and after the business combination and the control is not transitory. JDE
Peet's adopted accounting principles similar to the pooling-of-interest method. Under this method, the assets and
liabilities of the acquired entity are recognised at the same book values as the ultimate parent entity’s consolidated
financial statements (adjusted for the alignment of accounting policies and applicable GAAP applied by the companies
involved). The difference, if any, between the carrying value of the net assets acquired and the consideration paid by
the Group is recognised in Equity.
Key accounting estimate and judgement—The purchase price allocation includes fair values of assets and
(contingent) liabilities that are based on information available at the time of determining those values. The valuation
method of determining the fair value depends on the facts and circumstances relating to the specific asset and
liability.
Acquisitions during 2025
During 2025, there were no business combinations.
Acquisitions during 2024
Caribou—On 26 March 2024, JDE Peet’s completed a long-term global license agreement to manufacture, market and
sell Caribou consumer and foodservice coffee products, excluding Caribou coffeehouses, for a total consideration of
EUR 245 million. These activities were carved-out into a separate legal entity, JDEP Blue Moon, Inc., of which all shares
were transferred to JDE Peet's upon completion. The transaction provides JDE Peet’s a strong platform to expand its
premium coffee portfolio in North America. Under the terms of the agreement, JDE Peet’s acquired Caribou’s roasting
operations in Minneapolis, Minnesota. The two companies, JDE Peet’s and Caribou Coffee Operating Company, Inc,
have also reached a long-term strategic arrangement under which JDE Peet’s will supply coffee products for sale in
Caribou’s coffeehouses. The Caribou business was part of the JAB group of companies (see also note 7.2) and
consequently the accounting method of a business combination under common control was applied.
The difference between the purchase consideration and the book values of the acquired assets and liabilities amounted
to EUR 163 million and was recognised in equity. Acquisition-related costs amounted to EUR 5 million.
The following table summarises the considerations paid and the book value of recognised assets and (contingent)
liabilities at the acquisition date (in EUR million):
Caribou
Property, plant and equipment
10
Deferred tax assets
60
Inventories
7
Trade and other receivables
11
Other non-current financial liabilities
(3)
Trade and other payables
(3)
Net assets acquired
82
Consideration above net asset value - recognised in equity
163
Total consideration in cash for the acquisition
245
Cash considerations paid in 2024
245
Total consideration in cash for the acquisition
245
If Caribou would have been included in JDE Peet’s results an entire year (in the year of acquisition), the revenue and net
loss would have been EUR 75 million and EUR (2) million, respectively.
Maratá—On 4 January 2024, JDE Peet's completed the acquisition of all shares in the Brazilian coffee & tea business
Indústrias Alimentícias Maratá Ltda (Maratá) from JAV Indústria de Alimentos Ltda for a total purchase consideration of
EUR 682 million, net of cash acquired. The acquisition expands JDE Peet’s emerging markets presence. Maratá’s
coffee & tea business is predominantly present in the northern part of Brazil through its long-standing and well-known
brands Café Maratá and Chá Maratá.
JDE Peet's applied the acquisition method to account for the Maratá business combination and included assets and
liabilities at fair value in accordance with IFRS 3, with some minor exceptions as allowed under IFRS 3. Consequently,
purchase price allocation of all identifiable assets and (contingent) liabilities acquired were performed. The purchase
price allocation was finalised in the year 2024. Through contractual arrangements, Maratá is fully in control over the
coffee & tea trademarks. The goodwill is recognised within the LARMEA segment and is attributable to synergies
between JDE Peet’s and Maratá. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. Acquisition-related costs amounted to
EUR 9 million. No changes to the initial valuation of the identifiable assets acquired or liabilities assumed were
recognised.
The assets and liabilities acquired in the transaction include the recognition of a contingent asset and contingent
liabilities. It was agreed that JAV would indemnify JDE Brazil for any risks up to 15% of the initial purchase price,
equivalent to approx. BRL 500 million (EUR 77 million at 31 December 2025 and EUR 78 million at 31 December 2024).
The fair value of the risks are recognised as a provision and income tax payable, which were fully offset by an
indemnification asset recognised within Trade and other receivables.
The following table summarises the considerations paid and the fair values of assets and (contingent) liabilities acquired
at the acquisition date (EUR million):
Maratá
Property, plant and equipment
30
Other non-current assets
2
Deferred tax assets
1
Inventories
29
Income tax receivable
6
Trade and other receivables
69
Non-current borrowings
(1)
Provisions
(28)
Other non-current liabilities
(2)
Trade and other payables
(4)
Income tax liability
(5)
Net assets acquired
97
Goodwill
399
Trademarks
186
Total consideration in cash for the acquisition
682
Cash consideration paid in 2024
682
Total consideration in cash for the acquisition
682
In 2024, Maratá contributed revenue of EUR 317 million and a net profit of EUR 38 million.
3.2 GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill—Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred in an acquisition over the net of the
acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed of the acquired subsidiary at
the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in goodwill and other intangible assets on
the statement of financial position. To the extent applicable, any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the
acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree are added to consideration transferred
for purposes of calculating goodwill.
Goodwill is not amortised but is tested annually for impairment, or more frequently when events are identified which
require an impairment test, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses (see note 3.3). 
Trademarks and other identifiable intangible assets—The primary identifiable intangible assets of JDE Peet's are
trademarks, brands and other identifiable intangible assets, being mainly customer relationships and technologies, that were
acquired in business combinations. Trademarks, brands, customer relationships and technologies are recognised at fair value
at acquisition date. The useful life of an intangible asset is assessed as being either finite or indefinite. An intangible asset is
regarded as having an indefinite useful life when, based on all of the relevant factors, there is no foreseeable limit to the period
over which the asset is expected to generate net cash inflows for the entity. The term 'indefinite' does not mean 'infinite'.
There is no expectation that the cash inflows generated by the asset will go on forever; instead there is no foreseeable point at
which the cash inflows will cease. Trademarks with a finite useful life are based on such things as the years that this trademark
is in place and cash inflows generated thus far. Trademarks, brands, customer relationships and technologies that have a
definite useful life are tested when events are identified which require an impairment test. These intangibles are carried at cost
less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the
cost of trademarks, brands, customer relationships and acquired technologies over their estimated useful lives.
Software—Software is a separately acquired intangible asset, which is initially measured at cost. After initial
recognition, software should be carried at its cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment
losses. Software is amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.
The estimated useful lives, which are reviewed annually and adjusted if appropriate and are presented as follows:
Trademarks & brands
10 to 30 years, or indefinite
Customer relationships
4 to 15 years
Acquired technologies
7 to 20 years
Software
1 to 8 years
Other
5 to 12 years
54 Included in the "Other" category under Goodwill is EUR 43 million in relation to the divestment of activities in Turkey. Under Other intangible assets an amount of EUR 5 million was transferred to assets held for sale.
The movements of the goodwill and other intangible assets are as follows (in EUR million):
Goodwill
Trademarks and brands
Computer software
Technologies
Customer relationships
Other intangible assets
Total
Balance at 1 January 2024
12,310
4,204
60
62
91
—
16,727
Acquisitions in business combinations
399
186
—
—
—
—
585
Capital expenditures
—
—
25
—
—
9
34
Foreign currency translation
(68)
(11)
1
—
1
—
(77)
Amortisation expense
—
(57)
(20)
(14)
(20)
(1)
(112)
Impairments
—
(31)
—
—
—
—
(31)
Other
—
(2)
—
—
—
—
(2)
Balance at 31 December 2024
12,641
4,289
66
48
72
8
17,124
Cost
12,641
5,103
235
196
304
30
18,509
Accumulated amortisation
—
(814)
(169)
(148)
(232)
(22)
(1,385)
Balance at 31 December 2024
12,641
4,289
66
48
72
8
17,124
Application of hyperinflationary accounting
(2)
—
—
—
—
—
(2)
Balance at 1 January 2025
12,639
4,289
66
48
72
8
17,122
Capital expenditures
—
—
9
—
—
6
15
Foreign currency translation
(145)
(45)
(2)
—
(2)
—
(194)
Impairments
—
(1)
(1)
—
—
—
(2)
Amortisation expense
—
(64)
(19)
(13)
(18)
—
(114)
Other 54
(46)
1
8
—
—
(7)
(44)
Balance at 31 December 2025
12,448
4,180
61
35
52
7
16,783
Cost
12,448
5,014
233
196
282
19
18,192
Accumulated amortisation
—
(834)
(172)
(161)
(230)
(12)
(1,409)
Balance at 31 December 2025
12,448
4,180
61
35
52
7
16,783
Amortisation expense is included in the income statement as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Cost of sales
(5)
(2)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(109)
(110)
Total
(114)
(112)
At 31 December, the principal acquired brands, all of which are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, are
as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
JACOBS
1,048
1,048
Douwe Egberts
668
668
Kenco
412
412
Moccona
214
214
Peet's
182
206
Pickwick
175
175
Gevalia
134
134
Maxwell House
118
118
Pilão
11
12
Friele
40
40
Other brands
43
49
Total
3,045
3,076
3.3 IMPAIRMENT OF NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Assets that have an indefinite useful life, such as trademarks
and brands, are not subject to amortisation and are tested at least annually for impairment or when events or
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When events or circumstances indicate that
an individual asset is not recoverable the asset is tested on an individual basis.
Goodwill is tested for impairment on the last day of the third quarter of the year, and whenever a significant event
occurs or circumstances change that might reduce the recoverable amount of the goodwill. If the recoverable amount
of a cash-generating unit (CGU) or a group of CGUs is less than its carrying amount, the impairment loss is first
allocated to goodwill. Any remaining impairment loss is allocated to all remaining assets in the CGU or group of CGUs.
Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.
Goodwill is allocated to groups of CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those groups
of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose, identified consistent
with the operating segment before any aggregation.
An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less cost of disposal (FVLCD) or value-in-use (VIU). For the
purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable
cash flows. Non-financial assets, other than goodwill that is impaired, are reviewed for possible reversal of the
impairment at each reporting date.
Key accounting estimate and judgement—Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of
the VIU of the group of CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated. The VIU calculation requires management
to estimate future cash flows expected to arise from the CGU and a suitable discount rate to calculate present
value. If the actual future cash flows are less than expected, an impairment loss may arise. VIU is a valuation
derived from the discounted future cash flows of the CGUs. Cash flow projections were made for 7 years, which
were approved by the Board of Director of which 5 years were included in the cash flow forecast and of which
the first year is aligned to the budget for the following year. The growth rates for the sixth year are based on the
average of the fifth and seventh year. The cash flows after the 6-year period are extrapolated using a terminal
growth rate equal to the inflation assumption to determine the terminal value. The coffee price growth per year is
assumed to be the expected country-specific annual long-term inflation, which is based on external sources. A
CGU-specific pre-tax Weighted-Average Cost of Capital (WACC) was applied. The cash flow projections in the
impairment assessment include financial impacts in relation to executing the environmental strategy.
JDE Peet's reviews these estimates at least annually as of the date of each impairment test and believes them to be
appropriate. However, changes in these estimates could change the outcomes of the impairment reviews and therefore
affect future financial results, the effects of which would be recognised in the income statement, through operating profit.
The carrying amount of goodwill at 31 December 2025 is EUR 12,448 million (2024: EUR 12,641 million) and indefinite
life intangible assets EUR 3,045 million (2024: EUR 3,076 million). The movement over the year is explained by foreign
currency translation adjustments.
The share of carrying value of the indefinite lived brands over the segments is as follows:
2025
2024
Europe
80%
79%
LARMEA
5%
5%
Peet's
7%
8%
APAC
8%
8%
Total
100%
100%
As part of the overall impairment test performed with the measurement date 30 September 2025, also the recoverability
of the CGUs carrying these trademarks was assessed, concluding no impairments to be recognised.
Goodwill is monitored by management at the operating segment level.
I wThe following is a summary of goodwill allocation for each operating segment at 31 December (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Europe
9,751
9,758
LARMEA
915
945
Peet's
687
779
APAC
1,095
1,159
Total
12,448
12,641
Key assumptions
Key assumptions used in the calculation of the VIU are the EBITDA margin growth and the KDP bid, the discount rate
applied to the projected cash flows and the terminal growth rate. The EBITDA margin growth is a combination of past
experiences and JDE Peet's "Reignite the amazing" strategy by market, category and brand. The discount rate is the
pre-tax rate WACC, which includes inputs of cost of equity (calculated using the risk-free rate, systematic market risk
and risk premium) and cost of debt (yield to maturity on debt). The WACC includes an additional risk premium in
relation to the realisation of the cash flow projections. The terminal growth rate is equal to the long-term annual inflation
rate specific to the asset or CGU. The KDP bid price in current year is treated as indicative of the entity’s fair value and
the segments’ total recoverable amounts are reconciled to that bid price. For some intangible assets, management
expects to achieve growth driven by sales, marketing and distribution expertise, which is significantly in excess of the
terminal growth rates for the applicable countries or regions. In these circumstances, the recoverable amount is
calculated based on the following inputs: the annual growth rate of the country’s gross domestic product, aggregated
with its inflation rate and adjusted according to the specific asset or CGU.
The terminal growth rate is assumed equal to the long-term annual inflation rate of the country. For brands, the
assumptions are based on a weighted-average taking into account the country or countries where sales are made.
The key assumptions (pre-tax discount rates, terminal growth rates and EBITDA margin growth) used to calculate the
VIU for impairment testing are included in the following table (in percentage):
2025
2024
Pre-tax
discount rate
Terminal
growth rate
EBITDA
margin
growth
Pre-tax
discount rate
Terminal
growth rate
EBITDA
margin
growth
Europe
8.3 - 12.5 %
1.6%
0.1%
9.5 - 14.9 %
1.6%
1.4%
LARMEA
9.0 - 28.2 %
3.4%
(0.5)%
9.3 - 28.1 %
3.5%
1.1%
Peet's
10.7 %
1.8%
(0.4)%
10.2 %
1.7%
(0.4)%
APAC
8.8 - 9.4 %
1.7%
(0.9)%
10.5 - 10.9 %
1.7%
0.7%
Sensitivity
Management performed sensitivity analysis around the key assumptions. Management believes that no reasonable
possible changes in key assumptions would cause, in isolation, the recoverable amount of the significant group of cash
generating units to be less than the carrying value.
3.4 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment is carried at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses.
The cost of purchased property, plant and equipment is the value of the consideration given to acquire the assets and
the value of other directly attributable costs including, for qualifying assets, capitalised borrowing costs and asset
retirement obligations. Leasehold improvements and other property additions and improvements are included in the
asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future
economic benefits associated with the item will flow to JDE Peet's and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
The carrying amount of any replaced part is derecognised at the time it is disposed and charged to expense. All repair
and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred.
Property, plant and equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets,
except land and assets under construction which are not depreciated. JDE Peet's believes that the wear and tear on
each category of assets is spread evenly over the useful life. The estimated useful lives, which are reviewed annually
and adjusted if appropriate, are presented as follows:
Buildings and improvements
up to 40 years
Leasehold improvements
10 to 20 years
Machinery and equipment
up to 25 years
The assets’ residual values are reviewed annually and adjusted, if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount of the assets and
are recognised in the income statement within selling, general and administrative expenses. An asset’s carrying amount
is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated
recoverable amount.
Key accounting estimate and judgement—With respect to impairment of long lived assets, judgements are
made related to the expected useful lives of long-lived assets and their ability to realise undiscounted cash flows
in excess of the carrying amounts of such assets which are affected by factors such as the ongoing
maintenance and improvements of the assets, changes in economic conditions and changes in operating
performance. In assessing the remaining useful lives JDE Peet's concluded that there is no material impact from
climate risk.
The composition of property, plant and equipment is as follows (in EUR million):
Note
2025
2024
Property, plant and equipment - owned assets
3.4.1
1,557
1,593
Right of use assets
3.4.2
230
266
Total
1,787
1,859
3.4.1 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT - OWNED ASSETS
The movements of the property, plant and equipment are as follows (in EUR million):
Land and
buildings
Machinery
and
equipment
Assets under
construction
Other
Total
Balance at 1 January 2024
426
824
211
14
1,475
Application of hyperinflationary accounting
44
—
—
—
44
Acquisitions in business combinations
13
23
1
—
37
Capital expenditures
11
103
181
1
296
Disposals/other
(3)
(16)
(2)
—
(21)
Impairment
(16)
(10)
(3)
—
(29)
Foreign currency translation
(1)
(16)
(1)
—
(18)
Depreciation expense
(32)
(164)
—
(3)
(199)
Transfers
53
96
(144)
3
8
Balance at 31 December 2024
495
840
243
15
1,593
Cost
903
2,265
243
64
3,475
Accumulated depreciation
(408)
(1,425)
—
(49)
(1,882)
Balance at 31 December 2024
495
840
243
15
1,593
Application of hyperinflationary accounting
(6)
—
—
—
(6)
Capital expenditures
11
87
187
1
286
Disposals/other
(42)
(14)
(2)
(1)
(59)
Impairment
(10)
(18)
(21)
—
(49)
Foreign currency translation
(1)
5
—
—
4
Depreciation expense
(33)
(161)
—
(2)
(196)
Transfers
15
117
(150)
2
(16)
Balance at 31 December 2025
429
856
257
15
1,557
Cost
835
2,379
257
61
3,532
Accumulated depreciation
(406)
(1,523)
—
(46)
(1,975)
Balance at 31 December 2025
429
856
257
15
1,557
Assets under construction primarily relate to production lines and buildings.
The impairment charge recognised in 2025 mainly related to the closure of the activities in a location in the United
Kingdom, as well as the write-down of equipment at a production site in France.
3.4.2 RIGHT OF USE ASSETS
The movements of the right-of-use assets are as follows (in EUR million):
Right-of-use real
estate
Right-of-use
vehicles
Right-of-use
other
Total
Balance at 1 January 2024
211
30
3
244
Acquisitions in business combinations
3
—
—
3
Recognition right-of-use asset
66
25
1
92
Remeasurement/other
(2)
4
—
2
Foreign currency translation
8
—
1
9
Depreciation expense
(65)
(18)
(3)
(86)
Transfers
1
1
—
2
Balance at 31 December 2024
222
42
2
266
Cost
488
83
12
583
Accumulated depreciation
(266)
(41)
(10)
(317)
Balance at 31 December 2024
222
42
2
266
Recognition right-of-use asset
40
20
6
66
Impairments
(4)
—
—
(4)
Remeasurement/other
(1)
—
(1)
(2)
Foreign currency translation
(18)
(2)
—
(20)
Depreciation expense
(56)
(19)
(3)
(78)
Transfers
1
1
—
2
Balance at 31 December 2025
184
42
4
230
Cost
456
84
16
556
Accumulated depreciation
(272)
(42)
(12)
(326)
Balance at 31 December 2025
184
42
4
230
Depreciation expense included in the income statement for the period is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Cost of sales
(195)
(205)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(79)
(80)
Total
(274)
(285)
JDE Peet's leases various offices, warehouses, coffee stores, equipment and vehicles. Expenses for short-term leases,
low value leases and variable lease payments amounted to EUR 19 million (2024: EUR 20 million) and were charged to
the income statement. There are no significant lease commitments for leases not commenced at year-end.
JDE Peet's incurred interest expenses on the lease liability of EUR 14 million (2024: EUR 11 million). For lease liabilities,
refer to note 5.2. and for the contractual maturity analysis of lease liabilities refer to note 6.4.
The total cash outflow for leases amounted to EUR 104 million (2024: EUR 111 million).
3.5 ASSETS AND LIABILITIES HELD FOR SALE
Assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered primarily through
a sale rather than through ongoing use. JDE Peet’s applies held for sale classification only when management is
committed to the sale, the assets are ready for immediate sale in their present condition, are expected to be sold within
12 months, and the sale is considered highly probable.
Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for sale are valued at the lower of their carrying amount and
fair value less costs of disposal. Non-current assets held for sale are no longer depreciated. When equity-accounted
investees meet the criteria to be classified as held for sale, equity accounting ceases at the time of reclassification.
Where a disposal group includes a non-controlling interest, this interest continues to be presented within equity
in accordance with IFRS 10.
As part of the strategic changes introduced in 2025, the Company determined that certain business activities satisfy the
requirements for classification as held for sale under IFRS 5. Consequently, the associated assets and liabilities were
grouped together and reclassified on the statement of financial position as ‘assets held for sale’ and ‘liabilities held for
sale.’ The carrying amounts of these assets and liabilities are EUR 39 million and EUR 9 million, respectively.
The assets and liabilities include (in EUR million):
2025
Property, plant and equipment
11
Intangible assets
5
Inventory
14
Trade and other receivables
6
Cash and cash equivalents
3
Total assets held for sale
39
Provisions
1
Borrowings
1
Trade and other payables
6
Income tax liability
1
Total liabilities held for sale
9
In 2024, no assets or liabilities were classified as held for sale.
4. WORKING CAPITAL
4.1 INVENTORIES
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method
and includes the impact of rebates, discounts and other cash consideration received from a vendor related to inventory
purchases and the reclassification from equity of any gains or losses on qualifying cash flow hedges relating to
purchases of raw material. The cost of finished goods and work in progress comprises package design costs, raw
materials, direct labour, and other direct costs, including transportation costs incurred in bringing inventories to their
location immediately prior to external sale, and condition and related production overheads based on normal operating
capacity. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable
selling expenses (i.e. less all estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale). In addition,
inventories include coffee machines that have not yet been leased.
The composition of inventories is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Raw materials (including packaging)
1,016
923
Work in progress
168
184
Finished goods (including Out-of-Home machines)
830
597
2,014
1,704
Provision for write downs
(32)
(29)
Total
1,982
1,675
The amount added to the provision is EUR 1 million (2024: EUR 5 million). Reference is made to note 2.3 for the amount
of inventories directly recognised as an expense during the period.
4.2 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for merchandise sold or services performed in the ordinary course
of business. If collection is expected in 12 months or less, they are classified as current. If not, then they are presented
as non-current assets. Trade receivables are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at
amortised cost using the effective interest method, less a provision for impairment.
The composition of trade and other receivables is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Trade receivables
738
666
Provision for impairment of trade receivables
(18)
(23)
Trade receivables—net
720
643
Prepaid non-income taxes
113
122
Prepaid assets
67
61
Contingent assets recognised upon acquisition of a business
20
25
Lease receivable
3
2
Deposits
4
5
Other
42
35
Total
969
893
The charge to, and release of, the provision for impaired receivables are included in selling, general and administrative
expenses in the income statement, whereby receivables are all assessed on an individual basis. During 2025, an
amount of EUR 3 million was charged (2024: EUR 8 million) and an amount of EUR 2 million was released (2024:
EUR 11 million) to the income statement. Amounts charged to the provision are generally written-off when there is
no expectation of recovery.
At 31 December 2025, an amount of EUR 101 million (2024: EUR 67 million) was past due, of which EUR 23 million
was due more than 30 days (2024: EUR 11 million). Trade receivables not past due at 31 December 2025, were fully
performing. Information about the impairment of trade receivables and exposure to credit risk, market risk and liquidity
risk can be found in note 6 Financial risk management.
55 Includes accrued costs in relation to the announced KDP transaction.
The carrying amount of the trade and other receivables is considered a close approximation of their fair value due to
their short maturity.
4.3 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that were acquired in the ordinary course of business.
Trade and other payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within 12 months or less. If not, they are
presented as non-current liabilities. Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Key accounting estimate and judgement
In evaluating whether liabilities to suppliers who participate in a supply chain finance initiative, utilise notices of
assignment, or act as intermediaries, qualify as trade payables (as opposed to borrowings) judgement is required
as such arrangements could contain characteristics of both. JDE Peet's considers elements such as changes in
the contractual relationship with the supplier, whether any seniority or collateral is granted on the amounts
payable to the supply chain finance party, and the extent to which extended payment terms are customary.
JDE Peet’s sometimes engages in transactions involving interest-bearing trade payables as part of standard
commercial negotiations with its suppliers. These interest-bearing payables are typically negotiated in a manner
consistent with the JDE Peet’s broader trade payable practices. Judgment has been exercised in assessing
whether the presence of interest alters the nature and timing of settlement of these trade payables so as to
require separate presentation within the consolidated statement of financial position. JDE Peet’s has concluded
that the interest component on these payables does not materially change the overall nature and timing of the
trade payable. The terms and conditions, including interest payments, align closely with other non-interest-
bearing trade payables, thereby ensuring a consistent approach in managing supplier relationships, payment
obligations and reporting.
Given the customary length of payment terms in the coffee & tea business, it is not uncommon for suppliers of
JDE Peet's to use notices of assignment programmes of financial institutions.
Such notices of assignment are all initiated by, and at the discretion of, the suppliers, and do not change the
nature, terms and conditions, or payment terms of the amounts owed by JDE Peet's. Therefore, such
arrangements of suppliers do not modify JDE Peet's classification of the trade payables.
Estimates are made in the determination of marketing (trade promotion) accruals. When trade promotions are
provided to customers, these reduce the transaction price and consequently the revenue. The conditional
discounts in revenue (refer to note 2.2) are estimated based on accumulated experience supported by historical
and current sales information. Expected sales volumes are determined taking into account (historical) sales
patterns and other relevant information. A trade promotion accrual is recognised for expected volume and year-
end trade promotions payable to customers in relation to sales made until the end of the reporting period.
The composition of trade and other payables is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Trade payables
4,435
4,141
Accrued payroll and benefits
234
214
Accrued trade promotion
310
257
Accrued interest
60
61
Non-income taxes payable
43
51
Deferred revenue (including contract liabilities)
79
89
Dividend payable
175
170
Other accrued expenses 55
196
128
Total
5,532
5,111
The carrying amount of the trade and other payables is considered a close approximation of their fair value due to their
short-term maturity.
Deferred revenue (including contract liabilities) —The deferred revenue position includes a contract liability related
to the customer loyalty programmes as further described in accounting policy information (note 2.2). The contract
liability from the loyalty programmes amounts to EUR 57 million (2024: EUR 63 million) and is fully classified as 'current'
in line with IAS 1.
Supply chain financing arrangements - Certain suppliers are offered the opportunity to use supply chain financing
arrangements (SCF), which allows them to collect the receivable before the invoice date subject to a discount. The
applied discount is based on the average market interest rate plus a fixed margin. JDE Peet's repays the banks the full
invoice amount on the scheduled payment date as required by the invoice. Supply contracts are evaluated against a
number of indicators to assess whether the payables hold the characteristics of a trade payable or should be classified
as borrowings. At 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024, none of the payables subject to SCF met the criteria to
be classified as borrowings. The amount outstanding under SCF at 31 December 2025 as paid by the banks amounted
to EUR 465 million (2024: EUR 488 million). At 31 December 2025, there was an additional amount of EUR 70 million
(2024: EUR 171 million) of vendor invoices offered to the SCF platforms but not yet paid by the banks.
The related transactions under SCF are reflected under cash flows from operating activities.
The composition of the financial liabilities that are subject to SCF is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Presented as part of trade payables
535
659
of which suppliers have received payment from finance provider
465
488
The average payment due dates is as follows:
2025
2024
Liabilities that are part of SCF
245 days after invoice
date
224 days after invoice
Comparable trade payables that are not part of SCF
195 days after invoice
date
183 days after invoice
During the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on 19 June 2025, a dividend of EUR 0.73 per share was approved,
payable in two instalments of EUR 0.37 and EUR 0.36 on respectively 11 July 2025 and 23 January 2026. The dividend
payable at 31 December 2025 amounted to EUR 175 million, which was recognised within Trade and other payables.
5. CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The key objective of the Company’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a stable capital structure with
the focus on total equity to uphold investor, creditor and customer confidence and to ensure future development of its
business. The Company focuses on keeping a strong total equity base to ensure independence, security, as well as a
high financial flexibility for potential future borrowing, if required, without impacting the risk profile of the Company.
There were no major changes made in the objectives, policies or processes for managing capital during the years
ended 31 December 2025 and 2024.
The capital structure is reviewed on a regular basis. The capital structure consists of net debt, which includes the
borrowings disclosed in note 5.2, net of cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable to the owners of the
Company, comprising issued share capital, reserves and retained earnings.
The capital structure is managed and adjusted in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics
of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the dividend payment to
shareholders or issue new shares.
The Company is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements other than the legal reserves.
56 Share premium and retained earnings have been restated due to voluntary accounting policy changes, see note 1.3 Changes in Accounting Standards.
5.1 SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Translation reserve —The translation reserve comprises foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the
assets and liabilities of foreign operations (excluding amounts attributable to non-controlling interests) as well as value
changes of the hedging instruments in the net investment hedges.
Hedging reserve—This reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash
flow hedging instruments where the hedged transaction has not yet occurred.
Other reserves—These reserves relate to the movements in share-based payments and retirement benefit obligations.
Reference is made to the specific accounting policy information described within the respective section above.
Share capital and premium
The authorised share capital amounts to EUR 20,000,000, consisting of 2,000,000,000 shares, and is divided into
1,000,000,000 ordinary shares with a nominal value of EUR 0.01 each and 1,000,000,000 preference shares with a
nominal value of EUR 0.01 each.
The number of outstanding shares (excluding treasury shares) and nominal value for the years ended 31 December
2025 and 2024 can be summarised as follows (value is stated in EUR million):
Number of
outstanding
shares at 31
December 2025
Number of
outstanding
shares at 31
December 2024
Value in
EUR million
2025
Value in
EUR million
2024
Ordinary shares
484,486,123
488,178,642
9,666
9,666
Total share capital and share premium
484,486,123
488,178,642
9,666
9,666
No preference shares were outstanding at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024.
Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to dividend distributions as declared from time to time. The Company may only
make distributions to its shareholders if its equity exceeds the amount of the paid-in and called-up part of the issued
capital plus the reserves as required to be maintained by the Articles of Association (if any) or Dutch law.
Movements in issued and outstanding ordinary shares (Nominal value, share premium and total in EUR million):
Note
Number of
outstanding
shares
Nominal value
Share premium 56
Total
Balance at 1 January 2024
486,042,837
5
9,647
9,652
Release of treasury shares
(i)
1,403,020
—
—
—
Issuance of shares
(ii)
732,785
—
14
14
Balance at 31 December 2024
488,178,642
5
9,661
9,666
Buyback of shares
(5,477,094)
—
—
—
Release of treasury shares
(i)
1,784,575
—
—
—
Balance at 31 December 2025
484,486,123
5
9,661
9,666
Under the share buyback programme started in March 2025, 5,477,094 shares were acquired for a total consideration
of EUR 122 million. The programme was terminated in September 2025.
In 2025, a total of 1,784,575 shares (compared to 1,403,020 shares in 2024) were released from treasury shares, while
no new shares were issued to settle vested share-based payment plans or in connection with the Company’s Option
Plan (2024: 732,785 shares issued). More information on the share-based payment plans can be found in note 7.1
Share-based payments.
Treasury shares
During 2024, all treasury shares were released. Following the share buyback programme in 2025, a number of shares
were repurchased and partially released in the current reporting period.
Movements in treasury shares (Nominal value in EUR million):
Number of issued
shares
Nominal value
Balance at 1 January 2024
1,403,020
(38)
Release of treasury shares
(1,403,020)
38
Balance at 31 December 2024
—
—
Buyback of shares
5,477,094
(122)
Release of treasury shares
(1,784,575)
40
Balance at 31 December 2025
3,692,519
(82)
In addition, 604,326 shares were released under the share-based payment arrangements (see note 7.1), which are
subject to recovery in the event that the KDP transaction does not complete. As the release of the shares are
conditional upon closing the KDP transaction, they remain accounted for as treasury shares until the vesting condition
is met, which is at the date of completing the transaction.
Non-controlling interest
The non-controlling interest is not material in 2025 and 2024, the financial information attributable to non-controlling
interests is not disclosed.
5.2 BORROWINGS
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently
measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value
is recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
An exchange of debt instruments or modification of terms is accounted for as a substantial modification or non-
substantial modification. For both a non-substantial and substantial modification, a gain or loss is recognised at the
time of recognition. When accounted for as a non-substantial modification, the gain or loss is determined using the
difference between the present value of the cash flows under the original and modified terms discounted at the original
effective interest rate. When accounted for as a substantial modification, the original financial liability is derecognised
and a new financial liability is recognised at fair value.
Borrowing facilities of JDE Peet's through the years 2024 and 2025 are summarised in the following tables (in EUR million):
Currency
31 December
2023
Business
combinations
Unwinding
discount
Additions
Repaid
Remeasurement
Amortisation
Recognition of
lease liability
Currency
translation
Other
31 December
2024
Unsecured notes - EU
EUR
4,088
—
—
—
—
4
3
—
—
—
4,095
Unsecured notes - US
USD
1,581
—
—
—
(450)
(4)
1
—
72
—
1,200
Short term facility
Various
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
JDE: Other financing
Various
8
1
—
62
(65)
—
—
—
(3)
—
3
All: Revolving credit facilities
Various
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Leases
Various
261
—
13
—
(91)
—
(3)
97
10
—
287
Unamortised discounts and costs
Various
(23)
—
—
—
—
—
6
—
—
—
(17)
Total borrowings
5,915
1
13
62
(606)
—
7
97
79
—
5,568
Non-current
5,388
4,999
Current
527
569
Currency
31 December
2024
Business
combinations
Unwinding
discount
Additions
Repaid
Remeasurement
Amortisation
Recognition of
lease liability
Currency
translation
Other
31 December
2025
Unsecured notes - EU
EUR
4,095
—
—
600
(500)
(4)
2
—
—
—
4,193
Unsecured notes - US
USD
1,200
—
—
—
—
6
1
—
(142)
—
1,065
Short term facility
Various
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
JDE: Other financing
Various
3
—
—
54
(57)
—
—
—
1
—
1
All: Revolving credit facilities
Various
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Leases
Various
287
—
14
—
(85)
—
—
66
(21)
(5)
256
Unamortised discounts and costs
Various
(17)
—
—
(3)
—
—
5
—
—
—
(15)
Total borrowings
5,568
—
14
651
(642)
2
8
66
(162)
(5)
5,500
Non-current
4,999
4,688
Current
569
812
Unsecured notes
In June 2021, the Company established a Euro Medium Term Note (EMTN) programme for a total amount of EUR 5,000
million under which three euro notes were issued on 16 June 2021 for EUR 2,000 million on the euro MTF market of the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange, with the following conditions:
Notes
Pricing
Maturity
Issued amount
Initial fair value
Note 2026
0.000% interest
4.6 years
EUR 750 million
EUR 746 million
Note 2029
0.500% interest
7.6 years
EUR 750 million
EUR 745 million
Note 2033
1.125% interest
12.0 years
EUR 500 million
EUR 499 million
In September 2021, the Company issued USD 1,750 million aggregate principals of notes under rule 144A and
Regulation-S, under the Securities Act of 1933 and as a result are not listed on an exchange and consequently not
subject to rules applicable to the exchange, such as Sarbanes-Oxley. In September 2024, note 2024 for an amount
of USD 500 million was repaid upon its maturity. The remaining notes comprise of the following two series:
Notes
Pricing
Maturity
Issued amount
Initial fair value
Note 2027
1.375% interest
5.3 years
USD 750 million
USD 745 million
Note 2031
2.250% interest
10.0 years
USD 500 million
USD 498 million
In November 2021, the Company issued two notes under the EMTN programme:
Notes
Pricing
Maturity
Issued amount
Initial fair value
Note 2028
0.625% interest
6.3 years
EUR 600 million
EUR 597 million
Note 2025
0.244% interest
3.2 years
EUR 500 million
EUR 500 million
In December 2023, the Company issued two notes under the EMTN programme:
Notes
Pricing
Maturity
Issued amount
Initial fair value
Note 2030
4.125% interest
6.2 years
EUR 500 million
EUR 497 million
Note 2034
4.500% interest
10.2 years
EUR 500 million
EUR 498 million
In December 2025, the Company issued one note under the EMTN programme:
Notes
Pricing
Maturity
Issued amount
Initial fair value
Note 2027
3M €-bor + 70bps
2 years
EUR 600 million
EUR 600 million
All notes were initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised costs, the initial fair value of the
notes, except for one euro tranche, was lower than their nominal value since they were offered at a discount. This
discount will be amortised over the lifetime of the notes. All notes are unsecured. Under the governance of the EMTN
programme material subsidiaries are defined as subsidiaries contributing for 10% or more to the consolidated Adjusted
EBIT. For the year ended 31 December 2025 one subsidiary met the definition, being Koninklijke Douwe Egberts B.V.
Facility Agreements
As of 31 December 2025, JDE Peet’s had not utilised its EUR 1,500 million revolving credit facility, which was
established in 2021. This position was unchanged from 31 December 2024. The facility is unsecured and does not
include any financial covenants. However, certain sustainability objectives have been incorporated into the pricing
structure. Access to the facility is unconditional, allowing the company to draw funds at its discretion.
Other financing
Other financing refers to various trade and cash management non-committed facilities at local subsidiary level in
France and Italy. There are no restrictions or covenants on these facilities.
Additionally, since the start of the war, JDE Peet's business in Russia is operated as a stand-alone business to the
greatest extent possible. As a result, a local one-year facility was set-up in December 2023 and extended in January
2025 for another 18 months for a total amount of RUB 3 billion (equivalent to approximately EUR 30 million). The facility
is unsecured and no covenants apply. At 31 December 2025, the facility was undrawn.
Leases
The lease liabilities relate to the right-of-use assets as disclosed in note 3.4 Property, plant and equipment.
Interest rate swaps and cross-currency interest rate swaps
To hedge the foreign currency and U.S. interest rate exposure associated with the U.S. notes, cross-currency interest
rate swaps were entered into. To act upon economic developments pointing at a substantial shift in rate expectation,
JDE Peet's has entered into some fixed-floating interest rate swaps in 2024 for both EUR and USD to better manage the
interest rate risk exposure of the notes portfolio. Hedge accounting, including fair value hedge accounting, under IFRS 9
is being applied for certain instruments, for which more information can be found in note 6 Financial risk management.
5.3 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
In the statements of financial position, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and other short-term highly
liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk
of changes in value. Any bank overdraft is included in trade and other payables. In the statements of cash flows, any
bank overdraft is included as an offset to cash and cash equivalents.
The composition of cash and cash equivalents is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Cash in bank and on hand
540
594
Cash equivalents
1,267
670
Total
1,807
1,264
At 31 December 2025 an amount of EUR 25 million was restricted cash and not at the free disposal of JDE Peet's
(2024: EUR 25 million).
57Interest expense primarily includes interest on unsecured notes (2025 : EUR (80) million; 2024 : EUR (84) million , total return equity swaps (2025 : EUR (18) million; 2024: EUR (26) million), lease liabilities ( 2025 : EUR (14) million; 2024: EUR (11) million), bank overdrafts (2025: EUR (5) million; 2024 : EUR (5) million),
amortisation expenses (2025 : EUR (5) million; 2024: EUR (6) million) and interest rate swaps (2025: EUR (9) million ; 2024: EUR (5) million).
5.4 FINANCE INCOME AND EXPENSE
JDE Peet's receives finance income primarily representing interest on cash and cash equivalents, interest income from
cross-currency interest rate swaps and dividend income from total return equity swaps. Interest income and expense
on cash pool arrangements are considered to be an intercompany transaction and are therefore eliminated. Finance
expense primarily relates to interest on borrowings and change in fair value of derivative financial instruments.
The interest is recognised using the effective interest method .
Finance income and expense consist of the following (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Interest income
66
83
Interest expense 57
(142)
(147)
Net financing cost of financial debt
(76)
(64)
Interest income on plan assets
78
72
Interest expense on defined benefit obligation
(60)
(60)
Total pension finance (expense) / income
18
12
Foreign exchange gain / (loss)
408
(208)
Change in fair value of foreign exchange and interest derivatives
(428)
162
Change in fair value of total return equity swaps
301
(154)
Fair value changes financial liabilities
(4)
4
Net monetary gain / (loss)
2
(15)
Net finance expense
221
(263)
6. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
In accordance with IFRS 9, financial assets are classified into the following categories: a) amortised costs, b) fair value
through profit or loss and c) fair value through OCI. Classification under IFRS 9 for investments in debt instruments is
driven by JDE Peet's model for managing financial assets and their contractual cash flow characteristics. Management
determines the classification of its financial assets at their initial recognition.
Financial assets are classified as follows:
• Financial assets at amortised cost—Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those
cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. Interest income from
these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising
on derecognition is recognised directly in the income statement and presented in other gains/(losses) together with
foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as a separate line item in the income
statement.
• Financial assets at fair value through OCI—Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for
selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are
measured at fair value through OCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the
recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are
recognised in the income statement. When the financial asset is derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss
previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from Equity to the income statement and recognised in other gains/
(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate
method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are
presented as a separate line item in the income statement.
• Assets and liabilities that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or fair value through OCI are measured at fair
value through profit or loss. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at fair value through
profit or loss is recognised in the income statement (in finance expense except for the change in fair value of
commodity derivative financial instruments which are included in the cost of sales) and presented net within other
gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises.
The regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on the trade-date, which is the date on which
JDE Peet's commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash
flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and substantially all risks and rewards of ownership
were transferred. Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is recognised in the statement of financial
position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle
on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
Impairment of Financial Assets—Upon initial recognition of the financial asset the expected loss is assessed.
Subsequently, at the end of each reporting period it is assessed whether there is objective evidence that a financial
asset or group of financial assets is impaired. The impairment model for financial assets is based on expected credit
loss. A broader range of information is considered when assessing credit risk and measuring expected credit losses,
including past events, current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the expected collectability
of the future cash flows of the instrument. The impairment methodology applied, depends on whether there has been a
significant increase in credit risk. In applying this forward-looking approach, a distinction is made between the following
categories:
• Financial instruments that have not deteriorated significantly in credit quality since initial recognition or that have low
credit risk (‘Stage 1’) - ‘12-month expected credit losses’ are recognised for this category.
• Financial instruments that have deteriorated significantly in credit quality since initial recognition and whose credit
risk is not low (‘Stage 2’) - ‘lifetime expected credit losses’ are recognised for this category.
• (‘Stage 3’) would cover financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment at the reporting date.
Measurement of the expected credit losses is determined by a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses over the
expected life of the financial instrument. For trade receivables, the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9 is applied,
which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables. The measurement
of expected credit losses is a function of the probability of default, loss given default (i.e. the magnitude of the loss if
there is a default) and the exposure at default. The assessment of the probability of default and loss given default is
based on historical data adjusted by forward-looking information. As for the exposure at default, for financial assets,
this is represented by the assets’ gross carrying amount at the reporting date for financial guarantee contracts, the
exposure includes the amount drawn down at the reporting date, together with any additional amounts expected to be
drawn down in the future by default date determined based on historical trend, the understanding of the specific future
financing needs of the debtors, and other relevant forward-looking information.
For financial assets, the expected credit loss is estimated as the difference between all contractual cash flows that are
due to JDE Peet's in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that are expected to be received, discounted
at the original effective interest rate. For a lease receivable, the cash flows used for determining the expected credit
losses is consistent with the cash flows used in measuring the lease receivable in accordance with IFRS 16.
For a financial guarantee contract, as JDE Peet's is required to make payments only in the event of a default by the
debtor in accordance with the terms of the instrument that is guaranteed, the expected loss allowance is the expected
payments to reimburse the holder for a credit loss that it incurs less any amounts that are expected to be received from
the holder, the debtor or any other party.
When a loss allowance was measured for a financial instrument at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit loss
(ECL) in the previous reporting period, but determines at the current reporting date that the conditions for lifetime ECL
are no longer met, the loss allowance is measured at an amount equal to 12-month ECL at the current reporting date,
except for assets for which the simplified approach was used.
An impairment gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss for all financial instruments with a corresponding adjustment
to their carrying amount through a loss allowance account, except for investments in debt instruments that are
measured at fair value through OCI, for which the loss allowance is recognised in other comprehensive income and
accumulated in the investment revaluation reserve, and does not reduce the carrying amount of the financial asset in
the statement of financial position.
On assessing whether the credit risk on a financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition,
a comparison is made with the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument at the reporting date with the risk
of a default occurring on the financial instrument at the date of initial recognition. In making this assessment, both
quantitative and qualitative information are considered that is reasonable and supportable, including historical
experience and forward-looking information that is available without undue cost or effort. Forward-looking information
considered includes the future prospects of the industries in which JDE Peet’s debtors operate, obtained from
economic expert reports, financial analysts, governmental bodies, relevant think-tanks and other similar organisations,
as well as consideration of various external sources of actual and forecast economic information that relate to
JDE Peet’s core operations.
In particular, the following information is taken into account when assessing whether credit risk has increased
significantly since initial recognition:
• An actual or expected significant deterioration in the financial instrument’s external (if available) or internal credit
rating.
• Significant deterioration in external market indicators of credit risk for a particular financial instrument, e.g.
a significant increase in the credit spread, the credit default swap prices for the debtor, or the length of time or the
extent to which the fair value of a financial asset has been less than its amortised cost.
• Existing or forecast adverse changes in business, financial or economic conditions that are expected to cause a
significant decrease in the debtor’s ability to meet its debt obligations.
• An actual or expected significant deterioration in the operating results of the debtor.
• Significant increases in credit risk on other financial instruments of the same debtor.
• An actual or expected significant adverse change in the regulatory, economic, or technological environment of the
debtor that results in a significant decrease in the debtor’s ability to meet its debt obligations.
Irrespective of the outcome of the above assessment, JDE Peet's presumes that the credit risk on a financial asset has
increased significantly since initial recognition when contractual payments are more than 30 days past due, unless
JDE Peet's has reasonable and supportable information that demonstrates otherwise.
JDE Peet's considers a financial asset to have low credit risk when the asset has an external credit rating of ‘investment
grade’ in accordance with the globally understood definition or if an external rating is not available, the asset has an
internal rating of ‘performing’. Performing means that the counterparty has a strong financial position and there are no
past due amounts.
6.1 FINANCIAL RISK FACTORS
JDE Peet’s activities are exposed to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including commodity price risk, foreign
exchange risk, interest rate and equity risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. All these risks arise in the normal course of
business. JDE Peet's overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and
seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on financial performance. To mitigate the risk from interest rates, foreign
currency exchange rates, equity and commodity price fluctuations, various derivative financial instruments are used in
accordance with JDE Peet's policies and procedures.
Some of the (cross-currency) interest rate swaps and foreign currency components of non-derivative financial
instruments are designated as hedging instruments and hedge accounting is applied. In addition, hedge accounting is
applied for highly probable forecasted transactions like certain foreign currency exposures related to the purchase of
commodities and investment transactions. Other derivatives are accounted for at fair value through the profit and loss.
JDE Peet's does not enter into financial instruments for trading purposes and is not a party to any leveraged
derivatives.
Risk management
JDE Peet's maintains risk management frameworks and control systems to monitor the foreign exchange, interest rate,
equity and commodity price risk and its offsetting hedge positions. Periodically, sensitivity analyses are completed to
evaluate the effect of any changes in interest rate, equity prices, commodity prices and foreign currencies and the
associated risk derivatives.
6.2 MARKET RISK
Commodity price risk
Commodity price risk arises primarily from transactions related to global commodity markets. JDE Peet’s objective is to
minimise the impact of commodity price fluctuations. The exposure is hedged in accordance with JDE Peet’s policies
and risk management programme. The green coffee commodity risk is mainly managed at regional locations, being the
US, the Netherlands, Brazil, Vietnam and Indonesia. The green coffee commodity price risk exposure of anticipated
future purchases is managed primarily using futures, options and forward contracts, which are eventually rolled-over
into physical contracts. Through these instruments, JDE Peet's is able to fix a portion of its price for anticipated future
deliveries of green coffee beans, for instance, for a specified period of time.
JDE Peet's only enters into futures contracts that are traded on established, well-recognised exchanges, named ICE
and IFFE that offer high liquidity, transparent pricing, daily cash settlement and collateralisation through margin
requirements.
The financial hedging strategy covers other commodity price risks, such as energy and aluminium, evolving from fixed
priced contracts with suppliers to (partially) variable priced contracts in combination with derivative instruments with
global relationship banks in order to detach the supply from the financial risk. As a result of the short product business
cycle, the majority of the anticipated future commodities transactions outstanding at the statement of financial position
date are expected to occur in the next year.
The table below shows the estimated impact on profit before tax and equity reserves if underlying commodity prices
would have changed by 10% (commodities for which JDE Peet's held material derivative exposures at 31 December
2025 and 31 December 2024):
Change in year-
end price
Effect on profit
before tax
In EUR million
Effect on equity
In EUR million
Green coffee beans and other commodities - 2025
10%
22
—
Green coffee beans and other commodities - 2025
(10)%
(22)
—
Green coffee beans - 2024
10%
20
—
Green coffee beans - 2024
(10)%
(23)
—
Foreign exchange risk
JDE Peet's operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures.
Foreign exchange risk arises primarily from commercial transactions such as the purchase of commodities, recognised
monetary assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. JDE Peet's is exposed to numerous foreign
currencies. The most important ones are the U.S. dollar and the Pound sterling.
Mainly forward exchange contracts are used to reduce the effect of fluctuating foreign currencies on foreign currency
denominated transactions, third-party product-sourcing transactions and other known foreign currency exposures.
Gains and losses on the derivative instruments are intended to offset gains and losses on the associated transaction in
an effort to reduce the earnings volatility resulting from fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates. Forward currency
exchange contracts mature either at the anticipated invoice date or at the actual payment date of the associated
transaction. Most of the transactions directly relate to the business-as-usual operations, but could also relate to ad-hoc
strategic transactions.
Some foreign exchange derivatives are designated as hedging instruments for accounting purposes and cash flow
hedge accounting on those hedges is applied. The fair value of these hedging instruments is recognised on the
consolidated statement of financial position and the effective portion of fair value changes is recognised in the cash
flow hedge reserve in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The change in fair value on the other
foreign exchange derivatives is recognised directly in the consolidated income statement.
The Company also designates certain derivatives and non-derivative financial liabilities as hedges of foreign exchange
risk related to the net investment in a foreign operation. These instruments hedge foreign operations in multiple foreign
currencies, such as the U.S. dollar, Swedish krona, Chinese yuan and others. Among others, JDE Peet's is exposed to
fluctuations in U.S. dollar as a result of entering into US-dollar denominated debt instruments hedging this risk via
cross-currency interest rate swaps.
A sensitivity analysis shows that if foreign exchange rates change by 10 percent profit and equity would have been
affected as follows (in EUR million):
Profit or Loss
Equity, pre-tax
Strengthening
Weakening
Strengthening
Weakening
31 December 2025
+/-10%
20
(20)
(134)
134
31 December 2024
+/-10%
9
(9)
(104)
104
Fair value movements related to the effective part of foreign exchange and interest rate contracts that are designated in
hedging relationships are recognised directly in the cash flow hedge reserve (net of tax), a separate component within
Equity.
Interest rate risk
JDE Peet's is primarily financed through bonds of which part denominated in US- dollar and at fixed interest rates.
The fixed unsecured US-dollar notes are swapped using cross-currency interest rate swaps with a fixed interest for
which hedge accounting is applied.
In 2023, one of the hedge relationships to which hedge accounting was applied became ineffective, after which the
results were directly recognised in profit and loss. Until the moment of ineffectiveness, the results remained in OCI
until the instrument is derecognised. A loss, net of tax, of EUR 2 million was recognised in OCI during 2025 (2024:
EUR 2 million gain).
I in 2024, JDE Peet's has entered into some fixed-floating interest rate swaps for both EUR and USD to better manage
the interest rate risk exposure of the notes portfolio. Fair value hedge accounting is applied for these instruments.
The changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated are recognised in the income statement, together with
any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk.
The sensitivity analysis on the foreign currency component of these swaps is included in the foreign exchange
section above.
Equity price risk
JDE Peet's is exposed to an equity price risk on its shares upon vesting of its share-based payment plans (refer to note
7.1 Share-based payments). This risk could negatively impact future cash flows related to these plans. To mitigate this
equity price risk, JDE Peet's hedges the price risk on its shares by entering into total return equity swaps with external
parties. On a frequent basis, JDE Peet's compares and matches its equity derivatives position with its refreshed share-
based payment plans exposure, reflecting the net impact from expiring and new grants. JDE Peet's has no obligation to
purchase the underlying shares of this swap transaction and is entitled to receive the dividends on these underlying
shares. Upon settlement of the swap, only the fair value changes of the underlying shares will be settled. This derivative
is accounted for as a financial instrument through profit and loss and does not qualify for hedge accounting. All results
related to this transaction are recognised directly in the consolidated income statement. At 31 December 2025,
an exposure of an equivalent of 7.2 million shares (2024: 7.2 million shares) in the Company was hedged, resulting in
the recognition of a net asset of EUR 5 million (2024: EUR 105 million liability), dividend income of EUR 5 million (2024:
EUR 5 million) and an unrealised result of EUR 110 million in financial income and expense (2024: EUR 56 million).
In addition and using similar total return equity swaps with external parties, the Company started a strategic equity
hedging programme in 2022 with a maximum size of EUR 500 million. The intended purpose of this programme was to
hedge the Company’s equity price risk related to future share repurchases (either exposure under future share-based
payments programmes, management equity incentive schemes, share capital reduction or other future share delivery
obligations, or a mix of these). As a result of these hedges, material movements in JDE Peet’s share price could result
in a material gain or loss for the Company. All results related to this programme are recognised directly in the
consolidated income statement. Upon maturity of instruments, the Company will decide whether to negotiate
continuation or cash settle while executing a share repurchase. At 31 December 2025, 12.4 million (2024: 12.4 million)
shares were hedged, resulting in the recognition of a net asset of EUR 48 million (2024: EUR 143 million liability),
dividend income of EUR 9 million (2024: EUR 8 million) and an unrealised result of  EUR 191 million in financial income
and expense (2024: loss of EUR 97 million ).
It is noted that, since the announcement of the intended offer by Keurig Dr Pepper on the Company's shares in August
2025, the share price remained around the level of the offer price of EUR 31.85 per share.
Total return equity swap
A sensitivity analysis shows that if the underlying share price changes by 10%, the fair value of the equity derivative
instruments would have changed as follows (in EUR million):
Change in year-
end price
Effect on profit
before tax
In EUR million
Share price - 2025
10%
63
Share price - 2025
(10)%
(63)
Share price - 2024
10%
32
Share price - 2024
(10)%
(32)
6.3 CREDIT RISK
Credit risk arises because a counterparty may fail to perform its obligations. JDE Peet's is exposed to credit risk on
financial instruments such as cash, derivative assets and trade receivables. Concentration of credit risk is avoided by
managing financial assets across several institutions and sectors.
In relation to financial instruments, agreements are entered into with counterparties that meet stringent credit standards
(at minimum investment grade), the amount of agreements or contracts it enters into with any party is limited and,
where legally available, executed through master netting agreements. These positions are continuously monitored. In
situations where a counterparty does not meet the minimum credit rating requirement the outstanding exposure with
such counterparty is closely monitored and maintained at an absolute minimum. While JDE Peet's may be exposed to
credit losses in the event of non-performance by individual counterparties, it has not recognised any losses with these
counterparties in the past and does not anticipate material losses in the future.
All of JDE Peet's derivative instruments, with the exception of exchange traded coffee futures, are governed by
International Swaps and Derivatives Association master agreements. JDE Peet’s trade receivables are subject to credit
limits, controls and approval procedures. Due to its large geographic base and number of customers, JDE Peet's is not
exposed to material concentrations of credit risk on its trade receivables. Nevertheless, commercial counterparties are
monitored on a continuous basis. The maximum exposure to credit risk resulting from financial activities, without
considering netting agreements and without taking into account any collateral held or other credit enhancements,
is equal to the carrying amount of the financial assets.
6.4 LIQUIDITY RISK
Liquidity risk arises when a company encounters difficulties to meet commitments associated with liabilities and other
payment obligations. Such risk may result from inadequate market depth or disruption or refinancing problems.
Liquidity risk is managed by maintaining adequate reserves and banking facilities and by closely monitoring forecasted
and actual cash flows and, where possible, matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. Seasonality
of operating cash flows, which includes the payable extension programme (refer to note 4.3 Trade and other payables
for more details) and structured payables, could impact short-term liquidity.
JDE Peet's does not face a significant liquidity risk as a result of its supplier finance arrangements given the limited
amount of liabilities subject to supplier finance arrangements, the good financial condition of the bank facilitating the
supplier finance arrangements and JDE Peet's access to other sources of finance on similar terms.
JDE Peet’s strong risk management framework include continuous liquidity forecasting and planning, with advanced
and punitive stress-testing. At 31 December 2025, the Company's liquidity position remained strong, with total liquidity
of EUR 3.3 billion consisting of a cash position of EUR 1.8 billion (excluding restricted cash) and an undrawn committed
Revolving Credit Facility of EUR 1.5 billion. note 9.5 discloses the commitments at 31 December 2025.
The following disclosure details JDE Peet’s remaining contractual maturities for its non-derivative and derivative
financial liabilities with agreed repayment periods. The disclosures have been prepared based on the undiscounted
cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which JDE Peet's can be required to pay. The disclosures
include both interest and principal cash flows and were restated for the comparative figures to exclude any offsetting
cash inflows from derivative financial instruments.
To the extent that interest rates are floating, the undiscounted amount is based on the (forward) interest rates at the
end of 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024, respectively.
At 31 December 2025 (in EUR million):
Note
Less than
1 year
Between
1 and 5 years
Over 5 years
Total
Carrying
amount
Financial liabilities
Borrowings (excluding
unamortised discounts and costs):
Unsecured notes
5.2
(841)
(3,370)
(1,512)
(5,723)
(5,258)
Lease liabilities
5.2
(87)
(192)
(47)
(326)
(256)
Other financing
5.2
—
(1)
—
(1)
(1)
Trade and other payables
(excluding deferred revenue)
4.3
(5,453)
—
—
(5,453)
(5,453)
Total
(6,381)
(3,563)
(1,559)
(11,503)
(10,968)
Derivative financial liabilities
Foreign currency derivatives
6.7
(223)
(3)
—
(226)
(226)
Commodity derivatives
6.7
(15)
—
—
(15)
(15)
Net interest rate derivatives
6.7
(34)
22
(70)
(82)
(74)
Total return equity swap
derivatives
6.7
(10)
—
—
(10)
(4)
Total
(6,663)
(3,544)
(1,629)
(11,836)
(11,287)
At 31 December 2024 (in EUR million):
Note
Less than
1 year
Between
1 and 5 years
Over 5 years
Total
Carrying
amount
Financial liabilities
Borrowings (excluding
unamortised discounts and costs):
Unsecured notes
5.2
(578)
(3,094)
(2,100)
(5,772)
(5,295)
Lease liabilities
5.2
(89)
(204)
(48)
(341)
(287)
Other financing
5.2
(2)
(1)
—
(3)
(3)
Trade and other payables
(excluding deferred revenue)
4.3
(5,022)
—
—
(5,022)
(5,022)
Total
(5,691)
(3,299)
(2,148)
(11,138)
(10,607)
Derivative financial liabilities
Foreign currency derivatives
6.7
(25)
(4)
—
(29)
(29)
Commodity derivatives
6.7
(8)
—
—
(8)
(8)
Net interest rate derivatives
6.7
(7)
(12)
(1)
(20)
(20)
Total return equity swap
derivatives
6.7
(264)
—
—
(264)
(248)
Total
(5,995)
(3,315)
(2,149)
(11,459)
(10,912)
6.5 FAIR VALUE ESTIMATION
This section explains the judgements and estimates made in determining the fair values of the financial instruments that
are recognised and measured at fair value. To provide an indication about the reliability of the inputs used to determine
fair value, financial instruments are classified into the three levels as prescribed under IFRS 13. An explanation of each
level follows below:
• Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1)
• Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly
(that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2)
• Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (Level 3).
The commodity coffee futures and unsecured notes are valued using Level 1 valuation methods. Substantially all of the
other derivative assets and liabilities are valued using Level 2 valuation methods. Share-based payments are valued
using Level 2 and Level 3 valuation methods, for details on this valuation see note 7.1 Share-based payments.
The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives)
is determined by using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data
where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fairly
value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in Level 2.
Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include:
• Quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments
• The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows based
on observable yield curves
• The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange rates at the balance
sheet date, with the resulting value discounted back to present value
• The fair value of total return equity swap is calculated based on the share price at the reporting date versus the
average price for which the shares have been purchased times the volume purchased.
Management believes that the carrying amount of all other financial assets and financial liabilities recognised in the
statement of financial position approximates its fair value. Unsecured notes, initially accounted for at fair value and
subsequently at amortised cost, classify as Level 1, as these instruments are traded with publicly available prices.
Other borrowings, initially accounted for at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost, classify as Level 2, as no
similar instrument is available due to the specific profiles of the instruments.
The carrying amount of borrowings and unsecured notes approximates the fair value at 31 December 2025 and
31 December 2024. The following tables present the assets and liabilities of JDE Peet's that are measured at fair value
at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024, respectively.
At 31 December 2025 (in EUR million):
Note
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Assets
Interest rate contracts
6.7
—
35
—
35
Foreign exchange contracts
6.7
—
20
—
20
Commodity contracts
6.7
8
—
—
8
Total return equity swap contracts
6.7
—
57
—
57
Total assets
8
112
—
120
Liabilities
Interest rate contracts
6.7
—
74
—
74
Foreign exchange contracts
6.7
—
226
—
226
Commodity contracts
6.7
15
—
—
15
Total return equity swap contracts
6.7
—
4
—
4
Total liabilities
15
304
—
319
At 31 December 2024 (in EUR million):
Note
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Assets
Interest rate contracts
6.7
—
42
—
42
Foreign exchange contracts
6.7
—
205
—
205
Commodity contracts
6.7
8
—
—
8
Total assets
8
247
—
255
Liabilities
Interest rate contracts
6.7
—
20
—
20
Foreign exchange contracts
6.7
—
29
—
29
Commodity contracts
6.7
8
—
—
8
Total return equity contracts
6.7
—
248
—
248
Total liabilities
8
297
—
305
There were no transfers between different levels during 2025 and 2024.
6.6 OFFSETTING FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Financial instruments subject to offsetting at 31 December 2025 (in EUR million):
Derivative financial
instruments
Derivative financial
instruments
Trade
receivables
Non-current
assets
Current 
assets
Non-current
liabilities
Current
liabilities
Current 
assets
Gross amount recognised in financial
instruments
11
109
35
284
873
Gross amount offset
—
—
—
—
(135)
Net amount
11
109
35
284
738
Related amounts not offset in the statement of
financial positions
Gross financial instruments
(24)
(175)
24
175
—
Cash collateral – not offset
—
17
—
—
—
Net financial instruments
(24)
(158)
24
175
—
Financial assets subject to offsetting at 31 December 2024 (in EUR million:)
Financial instruments
Financial instruments
Trade
receivables
Non-current
assets
Current 
assets
Non-current
liabilities
Current
liabilities
Current 
assets
Gross amount recognised in financial
instruments
95
160
24
281
814
Gross amount offset
—
—
—
—
(148)
Net amount
95
160
24
281
666
Related amounts not offset in the statement of
financial positions
Gross financial instruments
71
(121)
(71)
121
—
Cash collateral – not offset
—
24
—
—
—
Net financial instruments
71
(97)
(71)
121
—
6.7 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
JDE Peet's uses derivative financial instruments, including forward exchange contracts, futures, options, commodity
arrangements, interest rate swaps, total return equity swaps, net investment hedges and cross currency interest rate
swaps in order to manage exposures from foreign exchange, commodity prices, equity prices and interest rate risks.
The use of these derivative financial instruments intends to reduce the risk or cost and are in accordance with
JDE Peet's financial policy and governance framework. Derivatives are not used for trading or speculative purposes
and JDE Peet's is not a party to leveraged derivatives. Maturity of the foreign exchange and commodity derivatives
is primarily within one year.
JDE Peet's applies the hedge accounting requirements in IFRS 9. Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value
through profit and loss on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value.
Dividend income from equity derivatives is separately recorded as finance income. Refer to note 5.4. The method of
recognising the resulting gain or loss from the measurement depends on whether the derivative is designated as a
hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedge
relationship must meet all of the following requirements:
• There is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument
• The effect of credit risk does not dominate the value changes that result from that economic relationship
• The hedge ratio of the hedging relationship is the same as that resulting from the quantity of the hedged item that
the entity actually hedges and the quantity of the hedging instrument that the entity actually uses to hedge that
quantity of hedged item.
Hedge accounting is applied to certain derivatives to remove the accounting mismatch between the hedging instrument
and hedged item.
At inception of the transaction, the relationship is documented between hedging instruments and hedged items when
hedge accounting is applied. In addition to this, the risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various
hedging transactions are documented when hedge accounting is applied. In case hedge accounting is applied, the
value of the assessment whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting
changes in fair value of the hedge items is performed and documented, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing
basis.
The fair values of the derivative instruments are disclosed in note 6.5 Fair value estimation. Derivatives are classified as
current when the settlement date is within 12 months from the period-end and all other derivatives as non-current in the
statement of financial position. The change in fair value of commodity derivatives is recognised within cost of sales and
the movement of all other derivatives within finance expense in the income statement unless hedge accounting is applied.
Fair value hedge—The changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are
recognised in the income statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are
attributable to the hedged risk.
Cash Flow hedge—Fair value movements of hedging instruments in a designated effective cash flow hedge are
recognised directly in the cash flow hedge reserve (net of tax), a separate component within OCI, net of the foreign
exchange and interest effective to the period.
Amounts accumulated in OCI are reclassified to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item affects
profit or loss. Ineffectiveness on cash flow hedges is recognised where the cumulative change in the designated
component value of the hedging instruments exceeds, on an absolute basis, the change in value of the hedged items
attributable to the hedged risk. The gain or loss as a result of ineffectiveness is recognised in the income statement
within Finance expense. When the forecasted transaction that is hedged, results in the recognition of a non-financial
asset (for example, inventory or fixed assets), the gains and losses that were recognised in OCI are transferred from
OCI and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset.
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any
cumulative gain or loss existing in OCI at that time remains in OCI and is recognised when the forecasted transaction is
ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, the
cumulative gain or loss that was recognised in OCI is immediately transferred to the income statement within Finance
expense.
Net investment hedges—JDE Peet’s partly mitigates exposures from its investments in foreign operations by using
both derivative and non- derivative financial instruments as hedging instruments. Hedges of a net investment in foreign
operations are accounted for in a similar way as cash flow hedges. Gains or losses on the hedging instrument relating to
the effective portion of the hedge are recognised in the currency translation reserve (equity component). The gain or loss
relating to the ineffective portion is recognised in the income statement. When a net investment in foreign operation is
(partly) disposed of, the amount in the currency translation reserve is (partly) released in the income statement.
In 2023, JDE Peet's partly hedged it CNY investment in foreign operations with a cross-currency swap, and extended
the hedging of investment in operations with SEK and THB with cross-currency swaps in 2024 comprising of a total
value of EUR 78 million at 31 December 2025.
Key accounting estimate and judgement—The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an
active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives) is determined by using the Discounted Cash Flow
method. Judgement is used to select a variety of methods and to make assumptions that are mainly based on
market conditions existing at the end of each reporting period.
Information on the classification and fair values of derivatives in the statement of financial position at 31 December
2025 is as follows (in EUR million):
Assets
Liabilities
Current
Non-current
Current
Non-current
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
– Interest rate contracts
—
4
42
2
– Foreign exchange contracts
—
3
16
3
Sub-total
—
7
58
5
Derivatives not designated as hedging
instruments:
– Interest rate contracts
27
4
—
30
– Foreign exchange contracts
17
—
207
—
– Commodity contracts
8
—
15
—
– Total return equity swap contracts
57
—
4
—
Sub-total
109
4
226
30
Total
109
11
284
35
Interest rate
contracts
Foreign
exchange
contracts
Commodity
contracts
Total return
equity swap
contracts
Total
Derivatives not designated as hedging
instruments:
Amount of gain (loss) recognised in cost of sales
—
—
32
—
32
Amount of gain (loss) recognised in finance
income/expense
(59)
(369)
—
301
(127)
Information on the classification and fair values of derivatives in the statement of financial position at 31 December
2024 is as follows (in EUR million):
Assets
Liabilities
Current
Non-current
Current
Non-current
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
– Interest rate contracts
—
38
—
5
– Foreign exchange contracts
—
53
—
—
Sub-total
—
91
—
5
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
– Interest rate contracts
—
4
—
15
– Foreign exchange contracts
152
—
25
4
– Commodity contracts
8
—
8
—
– Total return equity swap contracts
—
—
248
—
Sub-total
160
4
281
19
Total
160
95
281
24
Interest rate
contracts
Foreign
exchange
contracts
Commodity
contracts
Total return
equity swap
contracts
Total
Derivatives not designated as hedging
instruments:
Amount of gain (loss) recognised in cost of sales
—
—
128
—
128
Amount of gain (loss) recognised in finance
income/expense
31
130
—
(154)
7
7. GOVERNANCE
7.1 SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
The share-based payment plans partially qualify as equity-settled and partially as cash-settled.
Equity-settled—JDE Peet's operates a number of equity-settled share-based payment plans, under which it receives
services from directors and employees, including CEO, members of the Coffee Enabling Leadership Team (CELT) and
certain employees of the Company, JDE and Peet's (also referred to as "participant(s)") as consideration for share-
based payment awards. For these share-based payment plans, JDE Peet's does not have a present obligation to settle
in cash or an obligation to repurchase the equity instruments. To fulfil its commitments to directors and employees,
JDE Peet’s must remit payroll taxes in accordance with the requirements established by laws and regulations in the
country where the participants reside.
The total amount to be expensed for services received is determined by reference to the grant date fair value of the
share-based payment award made.
The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the
estimated number of shares that will eventually vest, with an offset to the share-based payment reserve within Equity.
Compensation expense is recognised from the beginning of the service period, even when the grant date is subsequent
to the service commencement date. Once the grant date is established, the estimated fair value is revised so that the
compensation expense recognised is based on the actual grant date fair value of the award. All grants have as vesting
condition that the participant should provide services for JDE Peet's until the end of the vesting period. In addition, the
Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) under the Executive Ownership Plan (the Company) as of 2023, the Option Plan and the
Performance Stock Units (PSUs) introduced in 2024 have additional performance conditions.
When equity-settled share-based payment plans are modified to cash-settled, the share-based payment reserve within
Equity is reclassified as a liability using the fair value at the date of the modification. The difference between the fair
value at the grant date and the fair value at the modification date for the pro-rata period since the grant date is
recognised in retained earnings in Equity.
Cash-settled—If JDE Peet's has an obligation to settle in cash or an obligation to repurchase shares awarded to
participants, the arrangement is classified as a cash-settled share-based payment plan. For such cash-settled share-
based payments plans, the costs are recognised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, whereby the fair value
of the liability is remeasured at each reporting date and at the date of settlement, with any changes in fair value
recognised in the income statement.
When cash-settled share-based payment plans are modified to equity-settled share-based payment plans, the liability
is reclassified to the share-based payment reserve within Equity using the fair value at the date of the modification.
The modification-date fair value is used in determining the compensation expense over the remaining vesting period.
Share-based payment compensation expenses are recognised based on a number of assumptions regarding
estimated forfeitures and measurement of the fair value. A change in these assumptions may result in changes in
the liability in the future.
When the vesting period of an equity-settled or cash-settled share-based payment plan is modified, the compensation
expense from the date of modification is amortised over the period from the date of the modification through the
modified vesting date.
Total share-based payment compensation expenses were recognised of EUR 98.2 million in 2025 (2024: EUR 17.2
million) in selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding social security and other charges for an amount of
EUR 1.7 million in 2025 (2024: nil). In addition, an expense of EUR 3.7 million (2024: benefit of EUR 3.8 million)
related to the revaluation of the Management Stock (Peet's) was recognised as Finance expense as it is not subject
to a service condition.
The fair value of a RSU grant in either the Company, JDE or Peet's equals the share price at that moment in time.
The share price of the Company is as quoted on the Euronext Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Share prices of JDE and
Peet's are determined by management based on key financial metrics and implied multiples relevant to JDE and Peet's,
respectively.
Executive Ownership Plan (the Company)
An Executive Ownership Plan was established under which certain members of the CELT of the Company were given
the opportunity to invest in the Company through a direct investment in shares of JDEP Holding B.V. One RSU is
granted for an investment in one share of JDEP Holdings B.V. At vesting, the RSUs are exchanged on a one-for-one
basis for shares of the Company. Accordingly, the grant date fair value of one RSU is equal to the quoted share price
of the Company. The grant date fair value of the RSU is initially recognised as compensation expense over a five-year
period or longer beginning on the service commencement date. In addition, the investments in shares of JDEP Holding
B.V. are also exchanged for shares of the Company on a one-for-one basis. There is no present obligation to settle in
cash or to repurchase the RSUs, and as such the RSUs are accounted for as equity-settled. For the investments in
shares of JDEP Holding B.V. made from 2023, the corresponding RSUs are subject to the achievement of performance
conditions linked to the Company's ESG commitments. See also the paragraph "Changes in 2025".
Option Plan (the Company)
In 2024, the Company introduced an Option Plan for an interim CEO and the current CEO. In 2025, options were also
granted to other members of the CELT and other employees of the Company. An option gives the holders the right to
purchase one share of the Company.
The options granted to the interim CEO in 2024 had a three-year vesting period from the employment start date with
a maximum exercise period of five years after the employment start date. The options were exercised during 2025.
The number of options granted to the current CEO and other employees can increase based on a predefined vesting
schedule to a maximum multiple of 2 (the "multiplier") when the Company's share price at the date of vesting is at or
above EUR 37.00. The initial vesting period was four years and the exercise price equals the Company's share price at
the date of grant. As a vesting condition, the current CEO invested EUR 10 million in shares of the Company and will
have to maintain this investment throughout the vesting period. Options granted to other employees exclude the
multiplier. The Options initially were accounted for as equity-settled. See also the paragraph Changes in 2025.
Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Company)
A Long-Term Incentive Plan was established, under which RSUs and, since 2024, PSUs were awarded to the current
CEO and other employees of the Company. At vesting, each RSU and PSU are exchanged for a certain number of
shares in the Company. The PSUs are conditional upon meeting certain financial and sustainability performance
criteria, which at grant date were assumed to be met on-target at the vesting date. In certain jurisdictions, due to
regulatory challenges, the RSU can be cash-settled. For all other participants, there is no present obligation to settle
in cash or to repurchase, and as such the RSUs and PSUs are accounted for as equity-settled. Grants made since
December 2021 have a vesting period of three years and grants prior to this date have a vesting period of five years.
See also the paragraph Changes in 2025.
Share Purchase Plan Senior Management (the Company)
In March 2023, a plan was introduced where certain employees is given the opportunity to invest in shares of the
Company, as a replacement of the Share Purchase Plan Senior Management (JDE). For every three shares purchased
by the participant and held for a period of initially at least three years, the participant is entitled to receive one RSU.
At vesting, each RSU is exchanged for one share of the Company. This plan is governed under the same rules as the
Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Company). There is no present obligation to settle in cash or repurchase, and as such
the RSUs are accounted for as equity-settled. See also the paragraph Changes in 2025.
Executive Ownership Plan (JDE)
An Executive Ownership Plan was established under which certain members of the CELT of the Company were given
the opportunity to invest in JDE through a direct investment in shares of JDE Holdings Minority B.V. One JDE RSU is
granted for an investment in one share of JDE Holdings Minority B.V. At vesting, the JDE RSUs are initially exchanged
on a one-for-one basis for shares of JDE, and, then, exchanged for shares of the Company based on an agreed
exchange ratio. Accordingly, the grant date fair value of one JDE RSU is determined based on the quoted share price of
the Company and the agreed exchange ratio. The grant date fair value of the JDE RSUs is initially recognised over a
five-year period or longer based on the service commencement date of the participant. In addition, at vesting of the
JDE RSU, the investment in shares of JDE Holdings Minority B.V. are exchanged initially for shares of JDE on a one-for-
one basis and, then, the shares of JDE are exchanged for shares of the Company based on an agreed exchange ratio.
There is no present obligation to settle in cash or to repurchase, and as such the JDE RSUs are accounted for as
equity-settled. See also the paragraph Changes in 2025.
Long-Term Incentive Plan (JDE)
A Long-Term Incentive Plan was established, under which JDE RSUs were awarded to certain employees of JDE.
At vesting, each JDE RSU is exchanged for one share of the Company based on the agreed exchange ratio.
The fair value of the JDE RSU equals the share price of JDE. In certain jurisdictions, due to regulatory challenges,
the JDE RSUs can be cash-settled. For all other participants, there is no present obligation to settle in cash or to
repurchase, and as such the JDE RSUs are accounted for as equity-settled. The vesting period of all grants under this
plan was initially five years. The last grants under this plan were made in September 2021. See also the paragraph
Share Purchase Plan Senior Management (JDE)
Certain employees was given the opportunity to invest in JDE Certificates through a Foundation. For every three
certificates held by the participant for a period of initially at least five years, the participant is entitled to receive one
JDE RSU. At vesting, each JDE RSU is initially exchanged for one JDE share, and, then exchanged for a number of
shares of the Company based on the agreed exchange ratio. This plan is governed under the same rules as the Long-
Term Incentive Plan (JDE). During 2023, this plan was closed for new investments and replaced with the Share
Purchase Plan Senior Management (the Company). See also the paragraph Changes in 2025.
Executive Ownership Plan (Peet’s)
An Executive Ownership Plan was established under which certain employees of Peet's were given the opportunity to
invest in Peet's through a direct investment in shares of its immediate parent Peet's Coffee, Inc. (“Peet’s Inc.”). One
Peet’s RSU is granted for an investment in one share of Peet’s Inc. At vesting, the Peet’s RSUs are exchanged on a
one-for-one basis for shares of Peet’s or shares of the Company at an agreed exchange ratio. Accordingly, the grant-
date fair value of one Peet’s RSUs is determined based on the quoted share price of the Company and the agreed
exchange ratio. The grant date fair value of the Peet's RSUs is initially recognised over a period of four and a half years
or longer based on the service commencement date of the participant. See also the paragraph Changes in 2025.
Long-Term Incentive Plan (Peet’s)
A Long-Term Incentive Plan was established, under which Peet's RSUs were awarded to certain employees of Peet's.
At vesting, each Peet's RSU is exchanged for one Peet's share or shares of the Company based on agreed exchange
ratio. This plan and its options (that become exercisable subject to vesting conditions) partially qualifies as equity-
settled and partially as cash-settled. See also the paragraph Changes in 2025.
Management Stock (Peet’s)
Management of Peet’s had the opportunity to invest in Peet’s shares directly or owns Peet’s shares as a result of
vested RSUs or Options. The RSUs and its Options (that become exercisable subject to vesting conditions) vested in
either Peet's shares or shares of the Company and partially qualifies as equity-settled and partially as cash-settled.
During 2025, all Peet's plans were exchanged to JDE Peet's plans. See also the paragraph Changes in 2025.
Changes in 2025
At the end of June 2025, almost all of the 25,805 Peet's RSUs under the Executive Ownership Plan (Peet's) and
122,747 RSUs under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (Peet's) were exchanged to 889,457 RSUs under the Long-Term
Incentive Plan (the Company). Simultaneously, the Management Stock (Peet's) was exchanged to shares in the
Company. The exchanges were executed where the fair value of Peet's RSUs and shares was equal to the fair value
of RSUs and shares of the Company.
Following the announcement of the KDP transaction (see note 1.1), the Company made the following decisions,
which are accounted for as modifications in accordance with IFRS 2:
• The Board of Directors agreed that all outstanding awards at 25 August 2025 will vest on the date of the closing of
the KDP transaction, in line with the provisions of the relevant plans. The accounting treatment has therefore been
modified to accelerate the vesting date of all outstanding awards under the plans to be the earlier of the regular
vesting date or the date of the closing of the KDP transaction, which is  expected early in the second quarter of
2026, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the closing conditions. Following the earlier vesting date, the estimated
forfeiture rate was reduced to 2%. See also note 9.6 Subsequent events.
• The Board of Directors determined that almost all outstanding options under the Option Plan (the Company) would
be settled in cash and, as such, the accounting treatment was modified from equity-settled to cash-settled. Upon
modification, the fair value was adjusted by referencing to a) the predefined vesting schedule for the multiple and b)
the KDP offer price.
• The Board of Directors agreed that the performance conditions under the PSUs that would be accelerated on the
closing of the KDP transaction were determined to be met at an on-target level.
For certain CELT members, RSUs and PSUs under the respective Long-Term Incentive Plans, Share Purchase Plans
and Options were settled, net of applicable wage tax. The RSUs and PSUs were settled in shares of the Company with
the Options settled in cash where the payment in conditional upon closing of the KDP transaction and consequently
remained payables at 31 December 2025. The amount payable is included in Trade and other payables. The respective
shares (see note 5.1) are subject to recovery and the liability would be extinguished in the event the KDP transaction
does not close. As the shares and cash payment remain conditional upon the closing of the KDP transaction, the
expenses continue to be recognised over the service period, which is until the (estimated) date of the closing of the
KDP transaction. The wage tax paid on these settlements reduced the share-based payment liability (Options) and
share-based payment reserve with Equity (RSUs and PSUs).
Summary of Awards Granted by Plan
Executive Ownership Plan (the Company)
No investments in JDEP Holding B.V. were made and consequently no matching RSUs were granted in 2025
(2024: EUR 0.5 million).
The weighted-average grant date fair value at 31 December 2025 of the outstanding RSU awards was EUR 25.73
(2024: EUR 32.19).
Details of activity of the RSUs are as follows:
2025
2024
In shares of the Company
Balance at 1 January
568,539
1,398,197
Granted
—
25,252
Forfeited
—
(830,254)
Vested
(440,269)
(24,656)
Balance at 31 December
128,270
568,539
Compensation expense recognised (EUR million)
2.1
(11.5)
The Company's CELT members financed their investments in shares of JDEP Holding B.V. through their own funds,
loans issued by JDE Peet's, or a combination of own funds and loans. The total amount of loans provided to the CELT
members with respect to the Executive Ownership Plans is disclosed in note 7.2 Related party transactions.
Option Plan (the Company)
The fair value of the options at the grant date is determined using a Black-Scholes model. The grant date for the
CEO is the date on which the grant is approved by the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (AGM) and for other
employees when the grants are awarded. The options awarded to the interim CEO in April 2024 were approved in May
2024 and the option awarded to the current CEO in December 2024, were approved in June 2025. For other
employees, including CELT members, the options were approved by the Remuneration Committee in January 2025
and awarded in the period March through June 2025.
The weighted-average fair value at 31 December 2025 of the outstanding Options was EUR 17.51 (2024: EUR 6.56)
and the weighted-average exercise price at 31 December 2025 was EUR 21.10 (2024: EUR 20.03).
Details of the activity of the options are as follows:
2025
2025
2024
2024
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
Equity-settled
Equity-settled
In shares of the Company
Balance at 1 January
—
1,907,777
—
—
Granted
—
2,363,342
—
4,130,000
Modified
3,775,342
(3,775,342)
—
—
Forfeited
—
—
—
(2,222,223)
Exercised
—
(277,777)
—
—
Balance at 31 December
3,775,342
218,000
—
1,907,777
Compensation expense recognised (EUR million)
32.4
6.8
—
1.4
The assumptions used to measure the fair value of options granted under the Black-Scholes option pricing model at
the grant date were as follows:
Weighted average stock price valuation
EUR 20.53
Weighted average exercise price
EUR 20.53
Risk-free interest rate
2.09%
Expected life
5.65 years
Expected dividend yield
2.95%
Volatility
25.00%
Weighted average fair value of options issued
EUR 11.44
Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Company)
RSUs were granted to employees in September 2024 and March 2025. PSUs were granted in March and September
2025 and December 2024.
The fair value of RSUs and PSUs is based on the Company's share price. This resulted in a grant date fair value of EUR
24.4 million in 2025 (2024: EUR 18.6 million) to be recognised as compensation expense over the applicable vesting
period, taking into account an estimated forfeiture rate between 0% and 33% of awards that will eventually vest.
The weighted-average grant date fair value at 31 December 2025 of the outstanding RSU awards was EUR 22.89
(2024: EUR 23.78).
Details of the activity of the RSUs are as follows:
2025
2025
2024
2024
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
In shares of the Company
Balance at 1 January
53,408
2,753,002
124,714
2,865,295
Granted
49,869
1,199,251
26,541
1,406,908
Modified
23,740
865,717
(1,471)
1,471
Forfeited
(1,082)
(262,757)
(7,118)
(874,208)
Vested
(16,585)
(775,653)
(89,258)
(646,464)
Balance at 31 December
109,350
3,779,560
53,408
2,753,002
Compensation expense recognised (EUR million)
1.2
42.4
0.6
18.0
The weighted-average grant date fair value at 31 December 2025 of the outstanding PSUs was EUR 21.02 (2024:
EUR 18.43).
Details of the activity of PSUs are as follows:
2025
2024
Equity-settled
Equity-settled
In shares of the Company
Balance at 1 January
217,038
—
Granted
353,936
217,038
Balance at 31 December
570,974
217,038
Compensation expense recognised (EUR million)
6.5
—
Share Purchase Plan Senior Management (the Company)
A total grant date fair value of EUR 0.1 million will be recognised as compensation expense over the vesting period.
For the RSUs granted under this plan, a forfeiture rate between 0% and 33% was used when estimating the number
of RSUs that will eventually vest.
The weighted-average grant date fair value at 31 December 2025 of the outstanding RSUs was
EUR 24.51 (2024: EUR 25.49).
Details of the activity of RSUs are as follows:
2025
2025
2024
2024
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
In shares of the Company
Balance at 1 January
6,757
42,351
—
40,225
Granted
—
9,040
6,757
5,314
Forfeited
—
(1,995)
—
(3,188)
Balance at 31 December
6,757
49,396
6,757
42,351
Compensation expense recognised (EUR million)
0.1
0.5
—
0.4
Executive Ownership Plan (JDE)
During 2025 and 2024 no new investments in JDE Holdings Minority B.V. were made and consequently no matching
RSUs were granted. The latest available exchange ratio applicable to the number of JDE RSUs to be exchanged with
shares in the Company is: 45.92.
The weighted-average grant date fair value at 31 December 2025 of the outstanding JDE RSUs was EUR 1,317 (2024:
EUR 1,317).
Details of the activity of JDE RSUs are as follows:
2025
2024
In shares of  JDE
Balance at 1 January
1,423
5,896
Forfeited
—
(1,261)
Vested
—
(3,212)
Balance at 31 December
1,423
1,423
Compensation expense recognised (EUR million)
0.5
(0.4)
Participants financed their investment through own funds, loans issued by JDE Peet's or JDE, or a combination of own
funds and loans. The total amount of loans provided to the CELT members with respect to the Executive Ownership
Plan is disclosed in note 7.2 Related party transactions.
Long-Term Incentive Plan (JDE)
As the JDE RSUs will be settled in shares of the Company based upon the fair value of a share of JDE, the fair value of
a JDE RSU equals the estimated fair value of the share of JDE at the grant date. No JDE RSUs were awarded in 2025
and 2024. An estimated forfeiture rate between 0% and 33% has been applied of JDE RSUs that will eventually vest.
The latest available exchange ratio applicable to the number of JDE RSUs to be exchanged in shares of the Company
is: 45.92.
The weighted-average grant date fair value at 31 December 2025 of the outstanding JDE RSU awards was EUR 1,345
(2024: EUR 1,489).
Details of the activity of JDE RSUs are as follows:
2025
2025
2024
2024
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
In shares of JDE
Balance at 1 January
479
9,548
712
14,145
Modified
(12)
12
—
—
Forfeited
—
(1,023)
(124)
(1,996)
Vested
(139)
(3,207)
(109)
(2,601)
Balance at 31 December
328
5,330
479
9,548
Compensation expense recognised (EUR million)
0.1
1.2
—
1.5
Share Purchase Plan Senior Management (JDE)
During 2025 and 2024, no JDE RSUs were granted. An estimated forfeiture rate between 0% and 33% has been
applied of JDE RSUs that will eventually vest.
The latest available exchange ratio applicable to the number of JDE RSUs to be exchanged with in shares of the
Company is: 45.92.
The weighted-average grant date fair value at 31 December 2025 of the outstanding JDE RSUs was EUR 1,426
(2024: EUR 1,428).
Details of the activity of JDE RSUs are as follows:
2025
2025
2024
2024
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
In shares of JDE
Balance at 1 January
—
1,525
10
1,733
Forfeited
—
(15)
(10)
(62)
Vested
—
(8)
—
(146)
Balance at 31 December
—
1,502
—
1,525
Compensation expense recognised (EUR million)
—
0.4
—
0.4
Peet's plans
The total compensation expense recognised under the Peet's plans described below amounted the EUR 4.1 million
(2024: 6.8 million).
Executive Ownership Plan (Peet’s)
During 2025, no Peet's RSUs were granted. In 2024, Peet's RSUs accounted for as equity-settled that had a grant date
fair value of EUR 2.3 million were recognised as compensation expense over the applicable vesting period of generally
five years.
The latest available exchange ratio applicable to the number of Peet’s RSUs to be exchanged in shares of the
Company is: 3.73.
The weighted-average grant date fair value at 31 December 2024 of the outstanding Peet's RSUs was EUR 150
per share.
Details of the activity of Peet's RSUs are as follows (after restating the comparative information):
2025
2025
2024
2024
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
In shares of Peet's
Balance at 1 January
—
27,433
30,151
18,125
Granted
—
—
—
15,091
Modified
—
(19,132)
—
—
Forfeited
—
(8,301)
(23,414)
(5,783)
Vested
—
—
(6,737)
—
Balance at 31 December
—
—
—
27,433
Employees were provided the choice to finance a portion of their investment under the Executive Ownership Plan
(Peet's) with a loan from Peet’s. All loans outstanding as of 31 December 2025 are limited recourse loans which may be
prepaid by participants at any time. The total amount of loans provided to certain employees of Peet's with respect to
the Executive Ownership Plan (Peet's) is disclosed in note 7.2 Related party transactions.
Long-Term Incentive Plan (Peet’s)
Peet's RSUs were granted to employees in March and September 2024 and March 2025. The vesting dates of these
Peet's RSUs were initially in March and September 2027 and March 2028, respectively.
During 2025, no Peet's RSUs were granted. In 2024, Peet's RSUs accounted for as equity-settled that had a grant date
fair value of EUR 9 million were recognised as compensation expense over the applicable vesting period of generally
five years.
The latest available exchange ratio applicable to the number of Peet’s RSUs to be exchanged in shares of the
Company is: 3.73.
The weighted-average grant date fair value at 31 December 2024 of the outstanding Peet's RSUs was EUR 151
per share.
The weighted-average exercise price of the options at 31 December 2024 EUR 98 per share with a weighted-average
remaining contractual life of 2.1 years.
Details of the activity of Peet's RSUs are as follows:
2025
2025
2024
2024
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
In shares of Peet's
Balance at 1 January
—
150,069
1,795
129,191
Granted
—
—
—
59,955
Modified
—
(102,401)
—
—
Forfeited
—
(10,072)
(1,561)
(28,262)
Vested
—
(37,596)
(234)
(10,815)
Balance at 31 December
—
—
—
150,069
Details of activity of options outstanding are as follows:
2025
2025
2024
2024
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
Cash-settled
Equity-settled
In shares of Peet's
Balance at 1 January
28,852
7,927
32,889
9,224
Forfeited
(306)
(119)
(457)
(825)
Exercised
(28,486)
(7,502)
(3,580)
(472)
Balance at 31 December
60
306
28,852
7,927
All options were exercisable at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024.
Management Stock (Peet's)
Management of Peet’s had the opportunity to invest in Peet’s shares directly or receive Peet’s shares upon vesting
of their Peet's RSUs and/or Options. The value of these shares was classified as a liability as Peet's had the obligation
to buy back. Following the buy back and the exchange to shares in the Company there is no longer a liability (2024:
EUR 17 million). The number of outstanding Management Stock that qualified as a liability 31 December 2024 was
96,591.
Management of Peet’s had the opportunity to invest in Peet’s shares directly or receive Peet’s shares upon vesting
of their Peet's RSUs. The value of these shares was classified as equity as Peet's had no obligation to buy back.
Following the exchange to shares in the Company, no such shares are outstanding (2024: 35,484).
7.2 RELATED PARTIES
Material related party transactions that have a pervasive impact on the financial statements are presented within
the primary financial statements, in accordance with the applicable financial reporting framework and disclosure
requirements.
Key management compensation
The compensation related to key management and non-executive Directors of JDE Peet's for employee services is as
follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Salaries
17
17
Share-based payment compensation
67
1
Other, including pensions
—
8
Total
84
26
Executive Director
26
(16)
Non-executive Directors (the Board)
5
4
The amount for the executive Director in 2024 is negative following Mr. Simon stepping down, where the majority of his
share-based payment compensation lapsed and the expense recognised in prior years was reversed in line with the
Remuneration Policy. The definition of key management in this note differs from the definition as applied in the
Remuneration Report as this definition includes senior management while the Remuneration Report only applies to the
executive and non-executive Directors. The Remuneration Report is presented on page 37.
Caribou acquisition — On 26 March 2024, JDE Peet’s completed a long-term global license agreement to
manufacture, market and sell Caribou consumer and foodservice coffee products, excluding Caribou coffeehouses,
from Caribou Coffee Operating Company, Inc., an entity within the Panera Brands, Inc. group of companies. At JDE
Peet’s N.V. and Panera Brands, Inc. JAB is the controlling shareholder. In line with the Company’s Related Party
Transaction Policy, the JAB affiliated members of the Board did not participate in the decision making. For further
details, refer to note 3.1 Business combinations.
Shares in JDE Peet's — At 31 December 2025, non-executive directors and key management personnel hold
1.834.853 and 2.042.469 ordinary shares in the Company respectively. In addition, certain non-executive Directors
have indirect interests in JDE Peet's through shareholdings in the parent companies.
Contribution by parent and distribution to parent — During 2025, no contributions were made by or distributed to
the shareholders other than dividends (2024: none). During the reporting period, share buybacks for in total 5,477,094
shares were executed, reference is made to note 5.1.
Share-based payments—As described in note 7.1, directors and employees of JDE Peet's participate in share-based
payment plans. The costs related to these plans are reflected as part of the selling, general and administrative
expenses in the income statement.
Trading transactions
During the year, JDE Peet's entities entered into the following transactions with related parties outside the group of JDE
Peet's (in EUR million):
Sales to related parties
Purchases from related parties
2025
2024
2025
2024
Keurig Dr Pepper
38
5
39
98
Caribou
—
10
—
26
Mondelēz Group
—
—
—
40
Total
38
15
39
164
The following amounts were outstanding from/to related parties at reporting date (in EUR million):
Owed by related parties
Owed to related parties
2025
2024
2025
2024
Keurig Dr Pepper
11
2
9
52
Caribou
—
—
—
24
Mondelēz Group
—
—
—
8
Total
11
2
9
84
Sales of goods to related parties were made at JDE Peet's usual list prices, less usual discount provided to customers.
Purchases were made at market price discounted to reflect the quantity of goods purchased and the relationships
between the parties. The amounts outstanding are unsecured and will be settled in cash. No guarantees were given or
received. No provisions were made for doubtful debts in respect of the amounts owed by related parties.
Transactions with Keurig Dr Pepper—There were transactions with Keurig Dr Pepper (an entity ultimately partially
owned by JAB) as part of the normal course of business, such as the purchase of coffee by Keurig Dr Pepper and
subsequent purchase of K-cups.
Transactions with Caribou—Prior to the acquisition of Caribou in 2024, there were transactions with Caribou as part
of the normal course of business, such as the sale of coffee and royalty payments to Caribou. JDE Peet's acquired part
of the Caribou business on 26 March 2024, which changed the nature of the transactions between Peet's and the
remaining Caribou business, such as the elimination of the royalty payments.
Transactions with Mondelēz International Inc. Group— On 29 November 2024, Mondelēz International Inc.
completed the sale of its remaining shares in JDE Peet’s to JAB Holdings Company. Consequently, from this date,
Mondelēz Group is no longer considered a related party. Transactions with Mondelēz Group between 1 January and
29 November 2024 are disclosed. In that period, there were transactions with Mondelēz Group as part of the normal
course of business, such as rental of office space.
Transactions with various pension funds—JDE Peet's has several transactions with the pension funds as further
disclosed in note 9.1 Post-employment benefits. All transactions are related to payments to and/or to fund the pension
funds.
Loans to related parties
Loans to key management— As described in note 7.1 Share-based payments, loans were granted to members of the
CELT for the sole purpose of participating in the Executive Ownership Plans of JDE Peet's. The loans bear interest at
3% and early repayment is allowed. The total amount of loans outstanding to CELT members amounted to EUR
10 million at 31 December 2025 (2024: EUR 15 million).
Loans from related parties
At 31 December 2025, the Company had no outstanding loans with related parties. As described in note 7.1 Share-
based payments, for certain CELT members Options were settled where the payment of EUR 19.9 million is conditional
upon closing of the KDP transaction and consequently remained payables at 31 December 2025. The amount payable
is included in Trade and other payables. The payable bears interest at 1.25%.
Fiscal unity
Certain subsidiaries of the Company were included with affiliates not part of JDE Peet's in a combined group tax filing.
The Company, together with certain of its Dutch subsidiaries, is part of a tax grouping for Dutch corporate income tax
purposes.
8. INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense for the period comprises of current and deferred tax. Current and deferred tax is recognised in the
income statement, except when it relates to a business combination or for items recognised in OCI or directly in Equity.
Current income tax—Current income tax is the expected income tax payable or receivable in respect of taxable
income or loss for the current year in the countries where JDE Peet's operates and generates taxable income, using the
tax rates enacted or substantially enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustments thereto in respect of previous
years.
Deferred income tax—Deferred income tax is a tax payable or receivable in the future and is recognised on temporary
differences arising from differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts, unused
tax losses and unused tax credits.
Deferred income tax is not recognised on temporary differences related to: (i) the initial recognition of an asset or
liability in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting
nor taxable profit or loss, (ii) the investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates, and interests in joint ventures,
to the extent that JDE Peet's is able to control the timing and reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable
that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future, and (iii) the initial recognition of goodwill.
Deferred income tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they
reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the reporting date.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against
which they can be utilised. The criteria that are considered in assessing the probability that sufficient taxable profit will
be available include: (i) the existence of taxable temporary differences that relate to the same taxation authority and the
same taxable entity, (ii) expected future taxable profits and (iii) tax planning opportunities. In case a history of recent
losses is present, it is considered whether convincing other evidence exists, such as the nature of the (historical) losses
and changes in activities to support recognising the deferred tax asset.
Deferred tax liabilities for withholding taxes are recognized for subsidiaries and unconsolidated companies in situations
where the earnings are to be paid out as dividend in the foreseeable future to the extent that these withholding taxes
are not expected to be refundable or deductible.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets
against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the
same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle
the balances on a net basis.
JDE Peet's applies the exception to recognising and disclosing information about deferred tax assets and liabilities
related to Pillar Two income taxes, as provided in the amendments to IAS 12 issued in May 2023. As a result, JDE
Peet's neither recognises nor discloses information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income
taxes.
Uncertain tax treatments—An uncertain income tax treatment is any tax treatment applied by an entity where there is
uncertainty over whether that treatment will be accepted by the taxation authority. Such uncertainty can relate to all
aspects of income tax accounting, including taxable profit or loss, the tax bases of assets and liabilities, tax losses, tax
credits and tax rates. If JDE Peet's concludes it is probable that the taxation authority will not accept an uncertain tax
treatment, a liability is recognised to reflect the effect of the uncertainty in determining the related taxable profit (tax
loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits or tax rates, to the extent that a reliable estimate can be made.
If JDE Peet's concludes it is possible but not probable that a taxation authority will not accept an uncertain tax
treatment, JDE Peet's shall determine whether to disclose the potential effect of the uncertainty as a tax-related
contingency, see note 9.5.
Key accounting estimate and judgement—JDE Peet's is subject to taxation in the many countries in which it
operates. The tax legislation of these countries differs, is often complex and is subject to interpretation by
management and the government authorities. These matters of judgement give rise to the need to create
provisions for income tax payments that may arise in future years with respect to transactions already
undertaken. Judgment is made about whether each uncertainty should be considered independently or whether
some uncertainties can be considered together, when recognising and measuring provision for income tax
payments. The income tax provision is estimated based on either of the following methods, depending on which
method JDE Peet's expects to better predict the resolution of the uncertainty: (i) the most likely amount - the
single most likely amount in a range of possible outcomes, or (ii) the expected value - the sum of the probability-
weighted amounts in a range of possible outcomes.
58JDE Peet's calculated weighted-average statutory income tax is the average of the standard rate of tax applicable in the countries in which JDE Peet's operates, weighted by the amount of underlying profit before taxation generated in each of those countries. For this reason, the rate may vary from year to year
according to the mix of profit and related tax rates.
59 Income tax incentives are granted in the Netherlands, Brazil and Malaysia, in line with our commercial and economic activities in those countries.
If new information becomes available, this may cause JDE Peet's to change its judgement regarding the adequacy of
existing income tax liabilities; such changes to income tax liabilities will impact the income tax expense in the period
that such determination is made.
For the utilisation of tax losses and recognition of other deferred tax assets, management uses judgement to assess
whether there will be sufficient future taxable profits to utilise such deferred tax assets.
Other—Pillar Two legislation has been enacted or substantively enacted in certain jurisdictions JDE Peet's operates.
The legislation is effective for the financial year beginning 1 January 2024. JDE Peet's is in scope of the enacted or
substantively enacted legislation and has performed an assessment of the potential exposure to Pillar Two income
taxes. The assessment of the potential exposure to Pillar Two income taxes is based on the current year information
available regarding the financial performance of the constituent entities within JDE Peet's. Based on the assessment,
the Pillar Two effective tax rates in most of the jurisdictions in which JDE Peet's operates are above 15%. However,
there are a limited number of jurisdictions where the transitional safe harbour relief does not apply, and the impact
of Pillar Two is considered limited.
Income Tax Expense
In 2025, the income tax expense amounted to EUR (173) million (2024: (247) million) The components of the income tax
expense are as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Current tax (expense) / benefit
(186)
(218)
Deferred tax (expense) / benefit
15
(29)
Pillar Two tax (expense) / benefit
(2)
—
Total income tax expense
(173)
(247)
Profit before tax amounted to EUR 976 million (2024: EUR 790 million), resulting in an effective tax rate of 17.7% (2024:
31.3%).
The reconciliation of the weighted-average statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows
(in EUR million):
2025
2024
Tax
%
Tax
%
Income tax using JDE Peet's calculated
weighted-average statutory income tax rate 58
(261)
26.7%
(209)
26.5%
Differences between computed rate of tax and
effective tax rate due to:
– Tax-exempt and non-deductible fair value
gains and losses on equity derivative
instruments
78
(8.0)%
(40)
5.1%
– Income tax incentives and tax-exempt
income 59
45
(4.6)%
46
(5.8)%
– Non-deductible expenses
(34)
3.5%
(24)
3.0%
– Tax rate changes
17
(1.7)%
2
(0.2)%
– Repatriation taxation of earnings and
withholding
(11)
1.1%
(9)
1.1%
– Recognition/(non-recognition) of deferred tax
assets
(12)
1.2%
(5)
0.6%
– Tax reserves and prior year related tax 
adjustments
12
(1.2)%
(7)
0.9%
– Pillar Two income taxes
(2)
0.2%
—
0.0%
– Other taxes
(5)
0.5%
(1)
0.1%
Effective tax rate
(173)
17.7%
(247)
31.3%
The effective tax rate is 13.6% lower than last year, which is primarily driven by tax-exempt fair value gains on the total
return equity derivative instruments due to the share price increase in 2025. In 2024, these derivative instruments
resulted in significant non-tax deductible fair value losses. This favourable effect is partially offset by higher non-tax
deductible share-based compensation costs and non-recognition of deferred tax assets following the loss reported
for the divestment of the tea business in Turkey.
Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities
The analysis of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Deferred income tax assets
84
57
Deferred income tax liabilities
(1,213)
(1,235)
Net deferred income tax
(1,129)
(1,178)
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are attributable to the following items (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Deferred tax
assets
Deferred tax
liabilities
Net deferred
tax asset/
(liability)
Deferred tax
assets
Deferred tax
liabilities
Net deferred
tax asset/
(liability)
Property, plant and equipment
7
(76)
(69)
6
(76)
(70)
Goodwill and other intangible
assets
50
(1,298)
(1,248)
46
(1,302)
(1,256)
Other non-current financial
assets
97
(1)
96
103
—
103
Retirement benefit asset/
obligations
14
(115)
(101)
30
(126)
(96)
Share-based payments
6
—
6
3
—
3
Borrowings
44
(1)
43
40
(1)
39
Derivative financial instruments
7
—
7
—
(15)
(15)
Provisions and other
28
(4)
24
15
3
18
Trade and other receivables/
payables
68
—
68
45
—
45
Inventories
9
—
9
9
(1)
8
Tax on repatriation of earnings
—
(51)
(51)
—
(51)
(51)
Other tax credits carry forwards
1
—
1
—
—
—
Tax loss carry forwards
86
—
86
94
—
94
Subtotal
417
(1,546)
(1,129)
391
(1,569)
(1,178)
Offset of deferred tax positions
(333)
333
—
(334)
334
—
Net deferred tax asset/
(liability)
84
(1,213)
(1,129)
57
(1,235)
(1,178)
The tax effect relating to temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for which
deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised amounts to EUR 63 million (2024: EUR 48 million). This is because
JDE Peet’s is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences, and it is probable that such
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Movement in deferred tax balances during the year
In 2025, the net deferred tax liability position decreased by EUR 49 million from EUR 1,178 million in 2024 to
EUR 1,129 million in 2025, which was mainly the result of: (i) revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities at reduced
tax rates and (ii) increase of deferred tax assets from temporary difference in provisions, working capital and derivative
instruments.
In 2024, the net deferred tax liability position of EUR 1,178 million remained largely unchanged compared to EUR 1,177
million in 2023, as increases in the net deferred tax liability were offset by decreases.
The movements during 2025 and 2024 are as follows (in EUR million):
Balance
at 31
December
2024
(Charged)
Credited
to the
income
statement
(Charged)
Credited
directly to
other
compre-
hensive
income
and equity
Currency
trans-
lation
Disposals
Other
Balance
at 31
December
2025
Property, plant and equipment
(70)
(7)
—
3
5
—
(69)
Goodwill and other intangible assets
(1,256)
3
—
5
—
—
(1,248)
Other non-current financial assets
103
(7)
—
—
—
—
96
Retirement benefit asset/obligations
(96)
(17)
6
6
—
—
(101)
Share-based payments
3
3
1
(1)
—
—
6
Borrowings
39
7
—
(3)
—
—
43
Derivative financial instruments
(15)
3
19
—
—
—
7
Provisions and other
18
8
—
(2)
—
—
24
Trade and other receivables/payables
45
22
—
1
—
—
68
Inventories
8
2
—
(1)
—
—
9
Tax on repatriation of earnings
(51)
(1)
—
1
—
—
(51)
Other tax credits carry forwards
—
1
—
—
—
—
1
Tax loss carry forwards
94
(2)
(2)
(4)
—
—
86
Net deferred tax asset/(liability)
(1,178)
15
24
5
5
—
(1,129)
Balance
at 31
December
2023
(Charged)
Credited
to the
income
statement
(Charged)
Credited
directly to
other
compre-
hensive
income
and equity
(Charged)
Credited
directly to
equity
Currency
trans-
lation
Business
combina-
tions
Balance
at 31
December
2024
Property, plant and equipment
(77)
7
—
1
(2)
1
(70)
Goodwill and other intangible assets
(1,290)
(27)
—
(1)
3
59
(1,256)
Other non-current financial assets
111
(8)
—
—
—
—
103
Retirement benefit asset/obligations
(75)
(5)
(10)
—
(6)
—
(96)
Share-based payments
4
(1)
—
—
—
—
3
Borrowings
40
(2)
—
—
1
—
39
Derivative financial instruments
3
—
(17)
—
(1)
—
(15)
Provisions and other
19
5
—
(5)
(1)
—
18
Trade and other receivables/payables
39
9
—
—
(4)
1
45
Inventories
7
3
—
(2)
—
—
8
Tax on repatriation of earnings
(49)
(2)
—
—
—
—
(51)
Tax loss carry forwards
91
(8)
7
—
4
—
94
Net deferred tax asset/(liability)
(1,177)
(29)
(20)
(7)
(6)
61
(1,178)
Tax losses, tax credits and other carried forwards
JDE Peet's had tax losses carried forward of EUR 686 million at 31 December 2025 (2024: EUR 769 million), for which
EUR 86 million was recognised as a deferred tax asset (2024: EUR 94 million). Unrecognised deferred tax assets on tax
losses amounted to EUR 77 million in 2025 (2024: EUR 87 million).
These (un)recognised tax losses carried forward expire as to the table below (in EUR million):
Tax losses unrecognised
Tax losses recognised
Total tax losses
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Within 1 year
2
6
—
—
2
6
1 to 2 years
5
8
5
—
10
8
2 to 3 years
11
12
9
—
20
12
3 to 4 years
13
44
—
—
13
44
4 to 5 years
53
30
1
10
54
40
Later
6
16
65
76
71
92
Unlimited
212
215
304
352
516
567
Balance at 31 December
302
331
384
438
686
769
JDE Peet's has tax credits carried forward in the U.S. and the Netherlands of EUR 17 million at 31 December 2025
( 2024: EUR 21 million), for which no deferred tax asset was recognised as it is not expected that these will be utilised.
The tax credits carried forward expire within 5 to 8 years (EUR 14 million), while the remaining EUR 3 million can be
carried forward indefinitely.
The tax effect of other deductible temporary differences that have not been recognised, amounted to EUR 27 million in
2025 (2024: EUR 29 million) as it is not expected that these will be utilised.
In addition, the tax effect of other deductible temporary differences that have not been recognised as the tax treatment
giving rise to these temporary differences is uncertain, amounted to EUR 137 million in 2025 (2024: EUR 145 million),
whereby the uncertainty affects current tax for an amount of EUR 58 million and deferred tax for an amount of EUR 79
million.
9. OTHER DISCLOSURES
9.1 POST EMPLOYMENT AND OTHER LONG-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
JDE Peet's contributes to defined contribution retirement benefit plans that are recognised as expense when
employees have rendered service entitling them to the contributions.
For defined benefit plans, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method,
with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of each year. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience
adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to OCI in the period in which they arise.
Past service cost is recognised immediately in the income statement. For defined benefit plans, the operating and
finance expense are recognised separately in the income statement. The amount recognised as operating cost in the
income statement is the cost of accruing pension benefits promised to employees over the year, plus the costs of
individual events such as past service benefit enhancements, settlements and curtailments (such events are recognised
immediately in the income statement). The amount recognised as finance income includes a credit equivalent to the
interest income on the pension plans’ assets over the year, offset by a charge equal to the interest expense in the
plans’ liabilities over the year.
The retirement benefit obligations recognised in the statement of financial position represent the present value of the
defined benefit obligation, as adjusted for past service cost, and as reduced by the fair value of plan assets.
Key accounting estimate and judgement—JDE Peet's sponsors defined benefit plans and provides other
post-employment benefits. Assumptions are an important element in the actuarial methods that are used to
measure the expense and obligations relative to employee benefits. The assumptions utilised include discount
rate, inflation and indexation, life expectancy, payroll increase and health-care trends. Any change in these
assumptions could potentially result in a significant change to the pension assets, pension liabilities,
commitments and pension costs in future periods.
JDE Peet's operates a number of defined benefit and defined contribution plans for its employees.
Defined Contribution Plans
JDE Peet's sponsors defined contribution pension plans for its employees. The cost is determined by the contributions
to these plans and is recognised when it becomes due. The amount of expense recognised during the year 2025 was
EUR 37 million (2024: EUR 36 million).
Defined Benefit Plans (Pension, Jubilee and Post-Employment Medical)
JDE Peet's sponsors defined benefit plans in a number of countries, with the most significant plans in the U.K. and
Germany. The defined benefit plans include pension plans, jubilee plans and post-employment medical benefit plans.
United Kingdom — This plan only includes deferred members and retirees/dependants. All entitlements have been
made paid-up and are only indexed in accordance with the plan rules. Pension benefits are not linked in any way to the
pensionable salary of the participants.The U.K. Pension Plan is fully funded on a technical provisions basis.
The Trustee of the plan implemented an investment strategy in which 90% of the plan assets are invested in matching
assets (corporate credits and – index linked – gilts) and 10% of plan assets are invested in worldwide equity. The overall
investment portfolio is structured in such a way that the volatility of the funded status is within 2% per year. The target
return of the investments is 50 – 75bps above gilts (excl. manager fees), while the technical provisions basis is set at Gilts
+50bps. Under U.K. Pensions Law, the sponsoring companies remain liable in case of future deficits in the pension plan.
The value of the U.K. Plan at 31 December 2025 amounted to a net asset of EUR 459 million (2024: EUR 504 million).
No asset ceiling applies to this plan.
The funding of the plan was 137.6% at 31 December 2025 (2024: 135.8%).
Germany — There are six (largely) unfunded defined benefit plans in Germany. These include five Final Pay Plans,
of which two are closed to new entrants (but participants still accrue benefits) and two are frozen (meaning no further
accruals, but existing entitlements remain). The fifth, a Final Pay Plan, is still open to new entrants and is also the only
funded pension plan (via a Contractual Trust Agreement). Lastly, the sixth arrangement is a provision for service
anniversaries (a so-called Long-Term Benefits Plan). Over 1,000 employees (2024: 1,000) accrue benefits in the fifth
and sixth plans. The total defined benefit obligation at 31 December 2025 was EUR 109 million (2024: EUR 137 million)
of which EUR 92 million (2024: EUR 86 million) was funded by means of a Contractual Trust Agreement.
A summary of the amounts recognised in the financial statements related to the pension, jubilee and post-employment
medical plans is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Defined benefit obligation of funded plans
(955)
(979)
Fair value of plan assets
1,414
1,483
Funded defined benefit plans with a surplus
459
504
Defined benefit obligation of funded plans
(225)
(278)
Fair value of plan assets
101
122
Funded defined benefit plans with a deficit
(124)
(156)
Post-employment medical & jubilee benefits
(9)
(9)
Defined benefit liability
(133)
(165)
The following provides detailed disclosures regarding the pension, jubilee and the post-employment medical plans.
Pension Benefits — The reconciliation of the amounts recognised in the table above to the total defined benefit
obligation and fair value of plan assets is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Total defined benefit obligation
(1,180)
(1,257)
Total fair value of plan assets
1,515
1,605
Net defined benefit position
335
348
Information on plan assets and defined benefit obligation per country
The defined benefit obligation at 31 December per country and the plan assets per country can be specified as follows
(in EUR million):
Plan assets
Defined benefit obligations
2025
2024
2025
2024
United Kingdom
1,385
1,483
(928)
(979)
Germany
92
86
(201)
(223)
Other
38
36
(51)
(55)
The weighted-average duration of the defined benefit obligations for the U.K. at 31 December 2025 is 10.7 years
(2024: 10.8 years) and for Germany at 31 December 2025 is 14.8 years (2024: 16.2 years).
The movement in the defined benefit obligation over the year is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Defined benefit obligation at 1 January
1,257
1,400
Employer service costs
5
5
Interest expense
58
60
Past service costs
(1)
—
Administration costs
4
3
Actuarial (gain)/loss due to experience
13
(63)
Actuarial (gain)/loss due to demographic assumption changes
31
(18)
Actuarial (gain)/loss due to financial assumption changes
(61)
(99)
Foreign currency translation
(50)
50
Benefits paid
(77)
(81)
Other
1
—
Defined benefit obligation at 31 December
1,180
1,257
The movement in the fair value of plan assets is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Fair value of plan assets at 1 January
1,605
1,671
Employer contributions
7
8
Benefits paid
(77)
(81)
Interest income
79
74
Return on plan assets greater/(less) than interest income
(25)
(138)
Foreign currency translation
(74)
71
Fair value of plan assets at 31 December
1,515
1,605
The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Employer service costs
5
5
Past service costs
(1)
—
Interest expense on defined benefit obligation
58
60
Interest income on plan assets
(79)
(74)
Administration costs
4
3
Total defined benefit cost recognised in the consolidated income statement
(13)
(6)
Of the total defined benefit recognised in the income statement, a cost of EUR 4 million (2024: EUR 5 million) was
recognised in selling, general and administrative expenses and cost of sales for the period.
The amounts recognised in the statements of comprehensive income (before tax) are as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Balance at 1 January
(349)
(293)
Actuarial (gains) / losses on the defined benefit obligation
(17)
(180)
Actuarial (gains) / losses on the plan assets
25
138
Foreign currency translation
16
(14)
Balance at 31 December
(325)
(349)
The experience adjustments and actuarial gains and losses due to change in actuarial assumptions are as follows and
relate to the plans included in the statement of financial position at the end of the year (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Liability (gain) or loss due to experience
13
(63)
Liability (gain) or loss due to demographic and financial assumptions changes
(30)
(117)
Actuarial (gains) / losses on the defined benefit obligation
(17)
(180)
Asset (gain) or loss due to experience
25
138
Actuarial (gain) or loss recognised
8
(42)
The weighted-average actual assumptions used in measuring the defined benefit cost recognised in the consolidated
income statement of the year and plan obligations at the end of the year are as follows:
2025
2024
UK
Germany
UK
Germany
Discount rate
5.45%
4.30%
5.40%
3.40%
Indexation rate inactive participants - deferred
2.60%
N/A
2.90%
N/A
Indexation rate inactive participants - pensioners
2.60%
2.00%
2.85%
2.00%
Inflation rate
2.95%
2.00%
3.30%
2.00%
Future salary increases
N/A
2.75%
N/A
2.75%
The discount rate is determined by utilising a yield curve based on high-quality, fixed-income investments that have an
AA bond rating to discount the expected future benefit payments to plan participants. Salary increase assumptions are
based upon historical experience and anticipated future management actions.
Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set, based on actuarial advice in accordance with published
statistics and experience in each territory. Mortality assumptions for the most important countries are based on the
following mortality tables:
• UK: SAPS S3 Pensioners with CMI Core Projection Model 2023 update, with a 1.25% long-term trend and default
weightings on experience between 2020 and 2023 experience, respectively
• Germany: Heubeck 2018G.
Sensitivity to changes in individual parameters used at 31 December 2025 can be estimated as follows:
• A 50 basis point decrease in the discount rate of interest would increase the defined benefit obligation by
approximately EUR 68 million (2024: EUR 75 million)
• A 50 basis point increase in inflation assumption would increase the defined benefit obligation by approximately
EUR 47 million (2024: EUR 48 million )
• A 50 basis point increase in the salary growth rate would increase the defined benefit obligation by approximately
EUR 3 million (2024: EUR 5 million).
The pension plan asset allocation differs per plan. On a weighted-average basis, the allocation was as follows:
2025
2024
Bond or bond-like instruments
75.6%
76.4%
Cash and cash equivalents
15.1%
14.4%
Equity instruments
7.4%
7.5%
Other
1.9%
1.7%
Total
100.0%
100.0%
Investment strategies are based on the composition of the plan liabilities. With the aid of asset liability management
modelling, analyses are made of possible future economic scenarios and investment portfolios. Based on these
analyses, investment strategies are determined for each plan to produce optimal investment returns at acceptable
funding ratio risk levels. Less favourable years can be part of these scenarios. The strategic targets changed
substantially from 2009 since one of the pension plans in the United Kingdom with significant assets is inactive and
therefore the plan assets are mainly invested in fixed-income securities and cash instruments.
Expected cash contributions to retirement benefit plans for the year 2026 are EUR 9 million (2025: EUR 8 million). The
exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is dependent on a number of factors including
minimum funding requirements in the jurisdictions in which JDE Peet's operates the tax deductibility of amounts funded
and arrangements made with the trustees of certain foreign plans.
Jubilee and Post-Employment Medical Benefits—JDE Peet's operates a post-employment medical benefit scheme
in the Netherlands and Jubilee schemes in the Netherlands, Austria and Germany. The method of accounting,
assumptions and the frequency of valuations are similar to those used for defined benefit pension schemes except for
the treatment of actuarial gains and losses which are recognised immediately in the income statement. The plans are
unfunded.
The movement in the defined benefit obligation is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Balance at 1 January
9
9
Employer service cost
1
1
Employer contribution
(1)
(1)
Balance at 31 December
9
9
9.2 PROVISIONS
Termination Benefits —Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by JDE Peet's before the
normal retirement date or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits.
Termination benefits are recognised when it is demonstrably committed to a termination and when the entity has a
detailed formal plan to terminate the employment of current employees without possibility of withdrawal. In the case of
an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of
employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period
are discounted to their present value. The estimated costs associated with these benefits are reflected in the
restructuring provisions.
Provisions—Provisions, which are primarily for restructuring costs, legal claims, medical claims and environmental
obligations are recognised when JDE Peet's has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events,
it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably
estimated. Restructuring provisions primarily comprise employee termination payments. Provisions are not recognised
for future operating losses.
Provisions are measured at the estimated expenditure required to settle the present obligation, based on the most
reliable evidence available at the reporting date, including the risks and uncertainties associated with the present
obligation. Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement
is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole.
When the carrying amount of a provision is an estimate of a single amount to be received or paid in the future, the cost
of debt is used to discount the provision. When an expected cash flow approach is used to determine the carrying
amount of the provision (the sum of probability-weighted amounts in a range of possible estimated amounts), the risk-
free rate will be used to discount the provision.
Key accounting estimate and judgement:
Restructuring provisions—A provision for restructuring costs is recognised when a detailed formal plan for the
restructuring has been determined and the plan has been communicated to the parties that may be affected by
it. The provision is based on a number of assumptions including the timing of the payments and the number of
employees that will ultimately receive the termination benefits. A change in these assumptions may result in a
significant change in the liability in future periods. Adjustments to previously recognised charges resulting from a
change in estimate are recognised in the period in which the change is identified.
In assessing the likelihood of occurrence of restructuring provisions, judgement is required to determine if an
outflow of economic resources is probable. Where it is probable, a liability is recognised and further judgement
is used to determine the level of the provision.
Legal and other provisions—JDE Peet's is involved in certain litigation and other legal proceedings. These
claims involve highly complex issues, damages and other matters. In assessing the likelihood of occurrence of
legal provisions, there is uncertainty as to estimating likely outcomes or ranges of possible loss, as
investigations are not conducted in a consistent manner across jurisdictions and each country and agency has
different set of laws, rules and regulations. Accordingly, the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted.
However, the unfavourable resolution of one or more of these proceedings could have a material adverse effect
on the business, results of operations, financial conditions and/or cash flows. Where it is probable, a liability is
recognised and further judgement is used to determine the level of the provision.
The change in provisions was as follows (in EUR million):
Restructuring
Legal and other
Total
Balance at 1 January 2024
54
50
104
Acquired in business combinations
—
28
28
Additions charged to income statement
7
5
12
Payments
(38)
(6)
(44)
Reductions related to remeasurement or settlement without cost
(2)
(14)
(16)
Currency translation differences
1
(4)
(3)
Balance at 31 December 2024
22
59
81
Non-current
4
23
27
Current
18
36
54
Balance at 31 December 2024
22
59
81
Additions charged to income statement
71
5
76
Payments
(22)
(5)
(27)
Other
(1)
(7)
(8)
Currency translation differences
(1)
(2)
(3)
Balance at 31 December 2025
69
50
119
Non-current
13
27
40
Current
56
23
79
Balance at 31 December 2025
69
50
119
Restructuring—During the periods presented, several initiatives were taken to improve the efficiency of operations
which resulted in reduction in headcount. In connection with these actions, expenses of EUR 71 million were
recognised during the year ended 31 December 2025 (2024: EUR 7 million). During the period, the Group initiated a
comprehensive restructuring programme as part of its new ‘Reignite the Amazing’ strategy. This included completion of
the integration of its U.S. capsules business, optimising its European operating model by consolidating country clusters
and centralising finance activities, and commencing the transition of Peet’s U.S. commercial distribution model.
In addition, the Group announced the closure of three manufacturing plants as part of its footprint optimisation efforts.
These actions have resulted in the recognition of restructuring provisions to cover associated costs.
Legal and other provisions
The composition of legal and other provisions is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Contingencies arising from business combinations
13
20
Claims and disputes
15
17
Branded Apparel
7
8
Other employee-related provisions
7
6
Other provisions
8
8
Total
50
59
Branded Apparel—The provision relates to Branded Apparel, a previously divested business. The provision includes
medical claims related to injuries caused to former employees as a result of noise-induced hearing loss and asbestos
exposure, which may result in payments to those individuals for their related medical expenses. The expense related to
this provision was recognised in selling, general and administrative expenses in the income statement.
Furthermore the legal and other provisions include items such as:
• Decommissioning provisions related to property, plant and equipment
• Environmental provisions
• Non-income tax provisions
• Provisions for labour and insurance claims
• Warranty provisions
• Provisions for other legal claims and disputes
• Contingent liabilities assumed in and indemnifications resulting from business combinations.
9.3 OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS
For the accounting policy on investments in associates reference is made to section 1.4 of this report. The composition
of other non-current assets is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Lease receivables
6
3
Advance to related parties
12
18
Investment in associates
4
13
Other non-current assets
31
20
Total
53
54
The advance to related parties represent loans granted to key management members in relation to their share-based
payment plans. The investments in associates presented are classified as other (non-strategic) investments in
accordance with JDE Peet's accounting policies.
9.4 OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
The composition of other non-current liabilities is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Deferred revenue
3
3
Share-based payment liability
—
3
Management-owned shares liability
—
17
Other
8
9
Total non-current liabilities
11
32
Share-based payment and Management-owned shares liability—All fair value changes were recognised in the profit
and loss account for a benefit of EUR 1 million (2024: EUR 1 million benefit) in the selling, general and administrative
expenses and an expense of EUR 1 million (2024: expense of EUR 2 million) in the finance expenses for the share-
based payment liability and the management-owned shares liability, respectively. For more information about these
plans reference is made to note 7.1.
The change in the management-owned shares was as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Balance at 1 January
17
26
Fair value through income statement
1
(2)
Repayments
(17)
(10)
Vesting of share-based payments
—
3
Currency translation
(1)
—
Balance at 31 December
—
17
9.5 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Commitments—The off-balance sheet commitments consist of the following (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Purchase commitments
976
1,928
Operating leases
8
3
Guarantees
4
4
988
1,935
Purchase commitments — Purchase commitments primarily consist of commitments related to the purchases of
green coffee, packaging, other raw materials/commodities and services.
Operating lease commitments — JDE Peet's leases certain facilities, equipment and vehicles under agreements that
are classified as operating leases. The building leases have various lease terms, while the equipment and vehicle leases
have terms of generally less than seven years. Leases of assets with a low value, or term of less than 12 months are
included in the operating lease commitments.
The future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Not later than one year
4
2
Later than one year and not longer than five years
4
1
Later than five years
—
—
8
3
Guarantees — JDE Peet's is party to a variety of agreements under which it may be obligated to indemnify a third
party against losses arising from a breach of representation and covenants related to matters such as title to assets
sold, the collectability of receivables, specified environmental matters, lease obligations assumed and certain tax
matters. In each of these circumstances, payment by JDE Peet's is conditioned on the other party making a claim
pursuant to the procedures specified in the contract. These procedures allow JDE Peet's to challenge the other party’s
claims. In addition, the obligations under these agreements may be limited in terms of time and/or amount, and in some
cases JDE Peet's may have recourse against third parties for certain payments it made. Historically, payments made by
JDE Peet's under these agreements have not had a material effect on its business, financial condition or results of
operations.
Contingencies—JDE Peet's has various contingent liabilities. The most significant contingencies are described below:
• JDE Peet's is involved from time to time in legal and arbitration proceedings arising in the ordinary course of
business; in the judgement of management no losses, in excess of provisions made, which could be material in
relation to JDE Peet's financial position are likely to arise in respect of these matters. Furthermore, the exposures
cannot be reliably estimated.
• Taxes—JDE Peet's operates in many jurisdictions and is subject to a wide variety of taxes per jurisdiction. Tax
legislation can be highly complex and subject to interpretation. As such, the recognition and measurement of tax
positions and determination of contingent tax liabilities requires significant judgement. Contingent liabilities cover
tax risks for which the outflow is assessed lower than probable but possible and may be challenged in tax disputes
and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.
JDE Peet's contingent liabilities that arise in respect of tax litigation or investigations by fiscal authorities mainly
relate to tax positions in Brazil and include a large number of cases with a risk assessment lower than probable but
possible not to be accepted. One of which arose in 2023 with an exposure in excess of EUR 50 million for the years
2019 to 2022, attributable to non-income tax matters in relation to the application of a special regime for the
collection of state taxes. In addition, litigation arose in 2024 with an exposure in excess of EUR 20 million for years
2019 to 2023, also attributable to non-income tax matters in relation to the import of capsules. All cases are
pending at the administrative court level, with no developments during 2025.
• Furthermore, a transfer pricing audit in Spain for the years 2017 to 2019 was closed in 2024, which resulted in a
final assessment in excess of EUR 10 million. As the Company does not agree with the assessment, the decision
was made to go to court. Simultaneously, a dispute resolution procedure between authorities in both Spain and the
Netherlands was initiated. During 2025, there have been no significant developments in either of these procedures.
Assessing the amount of tax contingencies is highly judgemental, and the timing of possible outflows is uncertain.
Management believes they will prevail in further proceedings with the tax authorities, however there can be no
guarantee of success in court. In each case we believe the position is strong so they have not been provided for.
Any exposures assessed possible, not probable, were measured at their fair value upon a business combination
transaction.
JDE Peet's considered the impact of climate risk on the recognition and measurement of provisions and contingencies.
No such provision or contingency has been recognised to date.
9.6 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On 16 January 2026, Keurig Dr Pepper Inc. (“KDP”) and JDE Peet’s N.V. announced that the KDP subsidiary Kodiak
BidCo B.V. launched a recommended public cash offer for all outstanding JDE Peet’s shares at EUR 31.85 per Share.
A previously declared dividend of EUR 0.36 per Share, paid on January 2026, does not reduce the Offer Price.
On 2 March 2026, JDE Peet’s announced that the Extraordinary General Meeting of JDE Peet’s adopted all proposals
on the agenda in connection with the offer, including with respect to post-closing restructuring measures, the
appointment of the nominated members to the Board as of the settlement date, the amendments of the articles of
association and the grant of full and final discharge to the resigning non-executive directors of the Company. As a
result of the adoption of the post-offer restructuring resolutions, the acceptance threshold for the offer has been
reduced from 95% to 80% of the Company’s outstanding capital as at the tender closing date.
The offer period runs until 27 March 2026 (unless extended). Shareholders representing approximately 69% of
outstanding shares have irrevocably committed to tender their shares. Closing of the offer is expected early in the
second quarter of 2026, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the closing conditions.
Management has assessed the potential impact of the intended acquisition on its financial position. Upon completion
of the transaction, the Company anticipates that several events will or may occur which could have a material impact
on its financial position, which are listed below and may require further actions from the acquirer. On that basis,
Management believes this supports its going concern assessment, in the event the combination proceeds.
• The acquisition will ultimately result in a delisting from the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange.
• The change of control provisions under the Company’s EUR 1.5 billion revolving credit facility may permit lenders to
cancel undrawn commitments and/or accelerate outstanding amounts upon completion of the transaction. As at
31 December 2025 and at the date of this report, the facility is committed and fully undrawn. Management does not
anticipate that this provision will adversely affect the Company’s liquidity position.
• The Company’s bonds, with a carrying value of EUR 5.258 million at 31 December 2025, contain a double-trigger
change-of-control provision, requiring both a change of control and a downgrade below investment grade.
Bondholders would only have repurchase rights if both conditions are met. Management considers this scenario
remote. The bonds were rated investment grade at announcement and, in public communications issued following
the announcement, the rating agencies indicated that they expect the ratings to remain investment grade following
completion of the transaction. KDP has publicly committed to maintaining an investment grade profile.
• Share-based payment arrangements outstanding as of the announcement date will vest in 2026. The incremental
expense is recognised until the actual acquisition date in accordance with IFRS 2. After year-end 2025 it was
agreed that the majority of the awards accounted for as equity-settled at 31 December 2025 and vesting during
2026 will be settled in cash. Further arrangements are subject to vesting on, or prior to, the deal closing.
9.7 LEGAL ENTITIES
Below is a list of significant subsidiaries at 31 December 2025. A full list of legal entities is filed with the Chamber of
Commerce. Ownership percentages have been based on the number of issued and outstanding shares, except for
JDE Holdings Minority B.V. where profit allocation rights are used since that reflects ownership of the entity more
accurately.
Name of subsidiary
Country of
incorporation
Ownership
percentage 2025
Ownership
percentage 2024
Jacobs Douwe Egberts Kazakhstan LLP
Kazakhstan
99.9%
99.8%
Jacobs Deutschland Holding GmbH
Germany
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS AU Pty Ltd
Australia
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS B.V.
The Netherlands
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS BELGIUM BV
Belgium
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS BR COMERCIALIZAÇÃO DE CAFÉS
Brazil
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS DE GmbH
Germany
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS DK ApS
Denmark
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS ES S.L.U.
Spain
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS Export NL B.V.
The Netherlands
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS FR S.N.C.
France
99.9%
99.8%
Jacobs Douwe Egberts FR SAS
France
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS GB LTD
United Kingdom
99.9%
99.8%
Jacobs Douwe Egberts Holdings Asia NL B.V.
The Netherlands
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS Holdings B.V.
The Netherlands
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS International B.V.
The Netherlands
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS NL B.V.
The Netherlands
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS NORGE AS
Norway
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS OPS CZ s.r.o.
Czech Republic
99.9%
99.8%
Jacobs Douwe Egberts PL sp. z o.o.
Poland
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS PRO NL B.V.
The Netherlands
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS RO SRL
Romania
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS RUS LLC
Russia
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS S.E. AB
Sweden
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS TH Ltd.
Thailand
99.9%
99.8%
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS Treasury B.V.
The Netherlands
99.9%
99.8%
Name of subsidiary
Country of
incorporation
Ownership
percentage 2025
Ownership
percentage 2024
JOBmeal Group AB
Sweden
99.9%
99.8%
Koninklijke Douwe Egberts B.V.
The Netherlands
99.9%
99.8%
LLC Jacobs Douwe Egberts Ukraina
Ukraine
99.9%
99.8%
Maison Lyovel  (SAS)
France
99.9%
99.8%
Old Town Kopitiam Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
99.9%
99.8%
SCML (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
Thailand
99.9%
99.8%
Super Food Specialists (M) Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
99.9%
99.8%
Super Food Technology Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
99.9%
99.8%
White Cafe Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
99.9%
99.8%
Wuxi Super Food Technology Co., Ltd.
China
99.9%
99.8%
Oak HoldCo B.V.
The Netherlands
99.9%
99.9%
New Oak 2 B.V.
The Netherlands
99.9%
99.9%
Peet's Coffee & Tea HoldCo, Inc
United States
99.9%
99.9%
Peet's Coffee, Inc.
United States
96.8%
95.9%
Stumptown Coffee Corp.
United States
96.8%
94.5%
HH Peet's China Limited
Hong Kong
61.1%
60.6%
In addition to these significant subsidiaries, JDE Peet's has other consolidated entities in the countries listed, and also
in the following countries: Austria, Belarus, Bulgaria, Finland, Georgia, Greece, Hungary, Indonesia, Ireland, Isle of Man,
Italy, Lithuania, Mexico, Morocco, Myanmar, New Zealand, Philippines, Portugal, Singapore, Slovakia, South Africa, 
Switzerland, Turkey, Uzbekistan, Vietnam.
Apart from certain cash restrictions (refer to note 5.3 Cash and Cash Equivalents), there are no significant restrictions
on JDE Peet's ability to access or use assets, and to settle liabilities within these subsidiaries.
The financial statements of the parent and the subsidiaries used in the preparation of the consolidated financial
statements have the same reporting date.
STATEMENTS ON RELEASE FROM THE DUTY TO DISCLOSE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following German entities are included in the financial statements of the JDE Peet's N.V., Amsterdam, the
Netherlands, and make use of the release from the duty to disclose financial statements and reports pursuant § 264 (3)
and § 291 of the German Commercial Code:
• Jacobs Deutschland Holding GmbH, Bremen/Germany
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS REAL ESTATE DE GmbH, Bremen/Germany
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS DE GmbH, Bremen/Germany
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS SERVICES DE GmbH, Bremen/Germany
The Company issued a guarantee under Article 403 of Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code in favour of the
following Dutch entities:
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS B.V.
• Global Joure Brands B.V.
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS Holdings B.V.
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS International B.V.
• Koninklijke Douwe Egberts B.V.
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS Treasury B.V.
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS Minority B.V.
• Jacobs Douwe Egberts Holdings Asia NL B.V.
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS Export NL B.V.
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS PRO NL B.V.
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS NL B.V.
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS Holdings Nordics NL B.V.
• JDEP Holding B.V.
• New Oak 2 B.V.
• New Oak Holding B.V.
• Oak 1753 B.V.
• DE US, Inc.
• Oak Holdco B.V.
• Oak International B.V.
• Oak InvestCo B.V.
• Douwe Egberts Finance B.V.
• JDE Holdings Minority B.V.
• Delta Charger Holdco B.V.
• Oak InvestCo 2 B.V.
In addition, JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS International B.V. issued comfort letters in favour of the following entities:
• Maison Lyovel SAS
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS IE Ltd
• D.E. Holding UK Ltd
• Courtaulds Textiles (Holdings) Ltd
• Jacobs UK Ltd
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS GB Ltd
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS OPS GB Ltd
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS R&D GB Ltd
• JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS UK Pension Trustees Ltd
• LLC Jacobs Douwe Egberts Ukraine
• Jacobs Douwe Egberts ES, S.L.U.
COMPANY
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
COMPANY INCOME STATEMENT
For the years ended 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024
In EUR million
Note
2025
2024
Selling, general and administrative expense
(124)
(2)
Operating profit
(124)
(2)
Finance income
430
108
Finance expense
(83)
(301)
Share of profit of subsidiaries
567
745
Profit before income taxes
790
550
Income tax benefit
6
11
Profit for the period
796
561
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
At 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024
Before appropriation of profit in EUR million
Note
2025
2024
Non-current assets:
Investments in subsidiaries
3
11,647
11,688
Loans receivable
5
2,914
5,002
Derivative financial instruments
2
40
Other financial assets
1
—
14,564
16,730
Current assets:
Trade and other receivables
4
65
92
Loans receivable
5
1,072
500
Income tax receivable
19
14
Derivative financial instruments
83
2
Cash and cash equivalents
1,060
—
2,299
608
Total assets
16,863
17,338
Note
2025
2024
Equity and liabilities
Equity:
Share capital
6
5
5
Share premium
9,661
9,588
Treasury shares
(82)
—
Legal reserves:
– Cash flow hedge reserve
(11)
43
– Foreign currency translation reserve
(966)
(904)
– Other legal reserves
250
213
Other reserves
1,540
1,582
Profit for the period
796
561
11,193
11,088
Non-current liabilities:
Borrowings
8
4,493
4,778
Deferred income tax liabilities
2
1
Derivative financial instruments
30
19
4,525
4,798
Current liabilities:
Borrowings
8
750
946
Trade and other payables
7
348
258
Derivative financial instruments
47
248
1,145
1,452
Total equity and liabilities
16,863
17,338
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. BASIS OF PREPARATION
The Company applies the option provided in Section 2:362 (8) of the Dutch Civil Code for the principles for the
recognition and measurement of assets and liabilities and determination of the result for its Company Financial
Statements. This means that the principles for the recognition and measurement of assets and liabilities and
determination of the result of the company financial statements of the Company are the same as those applied for the
consolidated financial statements under IFRS Accounting Standards as endorsed for use in the European Union by the
European Commission.
The Company Financial Statements are prepared to comply with the requirements of the Dutch Civil Code. There are
no differences between total Shareholders’ Equity and Net profit for the period determined under the Dutch Civil Code
and that determined in accordance with IFRS. In concluding, the Company has accounted for its investments in
subsidiaries using the net asset value method of accounting versus the cost method or fair value method.
2. SUMMARY OF MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION
The principles of valuation and determination of result for the Company’s annual financial statements and consolidated
financial statements are the same. For the principles of valuation of assets and liabilities and for the determination of
result reference is made to the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
The investments in subsidiaries, other than affiliates, are carried at net asset value. The net asset value is determined
by measuring the assets, provisions and liabilities and calculating the result according to the accounting policies
applied in the consolidated financial statements.
3. INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES
The movements of the investments in subsidiaries are as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Balance at 1 January
11,688
11,458
Net result
567
745
Dividends
(350)
(346)
Cash flow hedges
(52)
31
Foreign currency translation
(156)
(162)
Other reserves
(24)
(60)
Other
(26)
22
Balance at 31 December
11,647
11,688
4. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
The composition of trade and other receivables is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Receivable from other JDE Peet's companies
57
91
Other receivables
8
1
Total
65
92
All trade and other receivables are due within one year, no amounts are provided for.
5. LOANS RECEIVABLE
The outstanding amount of loans provided to (indirect) subsidiaries at 31 December 2025 was EUR 3,986 million
(including loans denominated in U.S. dollars of USD 385 million and in Brazilian Real of 150 million). The weighted-
average interest rate was 0.86% (2024: 1.67%) with maturity dates from 2026 to 2033. At 31 December 2025, an
amount of EUR 1,072 million was maturing within 12 months (2024: EUR 500 million). We have assessed the credit risk
associated with these loans and concluded that there was no material risk identified.
In EUR millions
1 January
2025
Additions
Repayments
Currency
translation
31 December
2025
New Oak 2 B.V.
4,502
—
(500)
(44)
3,958
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS International B.V.
1,000
—
(1,000)
—
—
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS BR Comercialização
—
98
(74)
(1)
23
Key management personnel
—
5
—
—
5
Total
5,502
103
(1,574)
(45)
3,986
1 January
2024
Additions
Repayments
Currency
translation
31 December
2024
New Oak 2 B.V.
4,905
—
(425)
22
4,502
JACOBS DOUWE EGBERTS International B.V.
1,000
—
—
—
1,000
Total
5,905
—
(425)
22
5,502
6. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
The movements of the shareholders’ equity are as follows (in EUR million):
Share capital
Share premium
Treasury shares
Legal reserves
Other reserves
Profit for the
period
Total equity
Balance at 31 December 2023
5
9,585
(38)
(526)
1,642
367
11,035
– Effect of voluntary accounting policy changes
—
62
—
29
(91)
—
—
Restated balance at 31 December 2023
5
9,647
(38)
(497)
1,551
367
11,035
– Application of hyperinflationary accounting
—
—
—
50
—
—
50
Restated balance at 1 January 2024
5
9,647
(38)
(447)
1,551
367
11,085
– Profit for the period
—
—
—
—
—
561
561
– Retirement benefit obligation related items
—
—
—
—
40
—
40
– Foreign currency translation
—
—
—
(178)
9
—
(169)
– Foreign currency contracts
—
—
—
33
—
—
33
– Net investment hedge
—
—
—
4
—
—
4
Total Comprehensive Income / (Loss)
—
—
—
(141)
49
561
469
– Shared-based payment transactions
—
—
—
—
(8)
—
(8)
– Dividends
—
—
—
—
(341)
—
(341)
– Appropriation of profit 2023
—
—
—
—
367
(367)
—
– Common control transaction
—
—
—
—
(163)
—
(163)
– Release of treasury shares
—
—
38
—
(11)
—
27
– Cancellation of treasury shares
—
14
—
—
—
—
14
– Other
—
—
—
—
5
—
5
– Other changes in legal reserves
—
—
—
19
(19)
—
—
Restated balance at 31 December 2024
5
9,661
—
(569)
1,430
561
11,088
Share capital
Share premium
Treasury shares
Legal reserves
Other reserves
Profit for the
period
Total equity
Balance at 31 December 2024
5
9,588
—
(648)
1,582
561
11,088
– Effect of voluntary accounting policy changes
—
73
—
79
(152)
—
—
Restated balance at 1 January 2025
5
9,661
—
(569)
1,430
561
11,088
– Application of hyperinflationary accounting
—
—
—
(9)
—
—
(9)
Balance at 1 January 2025
5
9,661
—
(578)
1,430
561
11,079
– Profit for the period
—
—
—
—
—
796
796
– Retirement benefit obligation related items
—
—
—
—
(5)
—
(5)
– Foreign currency translation
—
—
—
(141)
(15)
—
(156)
– Foreign currency contracts
—
—
—
(54)
—
—
(54)
Total Comprehensive Income / (Loss)
—
—
—
(195)
(20)
796
581
– Shared-based payments
—
—
—
—
1
—
1
– Dividends
—
—
—
—
(354)
—
(354)
– Appropriation of profit 2024
—
—
—
—
561
(561)
—
– Share buyback transaction
—
—
(122)
—
—
—
(122)
– Release of treasury shares
—
—
40
—
4
—
44
– Other
—
—
—
9
(45)
—
(36)
– Other changes in legal reserves
—
—
—
37
(37)
—
—
Balance at 31 December 2025
5
9,661
(82)
(727)
1,540
796
11,193
The legal reserves at 31 December 2025 consisted of a Currency translation reserve of EUR (966) million (2024 : EUR (825) million), a Cash flow hedge reserve of EUR (11) million (2024: EUR 43 million) and reserves for self-developed capitalised
software of EUR 61 million (2024: EUR 66 million) and unremitted profits of subsidiaries on which there exist distribution restrictions of EUR 189 million (2024: EUR 147 million).
7. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
The composition of trade and other payables is as follows (in EUR million):
2025
2024
Trade and other payables
169
85
Dividend payable
175
170
Payable to group companies
4
3
Total
348
258
The carrying amount of the trade and other payables is considered a close approximation of their fair value due to their
short maturity.
During the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on 19 June 2025, a dividend of EUR 0.73 per share was approved,
payable in two instalments of which the first of EUR 0.37 was paid on 11 July 2025 and the second of EUR 0.36 is
payable on 23 January 2026. The dividend payable at 31 December 2025 amounted to EUR 175 million.
8. BORROWINGS
The Company has unsecured notes outstanding, please refer to note 5.2 Borrowings in the Consolidated Financial
Statements for more details.
At 31 December 2025, the Company had no bank overdraft with a group company (2024: EUR 446 million).
9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Contingencies and commitments to which the Company is exposed, are disclosed in note 9.5 of the Consolidated
Financial Statements. The legal entities to which the declarations of joint and several liability relate, are listed in the
statements on release from the duty to disclose financial statements in the consolidated financial statements.
10. RELATED PARTIES
Loans from related parties
See note 8 Borrowings for any loans, including the overdraft balance in the cashpool, from related parties.
Loans to related parties
See note 5 Other (non-)current assets for any loans to related parties.
Other
In note 7.2 , the other relevant disclosures in relation to Related Parties (such as fiscal unity, loans to management and
contribution of the parent) are further disclosed.
11. BOARD REMUNERATION
The Board remuneration is disclosed in note 7.2 Related-party transactions of the consolidated financial statements,
where the provision in art 2:383.1 DCC is applied.
12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Refer to note 9.6 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for the disclosure of events after the reporting period.
18 March 2026
R. de Oliveira Oliveira
Executive Director
G.P. Harf
J.J.B.C. Creus
R. de Groot
A.M. García Fau
Chairman, non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
F.A. Engelen
S. MacFarlane
A. Richards
D. Hennequin
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
P. Nogueira Lindenberg
P. Abadie Capel
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
header-verloop-50.png
OTHER
INFORMATION
Profit appropriation
Limited assurance-report of the
Independent A uditor on the Sustainability
statement of JDE Peet’s N.V.
PROFIT APPROPRIATION
Articles of association provisions governing the distribution of profit
Article 27 of the articles of association states the following:
27.1 After adoption of the annual accounts, but no later than within six months from the end of the financial year
concerned, a cash distribution will be made on the Preference Shares in respect of the previous financial year, which
distribution will be calculated as follows:
a. if the Preference Shares are paid up at the expense of the Company's reserves, the annual distribution will be one
thousand euro (EUR 1,000) for all outstanding Preference Shares together;
b. in other cases, the distribution will be a percentage equal to three (3) months’ Euribor (Euro Interbank Offered Rate)
– weighted to reflect the number of days for which the payment is made – plus a premium, to be determined by the
Board of at least one percentage point and at most five percentage points, depending on the prevailing market
conditions.
The distributions referred to under (a) and (b) will be calculated over the proportionate period of time if the relevant
Preference Shares were issued and outstanding for a part of the financial year. Distributions in respect of the
Preference Shares are calculated over the paid-up part of their nominal value. The making of such distributions is
subject to the provision of Article 27.8.
The amounts of such distributions will be charged to the profits realised during the financial year in respect of which
it is made or, if and to the extent such profits are insufficient, any other part of the Company's distributable equity.
No further distributions will be made on the Preference Shares.
27.2 The Board may decide that the profits realised during a financial year, and remaining after application of
Article 27.1 are used to increase and/or form reserves.
27.3 The profits remaining after application of Articles 27.1 and 27.2 shall be put at the disposal of the General Meeting.
The Board shall make a proposal for that purpose. A proposal to pay a dividend shall be dealt with as a separate
agenda item at the General Meeting of Shareholders.
27.4 Distributions from the Company's distributable reserves are made pursuant to a resolution of the General Meeting
on the proposal of the Board.
27.5 Provided it appears from an interim statement of assets signed by the Board that the requirement mentioned in
Article 27.8 concerning the Company's equity has been fulfilled, the Board may make one or more interim distributions
to the holders of Ordinary Shares and/or to the holders of Preference Shares, with regard to Preference Shares,
however, subject to the maximum distribution amount set forth in Article 27.1.
27.6 The Board may decide that a distribution on Ordinary Shares shall not take place as a cash payment but in kind,
or as a payment in Ordinary Shares, or decide that holders of Ordinary Shares shall have the option to receive a
distribution as a payment in cash or in kind and/or as a payment in Ordinary Shares, out of the profit and/or at the
expense of reserves, provided that the Board is designated by the General Meeting pursuant to Article 6.2. The Board
shall determine the conditions applicable to the aforementioned choices.
27.7 The Company's policy on reserves and dividends shall be determined and may be amended by the Board.
The adoption, and thereafter each amendment of the policy on reserves and dividends, shall be discussed and
accounted for at the General Meeting of Shareholders under a separate agenda item.
27.8 Distributions may be made only insofar as the Company's equity exceeds the amount of the paid-in and called-up
part of the issued capital, increased by the reserves which must be kept by virtue of the law or these Articles of
Association.
27.9 All distributions may be made in another currency than euro.
Proposed profit appropriation
In light of the ongoing acquisition process, the Board of Directors does not propose a dividend for financial year 2025.
The net result for the year 2025 will be appropriated to the Company's reserves.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
To the shareholders and the Board of JDE Peet’s N.V.
REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR
ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2025 INCLUDED IN THE ANNUAL REPORT
Our opinion
We have audited the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2025 of JDE Peet's N.V., based
in Amsterdam. The financial statements comprise the consolidated and company financial statements.
In our opinion:
• The accompanying consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of JDE Peet's
N.V. as at 31 December 2025, and of its result and its cash flows for 2025 in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (EU-IFRS) and with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil
Code.
• The accompanying company financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of JDE Peet's
N.V. as at 31 December 2025, and of its result for 2025 in accordance with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.
The consolidated financial statements comprise:
1. The consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2025.
2. The following statements for 2025: the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statements
of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows.
3. The notes comprising material accounting policy information and other explanatory information.
The company financial statements comprise:
1. The company balance sheet as at 31 December 2025.
2. The company income statement for 2025.
3. The notes comprising a summary of the material accounting policy information and other explanatory information.
Basis for our opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Dutch law, including the Dutch Standards on Auditing. Our responsibilities
under those standards are further described in the ‘Our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements’ section
of our report.
We are independent of JDE Peet's N.V. in accordance with the EU Regulation on specific requirements regarding
statutory audit of public-interest entities, the ‘Wet toezicht accountantsorganisaties’ (Wta, Audit firms supervision act),
the ‘Verordening inzake de onafhankelijkheid van accountants bij assurance-opdrachten’ (ViO, Code of Ethics for
Professional Accountants, a regulation with respect to independence) and other relevant independence regulations in
the Netherlands. Furthermore, we have complied with the Verordening gedrags- en beroepsregels accountants (VGBA,
Dutch Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants).
We believe the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
INFORMATION IN SUPPORT OF OUR OPINION
We designed our audit procedures in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole and in forming our
opinion thereon. The following information in support of our opinion was addressed in this context, and we do not
provide a separate opinion or conclusion on these matters.
Materiality
Based on our professional judgment we determined the materiality for the financial statements as a whole at EUR 55
million (2024: 50 million). The materiality is based on 5.7% of profit before tax (2024: 6.1% of profit before tax). We have
also taken into account misstatements and/or possible misstatements that in our opinion are material for the users of
the financial statements for qualitative reasons.
Audits of group entities (components) were performed using materiality levels determined by the judgement of the
group engagement team, having regard to the materiality of the consolidated financial statements. Component
materiality did not exceed EUR 28.8 million (2024: EUR 26.2 million) and for the majority of the components materiality
is significantly less than this amount.
We agreed with the Board that misstatements in excess of EUR 2.75 million (2024: EUR 2.5 million), which are identified
during the audit, would be reported to them, as well as smaller misstatements that in our view must be reported on
qualitative grounds.
Scope of the group audit
JDE Peet's N.V. is at the head of a group of components. The financial information of this group is included in the
consolidated financial statements of JDE Peet's N.V.
Based on our risk assessment, we determined the nature, timing and extent of audit procedures to be performed,
including determining the components at which to perform audit procedures.
Our assessment of components included in our audit scope was done as part of our audit planning and was aimed
to obtain sufficient coverage of the risks of material misstatement for significant account balances, classes of
transactions, and disclosures that we have identified. In addition, we considered qualitative factors as part of our
assessment. We also responded to changes relevant to the group in 2025 in determining the components in our scope
and the nature of procedures to be performed. As result, we involved component auditors for audit procedures in
Belgium, Brazil, France, Germany, Russia (non-Deloitte), United Kingdom and the United States. Furthermore, we
selected other components requiring audit procedures on specific significant account balances, classes of transactions
and disclosures that we considered had the potential for the greatest impact on the group financial statements, either
because of the size of these accounts or their risk profile. We directed and supervised the work of component auditors
as part of the group audit.
For component audit teams, the group engagement team provided detailed written instructions, which, in addition to
communicating the requirements of component audit teams, detailed significant audit areas and information obtained
centrally relevant to the audit of individual components including awareness for risk related to management override of
controls. We developed a plan for overseeing each component audit team based on its relative significance and
specific risk characteristics. Our oversight procedures included physical or remote working paper reviews for, amongst
others, the majority of the components listed above, holding conference calls, attending meetings and reviewing
component audit team deliverables to gain sufficient understanding of the work performed. The nature, timing and
extent of our directing, supervising and reviewing procedures varied based on both quantitative and qualitative
considerations. 
We have performed audit procedures ourselves at JDE Peet’s N.V. corporate entities and operations managed from
the Netherlands. Furthermore, we performed audit procedures at group level on areas such as the group consolidation,
the financial statements and its disclosures, impairment testing for goodwill and other intangible assets, divestments,
treasury, specific material deferred tax balances as well as share-based payments, and critical accounting positions
subject to management estimates. Specialists were involved, amongst others, in areas such as sustainability, treasury,
information technology, tax accounting, pensions and valuations.
The coverages achieved in our audit are outlined below:
Audit coverage of consolidated revenues
70%
Audit coverage of consolidated operating profit
75%
Audit coverage of consolidated total assets
93%
In addition, we performed analytical procedures at group level for other components.
By performing the procedures mentioned above at components, together with additional procedures at group level, we
have been able to obtain sufficient and appropriate audit evidence about the group's financial information to provide an
opinion on the financial statements.
Audit approach fraud risks
We identified and assessed the risks of material misstatements of the financial statements due to fraud. During our
audit we obtained an understanding of the company and its environment and the components of the system of internal
control, including the risk assessment process and management's process for responding to the risks of fraud and
monitoring the system of internal control and how the Board exercises oversight, as well as the outcomes. We refer to
the risk management section of the annual report for management's fraud risk assessment.
We evaluated the design and relevant aspects of the system of internal control and in particular the fraud risk
assessment, as well as among others the code of conduct, whistle blower procedures and incident registration.
We evaluated the design and the implementation and, where considered appropriate, tested the operating
effectiveness, of internal controls designed to mitigate fraud risks. Further, for certain selected speak up cases,
we evaluated management’s response and remedial actions and measures.
As part of our process of identifying fraud risks, we evaluated fraud risk factors with respect to financial reporting fraud,
misappropriation of assets and bribery and corruption. We evaluated whether these factors indicate that a risk of
material misstatement due to fraud is present.
We identified the following fraud risks and performed the following specific procedures:
Presumed risk of management override of controls
We considered such risk in relation to management override of controls, including evaluating whether there was
evidence of bias by the Board or other members of management. Our procedures include an assessment of the
selection and application of accounting policies by the group, particularly those related to subjective measurements
and complex transactions, as these may be indicative of fraudulent financial reporting. We tested the appropriateness
of journal entries recorded in the general ledger and other adjustments made in the preparation of the financial
statements.
We incorporated elements of unpredictability in our audit. We also considered the outcome of our other audit
procedures and evaluated whether any findings were indicative of fraud or non-compliance.
We considered available information and made enquiries of relevant management, those charged with governance and
others in the group, including but not limited to, in-house legal teams, compliance officers, the Director of Internal Audit
and the Group Controller.
We tested the appropriateness of journal entries recorded in the general ledger and other adjustments made in the
preparation of the financial statements.   
We evaluated whether the selection and application of accounting policies by the group, particularly those related to
subjective measurements and complex transactions, may be indicative of fraudulent financial reporting.
Other fraud risks identified
We evaluated whether the judgments and decisions made by management in making the accounting estimates
included in the financial statements indicate a possible bias that may represent a risk of material misstatement due to
fraud. Management's estimates and assumptions that might have a major impact on the financial statements are
disclosed in note 1.2 to the consolidated financial statements. We performed a retrospective review of management
judgments and assumptions related to significant accounting estimates reflected in prior year financial statements.
This led to the identification of a fraud risk related to the continued control (IFRS 10) of the Company’s Russian
operations. Reference is made to the section 'Our key audit matters', where we have further described the audit work
performed to mitigate this risk as part of our audit.
Audit approach compliance with laws and regulations
We assessed the laws and regulations relevant to the company through discussion with amongst others, the Board,
and Group Legal Counsel, reading minutes of board meetings, reports of internal audit and discussions with our
component audit teams. 
We obtained sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding provisions of those laws and regulations generally
recognized to have a direct effect on the financial statements.
Apart from these, the entity is subject to other laws and regulations where the consequences of non-compliance could
have a material effect on amounts and/or disclosures in the financial statements, for instance, through imposing fines or
litigation.
Given the nature of the entity's business and the complexity of these other laws and regulations, there is a risk of non-
compliance with the requirements of such laws and regulations. In addition, we considered major laws and regulations
applicable to listed companies.
Our procedures are more limited with respect to these laws and regulations that do not have a direct effect on the
determination of the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Compliance with these laws and regulations
may be fundamental to the operating aspects of the business, to JDE Peet’s N.V.’s ability to continue its business,
or to avoid material penalties (e.g., compliance with the terms of operating licenses and permits or compliance with
environmental regulations and human rights and sanctions associated with the war in Ukraine) and therefore non-
compliance with such laws and regulations may have a material effect on the financial statements.
Our responsibility is limited to undertaking specified audit procedures to help identify non-compliance with those laws
and regulations that may have a material effect on the financial statements. Our procedures are limited to (i) inquiry of
management, those charged with governance, group counsel, internal audit and others within JDE Peet’s N.V. as to
whether JDE Peet’s N.V. is in compliance with such laws and regulations and (ii) inspecting correspondence, if any,
with the relevant licensing or regulatory authorities to help identify non-compliance with those laws and regulations
that may have a material effect on the financial statements.
Naturally, we remained alert to indications of (suspected) non-compliance throughout the audit.
Finally, we obtained written representations that all known instances of (suspected) fraud or non-compliance with laws
and regulations have been disclosed to us.
Audit approach going concern
Our responsibilities, as well as the responsibilities of the Board, related to going concern under the prevailing standards
are outlined in the “Description of responsibilities regarding the financial statements” section below. In fulfilling our
responsibilities, we performed procedures including evaluating management’s assessment of the company’s ability to
continue as a going concern and considering the impact of financial, operational, and other conditions.
As discussed in note 9.6 Subsequent Events to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has entered into
a definitive agreement under which Keurig Dr Pepper Inc. (KDP) will acquire the Company in an all-cash transaction.
Management identified and disclosed that upon completion of the acquisition, certain events will or may occur which
could have a material impact on the Company’s financial position.
Based on these procedures, we did not identify any reportable findings related to the entity’s ability to continue as a
going concern. Management’s conclusion on the company's ability to continue as a going concern is outlined in the
Our key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the
financial statements. We have communicated the key audit matters to the Board. The key audit matters are not a
comprehensive reflection of all matters discussed.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Significant Estimates and Judgements
Key audit matter
As per December 31, 2025, the Group’s balance sheet includes EUR 12,448 million of goodwill (2024:
EUR 12,641 million) and EUR 4,335 million of other intangible assets (2024: EUR 4,483 million), as
disclosed in Note 3.2 Goodwill and other intangible assets.
As disclosed in note 3.3 Impairment of non-current assets, management performs an annual impairment
test on goodwill and indefinite lived brands and trademarks. As a result of impairment testing for the
current year, management concluded no impairment losses.
The Company is required to estimate the recoverable amounts of its (groups of) cash generating units and
applies judgements in forecasting future cash flows. In preparing those forecasts, management took into
account the Group’s new strategy, “Reignite the Amazing”, and considered the KDP bid price as indicative
of the entity’s fair value. The key assumptions and sensitivities are disclosed in note 3.3. to the
We identified the valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets as a Key Audit Matter because of the
significant estimates and judgements management applies in determining recoverable amounts. Assessing
the reasonableness of EBITDA margin growth, the discount rate applied to the projected cash flows, the
terminal growth rate and evaluation of management’s consideration of the incorporation of the KDP bid
price required a high degree of auditor judgement and an increased extent of effort, including the
involvement of our valuation specialists.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Significant Estimates and Judgements
How our audit
responded to the key
audit matter
We obtained an understanding of the internal processes including the Board approved budget and long
term plan and controls regarding management’s annual impairment test (including their use of third-party
valuation experts), how they arrived at their estimates and how they assessed the effect of estimation
uncertainty.
We evaluated the reasonableness of the valuation methodologies, inputs and data used across the
segments and assessed management’s ability to forecast by comparing actual results with historical
forecasts. We considered the Group’s new strategy, “Reignite the Amazing”, as an input to the cash flow
projections, assessing how the plan’s initiatives and assumptions were reflected in the forecasted future
cash flows, also taking into account the current economic and geopolitical environment.
We engaged our internal valuation specialists to assist us in evaluating the reasonableness of the discount
rates and terminal growth rates applied.
We paid specific attention to the sensitivity analyses and evaluated alternative scenarios for the principal
valuation assumptions, and separately considered the effect of the KDP bid price, which management
treated as indicative of the entity’s fair value and evaluated how management incorporated that indication
into the reporting segments’ recoverable amounts.
Throughout our procedures (and until the date of the financial statements) we have maintained a high level
of professional scepticism by, for example, remaining alert for indications of contradictory evidence
through, amongst others, retrospective assessments.
We have also assessed the adequacy of the company’s disclosure note 3.3 to the consolidated financial
statements related to the impairment assessment, including whether sensitivities and assumptions have
been appropriately disclosed. 
Observation
Our audit procedures are deemed appropriate and sufficient to address the risk of material misstatements
related to the valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets and to evaluate the disclosures in note 3.2
JDE Peet’s N.V. assessment of continued control of its Russian operations – Significant Judgement
Key audit matter
IFRS 10 sets out that an investor has control over another entity if and only if the investor has all of the
following elements:
• power over the investee, i.e. the investor has existing rights that give it the ability to direct the relevant
activities (the activities that significantly affect the investee's returns);
• exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
• the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the investor's returns.
As of 31 December 2025, the company has concluded that it continued to retain control over its Russian
operations, and as such the company has continued to consolidate the results and financial position of its
Russian operations throughout the period.
As a result of the war in Ukraine, and increased complexity associated with conducting business in Russia
for foreign-owned groups, significant judgement exists as to whether these elements are satisfied and the
company is able to continue to consolidate the results and financial position of its Russian operations.
Russian operations amount to 6% (2024: 6%) of the consolidated revenue of the group and 2% (2024: 1%)
of the total assets of the group.
We draw attention to disclosure note 1.6 to the consolidated financial statements, which describes the
significant judgements and the EU sanction environment, outlining that the company obtained a license to
continue providing services to its Russian subsidiary which is valid until January 31, 2027. The company
has highlighted that if future license renewals are not granted, JDE Peet’s assessment regarding control
over its Russian subsidiary could be materially impacted.
JDE Peet’s N.V. assessment of continued control of its Russian operations – Significant Judgement
How our audit
responded to the key
audit matter
We have assessed the company’s evaluation of the requirements of IFRS 10; with specific reference to
those elements of control as required by IFRS 10. The extent of our procedures increased to reflect the
dynamic nature of developments in the year, including developments in the international sanction
environment over the course of the year.
We have evaluated the company’s direction of the activities of its Russian operations throughout the year,
including group management’s interactions with local Russian management teams and the impact of such
interactions on the activity of the Russian business, and we specifically evaluated the licence obtained by
the company to continue providing services to its Russian subsidiary, which is valid until 31 January 2027.
We have made specific inquiries with the company internal and external legal counsel with reference to the
company’s continued exposure, or rights, to variable returns and the impact from evolving sanctions.
These inquiries included consideration of the Group’s ability to obtain dividends from Russia, and the
impact of relevant sanctions.
The procedures performed centrally have been supported by collaboration with the Russian component
auditor.
Throughout our procedures we have maintained a high level of professional scepticism by, for example,
remaining alert for indications of contradictory evidence.
We have also assessed the adequacy of the company’s disclosure in note 1.2, note 1.4 and note 1.6 to the
consolidated financial statements outlining the situation and the judgements of management.
Observation
Our audit procedures are deemed appropriate and sufficient to address the risk of material misstatements
related to control over the Russian operations of JDE Peet’s N.V. and to evaluate the disclosures in note
REPORT ON THE OTHER INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THE ANNUAL REPORT
The annual report contains other information, in addition to the financial statements and our auditor's report thereon.
The other information consists of:
• Management Board's Report as defined in the Corporate Governance Statement in this Annual Report.
• Report of the non-executive Directors.
• Remuneration Report.
• Other information as required by Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.
Based on the following procedures performed, we conclude that the other information:
• Is consistent with the financial statements and does not contain material misstatements.
• Contains all the information regarding the management report and the other information as required by Part 9 of
Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.
We have read the other information. Based on our knowledge and understanding obtained through our audit of the
financial statements or otherwise, we have considered whether the other information contains material misstatements.
By performing these procedures, we comply with the requirements of Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code and the
Dutch Standard 720. The scope of the procedures performed is substantially less than the scope of those performed in
our audit of the financial statements.
The board is responsible for the preparation of the other information, including the management report in accordance
with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code, and the other information as required by Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch
Civil Code.
REPORT ON OTHER LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND ESEF
Engagement
We were engaged by the annual meeting of shareholders as auditor of JDE Peet's N.V. on 25 May 2020, as of the audit
for the year December 31, 2020 and have operated as statutory auditor ever since that financial year.
No prohibited non-audit services
We have not provided prohibited non-audit services as referred to in Article 5(1) of the EU Regulation on specific
requirements regarding statutory audit of public-interest entities.
European Single Electronic Format (ESEF)
JDE Peet's N.V. has prepared its annual report in ESEF. The requirements for this are set out in the Delegated
Regulation (EU) 2019/815 with regard to regulatory technical standards on the specification of a single electronic
reporting format (hereinafter: the RTS on ESEF).
In our opinion, the annual report, prepared in XHTML format, including the (partly) marked-up consolidated financial
statements, as included in the reporting package by JDE Peet's N.V. complies in all material respects with the RTS
on ESEF.
Management is responsible for preparing the annual report including the financial statements in accordance with the
RTS on ESEF, whereby management combines the various components into one single reporting package.
Our responsibility is to obtain reasonable assurance for our opinion whether the annual report in this reporting package
complies with the RTS on ESEF.
We performed our examination in accordance with Dutch law, including Dutch Standard 3950N ‘Assurance-opdrachten
inzake het voldoen aan de criteria voor het opstellen van een digitaal verantwoordingsdocument’ (assurance
engagements relating to compliance with criteria for digital reporting).
Our examination included amongst others:
• Obtaining an understanding of the company's financial reporting process, including the preparation of the reporting
package.
• Identifying and assessing the risks that the annual report does not comply in all material respects with the RTS on
ESEF and designing and performing further assurance procedures responsive to those risks to provide a basis for
our opinion, including:
– obtaining the reporting package and performing validations to determine whether the reporting package
containing the Inline XBRL instance and the XBRL extension taxonomy files has been prepared in accordance
with the technical specifications as included in the RTS on ESEF;
– examining the information related to the consolidated financial statements in the reporting package to determine
whether all required mark-ups have been applied and whether these are in accordance with the RTS on ESEF.
DESCRIPTION OF RESPONSIBILITIES REGARDING THE FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Responsibilities of management and the Board for the financial statements
The board is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with EU-
IFRS and Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code. Furthermore, management and the Board are responsible for such
internal control as management and the Board determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
As part of the preparation of the financial statements, management and the Board are responsible for assessing the
company's ability to continue as a going concern. Based on the financial reporting frameworks mentioned,
management and the Board should prepare the financial statements using the going concern basis of accounting
unless management and the Board either intend to liquidate the company or to cease operations, or has no realistic
alternative but to do so.
The Board should disclose events and circumstances that may cast significant doubt on the company's ability to
continue as a going concern in the financial statements.
The Board is responsible for overseeing the company's financial reporting process.
Our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our responsibility is to plan and perform the audit engagement in a manner that allows us to obtain sufficient
appropriate audit evidence for our opinion.
Our audit has been performed with a high, but not absolute, level of assurance, which means we may not detect
all material misstatements, whether due to fraud or error, during our audit.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
The materiality affects the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and the evaluation of the effect of identified
misstatements on our opinion.
We have exercised professional judgment and have maintained professional scepticism throughout the audit, in
accordance with Dutch Standards on Auditing, ethical requirements and independence requirements. Our audit
included among others:
• Identifying and assessing the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or
error, designing and performing audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtaining audit evidence that is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement
resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
• Obtaining an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the
company's internal control.
• Evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and
related disclosures made by management and the Board.
• Concluding on the appropriateness of management and the Board's use of the going concern basis of accounting,
and based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that
may cast significant doubt on the company's ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material
uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor's report to the related disclosures in the financial
statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit
evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor's report. However, future events or conditions may cause the
company to cease to continue as a going concern.
• Evaluating the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures.
• Evaluating whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that
achieves fair presentation.
We are responsible for planning and performing the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence
regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the group as a basis for forming an opinion on
the financial statements. We are also responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed
for purposes of the group audit. We bear the full responsibility for the auditor’s report.
We communicate with the Board regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and
significant audit findings, including any significant findings in internal control that we identified during our audit. In this
respect we also submit an additional report to the audit committee in accordance with Article 11 of the EU Regulation
on specific requirements regarding statutory audit of public-interest entities. The information included in this additional
report is consistent with our audit opinion in this auditor's report.     
We provide the Board with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding
independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to
bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.
From the matters communicated with the Board, we determine the key audit matters: those matters that were of most
significance in the audit of the financial statements. We describe these matters in our auditor's report unless law or
regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, not communicating
the matter is in the public interest.
Amsterdam, 18 March 2026
Deloitte Accountants B.V.
M.J. van der Vegte
LIMITED ASSURANCE-REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT AUDITOR ON
THE SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT OF JDE PEET’S N.V.
To: The shareholders and the Board of JDE Peet’s N.V.
Our conclusion
We have performed a limited assurance engagement on the (consolidated) sustainability statement for 2025 of
JDE Peet’s N.V. based in Amsterdam (hereinafter: the company) in the section Sustainability Statements of the
accompanying Report of the Management Board including the information incorporated in the sustainability statement
by reference (hereinafter: the sustainability statement).
Based on our procedures performed and the assurance evidence obtained, nothing has come to our attention that
causes us to believe that the sustainability statement is not, in all material respects:
• Prepared in accordance with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) as adopted by the European
Commission and in accordance with the double materiality assessment process carried out by the company to
identify the information reported pursuant to the ESRS.
• Compliant with the reporting requirements provided for in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy
Regulation) as applicable until 31 December 2025.
Basis for our conclusion
We have performed our limited assurance engagement on the sustainability statement in accordance with Dutch law,
including Dutch Standard 3810N, 'Assurance-opdrachten inzake duurzaamheidsverslaggeving' (Assurance
engagements relating to sustainability reporting) which is a specified Dutch standard that is based on the International
Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Revised) ’Assurance engagements other than audits or reviews of
historical financial information’.
Our responsibilities in this regard are further described in the section ‘Our responsibilities for the limited assurance
engagement on the sustainability statement’ of our report.
We are independent of JDE Peet’s N.V. in accordance with the ‘Verordening inzake de onafhankelijkheid van
accountants bij assurance-opdrachten’ (ViO, Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants, a regulation with respect to
independence) and other relevant independence regulations in the Netherlands. Furthermore, we have complied with
the ‘Verordening gedrags- en beroepsregels accountants’ (VGBA, Dutch Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants).
We believe that the assurance evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
conclusion.
Emphasis of matter
Emphasis on the most significant uncertainties affecting the quantitative metrics and monetary amounts
We draw attention to section “Value chain estimation and uncertainties” in the sustainability statement section “Basis
for preparation” that identifies the quantitative metrics and monetary amounts that are subject to a high level of
measurement uncertainty and discloses information about the sources of measurement uncertainty and the
assumptions, approximations and judgments the company has made in measuring these in compliance with the ESRS.
Certain metrics and calculations are (partly) based on assumptions and sources from third parties. The assumptions
and sources (“third-party information”) used are disclosed in the Accounting Policies of the respective metric.
Validations of such third-party information and certifications is not common market practice.
The comparability of sustainability information between entities and over time may be affected by the lack of historical
sustainability information in accordance with the ESRS and by the absence of a uniform practice on which to draw,
to evaluate and measure this information. This allows for the application of different, but acceptable, measurement
techniques, especially in the initial years.
Our conclusion is not modified in respect of these matters.
Limitations to the scope of our assurance engagement
In reporting forward-looking information in accordance with the ESRS, the Board of the company is required to prepare
the forward-looking information on the basis of disclosed assumptions about events that may occur in the future and
possible future actions by the company. The actual outcome is likely to be different since anticipated events frequently
do not occur as expected. Forward-looking information relates to events and actions that have not yet occurred and
may never occur. We do not provide assurance on the achievability of this forward-looking information.
The references to external sources or websites in the sustainability statement are not part of the sustainability
information as included in the scope of our assurance engagement. We therefore do not provide assurance on this
information.
Our conclusion is not modified in respect of this matter.
Responsibilities of the Board for the sustainability statement
The Board is responsible for the preparation of the sustainability statement in accordance with the ESRS, including the
double materiality assessment process carried out by the company as the basis for the sustainability statement and
disclosure of material impacts, risks and opportunities in accordance with the ESRS. As part of the preparation of the
sustainability statement, management is responsible for compliance with the reporting requirements provided for in
Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation) as applicable until 31 December 2025.
The Board is also responsible for selecting and applying additional entity-specific disclosures to enable users to
understand the company’s sustainability-related impacts, risks or opportunities and for determining that these
additional entity-specific disclosures are suitable in the circumstances and in accordance with the ESRS.
Furthermore, the Board is responsible for such internal control as it determines is necessary to enable the preparation
of the sustainability statement that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
The Board is responsible for overseeing the sustainability reporting process including the double materiality
assessment process carried out by the company.
Our responsibilities for the limited assurance engagement on the sustainability statement
Our responsibility is to plan and perform the limited assurance engagement in a manner that allows us to obtain
sufficient appropriate assurance evidence for our conclusion.
Our assurance engagement is aimed to obtain a limited level of assurance that the sustainability statement is free from
material misstatements. The procedures vary in nature and timing from, and are less in extent than for a reasonable
assurance engagement. Consequently, the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement is
substantially lower than the assurance that would have been obtained had a reasonable assurance engagement been
performed.
We apply the applicable quality management requirements pursuant to the ‘Nadere voorschriften
kwaliteitsmanagement’ (NV-KM, regulations for quality management) and the International Standard on Quality
Management (ISQM) 1, and accordingly maintain a comprehensive system of quality management including
documented policies and procedures regarding compliance with ethical requirements, professional standards and
other relevant legal and regulatory requirements.
Our limited assurance engagement included among others:
• Performing inquiries and an analysis of the external environment and obtaining an understanding of relevant
sustainability themes and issues, the characteristics of the company, its activities and the value chain and its key
intangible resources in order to assess the double materiality assessment process carried out by the company as
the basis for the sustainability statement and disclosure of all material sustainability-related impacts, risks and
opportunities in accordance with the ESRS.
• Obtaining through inquiries a general understanding of the internal control environment, the company’s processes
for gathering and reporting entity-related and value chain information, the information systems and the company’s
risk assessment process relevant to the preparation of the sustainability statement and for identifying the
company’s activities, determining eligible and aligned economic activities and prepare the disclosures provided for
in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation) as applicable until 31 December 2025, without
obtaining assurance information about the implementation, or testing the operating effectiveness, of controls.
• Assessing the double materiality assessment process carried out by the company and identifying and assessing
areas of the sustainability statement, including the disclosures provided for in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852
(Taxonomy Regulation) as applicable until 31 December 2025,  where misleading or unbalanced information or
material misstatements, whether due to fraud or error, are likely to arise (‘selected disclosures’). We designed and
performed further assurance procedures aimed at assessing that the sustainability statement is free from material
misstatements responsive to this risk analysis.
• Considering whether the description of the double materiality assessment process in the sustainability statement
made by the Board appears consistent with the process carried out by the company.
• Performing analytical review procedures on quantitative information in the sustainability statement, including
consideration of data and trends in the information submitted for consolidation at corporate level.
• Assessing whether the company’s methods for developing estimates are appropriate and have been consistently
applied for selected disclosures. We considered data and trends; however, our procedures did not include testing
the data on which the estimates are based or separately developing our own estimates against which to evaluate
the Board’s estimates.
• Analysing, on a limited sample basis, relevant internal and external documentation available to the company
(including publicly available information or information from actors throughout its value chain) for selected
disclosures.
• Reading the other information in the annual report to identify material inconsistencies, if any, with the sustainability
statement.
• Considering whether the disclosures provided to address the reporting requirements provided for in Article 8 of
Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation) as applicable until 31 December 2025, for each of the
environmental objectives, reconcile with the underlying records of the company, are consistent or coherent with
the sustainability statement and appear reasonable, in particular whether the eligible economic activities meet the
cumulative conditions to qualify as aligned and whether the technical screening criteria are met and in compliance
with the reporting requirements provided for in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation) as
applicable until 31 December 2025.
• Considering the overall presentation, structure and the fundamental qualitative characteristics of information
(relevance and faithful representation: complete, neutral and accurate) reported in the sustainability statement,
including the reporting requirements provided for in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation)
as applicable until 31 December 2025.
• Considering, based on our limited assurance procedures and evaluation of the assurance evidence obtained,
whether the sustainability statement as a whole is free from material misstatements and prepared in accordance
with the ESRS.
Amsterdam, 18 March 2026
Deloitte Accountants B.V.
M.J. van der Vegte
header-verloop-50.png
SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION
Investor relations
Other sustainability topics
Other sustainability metrics
Forward-looking statements
Glossary
INVESTOR RELATIONS
INVESTOR RELATIONS POLICY
JDE Peet’s is committed to supporting investors and analysts become better acquainted with JDE Peet’s and its
management.
Consistent with JDE Peet's Policy on Bilateral Contacts with Investors and Analysts, no meetings with (potential)
shareholders or equity analysts will be held in a pre-defined period between the end of the reporting period and the
dates at which the semi-annual and annual results are published. During these periods, the company refrains from
making presentations at financial conferences, or one-on-one meetings with equity analysts or investors. Exceptions
may apply, for example, if communication relates to factual clarifications of previously disclosed information.
We attach great value to maintaining an open dialogue with shareholders, investors and analysts. JDE Peet’s reports a
full set of financial results on a semi-annual basis, supported by conference calls for analysts and institutional investors,
to discuss these results, which can be accessed and replayed on the Investor Relations website.
INFORMATION ABOUT THE SHARES AND THE SHAREHOLDER BASE
JDE Peet’s was listed and began trading on the Euronext Amsterdam stock exchange on 29 May 2020 under the ticker
“JDEP” and ISIN code NL0014332678. Options on JDE Peet’s ordinary shares began trading on the European Option
Exchange in Amsterdam (Euronext.Liffe) on 14 August 2020. JDE Peet’s is included in various indices, such as the
MSCI Standard Developed Europe index, the STOXX index, the Euronext AEX large-cap index and the Dow Jones
Best-in-Class World Index.
On 31 December 2024, the total number of issued ordinary shares in the share capital of JDE Peet’s amounted to
488,178,642. In March 2025, JDE Peet's initiated a share buyback programme, through which the company
repurchased a total of 5,477,094 ordinary shares at an average share price of EUR 20.73, for a total consideration of
EUR 113.5 million. On 1 September 2025, JDE Peet’s terminated the programme. On 31 December 2025, the total
number of issued ordinary shares in the share capital of JDE Peet’s amounted to 488,178,642 of which 3,692,519
shares were held in Treasury Stock.
On 31 December 2025, Acorn Holdings B.V. held 330,391,671 ordinary shares of the company's total shares
outstanding, representing 68% of the company's total shares outstanding. This percentage will be updated,
if and when applicable, in the Share Info section of JDE Peet's investor relations website.
The Dutch Financial Supervision Act requires institutions and individuals holding a (potential) capital and/or voting
interest of 3% or more in JDE Peet's, to disclose such to the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets (AFM).
The AFM processes these disclosures in its publicly available register, which can be found at www.afm.nl. Based on
the filings to the AFM, and to the best of our knowledge, on 31 December 2025, shareholders with (potential) holdings
of 3% or more were Agnaten SE, Lucresca SE and Amundi Asset Management.
On the basis of a total number of issued ordinary shares of 488,178,642 and the closing share price on 31 December
2025 of EUR 31.86, JDE Peet’s market capitalisation was EUR 15.6 billion at the end of 2025.
CAPITAL ALLOCATION POLICY
JDE Peet's strategy to drive sustainable value creation is supported by a clear capital allocation framework consisting
of four priorities:
1. allocate and focus resources to grow the three Big Bets organically, funded by reinvesting part of the productivity
savings;
2. further strengthen the balance sheet, targeting a net leverage of 2x;
3. enhance shareholder returns through gradual, steady dividend growth, complemented by share buybacks; and
4. refocus M&A activities, deprioritising leveraged acquisitions and favouring asset-light opportunities.
DIVIDEND
In light of the ongoing acquisition process, the Board of Directors does not propose a dividend for the current financial
year. The net result for the year 2025 will be appropriated to the Company’s reserves.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION & CONTACT
JDE Peet’s corporate website provides comprehensive information about the company and its shares, including
company announcements, annual and semi-annual reports, financial data, investor presentations, webcasts,
transcripts, and a financial calendar.
CONTACT
Shareholders, investors and equity & debt analysts are invited to contact Investor Relations with any information
requests they have:
JDE PEET’S INVESTOR RELATIONS
IR@JDEPeets.com
+31 20 558 1212
header-verloop-50.png
OTHER
SUSTAINABILITY
TOPICS
Water and wastewater - own operations
Health and safety - manufacturing
Food safety restaurants/cafes
Engaging our communities
Nutrition
Responsible marketing
cg-minimising-footprint-pillar-icon-focus@2x.png
WATER AND WASTEWATER - OWN OPERATIONS
OTHER SUSTAINABILITY TOPIC
SETTING THE SCENE
OUR TARGETS AND PROGRESS
Target
Reduce our absolute water withdrawal across our manufacturing operations by 18% by 2030
(versus 2020)
Progress
E3-18%-absolute-water-withdrawel-reduction-per-ton-of-production-vs-2020.svg
Target
Treat all our wastewater before being discharged by 2030
Progress
E3-Treat-all-of-our-wastewater-before-being-discharged.svg
Target
All manufacturing sites with access to safely managed water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH)
by 2030
Progress
E3-Ensure-all-MUs-have-WASH-facilities.svg
-17%
-15%
2025
2024
Target 2030: 100%
99%
99.7%
2024
2025
Target 2030: 100%
40%
71%
2025
2024
OUR POLICIES
OUR STRATEGY AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
Freshwater is vital, yet as of 2025 about 1 in 4 people
still lack access to safely managed drinking water. In
many areas, infrastructure remains weak, and over 70%
of wastewater — depending on the region — is
discharged without adequate treatment. Climate
change is increasing these pressures. It is more
important than ever to secure water availability, quality,
and access throughout our value chain.
Given water's critical role in food and agricultural
businesses, and its status as a fundamental human
right, we have developed a comprehensive strategy to
minimise our impact and effectively manage water
resources in our operations with increasing water stress
and climate change risks.
Our approach is guided by three core intentions:
• Reducing water use through improved efficiency,
with particular focus on our instant coffee
production sites and locations facing water scarcity.
• Preventing and minimising water-related pollution,
including responsible handling of potentially
hazardous substances.
• Ensuring access to clean water and hygiene facilities
at our workplaces, while simultaneously supporting
communities in need by enhancing access to safe
and clean water sources.
This approach is embedded in the principles of our
Water Stewardship Policy, where we commit to socially
equitable, environmentally sustainable, and
economically beneficial water usage.
LEADING BY EXAMPLE
Our leadership team has set clear targets to address
these core intentions, ensuring alignment with
international water stewardship standards and adapting
to local conditions, especially in water stressed area.
Advancing water stewardship remains one of the
important focuses of our leadership team and
consistently drives initiatives to promote and sustain
responsible water stewardship. 
Leading by example, the leadership team inspire
employees at all levels to adopt water-saving practices,
fostering a culture of sustainability.
To achieve these ambitious targets, we are committed
to a dual approach:
1. Direct investment: Prioritising water reduction and
treatment improvements across our own operations
2. Collaborative action: Engaging in collective
partnerships and basin-level initiatives. We will work
closely with key stakeholders, including industry
peers, governments, and NGOs, to address shared
challenges and drive systemic change.
This approach not only aligns with our sustainability
targets but also ensures compliance with evolving
environmental standards.
ACTIONS
In line with our Water Reduction Roadmap, we
continued to make strong progress toward our
sustainability targets, while designing and implementing
new initiatives and projects aimed at responsible water
use and wastewater treatment.
For example, at our site in Elmshorn, Germany,
a project was launched to replace fresh water in the last
extraction column with process condensate. At our
Hemelingen site, a real-time water monitoring system
was installed, allowing us to track consumption and
launch smaller reuse initiatives. Together, these two
projects have resulted in a total annual saving of 63,250 
m3 of fresh water.
At our Joure site in the Netherlands, the condensate
cooling system was upgraded to reduce the flow of
groundwater used for cooling, which is already helping
to lower total water withdrawal by 11.5%.
Our Jundiai site in Brazil is continuing a rainwater
harvesting project, using collected rainwater not only for
domestic purposes, but now also in production processes
after appropriate treatment. This initiative helped reduce
the use of municipal water for non-productive purposes by
74%.
Our water reductions are reviewed and actioned quarterly
via the Global SHE (Safety, Health and Environmental)
report, with a particular focus on our instant operations.
To drive behavioural change, we introduced the 5R
Principles: Refuse, Reduce, Reuse, Recycle, and
Rethink. Monthly reminders reinforce these principles,
guiding individual and operational water-saving efforts.
COLLABORATING IN WATER-STRESSED AREAS
Following site-specific risk assessments, sites in water-
stressed areas implement local action plans, working
closely with local authorities and stakeholders to
manage sustainable water use.
Through ongoing dialogue and cooperation, we align
our efforts with regional water management strategies
to support long-term sustainability.
WASTEWATER TREATMENT IMPROVEMENTS
Through regular on-site visits and SHE assessments,
waterflows.svg
we continuously evaluate wastewater management
practices across our operations. These audits provide
valuable insights into current treatment processes and
help identify opportunities for improvement.
Guided by these findings and supported by detailed
tracking of treatment levels, individual sites take the
initiative to develop and implement targeted technical
projects aimed at enhancing wastewater treatment
efficiency. To achieve 100% wastewater treatment,
many of our sites are upgrading their facilities to
increase capacity and optimise performance.
For example, at our Joure site, the aeration unit of the
wastewater treatment plant is being expanded, while
our Johor and Wuxi sites are implementing full
automation of their treatment systems to enable
continuous monitoring and control of water quality.
In addition, at our newly integrated Itaporanga site in
Brazil, the first phase of structural reconstruction of the
existing wastewater treatment facilities has
commenced, aiming to improve the quality of
discharged water. No major water-related incidents
were reported in 2025.
ENSURING SAFE WATER ACCESS
To address challenges in water access, we maintain full
compliance with WASH standards across all our
facilities. By integrating WASH into our SHE and quality
standards, we have created a structured way to track
progress on our commitment. From this year onwards,
WASH compliance is measured as the percentage of
sites that are compliant to both our human rights and
quality standards.
FUTURE ACTIONS
As we move towards our 2030 water reduction goal,
we remain focused on advancing water stewardship
through innovation, collaboration, and strong
leadership. Our future efforts include:
• Continued investment in water reuse technologies
• Further integration of environmental commitments
into site-level decision-making
• Improved quantification and monitoring of stored
water sources.
SAFETY AND HEALTH MANUFACTURING
SETTING THE SCENE
OUR TARGETS AND PROGRESS
Target
0.4 Total Recordable Incidents Rate by 2030
Progress
Health & Safety Manufacturing.svg
TARGET 2030
0.36
0.40
0.52
2025
2024
OUR POLICIES
OUR APPROACH AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
In alignment with JDE Peet’s Health and Safety Policy
(see below) and the motto "I Care: Every time,
Everywhere!”, we affirm that Safety and Health are
fundamental human rights. This principle underpins our
ethical responsibility and reinforces our commitment to
dignity, respect, and the wellbeing of all individuals.
We are committed to providing safe and healthy
workplaces for all employees, leased employees,
contractors, and visitors.
SHE-Management-System_v2.svg
This commitment is embedded across our operations,
supported by clear global and regional safety targets,
including the Total Recordable Injury Rate (TRIR) and
additional SHE leading indicators. Each manufacturing
site sets specific objectives in close collaboration with
its Regional Director, ensuring alignment with global
business expectations and continuous improvement.
All incidents, injuries, occupational illnesses, and high-
potential near misses are investigated through digital
platforms with a focus on system improvements and a
“Just Culture” approach. This approach recognises that
different situations require different responses and that
understanding context and system conditions are
essential for assigning accountability. We aim to
reinforce learning, strengthen the system and apply
consequences in a fair and consistent manner.
60 DNV SCAT is a systematic cause-analysis technique to learn from accidents and near-misses to prevent injury, environmental damage and quality losses.
61 Root-cause analysis techniques, including 5W1H (refers to Who, What, Where, When and How), Basic Condition Check, 6M (refers to Manpower, Method, Machine, Material, Milieu and Measurement), and the 5 Why.
Recordable incidents are shared within 48 hours,
ensuring timely communication of lessons learned
across the business. All recordable injuries and high-
potential near misses are presented by the respective
Plant Manager and aligned with the Regional
Operations Director, Global SHE Director, and Regional
SHE Manager (where applicable).
To maintain a clear focus on identifying root causes,
ensuring rigour and consistency in addressing
underlying causes, root causes analyses are conducted
using DNV SCAT 60 model and structured
methodologies 61.
Responses to the incidents are proportionate and
consider system conditions, leadership actions, and
organizational signals, not only frontline behaviour.
The intent is to reinforce learning, strengthen the system
and apply accountability in a fair and consistent
manner.
Risk reporting is embedded in site recognition systems,
reinforcing our motto. Employees are empowered to
stop unsafe activities without fear of reprisal, fostering
ownership, accountability, and pride. Safe behaviours
are reinforced through our Behavioural Observation
System (BOS), which encourages proactive safety
conversations. BOS has now been fully digitalised and
widely adopted across our plants, strengthening data-
driven improvements.
Our Digital Manufacturing Operations System (DMOS)
integrates SHE processes, including incident
management, BOS, in-loco assessments for Lockout-
Tagout-Tryout (LOTOTO) and Permit to Work (PTW).
A digitalised Management of Change (MOC) ensures
that SHE risks are systematically assessed before
project execution.
New employees undergo comprehensive SHE
inductions covering policies, risks assessments, KPI
reporting, and DMOS, facilitated by Global SHE.
Contractors also receive thorough induction training on
site-specific risks and requirements. SHE updates are
communicated monthly through calls, information
boards, town halls, and team meetings to ensure
transparency and alignment.
Regular training is delivered at the global level, including
specialist sessions for SHE experts on topics such as
root cause analysis, working at height, and supply chain
safety, especially during significant changes to Global
Requirements. Global SHE audits continue to
strengthen compliance, drive higher standards, and
accelerate our journey towards safety leadership.
Foto Saulo.jpg
"This year has been an important one for JDE Peet’s in process safety. We
strengthened our organisational structure, introduced a new Global Process Safety
Framework, updated key requirements, and delivered comprehensive training across
the organisation. These actions reflect the importance of process safety for our
business and highlight our ongoing commitment to continuously improve the
programme in 2026 and beyond"
Saulo Rocha Melani, SHE Europe & Global Process Safety Management Lead
Occupational Health remains central to our system,
with hazard identification, risk assessment, and health
promotion underpinning our proactive approach.
Through these measures, we continue to strengthen
the JDE Peet's SHE culture across the organisation,
ensuring alignment with our JDE Peet's Health and
Safety Policy and continuous improvement objectives.
POLICY
Our Health and Safety Policy formalises our
commitment to protect our people. We commit to
providing a safe and healthy work environment for
associates, contractors and visitors. We strongly believe
that all accidents are preventable and our ultimate goal
is to eradicate accidents from our workplace.
Health and safety is a joint responsibility of employer
and associates. While that may be, safety always takes
priority over production and follows our motto:
'We work safely or we do not work'. In daily operations
we have our occupational health and safety
management system to continuously drive
improvement. The system is aligned with OHSAS
18001.
ACTIONS
Pursuing our ambition of continuous improvement,
while preserving the successes achieved so far, we took
a fresh look at our SHE Management System in 2025.
This journey led to the launch of the new SHE
Governance & Framework. By combining proven
practices with renewed governance, the framework
strengthens what already works well, while providing a
clearer, more consistent, and future-oriented structure
for managing Safety, Health, and Environment across all
our operations.
62 The Fine & Kinney method is used to estimate the degree of risk and to determine which measures should be taken to reduce these risks.
63 A hazard and operability study (HAZOP) is a structured and systematic examination of a complex system, usually a process facility, in order to identify hazards to personnel, equipment or the environment.
64 The ATEX directives are two EU directives describing the minimum safety requirements for workplaces  equipment used in explosive atmospheres.
The framework is built on seven interconnected SHE
elements, designed to work together like a wheel: the
SHE Framework Wheel. For the system to be effective,
all elements must move in harmony, supporting each
other and creating momentum towards a safer,
healthier, and more sustainable future.
Leadership accountability remained key and significant
progress was made in strengthening our safety culture,
reinforced by the comprehensive Safety Leadership
Guideline, formally endorsed by Plant Managers and
Regional Directors.
We reinforced our commitment to process safety by
establishing a Global Process Safety Management
position to strengthen governance and support our
operations. Our Process Safety Management System
(PSMS), embedded within the SHE Management
System, is designed in alignment with recognised
international best practices, including the Center for
Chemical Process Safety (CCPS) and the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) frameworks.
Through this benchmark approach, and by actively
contributing to the International Process Safety Group
(IPSG), we are building a robust risk prevention, and the
protection of people, assets, and the environment, with
particular focus on roaster safety, ammonia handling,
and storage safety.
In 2025, we continued to strengthen our SHE
Management System through a structured programme
of simplification, governance, and capability building. A
key achievement was the streamlining of global SHE
requirements (former SHE standards), reducing the
number of governance documents from 45 to around
21. The revised framework clearly defines the “What” at
global level, while giving flexibility for regions and sites
to define the “How” through local procedures. This
leaner approach ensures greater clarity, easier
deployment, and stronger ownership. To further
reinforce governance, we implemented a centralised
platform that secures robust documentation control and
consistency across all sites.
We also simplified SHE data reporting, focusing on
the indicators that truly matter for performance
management. This not only reduced complexity, but
also improved accountability at site level and provided
leadership with clearer and more actionable insights.
At the same time, we advanced the redesign of the SHE
audit process into a single and integrated model. The
new audit process reduces workload, strengthens
consistency across sites, and provides clearer visibility
of performance and compliance. The outcome is a more
efficient, risk-focused audit system that enhances
governance and accelerates learning.
We also delivered important technical initiatives.
These included Ammonia Risk Assessments at Joure,
Hemelingen, and Elmshorn; and specialised training on
HAZOP, HAZID, What-If, ATEX, and CE certification.
The Management of Change (MOC) procedure was
revised and integrated into DMOS, CAPEX processes
were strengthened with SHE requirements, and all
recordable incidents and high-potential near misses
were systematically reviewed to ensure learnings are
shared and applied globally.
As part of the new SHE Governance & Framework,
we enhanced supply chain safety by introducing new
requirements, including logistics service providers.
Finally, we continued to employ a variety of tools and
systems to assess and manage risk across our
operations. These include department and task-specific
risk assessments using the Fine and Kinney method 62,
Permit to Work (PTW) systems for contractor activities,
and high-risk processes involving our employees, Last
Minute Risk Assessments (LMRA), Hazard and
Operability (HAZOP) 63 studies with strong involvement
from our engineering teams, machine safety risk
assessments in line with the Use of Work Equipment
Directive (2009/104/EC), and ATEX 64 risk assessments
in compliance with EU Directive 2014/34, ensuring safe
operations in potentially explosive environments.
These efforts underscore our ongoing commitment to
health and safety, as we continue to strengthen risk
management practices and embed best-in-class
standards across our global operations.
2025: A YEAR OF SIMPLIFICATION AND ALIGNMENT.
PREPARING TO ACCELERATE IN 2026
In 2025, we strengthened our SHE Management System
by simplifying the former Global SHE Standards into
21 Global SHE Requirements, reduced from 45 by
eliminating redundancies and clarifying expectations.
The revised framework defines what is required globally,
while allowing sites to determine how these
requirements are implemented locally. Monthly SHE
data reporting was streamlined from 139 to 82
indicators.
Process safety was further enhanced through
the development of a new Global Process Safety
Management (PSM) requirement and supporting
framework, standardising key elements such as
Process Hazard Analysis, risk matrices and Process
Safety Critical Elements. Implementation was supported
by significant capability building, with several training
sessions delivered to more than 300 employees.
65Based on DuPont® Bradly Curve.
SHE remains fully embedded in JDE Peet’s global
governance model, with top management accountable
for ensuring the suitability, adequacy and effectiveness
of the SHE Management System. Actions taken in 2025
further reinforced the integration of SHE considerations
into business processes and decision-making.
In 2025, 9 SHE Scan assessments were completed
globally, and we are pleased to report that most sites
exceeded a safety maturity level 65 of 2.0, with 24 sites
achieving this milestone. Findings are tracked through
an electronic database, while best practises are shared
via the Best Practice Forum and monthly MOS
operational calls.
In parallel, the SHE audit methodology was redesigned
to focus on legal compliance, adherence to JDE Peet’s
requirements, and a safety culture.
Worker participation remains a key pillar, with ISO
45001-compliant consultations covering risk
assessments, operational changes, and health topics.
Annual engagement surveys and anonymous SHE
behaviour surveys, conducted prior to assessments,
provide valuable insights into safety culture.
Discussions with trade unions also form a key part
of SHE evaluations at  manufacturing sites.
Safety performance is reviewed monthly, with lessons
learned from incidents shared company-wide. Key
indicators, including LOTOTO, PTW, and BOS
compliance, are closely discussed.
By year-end, 27 manufacturing sites were ISO 45001
certified, related to Occupational Health and Safety
Management Systems.
Our Total Recordable Injury Rate (TRIR) was 0.36 (2024:
0.52), with 32 recordable injuries reported globally and 
zero fatalities in 2025. 
FUTURE ACTIONS
Looking ahead, JDE Peet’s will continue to strengthen
SHE performance by embedding the simplified SHE
Management System across all operations and further
enhancing process safety through improved standards,
governance and capability building.
Investments in digital solutions will support stronger
SHE oversight and control, including the planned
expansion of Digital Management Operating System
(DMOS) licenses. Compliance management will be
reinforced to improve transparency, consistency and
assurance across sites.
Incident investigation practices will be strengthened,
with a focus on improving the quality of root cause
analysis and ensuring timely reporting, enabling more
effective corrective and preventive actions.
Sustainability targets will be recalibrated at site level to
reflect realistic, data-driven baselines.
In 2026, the Global SHE Audit Framework will be
integrated and strengthened, combining legal and
regulatory compliance checks, JDE Peet’s requirements
and safety culture into a more compliance-oriented and
risk-based audit model. The redesigned framework is
expected to improve consistency across sites and
increase the reliability of global SHE reporting and will
be piloted at a minimum of six manufacturing sites to
support further refinement and broader rollout.
While the planned actions for 2026 are primarily
focused on manufacturing units, Global SHE will initiate
a structured discovery phase during the year to deepen
its understanding of maturity levels and operational
contexts beyond manufacturing. This work will support
the definition of actions from 2027 onwards, aimed at
extending the SHE Management System, principles and
learnings to non-manufacturing units, including office-
based activities and other relevant organisational
entities. The outcome of this phase is expected to
inform a phased and risk-based expansion of the
SHE framework beyond.
FOOD SAFETY - RESTAURANTS AND CAFÉS
OTHER SUSTAINABILITY TOPIC
OUR APPROACH AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
Across our global portfolio of coffee stores and
restaurants, we deliver freshly prepared, nutritious
products, from bagels to snacks and sweet treats,
ensuring the highest standards of food safety. For us, a
product is only fit for consumption if it meets strict food
safety criteria.
Through brands such as 12Oz (Italy), OldTown White
Coffee (South East Asia), Campos Coffee (Australia),
Peet’s Coffee (USA, China), Café do Ponto, and Casa
Pilão (Brazil), our teams work tirelessly to uphold and
enhance these standards across each regions we serve.
ACTIONS
In 2025, the Restaurant Audit Programme covered
coffee operations across three business models:
directly operation locations, franchise networks,
and mixed ownership structure.
Direct operations (Peet's Coffee USA and China,
Stumptown Coffee, Intelligentsia, 12 oz, and Campos)
achieved 100% audit coverage across all company-
operated locations.
Franchise operations (Café do Ponto and Casa Pilão)
achieved 100% audit coverage in line with the annual
audit plan to ensure compliance with quality and food
safety requirements.
Mixed models operations (such as Old Town White
Coffee, operating both company-owned and franchise
locations) achieved 90.5% audit coverage, ensuring
consistent oversight across both operations models.
All audits were conducted in partnership with Ecosure,
our trusted third-party audit provider. Where initial audit
results did not meet the required threshold, follow-up
audits were performed to verify that corrective actions
were implemented and standards were met.
We also established a regular review process of audit
findings, supported by structured meetings with the
responsible management teams of each coffee store
and restaurant. These sessions focus on action
planning, continuous improvement, and alignment on
next steps. We have seen strong engagement and
commitment from all participants.
In addition, we launched the Factory Canteen
Programme, which includes all factory canteens where
food is prepared and served on-site. As part of the
programme, 61% of the planned canteen audits have
already been completed. Audits within this programme
are conducted by Ecosure, ensuring consistent
application of our food safety and quality standards
across internal food service operations.
FUTURE ACTIONS
By the end of 2026, we will complete the second round
of audits for all coffee stores and restaurants. Audit
performance will be closely monitored, and appropriate
actions will be implemented to continuously strengthen
compliance and ensure continuos improvement.
image_p288.png
ENGAGING OUR COMMUNITIES
OTHER SUSTAINABILITY TOPIC
SETTING THE SCENE
OUR POLICIES
OUR APPROACH AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
In 2025, JDE Peet’s launched its flagship global social
impact programme, Grounds for Connection, designed
to harness the unifying power of coffee & tea to foster
meaningful connections and deliver lasting impact in
communities around the world. This initiative is a
cornerstone of our Connecting People pillar, and
reflects our commitment to social sustainability,
employee engagement, and shared purpose.
The programme aims to consolidate JDE Peet’s diverse
social impact initiatives under a single, cohesive
umbrella. By aligning efforts across markets, we seek to
resonate with our core values and the cultural
significance of coffee & tea, empower employees to
contribute through time and skills, and deliver
measurable impact on communities in society, beyond
one-off donations or brand-led campaigns.
Grounds for Connection is intentionally designed to be
inclusive and adaptable. It does not impose rigid targets
but encourages markets to build on existing successful
initiatives. To support effective rollout, an Activation
Toolkit was developed, offering practical guidance for
local programme leads. This includes best practices for
engaging employees, building partnerships, and
tracking KPIs. The phased launch strategy allows each
market to progress at its own pace, respecting local
maturity levels and needs.
As we continue to activate Grounds for Connection
globally, our ambition is to embed social impact deeply
into our culture, making it a shared responsibility and a
source of pride for all employees.
ACTIONS
In 2025, we implemented a range of impactful initiatives
across our global markets. Below, we highlight some of
the most notable efforts:
• In the U.K. & Ireland, all MSU employees are entitled
to two volunteering days each year, which we’ve
proudly used to support a variety of community
initiatives. Highlights include multiple litter picks,
volunteering alongside Kenco at Park Run, and a
barista training session at a local school’s Careers
Day in partnership with the non-profit Get Fed. The
session gave students a hands-on introduction to
career opportunities within the coffee industry.
Altogether, we completed or scheduled nearly 600
hours of volunteering in 2025.
• In the US, Peet’s continued to deepen its
commitment to community engagement through
meaningful volunteerism and social impact
initiatives. Across 23 events, our employees
generously contributed their time and talents to
support 19 charitable organisations, with an
estimated in-kind value of over USD 18,315.
One standout moment was the virtual volunteer
event in honour of AAPI Heritage Month, where team
members partnered with Asian & Pacific Islander
Americans in Historic Preservation (APIAHiP) to help
document and preserve culturally significant
heritage sites. By contributing to the Historypin
project, Peet’s volunteers played a vital role in
amplifying AAPI stories and ensuring their visibility
for future generations. These efforts reflect our
ongoing dedication to making a positive difference,
one hour, one event, and one story at a time.
• In the Netherlands, JDE Peet’s colleagues came
together in record numbers for our annual
volunteering weeks, demonstrating the power of
connection and community. From 8-19 September,
522 colleagues from both Utrecht and, for the first
time, Amsterdam, participated in 64 projects that
reached over 1,500 people in need. After an
inspiring introduction to the charities involved,
teams supported initiatives such as food banks,
elderly care, and essential item collections. Their
efforts generated an estimated EUR 57,553 in net
societal benefits. Volunteers also received practical
tips to continue making an impact beyond the event,
reinforcing our Common Grounds commitment to
promoting wellbeing and equal opportunity through
meaningful action.
FUTURE ACTIONS
In 2026, we will focus on improving how we track our
global social impact. We are developing a simplified tool
to consistently measure volunteering hours, donations,
and employee participation across markets. This will
help us better understand our collective impact,
enhance transparency, and support ESG reporting.
image_p289.png
66 van Dam RM, Hu FB, Willett WC. Coffee, Caffeine, and Health. NEJM. 2020 Jul 23; 383:369-378
NUTRITION
OTHER SUSTAINABILITY TOPIC
SETTING THE SCENE
OUR TARGETS AND PROGRESS
Target
% of sales of JDE branded beverages that does not exceed the nutrient values in the
high nutrient profile as defined in the Nutrition Policy by 2025
Progress
Nutrition-high-category-v2.svg
94%
99%
2024
TARGET 2025
OUR POLICIES
OUR APPROACH AND OUTLOOK
STRATEGY
As one of the world's most consumed beverages,
coffee is extensively studied and recognised as a
potentially healthy choice. Research highlights its
biologically active compounds, including polyphenols,
trigonelline, and small amounts of magnesium,
potassium, and vitamin B3 (niacin) 66. JDE Peet’s closely
follows scientific developments and is actively involved
in the Institute of Scientific Information on Coffee (ISIC),
a not-for-profit organisation founded in 1990. ISIC is
devoted to the study and disclosure of science related
to coffee and health and to coffee and sustainability.
The rise of front-of-pack (FOP) labelling and sugar taxes
reflect a global push for healthier consumption and
product reformulation.
FOP systems, like the Health Star Rating and Nutri-
Score, rely on Nutrition Profiling Methods (NPMs) to
provide clear, at-a-glance nutritional information.
However, many NPMs are designed for broad food and
drink categories, making them less suitable for JDE
Peet’s coffee & tea portfolio. As the leading pure-play
coffee company, JDE Peet’s continues to advocate 
standards that accurately reflect the products’ unique
nutritional profiles.
In alignment with the commitment to transparency,
the portfolio was assessed using official criteria for low
sugar, low saturated fat, and low salt content. This
analysis indicates that approximately 77% of JDE's
sales volume qualifies within this healthy category.
As consumer preferences shift towards more indulgent
beverages, the commitment to improving the fat and
sugar content of JDE's products remains. The goal is to
deliver the sensory experiences consumers love while
minimising the company’s exposure to nutrition-related
measures. At the same time, the aim is to inspire the
consumer to make healthier choices and reduce
environmental impacts, ensuring long-term business
resilience, competitive advantage, and value creation
for our investors.
ACTIONS
Having reinforced the commitment to health by
publishing our Nutrition Policy in 2023, which is aligned
with the 2019-launched Health and Indulgence
programme (HIP), this programme continued to guide
product reformulation and innovation in 2025.
The focus is on enhancing the nutritional profiles of JDE
Peet’s products while maintaining their sensory appeal.
Since 2019, the R&D teams have collaborated globally
to reduce sugar and saturated fat content in indulgent
products, targeting full compliance with our Nutrition
Policy by 2025.
In recent years, the nutrition strategy has translated into
tangible achievements, demonstrating our commitment
to optimising the nutritional composition of our portfolio,
such as:
• Reformulating OldTown White Coffee in Singapore
improved its Nutrigrade from ‘D’ to ‘C’ and
supported a successful relaunch.
• Across Southeast Asia, changes to OldTown, Super,
and Moccona products contributed to lower sugar
tax exposure.
• Our Ready-to-Drink portfolio achieved an average
sugar reduction of 20%.
• The Tassimo category realised a 30% average
decrease in saturated fat content, resulting in these
products no longer being classified as HFSS in the
U.K. and addressing the impact of local regulatory
restrictions.
• Within the Senseo category, reductions in saturated
fat of 5–10% for milky products were accomplished.
• Furthermore, our offerings were expanded with the
introduction of plant-based milk alternatives
alongside animal-based milk across both retail and
professional channels, providing consumers with
different options that can support a balanced diet.
• In the mixes category, sugar reduction of up to 47%
was achieved, resulting in an average of just 8.2
grams of sugar per cup and enabling progression to
the second step of the HIP.
Each of these achievements continued to have an
impact in 2025.
In 2025, the Dubai chocolate-style latte was launched
as a testament to recent product development
initiatives. This innovation highlights compliance with
nutrition requirements set out under the HIP and
capitalises on emerging consumer trends.
By the end of 2025, 94% of JDE's portfolio had been
transitioned out of the high zone, illustrating significant
progress in advancing nutrition goals. Although the
overall nutrition target was not fully met, the journey
offered valuable lessons and strategic insights. A slower
than anticipated pace among competitors and
regulators provided the opportunity to introduce
healthier recipes thoughtfully, balancing fair competition
and sound business considerations. Evolving local
regulatory requirements across different markets
prompted the adoption of more tailored strategies,
further strengthening agility and adaptability. These
experiences have laid a strong foundation for the next
phase of the nutrition sustainability journey, which is set
to move forward in 2026 with renewed focus and
energy.
FUTURE ACTIONS
Looking ahead, we remain committed to continuous
improvement. Nutritional targets are set to be
increasingly aligned with the latest scientific research
and both global and local regulatory requirements,
whilst ensuring that neither quality nor consumer appeal
is compromised. Guided by this vision, the objective is
to offer a coffee for every cup, and a brand for every
heart.
RESPONSIBLE MARKETING
OTHER SUSTAINABILITY TOPIC
OUR POLICIES
OUR APPROACH AND OUTLOOK
Our brands bring people together, creating moments of
connection and enjoyment, while providing energy and
sensory experiences. They give people the freedom to
express their individuality and the power to transform
themselves, because amazing things can happen over a
cup of coffee or tea.
We do not actively target our advertising to consumers
below the age of 14. Instead, we focus our advertising
on channels that target 18+ consumers, complying with
all applicable laws governing marketing
communications to children under the age of 14.
We are committed to adhering to all applicable laws and
regulations across the diverse markets in which we
operate. Our products are clearly and thoroughly
labelled, ensuring that consumers have access to
accurate and detailed information, including nutritional
content, enabling them to make informed purchasing
decisions.
Product labelling is seamlessly integrated into our
innovation and renovation processes to ensure
compliance with applicable food laws and to inform
consumers about our products' attributes.
Our Quality Management System (QMS) is essential in
maintaining the highest standards, ensuring adherence
to all product labelling requirements across the diverse
markets we serve.
The Regulatory Affairs team meticulously assesses and
validates all product labels, ensuring they comply with
regional and local legislation and product labelling
standards.
ACTIONS
In 2025, we accelerated our sustainability agenda,
embedding our commitments consistently across
categories and markets:
• We scaled the pure paper refill bag for instant coffee
to more than 20 markets.
• We also advanced the transition of our roast &
ground, beans, and tea portfolios to mono-material
and recyclable formats, with our tea range in Europe
now fully free from plastic overwrap. In parallel, we
reduced both packaging and carbon footprint for
Tassimo chocolate T-Discs.
• We reformulated the recipes of our instant mixes
portfolio to provide a healthier cup for our
consumers, while maintaining the same high-quality
coffee.
• We received no significant fines or sanctions for
non-compliance with product and service
information or labelling regulations. Where relevant,
front-of-pack labels were included, and all
composite products provided full transparency
through comprehensive labelling, including
nutritional information, to support informed
consumer choices. We also began automating and
improving the efficiency of our labelling processes,
which will continue into 2026.
• Stakeholder engagement was strengthened through
trade associations, industry bodies, and pre-
competitive initiatives. We enhanced our regulatory
scouting efforts by automating processes and
adopting new tools.
FUTURE ACTIONS
Looking ahead, we will continue leveraging Common
Grounds to drive measurable impact through our
brands:
• We will continue scaling innovation in paper and
other recyclable materials as future packaging
solutions, and further integrate responsible sourcing
and reformulation standards across categories,
demonstrating progress at scale.
• We will accelerate the transition of the roast &
ground and beans portfolios to mono-material
packaging, progressing towards our 2030 ambition
of having 100% of our packaging designed for
reuse, recycling, or composting.
• We continue to improve and standardise our
labelling processes and plan to harness AI tools to
enhance our scouting capabilities, enabling
proactive responses to evolving regulatory
developments.
67 Total PI includes all the packaging levels (i.e., Primary or consumer, secondary or trading, and tertiary or transport). PI covers JDE Peet's, excluding Yangon, Arsin and Duzce.
OTHER SUSTAINABILITY METRICS
The following metrics are related to topics that have not been identified as 'material topics' based on the outcome of
our double materiality assessment. However, they are part of our Common Grounds strategy and relevant to a select
group of stakeholders.
RESPONSIBLE SOURCING
Animal welfare metrics
2025
2024
2023
Directly purchased eggs that are cage-free Peet's USA (%)
100%
100%
100%
Directly purchased eggs that are cage-free Peet's China (%)
96.0%
96%
Directly purchased eggs that are cage-free JDE Peet's (%)
5.3%
3.2%
2%
Directly purchased eggs that are not cage-free JDE Peet's (millions eggs)
3.5
7.7
7.5
Eggs and egg ingredients are currently used in our food products only in the United States, China and Malaysia.
Where available, we source cage-free eggs. In Malaysia, we reduced total egg usage by more than 50% through
product reformulation and the introduction of egg alternatives, while also increasing the procurement of cage-free eggs.
MINIMISING FOOTPRINT
2025
2024
2020
Operations
Manufacturing facilities certified against ISO 14001
27
27
Revenue from low-carbon products or services
3%
3%
Packaging
Total renewable packaging materials (in kt)
127.05
135.25
126.81
Total non-renewable packaging materials (in kt)
171.65
167.75
162.56
Total virgin plastics, excluding bioplastic (in kt)
40.17
44.43
47.99
Packaging Intensity (PI) consumer unit (g/cup)
1.26
1.39
1.55
Packaging Intensity (PI) total (g/cup) 67
2.07
2.18
2.20
2025
2024
2020
Percentage of packaging material Circular By Design per fraction (%)
85%
79%
73%
Contribution to the total per material fraction:
- Glass
40%
36%
38%
- Paper & Cardboard
22%
24%
22%
- Plastics (aggregated)
1%
2%
2%
- Aluminium
2%
2%
2%
- Steel
—%
—%
—%
- Textile
—%
—%
—%
- Wood
18%
15%
10%
- Other
—%
—%
—%
Percentage of recycled content per fraction (%)
42%
33%
27%
Contribution to the total per material fraction:
- Glass
12%
17%
13%
- Paper & cardboard
14%
15%
14%
- Plastics (aggregated)
—%
—%
—%
- Aluminium
—%
—%
—%
- Steel
—%
—%
—%
- Textile
—%
—%
—%
- Wood
16%
—%
—%
- Other
—%
—%
—%
Water and marine resources
Total water consumption (cubic metres)
1,070,367
1,162,072
1,912,720
Total water withdrawals (cubic metres)
6,001,650
6,226,761
7,316,607
Total water discharges (cubic metres)
4,931,284
5,064,689
5,403,888
Total water intensity (m³/mEUR)
108
132
n/a
Total water consumption in areas at material water risk, including areas of high-water
stress (cubic metres)
22,186
38,333
n/a
Total water recycled and reused (cubic metres)
—
—
n/a
Total water withdrawal reduction (%)
17,5%
15%
n/a
Wastewater being treated before being discharged (%)
100%
99%
n/a
Percentage of Manufacturing sites with WASH facilities (%)
40%
71%
n/a
68 The scope coverage for the two Engagement KPIs differs from the rest and includes part of our non-integrated companies, amounting to a coverage of 80% of JDE Peet's employees.
CONNECTING PEOPLE
2025
2024
Our workforce at 31 December
Share of women at 31 December
People managers
44.4%
40.9%
Nationalities at 31 December
All employees (Total)
105
104
Human Capital
Internal fill rate - All employees
43.2%
39.7%
Total number of new employee hires
5,739
4,106
Voluntary employee turnover rate
22.9%
17.5%
Engagement 68
Engagement survey participation rate
91.0%
89.7%
Overall engagement score
4.12
4.09
Talent
Average of leadership training hours per people manager
7
% of target population covered to date by Rise Leadership programme (top talent senior managers)
49%
47%
% of target population covered to date by Elevate Leadership programme (top talent directors)
53%
49%
Collective bargaining
People covered by collective bargaining agreements
35.4%
34.2%
Ethnicity (%) at 31 December 2025 (Peet's
Coffee US)
Asian
Black or African
American
Hispanic
or Latino
White
Other
Non
specified
All employees (Total)
11.6%
5.5%
25.6%
42.1%
8.0%
7.2%
Global Leadership Team
2.0%
2.0%
6.0%
84.0%
—%
6.0%
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES COVERED BY THESE METRICS
All data related to Connecting People on this page is based on actual data and no estimates are applied. As a
result, 95% of JDE Peet's employees are covered by the metrics on this page, with the remaining 5% excluded
due to non-integrated systems.
69 Occupational Health & Safety section only includes data related to JDE and Peet's Alameda manufacturing units.
UPHOLDING STANDARDS
Food safety and quality
2025
2024
Production volume from sites certified to internationally recognised food safety and quality standards (%)
89%
85%
LIMITED ASSURANCE OF OUR GREEN COFFEE HREDD PROCESS AND TARGET
The independent limited assurance provided by Bureau Veritas on both our Green Coffee HREDD Standard
Operating Procedure and our percentage of responsibly sourced green coffee target strengthens our
preparedness for the EU Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD). CSDDD requires companies
to demonstrate robust due diligence systems aligned with OECD standards as well as verifiable implementation
and monitoring; the external validation of our HREDD process and the assurance over our target provide
objective evidence of both. Independent assurance report can be found on our corporate website,
'Sustainability - Resources' section.
Occupational Safety and Health - As at 31 December 69
2025
2024
TRIR - Total Recordable Injury Rate (per 200,000 hours worked)
0.36
0.52
TRIC - Total Recordable Injury Case
32
51
LTIR - Lost Time Injury Rate (per 200,000 hours worked)
0.27
0.42
Workplace Fatalities (total)
0
0
Manufacturing facilities with ISO 45001 certification
27
28
OTHER REPORTING PRINCIPLES
This integrated report has been developed with reference to the reporting principles defined by the GRI
Universal Standards 2021. A detailed overview of the GRI indicators can be found in the GRI content index
on our corporate website, 'Sustainability - Resources' section.
CURRENT AND ANTICIPATED FINANCIAL EFFECTS - CLIMATE CHANGE
Risk description
Financial risk
Mitigation strategy
Methodology
Risk / Opportunity
Input of TCFD risk assessment
EUR amount of
assets at risk
Financial
implication
(cumulative up
to 2030) at risk
Liabilities
recognised in
financial
statements
Incremental capex / opex investments
Mitigation strategy (management of risk/
opportunity)
Assumptions used in
calculations and linked to the
financial statements
Cost increase of
carbon pricing
mechanisms
Transition risk - Carbon pricing
mechanisms
0
lll
0
We plan to invest an average of EUR 10 million
annually in assets that are end-of-life, maintain our
asset base, deliver emissions reductions, energy and
water savings and reduce our reliance on carbon
credits. As these investments have multiple objectives
of which sustainability is one, it would require
significant judgement to identify the incremental
financial investment associated with the specific
sustainability objectives.
We have put in place an SBTi-validated climate target
to reduce emissions. We have also created a
roadmap to define future options to reduce impacts,
including a balance of available technologies and R&D
investments.
Management has a detailed plan
outlining required capital
expenditures within property,
plant and equipment to meet
emission targets, with estimated
costs for each initiative.
The amount spent on assets is
Scarcity of coffee
Physical risk - Chronic climate impact on
supply chains
0
Not quantified
0
We have consistently supported farmers in building
climate resilience through our engagement
programmes. The continuation of this support will not
result in incremental costs.
Climate change impacts, while trailing GHG
emissions, are already shaping our investments today.
Our farmer engagement programmes promote
climate-smart agriculture, and our support for World
Coffee Research advances climate-resilient coffee
varieties. By investing in diverse origins, we help
ensure coffee farming remains viable across multiple
regions. We continue to lead efforts to scale these
initiatives through cross-sector collaborations,
fostering resilience for farmers worldwide.
The cost of goods sold are based
on the actual incurred costs in
the current and prior years
combined with the planned costs
for the coming years.
The amount spent on these
projects is part of the cost of
  0% to 1% revenue      >1% to 5% revenue      >5% revenue
CURRENT AND ANTICIPATED FINANCIAL EFFECTS - NATURE: BIODIVERSITY AND ECOSYSTEMS
Risk description
Financial risk
Mitigation strategy
Methodology
Risk / Opportunity
Input of TNFD risk assessment
EUR amount of
assets at risk
Financial
implication
(cumulative up
to 2030) of
revenue at risk
Liabilities
recognised in
financial
statements
Incremental capex / opex investments
Mitigation strategy (management of risk/
opportunity)
Assumptions used in
calculations and linked to the
financial statements
Risk: Financial impact
from deforestation
regulation
• Transition risk - Policy and legal
Increase in compliance costs
0
lll
0
We estimate that the related annual increase in cost of
raw materials will be in the range of 1% to 1.5% as of
2027.
Our sourcing flexibility allows us to leverage strategic
relationships with suppliers, and continue to develop
supply options.
More information can be found in the Stopping
Deforestation section of this report.
Based on industry engagements,
we are able to estimate the
additional cost of goods sold.
These costs include, all required
resources, tools, coffee sourcing
and associated due diligence.
These additional costs will be
Opportunity: Positive
regenerative
agricultural outcomes
• Transition risk - Policy and legal
Lack of clear regenerative agriculture
thresholds
• Transition risks - Policy and legal
Barriers for regenerative agriculture
adoption
n/a
Not quantified
n/a
n/a
Our farmer programmes aim to lower input costs,
improve incomes, and build resilience. Through our
brands and our Common Grounds programme, we
drive sustainable sourcing and strengthen our
competitive edge. By offering coffee & tea grown
using sustainable and regenerative agricultural
practices, we also align with evolving consumer
preferences.
n/a
Risk:
Soil degradation
• Physical risk - Acute: Climate
change-related weather events
• Physical risk - Chronic: Ecosystem
degradation
0
Not quantified
0
The implementation costs to improve soil health are
part of our total approach to responsible sourcing,
and are already included in the deforestation
mitigation costs.
Our Responsible Sourcing pillar works to provide
farmers with the knowledge and skills to improve soil
management practices, such as cover crops,
mulching and trenches. By educating farmers to use
soil analysis tooling to find nutrient deficiencies, we
aim to improve fertility. By investing on the ground, we
are able to foster the right behaviours to protect
nature while improving farmer outcomes. We also set
this expectation with our suppliers through our
Supplier Self-Assessment Forms, which require
suppliers to implement action plans to improve soil
management.
Not applicable
Risk description
Financial risk
Mitigation strategy
Methodology
Risk / Opportunity
Input of TNFD risk assessment
EUR amount of
assets at risk
Financial
implication
(cumulative up
to 2030) of
revenue at risk
Liabilities
recognised in
financial
statements
Incremental capex / opex investments
Mitigation strategy (management of risk/
opportunity)
Assumptions used in
calculations and linked to the
financial statements
Risk:
Water scarcity and
pollution
• Physical risk (acute): Climate change-
related weather events
• Physical risk (chronic): Ecosystem
degradation
0
Not quantified
0
The implementation costs to improve water quality,
quantity and access are part of our total approach to
responsible sourcing, and are already included as part
of the deforestation mitigation costs.
Our Responsible Sourcing pillar focuses on equipping
farmers with the knowledge and tools to adopt
sustainable water management practices. This
includes techniques such as optimising irrigation,
implementing water-efficient cropping systems, and
using mulching to retain soil moisture. By training
farmers to monitor water quality and usage, and to
apply water analysis tools to identify potential risks,
we aim to enhance resource efficiency and resilience.
Through on-the-ground investments, we foster
behaviours that protect ecosystems while improving
farmer outcomes. We have also embedded these
expectations within our Supplier Self-Assessment
Forms – suppliers are required to develop and
implement action plans that strengthen water
stewardship across their operations.
Not applicable
Risk:
Scarcity of coffee
• Physical risk - Acute: Climate
change-related weather events
• Physical risk - Chronic: Ecosystem
degradation
0
Not quantified
0
  0% to 1% Revenue      >1% to 5% Revenue      >5% Revenue
CURRENT AND ANTICIPATED FINANCIAL EFFECTS - RESOURCE USE AND CIRCULAR ECONOMY
Risk description
Financial risk
Mitigation strategy
Methodology
Risk / Opportunity
Input of TCFD risk assessment
EUR amount of
assets at risk
Financial
implication
(cumulative up
to 2030) at risk
Liabilities
recognised in
financial
statements
Capex / Opex investments
Mitigation strategy (management of risk/
opportunity)
Assumptions used in
calculations and linked to the
financial statements
Risk: Financial impact
from packaging
regulation
Transition risk - Packaging regulation
0
lll
0
Through to 2030, we plan to invest an average of 
EUR 5 0 million annually in capital expenditures to
support the transition to fully recyclable materials.
These investments serve multiple objectives, of which
sustainability is a key component. Identifying the
incremental financial investment attributable solely to 
specific sustainability objectives would require the
application of significant judgement.
Our packaging roadmap is in place to transform all
materials towards recyclable materials. This will be
delivered in a sequential approach, leading to annual
investments in new production lines and trials to
validate material changes. More information can be
found in the Packaging section of this report.
Management has outlined a
comprehensive plan detailing the
required capital expenditures for
the transformation. Estimated
amounts have been determined
for each initiative under Property,
Plant and Equipment. R&D costs
within SG&A are calculated
based on the number of FTEs
and average remuneration
packages.
These capital expenditures are
  0% to 1% Revenue      >1% to 5% Revenue      >5% Revenue
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
image_peets.jpg
This report includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks
and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control and all of which are based on our current beliefs and
expectations about future events. Forward-looking statements are sometimes identified by the use of forward-looking
terminology such as “aim”, “annualised”, “anticipate”, “assume”, “believe”, “continue”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”,
“goal”, “hope”, “intend”, “may”, “objective”, “plan”, “position”, “potential”, “predict”, “project”, “risk”, “seek”, “should”,
“target”, “will” or “would” or the highlights or the negatives thereof, other variations thereon or comparable terminology.
These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. These forward-looking statements
and other statements contained in this report regarding matters that are not historical facts involve predictions. No
assurance can be given that such future results will be achieved; actual events or results may differ materially as a
result of risks and uncertainties facing us. Such risks and uncertainties could cause actual results to vary materially
from the future results indicated, expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements
in this report speak only as of the date of this report. Except as required by applicable laws and regulations, we
expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to update or revise the forward-looking statements contained in this
report to reflect any change in our expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which such
statements are based.
GLOSSARY
SELECTED INDUSTRY AND
COMPANY-SPECIFIC TERMS
• Carbon footprint: the amount of carbon dioxide
released into the atmosphere as a result of the
activities of a particular individual, organisation, or
community or the manufacturing, use and disposal
of a product.
• Certified or verified: coffee or tea that a third party
(for example, the Rainforest Alliance or Ethical Tea
Partnership) has independently certified or verified
as meeting its sustainability requirements.
• The Coffee Sustainability Reference Code:
provides a foundation to support the primary
principles of sustainable coffee production. This
reference code offers a common language to enable
farmers, producer organisations and their business
partners, as well as donors, NGOs, financial
institutions and governments to advance their coffee
sustainability efforts, collaboratively and effectively.
• CSRD: Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive.
• CSDDD: Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence
Directive
• Emerging markets: transition economies and
developing economies as defined by the United
Nations Conference on Trade and Development
(Development Status Groups and Composition,
12 July 2019).
• EUDR: European Deforestation Regulation
• Enveritas: a non-profit that provides sustainability
assurance for the coffee industry.
• ESRS: European Sustainability Reporting Standards
• Fairtrade: a leader in the global movement to make
trade fair, the organisation supports and challenges
businesses and governments and connects farmers
and workers with the people who buy their products.
• 4C: an independent, stakeholder-driven,
internationally recognised sustainability standard for
the coffee sector.
• GCP: Global Coffee Platform.
• Glyphosate: a widely used herbicide that controls
broadleaf weeds and grasses.
• Green coffee: raw coffee beans that have not been
roasted.
• HRDD: Human Rights Due Diligence.
• HREDD: Human Rights and Environmental Due
Diligence.
• In-Home: packaged coffee & tea products
purchased for consumption at home.
• MSU: Marketing sales unit (our markets, so retail
and Out-of-Home in some countries).
• MU: Manufacturing unit (our factories/plants).
• Multi-serve: coffee products for multi-cup use,
as opposed to single-cup use.
• NFRD: the Non-Financial Reporting Directive which
lays down the rules on disclosure of non-financial
and diversity information by large companies.
• One Planet Business for Biodiversity (OP2B):
an international cross-sectorial, action-oriented
business coalition on biodiversity with a specific
focus on agriculture.
• Out-of-Home: coffee & tea products purchased for
consumption outside of the home at offices, hotels,
bars, restaurants etc. as well as in coffee stores.
• Pay equity gap: The average difference between
the pay of all men and all women, after taking into
account factors such as the level of each role and
pay differences by work location.
• Playbooks: we use playbooks across the company,
and they contain processes, policies, and operating
procedures relevant to specific departments.
• Rainforest Alliance: an international non-
governmental organisation working to create a more
sustainable world by using social and market forces
to protect nature and improve the lives of farmers
and forest communities.
• Ready-to-drink: beverages that are sold in a
prepared form, ready for consumption by
consumers.
• RSPO (Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil): aims
to promote the growth and use of sustainable palm
oil products through global standards and
multistakeholder governance.
• SBTi (Science Based Targets initiative): Defines
and promotes best practice in emissions reduction
and net-zero targets in line with climate science.
Provides technical assistance and expert resources
to companies who set science-based targets in line
with the latest climate science.
• SBTN (Science Based Targets Network): a group
of organisations working to shape private sector and
city impacts on nature by using science-based
targets.
• Sedex (Supplier Ethical Data Exchange): the
largest collaborative platform for sharing ethical
supply chain data.
• Smallholder farmer: small-scale agricultural
producers that primarily rely on family or household
labour or workforce exchange with other members
of the community
• SMETA: a widely used social audit format for
assessing supply chain working conditions, ethical
standards, labour practices, health and safety, and
environmental performance.
• SHE Expert: Subject matter expert focused on
Safety, Health and Environment topics.
• Single-serve: coffee products for single-cup use,
as opposed to multi-cup use.
• The Taskforce on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD): a market-led, science-based
and government-backed initiative providing
organisations with the tools to act on evolving
climate-related issues.
• The Taskforce on Nature-related Financial
Disclosures (TNFD): a market-led, science-based
and government-backed initiative providing
organisations with the tools to act on evolving
nature-related issues.
• Volume: servings of coffee that can be made from
various forms of coffee products.
• Water stressed areas: Locations for which WRI's
Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas tool shows Baseline
Water Stress as high or extremely high.
• Water withdrawal ratio: The water withdrawal (in
cubic meter) required to make one tonne of product.
• World Environment Day: An annual platform for
environmental public outreach led by the United
Nations Environment Programme (UNEP)
SELECTED ABBREVIATIONS
• AGM: Annual General Meeting of Shareholders
• APAC: Asia Pacific
• CHRO: Chief Human Resources Officer
• CO₂e: Carbon dioxide equivalent, a standard unit
for measuring GHG emissions
• CPG: Consumer packaged goods
• COSO: Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission
• CSRD: Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive
• DSD: Direct store delivery
• EBIT: Earnings before interest and tax
• ERM: Enterprise Risk Management
• ERP: Enterprise resource planning
• ESG: Environmental, social and governance
• ETP: The Ethical Tea Partnership
• FMCG: Fast Moving Consumer Goods
• GAIN: Global Alliance for Improved Nutrition
• GCC: Global Compliance Council
• GCP: Global Coffee Platform
• GHG: Greenhouse gas
• GRI: Global Reporting Initiative, an organisation that
publishes international standards for non-financial
reporting
• HACCP: Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point
• ICO: The International Coffee Organization
• ICS: Internal Control Supervisor
• IDH: The Sustainable Trade Initiative
• IFRS: International Financial Reporting Standards
• IIRC: International Integrated Reporting Council
• ILO: The International Labour Organisation
• IPCC: The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change, the United Nations body for assessing
the science related to climate change
• IPO: Initial Public Offering
• KDP: Keurig Dr Pepper
• LCA: Life Cycle Analysis
• LARMEA: Latin America, Eastern Europe, Middle
East and Africa
• OP2B: The One Planet Business for Biodiversity
coalition
• PPP: Public-private partnership
• QMS: Quality Management System
• RSPO: Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil
• S&OP: Standardised sales and operation planning
• SBTi: the Science Based Target initiative
• SCC: The Sustainable Coffee Challenge
• SDGs: The United Nations Sustainable Development
Goals
• SHE: Safety, Health and Environment.
• SKU: Stock keeping unit
• TCFD: Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures
• TNFD: Task Force on Nature-related Financial
Disclosures
• TRIR: Total Recordable Injury Rate
• USAID: United States Agency for International
Development
• VOR: Verklaring Omtrent Risicobeheersing
• WCR: World Coffee Research
NON-IFRS DEFINITIONS
• Adjusted depreciation and amortisation (adjusted
D&A): Adjusted depreciation and amortisation is
defined as depreciation, amortisation and
impairment, adjusted for the depreciation,
amortisation and impairment already included in the
adjusting items as included in adjusted EBIT.
• Adjusted EBITDA: Adjusted EBITDA are defined as
operating profit before depreciation, amortisation
and impairment, adjusted for the same factors as
listed under adjusted EBIT.
• Adjusted EBIT: Adjusted EBIT are defined as profit
for the period, adding back finance income, finance
expense, share of net profit of associates and
income tax expense adjusted for alternative
performance measures as included in the
consolidated financial statements for the year,
• Adjusted gross profit: Adjusted gross profit is
defined as reported gross profit adjusted for the
same factors as listed under adjusted EBIT to the
extent related to revenue and cost of sales.
• Adjusted income tax expense: Adjusted income
tax expense is defined as income tax expense
adjusted for the effect of tax rate changes on
deferred tax assets/liabilities and the non-recurring
items, such as tax reserves and tax audit
adjustments.
• Adjusted non-controlling interest: Adjusted non-
controlling interest is defined as non-controlling
interest adjusted for the effect of non-recurring
items.
• Free cash flow: Free cash flow is defined as net
cash provided by operating activities less purchases
of property, plant and equipment and intangible
assets.
• Net debt: Net debt is defined as total borrowings
less cash and cash equivalents, excluding cash not
at the free disposal of the Company.
• Net leverage ratio: Net leverage ratio is defined as
net debt divided by adjusted EBITDA of the last
twelve months.
• Operating working capital: Operating working
capital is defined as inventories and net trade
receivables net less trade payables.
• Organic adjusted EBIT: Organic adjusted EBIT is
defined as adjusted EBIT translated at the prior year
average foreign exchange rate and adjusted for
scope changes (a.o. M&A and divestitures) and
other items. To determine organic adjusted EBIT in a
given year, adjusted EBIT in that year is translated at
the average foreign exchange rate of the
comparable year and excludes adjusted EBIT from
acquired/divested companies until 12 months
following the transaction date.
• Organic adjusted gross profit: Organic adjusted
gross profit is defined as adjusted gross profit
translated at the prior year average foreign
exchange rate and adjusted for scope changes (a.o.
M&A and divestitures) and other items. To determine
organic adjusted gross profit in a given year,
adjusted gross profit in that year is translated at the
average foreign exchange rate of the comparable
year and excludes gross profit from acquired/
divested companies until 12 months following the
transaction date.
• Organic adjusted selling, general and
administrative expenses: Organic adjusted selling,
general and administrative (SG&A) expenses are
defined as reported SG&A expenses translated at
the prior year average foreign exchange rate and
adjusted for scope changes (a.o. M&A and
divestitures) and adjusted for alternative
performance measures.
• Organic sales: Organic sales are defined as
revenue translated at the prior year average foreign
exchange rate and adjusted for scope changes (a.o.
M&A and divestitures) and other items. To determine
organic sales in a given year, revenue in that year is
translated at the average foreign exchange rate of
the comparable year and excludes revenue from
acquired/divested companies until 12 months
following the transaction date.
• Organic sales growth: Organic sales growth is
defined as the growth in organic sales between the
given and comparable year.
• Total liquidity: JDE Peet's considers total liquidity
to be the available cash and cash equivalents
recognised on the balance sheet (excluding
restricted cash) and the undrawn amount under the
revolving credit facility.
• Underlying effective tax rate: The underlying
effective tax rate is determined based on the
reported effective tax rate adjusted for the tax rate
effect of tax reserves, audit adjustments and the tax
effect of adjusting items.
• Underlying income tax expense: Underlying
income tax expense is determined as the reported
tax expense normalised for the tax effect of tax
reserves, audit adjustments, reversals of previous
recognised deferred tax assets and the tax effect
of adjusting items.
• Underlying profit: Underlying profit is defined as
adjusted EBIT for the period including adjusted
financial income and expenses, adjusted income tax
expense and adjusted non-controlling interest.